More page break tweaks for the manual
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / lispintro / emacs-lisp-intro.texi
CommitLineData
8cda6f8f
GM
1\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment %**start of header
fb3dc846 3@setfilename ../../info/eintr
8cda6f8f
GM
4@c setfilename emacs-lisp-intro.info
5@c sethtmlfilename emacs-lisp-intro.html
6@settitle Programming in Emacs Lisp
7@syncodeindex vr cp
8@syncodeindex fn cp
8cda6f8f
GM
9@finalout
10
11@c ---------
12@c <<<< For hard copy printing, this file is now
13@c set for smallbook, which works for all sizes
7877f373 14@c of paper, and with PostScript figures >>>>
a9097c6d
KB
15@set smallbook
16@ifset smallbook
8cda6f8f
GM
17@smallbook
18@clear largebook
a9097c6d 19@end ifset
8cda6f8f
GM
20@set print-postscript-figures
21@c set largebook
22@c clear print-postscript-figures
23@c ---------
24
25@comment %**end of header
26
a9097c6d 27@c per rms and peterb, use 10pt fonts for the main text, mostly to
867d4bb3 28@c save on paper cost.
a9097c6d
KB
29@c Do this inside @tex for now, so current makeinfo does not complain.
30@tex
31@ifset smallbook
32@fonttextsize 10
6e3da0ae 33
a9097c6d
KB
34@end ifset
35\global\hbadness=6666 % don't worry about not-too-underfull boxes
36@end tex
37
6e3da0ae
RC
38@set edition-number 3.10
39@set update-date 28 October 2009
45cf6cbd 40
8cda6f8f
GM
41@ignore
42 ## Summary of shell commands to create various output formats:
43
44 pushd /usr/local/src/emacs/lispintro/
45 ## pushd /u/intro/
46
47 ## Info output
48 makeinfo --paragraph-indent=0 --verbose emacs-lisp-intro.texi
49
50 ## ;; (progn (when (bufferp (get-buffer "*info*")) (kill-buffer "*info*")) (info "/usr/local/src/emacs/info/eintr"))
51
52 ## DVI output
53 texi2dvi emacs-lisp-intro.texi
54
55 ## xdvi -margins 24pt -topmargin 4pt -offsets 24pt -geometry 760x1140 -s 5 -useTeXpages -mousemode 1 emacs-lisp-intro.dvi &
56
57 ## HTML output
58 makeinfo --html --no-split --verbose emacs-lisp-intro.texi
59
60 ## galeon emacs-lisp-intro.html
61
62 ## Plain text output
63 makeinfo --fill-column=70 --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
64 --verbose --no-headers --output=emacs-lisp-intro.txt emacs-lisp-intro.texi
65
66 popd
67
68# as user `root'
69# insert thumbdrive
70 mtusb # mount -v -t ext3 /dev/sda /mnt
71 cp -v /u/intro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi /mnt/backup/intro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi
72 umtusb # umount -v /mnt
73# remove thumbdrive
74
75 ## Other shell commands
76
77 pushd /usr/local/src/emacs/lispintro/
78 ## pushd /u/intro/
79
80 ## PDF
81 texi2dvi --pdf emacs-lisp-intro.texi
82 # xpdf emacs-lisp-intro.pdf &
83
84 ## DocBook -- note file extension
85 makeinfo --docbook --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
86 --verbose --output=emacs-lisp-intro.docbook emacs-lisp-intro.texi
87
88 ## XML with a Texinfo DTD -- note file extension
89 makeinfo --xml --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
90 --verbose --output=emacs-lisp-intro.texinfoxml emacs-lisp-intro.texi
91
92 ## PostScript (needs DVI)
93 # gv emacs-lisp-intro.ps &
94 # Create DVI if we lack it
95 # texi2dvi emacs-lisp-intro.texi
96 dvips emacs-lisp-intro.dvi -o emacs-lisp-intro.ps
97
98 ## RTF (needs HTML)
99 # Use OpenOffice to view RTF
100 # Create HTML if we lack it
101 # makeinfo --no-split --html emacs-lisp-intro.texi
102 /usr/local/src/html2rtf.pl emacs-lisp-intro.html
103
104 ## LaTeX (needs RTF)
105 /usr/bin/rtf2latex emacs-lisp-intro.rtf
106
107 popd
108
109@end ignore
110
111@c ================ Included Figures ================
112
113@c Set print-postscript-figures if you print PostScript figures.
114@c If you clear this, the ten figures will be printed as ASCII diagrams.
115@c (This is not relevant to Info, since Info only handles ASCII.)
116@c Your site may require editing changes to print PostScript; in this
117@c case, search for `print-postscript-figures' and make appropriate changes.
118
119@c ================ How to Create an Info file ================
120
121@c If you have `makeinfo' installed, run the following command
122
123@c makeinfo emacs-lisp-intro.texi
124
125@c or, if you want a single, large Info file, and no paragraph indents:
126@c makeinfo --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 --verbose emacs-lisp-intro.texi
127
128@c After creating the Info file, edit your Info `dir' file, if the
129@c `dircategory' section below does not enable your system to
130@c install the manual automatically.
131@c (The `dir' file is often in the `/usr/local/share/info/' directory.)
132
133@c ================ How to Create an HTML file ================
134
135@c To convert to HTML format
136@c makeinfo --html --no-split --verbose emacs-lisp-intro.texi
137
138@c ================ How to Print a Book in Various Sizes ================
139
140@c This book can be printed in any of three different sizes.
141@c In the above header, set @-commands appropriately.
142
143@c 7 by 9.25 inches:
144@c @smallbook
145@c @clear largebook
146
147@c 8.5 by 11 inches:
148@c @c smallbook
149@c @set largebook
150
151@c European A4 size paper:
152@c @c smallbook
153@c @afourpaper
154@c @set largebook
155
156@c ================ How to Typeset and Print ================
157
158@c If you do not include PostScript figures, run either of the
159@c following command sequences, or similar commands suited to your
160@c system:
161
162@c texi2dvi emacs-lisp-intro.texi
163@c lpr -d emacs-lisp-intro.dvi
164
165@c or else:
166
167@c tex emacs-lisp-intro.texi
168@c texindex emacs-lisp-intro.??
169@c tex emacs-lisp-intro.texi
170@c lpr -d emacs-lisp-intro.dvi
171
172@c If you include the PostScript figures, and you have old software,
173@c you may need to convert the .dvi file to a .ps file before
174@c printing. Run either of the following command sequences, or one
175@c similar:
176@c
177@c dvips -f < emacs-lisp-intro.dvi > emacs-lisp-intro.ps
178@c
179@c or else:
180@c
181@c postscript -p < emacs-lisp-intro.dvi > emacs-lisp-intro.ps
182@c
183
184@c (Note: if you edit the book so as to change the length of the
185@c table of contents, you may have to change the value of `pageno' below.)
186
187@c ================ End of Formatting Sections ================
188
189@c For next or subsequent edition:
190@c create function using with-output-to-temp-buffer
191@c create a major mode, with keymaps
192@c run an asynchronous process, like grep or diff
193
194@c For 8.5 by 11 inch format: do not use such a small amount of
195@c whitespace between paragraphs as smallbook format
196@ifset largebook
197@tex
198\global\parskip 6pt plus 1pt
199@end tex
200@end ifset
201
202@c For all sized formats: print within-book cross
203@c reference with ``...'' rather than [...]
204
205@c This works with the texinfo.tex file, version 2003-05-04.08,
206@c in the Texinfo version 4.6 of the 2003 Jun 13 distribution.
207
208@tex
209\if \xrefprintnodename
210 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{\unskip, ``#1''}
211 \else
212 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{ ``#1''}
213\fi
214% \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{, ``#1''}
215@end tex
216
217@c ----------------------------------------------------
218
e979a521 219@dircategory GNU Emacs Lisp
8cda6f8f
GM
220@direntry
221* Emacs Lisp Intro: (eintr).
222 A simple introduction to Emacs Lisp programming.
223@end direntry
224
225@copying
226This is an @cite{Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp}, for
227people who are not programmers.
228@sp 1
229Edition @value{edition-number}, @value{update-date}
230@sp 1
acaf905b 231Copyright @copyright{} 1990-1995, 1997, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
8cda6f8f
GM
232@sp 1
233
234@iftex
235Published by the:@*
236
aa89a0ef
GM
237GNU Press, @hfill @uref{http://www.fsf.org/campaigns/gnu-press/}@*
238a division of the @hfill email: @email{sales@@fsf.org}@*
239Free Software Foundation, Inc. @hfill Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942@*
24051 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @hfill Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652@*
241Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
8cda6f8f
GM
242@end iftex
243
244@ifnottex
245Published by the:
246
247@example
aa89a0ef
GM
248GNU Press, http://www.fsf.org/campaigns/gnu-press/
249a division of the email: sales@@fsf.org
250Free Software Foundation, Inc. Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942
25151 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652
252Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
8cda6f8f
GM
253@end example
254@end ifnottex
255
256@sp 1
aa89a0ef 257@c Printed copies are available from @uref{http://shop.fsf.org/} for $35 each.@*
8cda6f8f
GM
258ISBN 1-882114-43-4
259
260Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
e41dfb1e 261under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
8cda6f8f
GM
262any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; there
263being no Invariant Section, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU
264Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of
265the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free
266Documentation License''.
267
868a6b71
RC
268(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
269copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF
270supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
8cda6f8f
GM
271@end copying
272
273@c half title; two lines here, so do not use `shorttitlepage'
274@tex
275{\begingroup%
276 \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{An Introduction to}%
277 \endgroup}%
278{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 0.25in \chaprm%
279 \centerline{Programming in Emacs Lisp}%
280 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
281@end tex
282
283@titlepage
284@sp 6
285@center @titlefont{An Introduction to}
286@sp 2
287@center @titlefont{Programming in Emacs Lisp}
288@sp 2
289@center Revised Third Edition
290@sp 4
291@center by Robert J. Chassell
292
293@page
294@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
295@insertcopying
296@end titlepage
297
298@iftex
299@headings off
300@evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
301@oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
302@end iftex
303
304@ifnothtml
305@c Keep T.O.C. short by tightening up for largebook
306@ifset largebook
307@tex
308\global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt
309\global\advance\baselineskip by -1pt
310@end tex
311@end ifset
312@end ifnothtml
313
314@shortcontents
315@contents
316
317@ifnottex
318@node Top, Preface, (dir), (dir)
319@top An Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp
320
321@insertcopying
322
323This master menu first lists each chapter and index; then it lists
324every node in every chapter.
325@end ifnottex
326
327@c >>>> Set pageno appropriately <<<<
328
329@c The first page of the Preface is a roman numeral; it is the first
330@c right handed page after the Table of Contents; hence the following
331@c setting must be for an odd negative number.
332
a9097c6d
KB
333@c iftex
334@c global@pageno = -11
335@c end iftex
8cda6f8f 336
cb97cd2a
AS
337@set COUNT-WORDS count-words-example
338@c Length of variable name chosen so that things still line up when expanded.
339
8cda6f8f
GM
340@menu
341* Preface:: What to look for.
342* List Processing:: What is Lisp?
343* Practicing Evaluation:: Running several programs.
344* Writing Defuns:: How to write function definitions.
345* Buffer Walk Through:: Exploring a few buffer-related functions.
346* More Complex:: A few, even more complex functions.
347* Narrowing & Widening:: Restricting your and Emacs attention to
348 a region.
349* car cdr & cons:: Fundamental functions in Lisp.
350* Cutting & Storing Text:: Removing text and saving it.
351* List Implementation:: How lists are implemented in the computer.
352* Yanking:: Pasting stored text.
353* Loops & Recursion:: How to repeat a process.
354* Regexp Search:: Regular expression searches.
355* Counting Words:: A review of repetition and regexps.
356* Words in a defun:: Counting words in a @code{defun}.
357* Readying a Graph:: A prototype graph printing function.
358* Emacs Initialization:: How to write a @file{.emacs} file.
359* Debugging:: How to run the Emacs Lisp debuggers.
360* Conclusion:: Now you have the basics.
361* the-the:: An appendix: how to find reduplicated words.
362* Kill Ring:: An appendix: how the kill ring works.
09e80d9f 363* Full Graph:: How to create a graph with labeled axes.
8cda6f8f
GM
364* Free Software and Free Manuals::
365* GNU Free Documentation License::
366* Index::
367* About the Author::
368
369@detailmenu
370 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
371
372Preface
373
374* Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
375* On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
376* Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
377* Lisp History::
378* Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
379* Thank You::
380
381List Processing
382
383* Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
384* Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
385* Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
386* Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
387* Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
388* Evaluation:: Running a program.
389* Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
390* Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
391* set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
392* Summary:: The major points.
393* Error Message Exercises::
394
395Lisp Lists
396
397* Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
398* Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
399* Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
400* Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
401
402The Lisp Interpreter
403
404* Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
405* Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
406
407Evaluation
408
409* How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
410* Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
411
412Variables
413
414* fill-column Example::
415* Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
416 without a function.
417* Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
418
419Arguments
420
421* Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
422* Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
423 of a variable or list.
424* Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
425 variable number of arguments.
426* Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
427 to a function.
428* message:: A useful function for sending messages.
429
430Setting the Value of a Variable
431
432* Using set:: Setting values.
433* Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
434* Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
435
436Practicing Evaluation
437
438* How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
439 causes evaluation.
440* Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
441* Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
442* Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
443* Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
444 the buffer.
445* Evaluation Exercise::
446
447How To Write Function Definitions
448
449* Primitive Functions::
450* defun:: The @code{defun} special form.
451* Install:: Install a function definition.
452* Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
453* Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
454* Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
455* let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
456* if:: What if?
457* else:: If--then--else expressions.
458* Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
459* save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
460* Review::
461* defun Exercises::
462
463Install a Function Definition
464
465* Effect of installation::
466* Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
467
468Make a Function Interactive
469
470* Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
471* multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
472
473@code{let}
474
475* Prevent confusion::
476* Parts of let Expression::
477* Sample let Expression::
478* Uninitialized let Variables::
479
480The @code{if} Special Form
481
482* if in more detail::
483* type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
484
485Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
486
487* nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
488
489@code{save-excursion}
490
491* Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
492* Template for save-excursion::
493
494A Few Buffer--Related Functions
495
496* Finding More:: How to find more information.
497* simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
498 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
499* mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
500* append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
501 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
502* Buffer Related Review:: Review.
503* Buffer Exercises::
504
505The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
506
507* mark-whole-buffer overview::
508* Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
509
510The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
511
512* append-to-buffer overview::
513* append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
514* append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
515* append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
516
517A Few More Complex Functions
518
519* copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
520* insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
521* beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
522 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
523* Second Buffer Related Review::
524* optional Exercise::
525
526The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
527
528* insert-buffer code::
529* insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
530* insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
531* if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
532* Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
533* Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
534* New insert-buffer::
535
536The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
537
538* Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
539* b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
540
541Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
542
543* Optional Arguments::
544* beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
545* beginning-of-buffer complete::
546
547@code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
548
549* Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
550* Large buffer case::
551* Small buffer case::
552
553Narrowing and Widening
554
555* Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
556* save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
557* what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
558* narrow Exercise::
559
560@code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
561
562* Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
563* car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
564* cons:: Constructing a list.
565* nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
566* nth::
567* setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
568* setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
569* cons Exercise::
570
571@code{cons}
572
573* Build a list::
574* length:: How to find the length of a list.
575
576Cutting and Storing Text
577
578* Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
579* zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
580* kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
581* copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
582* Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
583* defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
584* cons & search-fwd Review::
585* search Exercises::
586
587@code{zap-to-char}
588
589* Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
590* zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
591* zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
592* search-forward:: How to search for a string.
593* progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
594* Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
595
596@code{kill-region}
597
598* Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
599* condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
600* Lisp macro::
601
602@code{copy-region-as-kill}
603
604* Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
605* copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
606
607The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
608
609* last-command & this-command::
610* kill-append function::
611* kill-new function::
612
613Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
614
615* See variable current value::
616* defvar and asterisk::
617
618How Lists are Implemented
619
620* Lists diagrammed::
621* Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
622* List Exercise::
623
624Yanking Text Back
625
626* Kill Ring Overview::
627* kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
628* yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
629
630Loops and Recursion
631
632* while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
633* dolist dotimes::
634* Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
635* Looping exercise::
636
637@code{while}
638
639* Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
640* Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
641* print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
642* Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
643* Incrementing Loop Details::
644* Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
645
646Details of an Incrementing Loop
647
648* Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
649* Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
650* Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
651
652Loop with a Decrementing Counter
653
654* Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
655* Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
656* Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
657
658Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
659
660* dolist::
661* dotimes::
662
663Recursion
664
665* Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
666* Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
667* Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
668* Recursive triangle function::
669* Recursion with cond::
670* Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
671* No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
672* No deferment solution::
673
674Recursion in Place of a Counter
675
676* Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
677* Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
678
679Recursive Patterns
680
681* Every::
682* Accumulate::
683* Keep::
684
685Regular Expression Searches
686
687* sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
688* re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
689* forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
690* forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
691* etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
692* Regexp Review::
693* re-search Exercises::
694
695@code{forward-sentence}
696
697* Complete forward-sentence::
698* fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
699* fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
700
701@code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
702
703* forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
704* fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
705* fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
706
707Counting: Repetition and Regexps
708
709* Why Count Words::
ea4f7750 710* @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
8cda6f8f
GM
711* recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
712* Counting Exercise::
713
ea4f7750 714The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
8cda6f8f 715
ea4f7750
GM
716* Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
717* Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
718
719Counting Words in a @code{defun}
720
721* Divide and Conquer::
722* Words and Symbols:: What to count?
723* Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
ea4f7750 724* count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
725* Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
726* Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
727* lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
728* Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
729* Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
730* Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
731
732Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
733
734* lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
735* append:: Attach one list to another.
736
737Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
738
739* Data for Display in Detail::
740* Sorting:: Sorting lists.
741* Files List:: Making a list of files.
742* Counting function definitions::
743
744Readying a Graph
745
746* Columns of a graph::
747* graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
748* recursive-graph-body-print::
749* Printed Axes::
750* Line Graph Exercise::
751
752Your @file{.emacs} File
753
754* Default Configuration::
755* Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
756* defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
757* Beginning a .emacs File:: How to write a @code{.emacs file}.
758* Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
759* Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
760* Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
761* Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
762* Keymaps:: More about key binding.
763* Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
764* Autoload:: Make functions available.
765* Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
766* X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
767* Miscellaneous::
768* Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
769
770Debugging
771
772* debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
773* debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
774* debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
775* edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
776* Debugging Exercises::
777
778Handling the Kill Ring
779
780* What the Kill Ring Does::
781* current-kill::
782* yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
783* yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
784* ring file::
785
786The @code{current-kill} Function
787
45d77375 788* Code for current-kill::
8cda6f8f
GM
789* Understanding current-kill::
790
791@code{current-kill} in Outline
792
793* Body of current-kill::
794* Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
795* Determining the Element::
796
09e80d9f 797A Graph with Labeled Axes
8cda6f8f 798
09e80d9f 799* Labeled Example::
8cda6f8f
GM
800* print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
801* print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
802* print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
803* Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
804
805The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
806
807* print-Y-axis in Detail::
808* Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
809* Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
810* Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
811* Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
812* print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
813
814The @code{print-X-axis} Function
815
816* Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
817* X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
818
819Printing the Whole Graph
820
821* The final version:: A few changes.
822* Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
823* Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
824* lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
825* mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
826* Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
827* Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
828
829@end detailmenu
830@end menu
831
832@node Preface, List Processing, Top, Top
833@comment node-name, next, previous, up
834@unnumbered Preface
835
836Most of the GNU Emacs integrated environment is written in the programming
837language called Emacs Lisp. The code written in this programming
838language is the software---the sets of instructions---that tell the
839computer what to do when you give it commands. Emacs is designed so
840that you can write new code in Emacs Lisp and easily install it as an
841extension to the editor.
842
843(GNU Emacs is sometimes called an ``extensible editor'', but it does
844much more than provide editing capabilities. It is better to refer to
845Emacs as an ``extensible computing environment''. However, that
846phrase is quite a mouthful. It is easier to refer to Emacs simply as
847an editor. Moreover, everything you do in Emacs---find the Mayan date
848and phases of the moon, simplify polynomials, debug code, manage
849files, read letters, write books---all these activities are kinds of
850editing in the most general sense of the word.)
851
852@menu
853* Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
854* On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
855* Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
856* Lisp History::
857* Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
858* Thank You::
859@end menu
860
861@node Why, On Reading this Text, Preface, Preface
862@ifnottex
863@unnumberedsec Why Study Emacs Lisp?
864@end ifnottex
865
866Although Emacs Lisp is usually thought of in association only with Emacs,
867it is a full computer programming language. You can use Emacs Lisp as
868you would any other programming language.
869
870Perhaps you want to understand programming; perhaps you want to extend
871Emacs; or perhaps you want to become a programmer. This introduction to
872Emacs Lisp is designed to get you started: to guide you in learning the
873fundamentals of programming, and more importantly, to show you how you
874can teach yourself to go further.
875
876@node On Reading this Text, Who You Are, Why, Preface
877@comment node-name, next, previous, up
878@unnumberedsec On Reading this Text
879
880All through this document, you will see little sample programs you can
881run inside of Emacs. If you read this document in Info inside of GNU
882Emacs, you can run the programs as they appear. (This is easy to do and
883is explained when the examples are presented.) Alternatively, you can
884read this introduction as a printed book while sitting beside a computer
885running Emacs. (This is what I like to do; I like printed books.) If
886you don't have a running Emacs beside you, you can still read this book,
887but in this case, it is best to treat it as a novel or as a travel guide
888to a country not yet visited: interesting, but not the same as being
889there.
890
40ba43b4 891Much of this introduction is dedicated to walkthroughs or guided tours
8cda6f8f
GM
892of code used in GNU Emacs. These tours are designed for two purposes:
893first, to give you familiarity with real, working code (code you use
894every day); and, second, to give you familiarity with the way Emacs
895works. It is interesting to see how a working environment is
896implemented.
897Also, I
898hope that you will pick up the habit of browsing through source code.
899You can learn from it and mine it for ideas. Having GNU Emacs is like
900having a dragon's cave of treasures.
901
902In addition to learning about Emacs as an editor and Emacs Lisp as a
903programming language, the examples and guided tours will give you an
904opportunity to get acquainted with Emacs as a Lisp programming
905environment. GNU Emacs supports programming and provides tools that
906you will want to become comfortable using, such as @kbd{M-.} (the key
907which invokes the @code{find-tag} command). You will also learn about
908buffers and other objects that are part of the environment.
909Learning about these features of Emacs is like learning new routes
910around your home town.
911
912@ignore
913In addition, I have written several programs as extended examples.
914Although these are examples, the programs are real. I use them.
915Other people use them. You may use them. Beyond the fragments of
916programs used for illustrations, there is very little in here that is
917`just for teaching purposes'; what you see is used. This is a great
918advantage of Emacs Lisp: it is easy to learn to use it for work.
919@end ignore
920
921Finally, I hope to convey some of the skills for using Emacs to
922learn aspects of programming that you don't know. You can often use
923Emacs to help you understand what puzzles you or to find out how to do
924something new. This self-reliance is not only a pleasure, but an
925advantage.
926
927@node Who You Are, Lisp History, On Reading this Text, Preface
928@comment node-name, next, previous, up
929@unnumberedsec For Whom This is Written
930
931This text is written as an elementary introduction for people who are
932not programmers. If you are a programmer, you may not be satisfied with
933this primer. The reason is that you may have become expert at reading
934reference manuals and be put off by the way this text is organized.
935
936An expert programmer who reviewed this text said to me:
937
938@quotation
939@i{I prefer to learn from reference manuals. I ``dive into'' each
940paragraph, and ``come up for air'' between paragraphs.}
941
942@i{When I get to the end of a paragraph, I assume that that subject is
943done, finished, that I know everything I need (with the
944possible exception of the case when the next paragraph starts talking
945about it in more detail). I expect that a well written reference manual
946will not have a lot of redundancy, and that it will have excellent
947pointers to the (one) place where the information I want is.}
948@end quotation
949
950This introduction is not written for this person!
951
952Firstly, I try to say everything at least three times: first, to
953introduce it; second, to show it in context; and third, to show it in a
954different context, or to review it.
955
956Secondly, I hardly ever put all the information about a subject in one
957place, much less in one paragraph. To my way of thinking, that imposes
958too heavy a burden on the reader. Instead I try to explain only what
959you need to know at the time. (Sometimes I include a little extra
960information so you won't be surprised later when the additional
961information is formally introduced.)
962
963When you read this text, you are not expected to learn everything the
964first time. Frequently, you need only make, as it were, a `nodding
965acquaintance' with some of the items mentioned. My hope is that I have
966structured the text and given you enough hints that you will be alert to
967what is important, and concentrate on it.
968
969You will need to ``dive into'' some paragraphs; there is no other way
970to read them. But I have tried to keep down the number of such
971paragraphs. This book is intended as an approachable hill, rather than
972as a daunting mountain.
973
974This introduction to @cite{Programming in Emacs Lisp} has a companion
975document,
976@iftex
977@cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
978@end iftex
979@ifnottex
980@ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
981Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
982@end ifnottex
983The reference manual has more detail than this introduction. In the
984reference manual, all the information about one topic is concentrated
985in one place. You should turn to it if you are like the programmer
986quoted above. And, of course, after you have read this
987@cite{Introduction}, you will find the @cite{Reference Manual} useful
988when you are writing your own programs.
989
990@node Lisp History, Note for Novices, Who You Are, Preface
991@unnumberedsec Lisp History
992@cindex Lisp history
993
994Lisp was first developed in the late 1950s at the Massachusetts
995Institute of Technology for research in artificial intelligence. The
996great power of the Lisp language makes it superior for other purposes as
997well, such as writing editor commands and integrated environments.
998
999@cindex Maclisp
1000@cindex Common Lisp
1001GNU Emacs Lisp is largely inspired by Maclisp, which was written at MIT
1002in the 1960s. It is somewhat inspired by Common Lisp, which became a
1003standard in the 1980s. However, Emacs Lisp is much simpler than Common
1004Lisp. (The standard Emacs distribution contains an optional extensions
1005file, @file{cl.el}, that adds many Common Lisp features to Emacs Lisp.)
1006
1007@node Note for Novices, Thank You, Lisp History, Preface
1008@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1009@unnumberedsec A Note for Novices
1010
1011If you don't know GNU Emacs, you can still read this document
1012profitably. However, I recommend you learn Emacs, if only to learn to
1013move around your computer screen. You can teach yourself how to use
1014Emacs with the on-line tutorial. To use it, type @kbd{C-h t}. (This
1015means you press and release the @key{CTRL} key and the @kbd{h} at the
1016same time, and then press and release @kbd{t}.)
1017
44e97401 1018Also, I often refer to one of Emacs's standard commands by listing the
8cda6f8f
GM
1019keys which you press to invoke the command and then giving the name of
1020the command in parentheses, like this: @kbd{M-C-\}
1021(@code{indent-region}). What this means is that the
1022@code{indent-region} command is customarily invoked by typing
1023@kbd{M-C-\}. (You can, if you wish, change the keys that are typed to
1024invoke the command; this is called @dfn{rebinding}. @xref{Keymaps, ,
1025Keymaps}.) The abbreviation @kbd{M-C-\} means that you type your
1026@key{META} key, @key{CTRL} key and @key{\} key all at the same time.
09e80d9f 1027(On many modern keyboards the @key{META} key is labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
1028@key{ALT}.)
1029Sometimes a combination like this is called a keychord, since it is
1030similar to the way you play a chord on a piano. If your keyboard does
1031not have a @key{META} key, the @key{ESC} key prefix is used in place
1032of it. In this case, @kbd{M-C-\} means that you press and release your
1033@key{ESC} key and then type the @key{CTRL} key and the @key{\} key at
1034the same time. But usually @kbd{M-C-\} means press the @key{CTRL} key
09e80d9f 1035along with the key that is labeled @key{ALT} and, at the same time,
8cda6f8f
GM
1036press the @key{\} key.
1037
1038In addition to typing a lone keychord, you can prefix what you type
1039with @kbd{C-u}, which is called the `universal argument'. The
1040@kbd{C-u} keychord passes an argument to the subsequent command.
1041Thus, to indent a region of plain text by 6 spaces, mark the region,
1042and then type @w{@kbd{C-u 6 M-C-\}}. (If you do not specify a number,
1043Emacs either passes the number 4 to the command or otherwise runs the
1044command differently than it would otherwise.) @xref{Arguments, ,
1045Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
1046
1047If you are reading this in Info using GNU Emacs, you can read through
1048this whole document just by pressing the space bar, @key{SPC}.
1049(To learn about Info, type @kbd{C-h i} and then select Info.)
1050
1051A note on terminology: when I use the word Lisp alone, I often am
1052referring to the various dialects of Lisp in general, but when I speak
1053of Emacs Lisp, I am referring to GNU Emacs Lisp in particular.
1054
1055@node Thank You, , Note for Novices, Preface
1056@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1057@unnumberedsec Thank You
1058
1059My thanks to all who helped me with this book. My especial thanks to
1060@r{Jim Blandy}, @r{Noah Friedman}, @w{Jim Kingdon}, @r{Roland
1061McGrath}, @w{Frank Ritter}, @w{Randy Smith}, @w{Richard M.@:
1062Stallman}, and @w{Melissa Weisshaus}. My thanks also go to both
1063@w{Philip Johnson} and @w{David Stampe} for their patient
1064encouragement. My mistakes are my own.
1065
1066@flushright
1067Robert J. Chassell
4724cafb 1068@email{bob@@gnu.org}
8cda6f8f
GM
1069@end flushright
1070
1071@c ================ Beginning of main text ================
1072
1073@c Start main text on right-hand (verso) page
1074
1075@tex
1076\par\vfill\supereject
1077\headings off
1078\ifodd\pageno
1079 \par\vfill\supereject
1080\else
1081 \par\vfill\supereject
1082 \page\hbox{}\page
1083 \par\vfill\supereject
1084\fi
1085@end tex
1086
52af8e0a
GM
1087@c Note: this resetting of the page number back to 1 causes TeX to gripe
1088@c about already having seen page numbers 1-4 before (in the preface):
1089@c pdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the same identifier (name{1})
1090@c has been already used, duplicate ignored
1091@c I guess that is harmless (what happens if a later part of the text
1092@c makes a link to something in the first 4 pages though?).
1093@c Note that eg the Emacs manual has a preface, but does not bother
1094@c resetting the page numbers back to 1 after that.
8cda6f8f
GM
1095@iftex
1096@headings off
1097@evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
1098@oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
1099@global@pageno = 1
1100@end iftex
1101
1102@node List Processing, Practicing Evaluation, Preface, Top
1103@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1104@chapter List Processing
1105
1106To the untutored eye, Lisp is a strange programming language. In Lisp
1107code there are parentheses everywhere. Some people even claim that
1108the name stands for `Lots of Isolated Silly Parentheses'. But the
1109claim is unwarranted. Lisp stands for LISt Processing, and the
1110programming language handles @emph{lists} (and lists of lists) by
1111putting them between parentheses. The parentheses mark the boundaries
1112of the list. Sometimes a list is preceded by a single apostrophe or
1113quotation mark, @samp{'}@footnote{The single apostrophe or quotation
1114mark is an abbreviation for the function @code{quote}; you need not
1115think about functions now; functions are defined in @ref{Making
1116Errors, , Generate an Error Message}.} Lists are the basis of Lisp.
1117
1118@menu
1119* Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
1120* Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
1121* Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
1122* Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
1123* Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
1124* Evaluation:: Running a program.
1125* Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
1126* Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
1127* set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
1128* Summary:: The major points.
1129* Error Message Exercises::
1130@end menu
1131
1132@node Lisp Lists, Run a Program, List Processing, List Processing
1133@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1134@section Lisp Lists
1135@cindex Lisp Lists
1136
1137In Lisp, a list looks like this: @code{'(rose violet daisy buttercup)}.
1138This list is preceded by a single apostrophe. It could just as well be
1139written as follows, which looks more like the kind of list you are likely
1140to be familiar with:
1141
1142@smallexample
1143@group
1144'(rose
1145 violet
1146 daisy
1147 buttercup)
1148@end group
1149@end smallexample
1150
1151@noindent
1152The elements of this list are the names of the four different flowers,
1153separated from each other by whitespace and surrounded by parentheses,
1154like flowers in a field with a stone wall around them.
1155@cindex Flowers in a field
1156
1157@menu
1158* Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
1159* Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
1160* Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
1161* Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
1162@end menu
1163
1164@node Numbers Lists, Lisp Atoms, Lisp Lists, Lisp Lists
1165@ifnottex
1166@unnumberedsubsec Numbers, Lists inside of Lists
1167@end ifnottex
1168
1169Lists can also have numbers in them, as in this list: @code{(+ 2 2)}.
1170This list has a plus-sign, @samp{+}, followed by two @samp{2}s, each
1171separated by whitespace.
1172
1173In Lisp, both data and programs are represented the same way; that is,
1174they are both lists of words, numbers, or other lists, separated by
1175whitespace and surrounded by parentheses. (Since a program looks like
1176data, one program may easily serve as data for another; this is a very
1177powerful feature of Lisp.) (Incidentally, these two parenthetical
1178remarks are @emph{not} Lisp lists, because they contain @samp{;} and
1179@samp{.} as punctuation marks.)
1180
1181@need 1200
1182Here is another list, this time with a list inside of it:
1183
1184@smallexample
1185'(this list has (a list inside of it))
1186@end smallexample
1187
1188The components of this list are the words @samp{this}, @samp{list},
1189@samp{has}, and the list @samp{(a list inside of it)}. The interior
1190list is made up of the words @samp{a}, @samp{list}, @samp{inside},
1191@samp{of}, @samp{it}.
1192
1193@node Lisp Atoms, Whitespace in Lists, Numbers Lists, Lisp Lists
1194@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1195@subsection Lisp Atoms
1196@cindex Lisp Atoms
1197
1198In Lisp, what we have been calling words are called @dfn{atoms}. This
1199term comes from the historical meaning of the word atom, which means
1200`indivisible'. As far as Lisp is concerned, the words we have been
1201using in the lists cannot be divided into any smaller parts and still
1202mean the same thing as part of a program; likewise with numbers and
1203single character symbols like @samp{+}. On the other hand, unlike an
1204ancient atom, a list can be split into parts. (@xref{car cdr & cons,
1205, @code{car} @code{cdr} & @code{cons} Fundamental Functions}.)
1206
1207In a list, atoms are separated from each other by whitespace. They can be
1208right next to a parenthesis.
1209
1210@cindex @samp{empty list} defined
1211Technically speaking, a list in Lisp consists of parentheses surrounding
1212atoms separated by whitespace or surrounding other lists or surrounding
1213both atoms and other lists. A list can have just one atom in it or
1214have nothing in it at all. A list with nothing in it looks like this:
1215@code{()}, and is called the @dfn{empty list}. Unlike anything else, an
1216empty list is considered both an atom and a list at the same time.
1217
1218@cindex Symbolic expressions, introduced
1219@cindex @samp{expression} defined
1220@cindex @samp{form} defined
1221The printed representation of both atoms and lists are called
1222@dfn{symbolic expressions} or, more concisely, @dfn{s-expressions}.
1223The word @dfn{expression} by itself can refer to either the printed
1224representation, or to the atom or list as it is held internally in the
1225computer. Often, people use the term @dfn{expression}
1226indiscriminately. (Also, in many texts, the word @dfn{form} is used
1227as a synonym for expression.)
1228
1229Incidentally, the atoms that make up our universe were named such when
1230they were thought to be indivisible; but it has been found that physical
1231atoms are not indivisible. Parts can split off an atom or it can
1232fission into two parts of roughly equal size. Physical atoms were named
1233prematurely, before their truer nature was found. In Lisp, certain
1234kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated into parts; but the
1235mechanism for doing this is different from the mechanism for splitting a
1236list. As far as list operations are concerned, the atoms of a list are
1237unsplittable.
1238
1239As in English, the meanings of the component letters of a Lisp atom
1240are different from the meaning the letters make as a word. For
1241example, the word for the South American sloth, the @samp{ai}, is
1242completely different from the two words, @samp{a}, and @samp{i}.
1243
1244There are many kinds of atom in nature but only a few in Lisp: for
1245example, @dfn{numbers}, such as 37, 511, or 1729, and @dfn{symbols}, such
1246as @samp{+}, @samp{foo}, or @samp{forward-line}. The words we have
1247listed in the examples above are all symbols. In everyday Lisp
1248conversation, the word ``atom'' is not often used, because programmers
1249usually try to be more specific about what kind of atom they are dealing
1250with. Lisp programming is mostly about symbols (and sometimes numbers)
1251within lists. (Incidentally, the preceding three word parenthetical
1252remark is a proper list in Lisp, since it consists of atoms, which in
1253this case are symbols, separated by whitespace and enclosed by
1254parentheses, without any non-Lisp punctuation.)
1255
1256@need 1250
6c499932
CY
1257Text between double quotation marks---even sentences or
1258paragraphs---is also an atom. Here is an example:
8cda6f8f
GM
1259@cindex Text between double quotation marks
1260
1261@smallexample
1262'(this list includes "text between quotation marks.")
1263@end smallexample
1264
1265@cindex @samp{string} defined
1266@noindent
1267In Lisp, all of the quoted text including the punctuation mark and the
1268blank spaces is a single atom. This kind of atom is called a
1269@dfn{string} (for `string of characters') and is the sort of thing that
1270is used for messages that a computer can print for a human to read.
1271Strings are a different kind of atom than numbers or symbols and are
1272used differently.
1273
1274@node Whitespace in Lists, Typing Lists, Lisp Atoms, Lisp Lists
1275@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1276@subsection Whitespace in Lists
1277@cindex Whitespace in lists
1278
1279@need 1200
1280The amount of whitespace in a list does not matter. From the point of view
1281of the Lisp language,
1282
1283@smallexample
1284@group
1285'(this list
1286 looks like this)
1287@end group
1288@end smallexample
1289
1290@need 800
1291@noindent
1292is exactly the same as this:
1293
1294@smallexample
1295'(this list looks like this)
1296@end smallexample
1297
1298Both examples show what to Lisp is the same list, the list made up of
1299the symbols @samp{this}, @samp{list}, @samp{looks}, @samp{like}, and
1300@samp{this} in that order.
1301
1302Extra whitespace and newlines are designed to make a list more readable
1303by humans. When Lisp reads the expression, it gets rid of all the extra
1304whitespace (but it needs to have at least one space between atoms in
1305order to tell them apart.)
1306
1307Odd as it seems, the examples we have seen cover almost all of what Lisp
1308lists look like! Every other list in Lisp looks more or less like one
1309of these examples, except that the list may be longer and more complex.
1310In brief, a list is between parentheses, a string is between quotation
1311marks, a symbol looks like a word, and a number looks like a number.
1312(For certain situations, square brackets, dots and a few other special
1313characters may be used; however, we will go quite far without them.)
1314
1315@node Typing Lists, , Whitespace in Lists, Lisp Lists
1316@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1317@subsection GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists
1318@cindex Help typing lists
1319@cindex Formatting help
1320
1321When you type a Lisp expression in GNU Emacs using either Lisp
1322Interaction mode or Emacs Lisp mode, you have available to you several
1323commands to format the Lisp expression so it is easy to read. For
1324example, pressing the @key{TAB} key automatically indents the line the
1325cursor is on by the right amount. A command to properly indent the
1326code in a region is customarily bound to @kbd{M-C-\}. Indentation is
1327designed so that you can see which elements of a list belong to which
1328list---elements of a sub-list are indented more than the elements of
1329the enclosing list.
1330
1331In addition, when you type a closing parenthesis, Emacs momentarily
1332jumps the cursor back to the matching opening parenthesis, so you can
1333see which one it is. This is very useful, since every list you type
1334in Lisp must have its closing parenthesis match its opening
1335parenthesis. (@xref{Major Modes, , Major Modes, emacs, The GNU Emacs
44e97401 1336Manual}, for more information about Emacs's modes.)
8cda6f8f
GM
1337
1338@node Run a Program, Making Errors, Lisp Lists, List Processing
1339@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1340@section Run a Program
1341@cindex Run a program
1342@cindex Program, running one
1343
1344@cindex @samp{evaluate} defined
1345A list in Lisp---any list---is a program ready to run. If you run it
1346(for which the Lisp jargon is @dfn{evaluate}), the computer will do one
1347of three things: do nothing except return to you the list itself; send
1348you an error message; or, treat the first symbol in the list as a
1349command to do something. (Usually, of course, it is the last of these
1350three things that you really want!)
1351
1352@c use code for the single apostrophe, not samp.
1353The single apostrophe, @code{'}, that I put in front of some of the
1354example lists in preceding sections is called a @dfn{quote}; when it
1355precedes a list, it tells Lisp to do nothing with the list, other than
1356take it as it is written. But if there is no quote preceding a list,
1357the first item of the list is special: it is a command for the computer
1358to obey. (In Lisp, these commands are called @emph{functions}.) The list
1359@code{(+ 2 2)} shown above did not have a quote in front of it, so Lisp
1360understands that the @code{+} is an instruction to do something with the
1361rest of the list: add the numbers that follow.
1362
1363@need 1250
1364If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs in Info, here is how you can
1365evaluate such a list: place your cursor immediately after the right
1366hand parenthesis of the following list and then type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1367
1368@smallexample
1369(+ 2 2)
1370@end smallexample
1371
1372@c use code for the number four, not samp.
1373@noindent
1374You will see the number @code{4} appear in the echo area. (In the
1375jargon, what you have just done is ``evaluate the list.'' The echo area
1376is the line at the bottom of the screen that displays or ``echoes''
1377text.) Now try the same thing with a quoted list: place the cursor
1378right after the following list and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1379
1380@smallexample
1381'(this is a quoted list)
1382@end smallexample
1383
1384@noindent
1385You will see @code{(this is a quoted list)} appear in the echo area.
1386
1387@cindex Lisp interpreter, explained
1388@cindex Interpreter, Lisp, explained
1389In both cases, what you are doing is giving a command to the program
1390inside of GNU Emacs called the @dfn{Lisp interpreter}---giving the
1391interpreter a command to evaluate the expression. The name of the Lisp
1392interpreter comes from the word for the task done by a human who comes
1393up with the meaning of an expression---who ``interprets'' it.
1394
1395You can also evaluate an atom that is not part of a list---one that is
1396not surrounded by parentheses; again, the Lisp interpreter translates
1397from the humanly readable expression to the language of the computer.
1398But before discussing this (@pxref{Variables}), we will discuss what the
1399Lisp interpreter does when you make an error.
1400
1401@node Making Errors, Names & Definitions, Run a Program, List Processing
1402@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1403@section Generate an Error Message
1404@cindex Generate an error message
1405@cindex Error message generation
1406
1407Partly so you won't worry if you do it accidentally, we will now give
1408a command to the Lisp interpreter that generates an error message.
1409This is a harmless activity; and indeed, we will often try to generate
1410error messages intentionally. Once you understand the jargon, error
1411messages can be informative. Instead of being called ``error''
1412messages, they should be called ``help'' messages. They are like
ee7683eb 1413signposts to a traveler in a strange country; deciphering them can be
8cda6f8f
GM
1414hard, but once understood, they can point the way.
1415
1416The error message is generated by a built-in GNU Emacs debugger. We
1417will `enter the debugger'. You get out of the debugger by typing @code{q}.
1418
1419What we will do is evaluate a list that is not quoted and does not
1420have a meaningful command as its first element. Here is a list almost
1421exactly the same as the one we just used, but without the single-quote
1422in front of it. Position the cursor right after it and type @kbd{C-x
1423C-e}:
1424
1425@smallexample
1426(this is an unquoted list)
1427@end smallexample
1428
1429@noindent
1430What you see depends on which version of Emacs you are running. GNU
1431Emacs version 22 provides more information than version 20 and before.
1432First, the more recent result of generating an error; then the
1433earlier, version 20 result.
1434
1435@need 1250
1436@noindent
1437In GNU Emacs version 22, a @file{*Backtrace*} window will open up and
1438you will see the following in it:
1439
1440@smallexample
1441@group
1442---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1443Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1444 (this is an unquoted list)
1445 eval((this is an unquoted list))
1446 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1447 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1448 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1449---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1450@end group
1451@end smallexample
1452
1453@need 1200
1454@noindent
1455Your cursor will be in this window (you may have to wait a few seconds
1456before it becomes visible). To quit the debugger and make the
1457debugger window go away, type:
1458
1459@smallexample
1460q
1461@end smallexample
1462
1463@noindent
1464Please type @kbd{q} right now, so you become confident that you can
1465get out of the debugger. Then, type @kbd{C-x C-e} again to re-enter
1466it.
1467
1468@cindex @samp{function} defined
1469Based on what we already know, we can almost read this error message.
1470
1471You read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells
1472you what Emacs did. When you typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, you made an
1473interactive call to the command @code{eval-last-sexp}. @code{eval} is
1474an abbreviation for `evaluate' and @code{sexp} is an abbreviation for
1475`symbolic expression'. The command means `evaluate last symbolic
1476expression', which is the expression just before your cursor.
1477
1478Each line above tells you what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
1479The most recent action is at the top. The buffer is called the
1480@file{*Backtrace*} buffer because it enables you to track Emacs
1481backwards.
1482
1483@need 800
1484At the top of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, you see the line:
1485
1486@smallexample
1487Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1488@end smallexample
1489
1490@noindent
1491The Lisp interpreter tried to evaluate the first atom of the list, the
1492word @samp{this}. It is this action that generated the error message
1493@samp{void-function this}.
1494
1495The message contains the words @samp{void-function} and @samp{this}.
1496
1497@cindex @samp{function} defined
1498The word @samp{function} was mentioned once before. It is a very
1499important word. For our purposes, we can define it by saying that a
1500@dfn{function} is a set of instructions to the computer that tell the
1501computer to do something.
1502
1503Now we can begin to understand the error message: @samp{void-function
1504this}. The function (that is, the word @samp{this}) does not have a
1505definition of any set of instructions for the computer to carry out.
1506
1507The slightly odd word, @samp{void-function}, is designed to cover the
1508way Emacs Lisp is implemented, which is that when a symbol does not
1509have a function definition attached to it, the place that should
1510contain the instructions is `void'.
1511
1512On the other hand, since we were able to add 2 plus 2 successfully, by
1513evaluating @code{(+ 2 2)}, we can infer that the symbol @code{+} must
1514have a set of instructions for the computer to obey and those
1515instructions must be to add the numbers that follow the @code{+}.
1516
1517@need 1250
1518In GNU Emacs version 20, and in earlier versions, you will see only
1519one line of error message; it will appear in the echo area and look
1520like this:
1521
1522@smallexample
1523Symbol's function definition is void:@: this
1524@end smallexample
1525
1526@noindent
1527(Also, your terminal may beep at you---some do, some don't; and others
1528blink. This is just a device to get your attention.) The message goes
1529away as soon as you type another key, even just to move the cursor.
1530
1531We know the meaning of the word @samp{Symbol}. It refers to the first
1532atom of the list, the word @samp{this}. The word @samp{function}
1533refers to the instructions that tell the computer what to do.
1534(Technically, the symbol tells the computer where to find the
1535instructions, but this is a complication we can ignore for the
1536moment.)
1537
1538The error message can be understood: @samp{Symbol's function
1539definition is void:@: this}. The symbol (that is, the word
1540@samp{this}) lacks instructions for the computer to carry out.
1541
1542@node Names & Definitions, Lisp Interpreter, Making Errors, List Processing
1543@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1544@section Symbol Names and Function Definitions
1545@cindex Symbol names
1546
1547We can articulate another characteristic of Lisp based on what we have
1548discussed so far---an important characteristic: a symbol, like
1549@code{+}, is not itself the set of instructions for the computer to
1550carry out. Instead, the symbol is used, perhaps temporarily, as a way
1551of locating the definition or set of instructions. What we see is the
1552name through which the instructions can be found. Names of people
1553work the same way. I can be referred to as @samp{Bob}; however, I am
1554not the letters @samp{B}, @samp{o}, @samp{b} but am, or was, the
1555consciousness consistently associated with a particular life-form.
1556The name is not me, but it can be used to refer to me.
1557
1558In Lisp, one set of instructions can be attached to several names.
1559For example, the computer instructions for adding numbers can be
1560linked to the symbol @code{plus} as well as to the symbol @code{+}
1561(and are in some dialects of Lisp). Among humans, I can be referred
1562to as @samp{Robert} as well as @samp{Bob} and by other words as well.
1563
1564On the other hand, a symbol can have only one function definition
1565attached to it at a time. Otherwise, the computer would be confused as
1566to which definition to use. If this were the case among people, only
1567one person in the world could be named @samp{Bob}. However, the function
1568definition to which the name refers can be changed readily.
1569(@xref{Install, , Install a Function Definition}.)
1570
1571Since Emacs Lisp is large, it is customary to name symbols in a way
1572that identifies the part of Emacs to which the function belongs.
1573Thus, all the names for functions that deal with Texinfo start with
1574@samp{texinfo-} and those for functions that deal with reading mail
1575start with @samp{rmail-}.
1576
1577@node Lisp Interpreter, Evaluation, Names & Definitions, List Processing
1578@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1579@section The Lisp Interpreter
1580@cindex Lisp interpreter, what it does
1581@cindex Interpreter, what it does
1582
1583Based on what we have seen, we can now start to figure out what the
1584Lisp interpreter does when we command it to evaluate a list.
1585First, it looks to see whether there is a quote before the list; if
1586there is, the interpreter just gives us the list. On the other
1587hand, if there is no quote, the interpreter looks at the first element
1588in the list and sees whether it has a function definition. If it does,
1589the interpreter carries out the instructions in the function definition.
1590Otherwise, the interpreter prints an error message.
1591
1592This is how Lisp works. Simple. There are added complications which we
1593will get to in a minute, but these are the fundamentals. Of course, to
1594write Lisp programs, you need to know how to write function definitions
1595and attach them to names, and how to do this without confusing either
1596yourself or the computer.
1597
1598@menu
1599* Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
1600* Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
1601@end menu
1602
1603@node Complications, Byte Compiling, Lisp Interpreter, Lisp Interpreter
1604@ifnottex
1605@unnumberedsubsec Complications
1606@end ifnottex
1607
1608Now, for the first complication. In addition to lists, the Lisp
1609interpreter can evaluate a symbol that is not quoted and does not have
1610parentheses around it. The Lisp interpreter will attempt to determine
1611the symbol's value as a @dfn{variable}. This situation is described
1612in the section on variables. (@xref{Variables}.)
1613
1614@cindex Special form
1615The second complication occurs because some functions are unusual and do
1616not work in the usual manner. Those that don't are called @dfn{special
1617forms}. They are used for special jobs, like defining a function, and
1618there are not many of them. In the next few chapters, you will be
1619introduced to several of the more important special forms.
1620
1621The third and final complication is this: if the function that the
1622Lisp interpreter is looking at is not a special form, and if it is part
1623of a list, the Lisp interpreter looks to see whether the list has a list
1624inside of it. If there is an inner list, the Lisp interpreter first
1625figures out what it should do with the inside list, and then it works on
1626the outside list. If there is yet another list embedded inside the
1627inner list, it works on that one first, and so on. It always works on
1628the innermost list first. The interpreter works on the innermost list
1629first, to evaluate the result of that list. The result may be
1630used by the enclosing expression.
1631
1632Otherwise, the interpreter works left to right, from one expression to
1633the next.
1634
1635@node Byte Compiling, , Complications, Lisp Interpreter
1636@subsection Byte Compiling
1637@cindex Byte compiling
1638
1639One other aspect of interpreting: the Lisp interpreter is able to
1640interpret two kinds of entity: humanly readable code, on which we will
1641focus exclusively, and specially processed code, called @dfn{byte
1642compiled} code, which is not humanly readable. Byte compiled code
1643runs faster than humanly readable code.
1644
1645You can transform humanly readable code into byte compiled code by
1646running one of the compile commands such as @code{byte-compile-file}.
1647Byte compiled code is usually stored in a file that ends with a
1648@file{.elc} extension rather than a @file{.el} extension. You will
1649see both kinds of file in the @file{emacs/lisp} directory; the files
1650to read are those with @file{.el} extensions.
1651
1652As a practical matter, for most things you might do to customize or
1653extend Emacs, you do not need to byte compile; and I will not discuss
1654the topic here. @xref{Byte Compilation, , Byte Compilation, elisp,
1655The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a full description of byte
1656compilation.
1657
1658@node Evaluation, Variables, Lisp Interpreter, List Processing
1659@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1660@section Evaluation
1661@cindex Evaluation
1662
1663When the Lisp interpreter works on an expression, the term for the
1664activity is called @dfn{evaluation}. We say that the interpreter
1665`evaluates the expression'. I've used this term several times before.
1666The word comes from its use in everyday language, `to ascertain the
1667value or amount of; to appraise', according to @cite{Webster's New
1668Collegiate Dictionary}.
1669
1670@menu
1671* How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
1672* Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
1673@end menu
1674
1675@node How the Interpreter Acts, Evaluating Inner Lists, Evaluation, Evaluation
1676@ifnottex
1677@unnumberedsubsec How the Lisp Interpreter Acts
1678@end ifnottex
1679
1680@cindex @samp{returned value} explained
1681After evaluating an expression, the Lisp interpreter will most likely
1682@dfn{return} the value that the computer produces by carrying out the
1683instructions it found in the function definition, or perhaps it will
1684give up on that function and produce an error message. (The interpreter
1685may also find itself tossed, so to speak, to a different function or it
1686may attempt to repeat continually what it is doing for ever and ever in
1687what is called an `infinite loop'. These actions are less common; and
1688we can ignore them.) Most frequently, the interpreter returns a value.
1689
1690@cindex @samp{side effect} defined
1691At the same time the interpreter returns a value, it may do something
1692else as well, such as move a cursor or copy a file; this other kind of
1693action is called a @dfn{side effect}. Actions that we humans think are
1694important, such as printing results, are often ``side effects'' to the
1695Lisp interpreter. The jargon can sound peculiar, but it turns out that
1696it is fairly easy to learn to use side effects.
1697
1698In summary, evaluating a symbolic expression most commonly causes the
1699Lisp interpreter to return a value and perhaps carry out a side effect;
1700or else produce an error.
1701
1702@node Evaluating Inner Lists, , How the Interpreter Acts, Evaluation
1703@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1704@subsection Evaluating Inner Lists
1705@cindex Inner list evaluation
1706@cindex Evaluating inner lists
1707
1708If evaluation applies to a list that is inside another list, the outer
1709list may use the value returned by the first evaluation as information
1710when the outer list is evaluated. This explains why inner expressions
1711are evaluated first: the values they return are used by the outer
1712expressions.
1713
1714@need 1250
1715We can investigate this process by evaluating another addition example.
1716Place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1717
1718@smallexample
1719(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
1720@end smallexample
1721
1722@noindent
1723The number 8 will appear in the echo area.
1724
1725What happens is that the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the inner
1726expression, @code{(+ 3 3)}, for which the value 6 is returned; then it
1727evaluates the outer expression as if it were written @code{(+ 2 6)}, which
1728returns the value 8. Since there are no more enclosing expressions to
1729evaluate, the interpreter prints that value in the echo area.
1730
1731Now it is easy to understand the name of the command invoked by the
1732keystrokes @kbd{C-x C-e}: the name is @code{eval-last-sexp}. The
1733letters @code{sexp} are an abbreviation for `symbolic expression', and
1734@code{eval} is an abbreviation for `evaluate'. The command means
1735`evaluate last symbolic expression'.
1736
1737As an experiment, you can try evaluating the expression by putting the
1738cursor at the beginning of the next line immediately following the
1739expression, or inside the expression.
1740
1741@need 800
1742Here is another copy of the expression:
1743
1744@smallexample
1745(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
1746@end smallexample
1747
1748@noindent
1749If you place the cursor at the beginning of the blank line that
1750immediately follows the expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}, you will
1751still get the value 8 printed in the echo area. Now try putting the
1752cursor inside the expression. If you put it right after the next to
1753last parenthesis (so it appears to sit on top of the last parenthesis),
1754you will get a 6 printed in the echo area! This is because the command
1755evaluates the expression @code{(+ 3 3)}.
1756
1757Now put the cursor immediately after a number. Type @kbd{C-x C-e} and
1758you will get the number itself. In Lisp, if you evaluate a number, you
1759get the number itself---this is how numbers differ from symbols. If you
1760evaluate a list starting with a symbol like @code{+}, you will get a
1761value returned that is the result of the computer carrying out the
1762instructions in the function definition attached to that name. If a
1763symbol by itself is evaluated, something different happens, as we will
1764see in the next section.
1765
1766@node Variables, Arguments, Evaluation, List Processing
1767@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1768@section Variables
1769@cindex Variables
1770
1771In Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have a value attached to it just as it can
1772have a function definition attached to it. The two are different.
1773The function definition is a set of instructions that a computer will
1774obey. A value, on the other hand, is something, such as number or a
1775name, that can vary (which is why such a symbol is called a variable).
1776The value of a symbol can be any expression in Lisp, such as a symbol,
1777number, list, or string. A symbol that has a value is often called a
1778@dfn{variable}.
1779
1780A symbol can have both a function definition and a value attached to
1781it at the same time. Or it can have just one or the other.
1782The two are separate. This is somewhat similar
1783to the way the name Cambridge can refer to the city in Massachusetts
1784and have some information attached to the name as well, such as
1785``great programming center''.
1786
1787@ignore
1788(Incidentally, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have two
1789other things attached to it, too: a property list and a documentation
1790string; these are discussed later.)
1791@end ignore
1792
1793Another way to think about this is to imagine a symbol as being a chest
1794of drawers. The function definition is put in one drawer, the value in
1795another, and so on. What is put in the drawer holding the value can be
1796changed without affecting the contents of the drawer holding the
1797function definition, and vice-verse.
1798
1799@menu
1800* fill-column Example::
1801* Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
1802 without a function.
1803* Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
1804@end menu
1805
1806@node fill-column Example, Void Function, Variables, Variables
1807@ifnottex
1808@unnumberedsubsec @code{fill-column}, an Example Variable
1809@end ifnottex
1810
1811@findex fill-column, @r{an example variable}
1812@cindex Example variable, @code{fill-column}
1813@cindex Variable, example of, @code{fill-column}
1814The variable @code{fill-column} illustrates a symbol with a value
1815attached to it: in every GNU Emacs buffer, this symbol is set to some
1816value, usually 72 or 70, but sometimes to some other value. To find the
1817value of this symbol, evaluate it by itself. If you are reading this in
1818Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can do this by putting the cursor after
1819the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1820
1821@smallexample
1822fill-column
1823@end smallexample
1824
1825@noindent
1826After I typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, Emacs printed the number 72 in my echo
1827area. This is the value for which @code{fill-column} is set for me as I
1828write this. It may be different for you in your Info buffer. Notice
1829that the value returned as a variable is printed in exactly the same way
1830as the value returned by a function carrying out its instructions. From
1831the point of view of the Lisp interpreter, a value returned is a value
1832returned. What kind of expression it came from ceases to matter once
1833the value is known.
1834
1835A symbol can have any value attached to it or, to use the jargon, we can
1836@dfn{bind} the variable to a value: to a number, such as 72; to a
1837string, @code{"such as this"}; to a list, such as @code{(spruce pine
1838oak)}; we can even bind a variable to a function definition.
1839
1840A symbol can be bound to a value in several ways. @xref{set & setq, ,
1841Setting the Value of a Variable}, for information about one way to do
1842this.
1843
1844@node Void Function, Void Variable, fill-column Example, Variables
1845@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1846@subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Function
1847@cindex Symbol without function error
1848@cindex Error for symbol without function
1849
1850When we evaluated @code{fill-column} to find its value as a variable,
1851we did not place parentheses around the word. This is because we did
1852not intend to use it as a function name.
1853
1854If @code{fill-column} were the first or only element of a list, the
1855Lisp interpreter would attempt to find the function definition
1856attached to it. But @code{fill-column} has no function definition.
1857Try evaluating this:
1858
1859@smallexample
1860(fill-column)
1861@end smallexample
1862
1863@need 1250
1864@noindent
1865In GNU Emacs version 22, you will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer
1866that says:
1867
1868@smallexample
1869@group
1870---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1871Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function fill-column)
1872 (fill-column)
1873 eval((fill-column))
1874 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1875 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1876 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1877---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1878@end group
1879@end smallexample
1880
1881@noindent
1882(Remember, to quit the debugger and make the debugger window go away,
1883type @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1884
1885@ignore
1886@need 800
1887In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will produce an error message that says:
1888
1889@smallexample
1890Symbol's function definition is void:@: fill-column
1891@end smallexample
1892
1893@noindent
1894(The message will go away as soon as you move the cursor or type
1895another key.)
1896@end ignore
1897
1898@node Void Variable, , Void Function, Variables
1899@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1900@subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Value
1901@cindex Symbol without value error
1902@cindex Error for symbol without value
1903
1904If you attempt to evaluate a symbol that does not have a value bound to
1905it, you will receive an error message. You can see this by
1906experimenting with our 2 plus 2 addition. In the following expression,
1907put your cursor right after the @code{+}, before the first number 2,
1908type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1909
1910@smallexample
1911(+ 2 2)
1912@end smallexample
1913
1914@need 1500
1915@noindent
1916In GNU Emacs 22, you will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that
1917says:
1918
1919@smallexample
1920@group
1921---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1922Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-variable +)
1923 eval(+)
1924 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1925 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1926 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1927---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1928@end group
1929@end smallexample
1930
1931@noindent
1932(As with the other times we entered the debugger, you can quit by
1933typing @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1934
1935This backtrace is different from the very first error message we saw,
1936which said, @samp{Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)}.
1937In this case, the function does not have a value as a variable; while
1938in the other error message, the function (the word `this') did not
1939have a definition.
1940
1941In this experiment with the @code{+}, what we did was cause the Lisp
1942interpreter to evaluate the @code{+} and look for the value of the
1943variable instead of the function definition. We did this by placing the
1944cursor right after the symbol rather than after the parenthesis of the
1945enclosing list as we did before. As a consequence, the Lisp interpreter
1946evaluated the preceding s-expression, which in this case was the
1947@code{+} by itself.
1948
1949Since @code{+} does not have a value bound to it, just the function
1950definition, the error message reported that the symbol's value as a
1951variable was void.
1952
1953@ignore
1954@need 800
1955In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, your error message will say:
1956
1957@example
1958Symbol's value as variable is void:@: +
1959@end example
1960
1961@noindent
1962The meaning is the same as in GNU Emacs 22.
1963@end ignore
1964
1965@node Arguments, set & setq, Variables, List Processing
1966@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1967@section Arguments
1968@cindex Arguments
1969@cindex Passing information to functions
1970
1971To see how information is passed to functions, let's look again at
1972our old standby, the addition of two plus two. In Lisp, this is written
1973as follows:
1974
1975@smallexample
1976(+ 2 2)
1977@end smallexample
1978
1979If you evaluate this expression, the number 4 will appear in your echo
1980area. What the Lisp interpreter does is add the numbers that follow
1981the @code{+}.
1982
1983@cindex @samp{argument} defined
1984The numbers added by @code{+} are called the @dfn{arguments} of the
1985function @code{+}. These numbers are the information that is given to
1986or @dfn{passed} to the function.
1987
1988The word `argument' comes from the way it is used in mathematics and
1989does not refer to a disputation between two people; instead it refers to
1990the information presented to the function, in this case, to the
1991@code{+}. In Lisp, the arguments to a function are the atoms or lists
1992that follow the function. The values returned by the evaluation of
1993these atoms or lists are passed to the function. Different functions
1994require different numbers of arguments; some functions require none at
1995all.@footnote{It is curious to track the path by which the word `argument'
1996came to have two different meanings, one in mathematics and the other in
1997everyday English. According to the @cite{Oxford English Dictionary},
1998the word derives from the Latin for @samp{to make clear, prove}; thus it
1999came to mean, by one thread of derivation, `the evidence offered as
2000proof', which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its
2001meaning in Lisp. But in the other thread of derivation, it came to mean
2002`to assert in a manner against which others may make counter
2003assertions', which led to the meaning of the word as a disputation.
2004(Note here that the English word has two different definitions attached
2005to it at the same time. By contrast, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol cannot
2006have two different function definitions at the same time.)}
2007
2008@menu
2009* Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
2010* Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
2011 of a variable or list.
2012* Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
2013 variable number of arguments.
2014* Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
2015 to a function.
2016* message:: A useful function for sending messages.
2017@end menu
2018
2019@node Data types, Args as Variable or List, Arguments, Arguments
2020@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2021@subsection Arguments' Data Types
2022@cindex Data types
2023@cindex Types of data
2024@cindex Arguments' data types
2025
2026The type of data that should be passed to a function depends on what
2027kind of information it uses. The arguments to a function such as
2028@code{+} must have values that are numbers, since @code{+} adds numbers.
2029Other functions use different kinds of data for their arguments.
2030
2031@need 1250
2032@findex concat
2033For example, the @code{concat} function links together or unites two or
2034more strings of text to produce a string. The arguments are strings.
2035Concatenating the two character strings @code{abc}, @code{def} produces
2036the single string @code{abcdef}. This can be seen by evaluating the
2037following:
2038
2039@smallexample
2040(concat "abc" "def")
2041@end smallexample
2042
2043@noindent
2044The value produced by evaluating this expression is @code{"abcdef"}.
2045
2046A function such as @code{substring} uses both a string and numbers as
2047arguments. The function returns a part of the string, a substring of
2048the first argument. This function takes three arguments. Its first
2049argument is the string of characters, the second and third arguments are
2050numbers that indicate the beginning and end of the substring. The
2051numbers are a count of the number of characters (including spaces and
e4920bc9 2052punctuation) from the beginning of the string.
8cda6f8f
GM
2053
2054@need 800
2055For example, if you evaluate the following:
2056
2057@smallexample
2058(substring "The quick brown fox jumped." 16 19)
2059@end smallexample
2060
2061@noindent
2062you will see @code{"fox"} appear in the echo area. The arguments are the
2063string and the two numbers.
2064
2065Note that the string passed to @code{substring} is a single atom even
2066though it is made up of several words separated by spaces. Lisp counts
2067everything between the two quotation marks as part of the string,
2068including the spaces. You can think of the @code{substring} function as
2069a kind of `atom smasher' since it takes an otherwise indivisible atom
2070and extracts a part. However, @code{substring} is only able to extract
2071a substring from an argument that is a string, not from another type of
2072atom such as a number or symbol.
2073
2074@node Args as Variable or List, Variable Number of Arguments, Data types, Arguments
2075@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2076@subsection An Argument as the Value of a Variable or List
2077
2078An argument can be a symbol that returns a value when it is evaluated.
2079For example, when the symbol @code{fill-column} by itself is evaluated,
2080it returns a number. This number can be used in an addition.
2081
2082@need 1250
2083Position the cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
2084C-e}:
2085
2086@smallexample
2087(+ 2 fill-column)
2088@end smallexample
2089
2090@noindent
2091The value will be a number two more than what you get by evaluating
2092@code{fill-column} alone. For me, this is 74, because my value of
2093@code{fill-column} is 72.
2094
2095As we have just seen, an argument can be a symbol that returns a value
2096when evaluated. In addition, an argument can be a list that returns a
2097value when it is evaluated. For example, in the following expression,
2098the arguments to the function @code{concat} are the strings
2099@w{@code{"The "}} and @w{@code{" red foxes."}} and the list
2100@code{(number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column))}.
2101
2102@c For GNU Emacs 22, need number-to-string
2103@smallexample
2104(concat "The " (number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column)) " red foxes.")
2105@end smallexample
2106
2107@noindent
2108If you evaluate this expression---and if, as with my Emacs,
2109@code{fill-column} evaluates to 72---@code{"The 74 red foxes."} will
2110appear in the echo area. (Note that you must put spaces after the
2111word @samp{The} and before the word @samp{red} so they will appear in
2112the final string. The function @code{number-to-string} converts the
2113integer that the addition function returns to a string.
2114@code{number-to-string} is also known as @code{int-to-string}.)
2115
2116@node Variable Number of Arguments, Wrong Type of Argument, Args as Variable or List, Arguments
2117@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2118@subsection Variable Number of Arguments
2119@cindex Variable number of arguments
2120@cindex Arguments, variable number of
2121
2122Some functions, such as @code{concat}, @code{+} or @code{*}, take any
2123number of arguments. (The @code{*} is the symbol for multiplication.)
2124This can be seen by evaluating each of the following expressions in
2125the usual way. What you will see in the echo area is printed in this
2126text after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
2127
2128@need 1250
2129In the first set, the functions have no arguments:
2130
2131@smallexample
2132@group
2133(+) @result{} 0
2134
2135(*) @result{} 1
2136@end group
2137@end smallexample
2138
2139@need 1250
2140In this set, the functions have one argument each:
2141
2142@smallexample
2143@group
2144(+ 3) @result{} 3
2145
2146(* 3) @result{} 3
2147@end group
2148@end smallexample
2149
2150@need 1250
2151In this set, the functions have three arguments each:
2152
2153@smallexample
2154@group
2155(+ 3 4 5) @result{} 12
2156
2157(* 3 4 5) @result{} 60
2158@end group
2159@end smallexample
2160
2161@node Wrong Type of Argument, message, Variable Number of Arguments, Arguments
2162@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2163@subsection Using the Wrong Type Object as an Argument
2164@cindex Wrong type of argument
2165@cindex Argument, wrong type of
2166
2167When a function is passed an argument of the wrong type, the Lisp
2168interpreter produces an error message. For example, the @code{+}
2169function expects the values of its arguments to be numbers. As an
2170experiment we can pass it the quoted symbol @code{hello} instead of a
2171number. Position the cursor after the following expression and type
2172@kbd{C-x C-e}:
2173
2174@smallexample
2175(+ 2 'hello)
2176@end smallexample
2177
2178@noindent
2179When you do this you will generate an error message. What has happened
2180is that @code{+} has tried to add the 2 to the value returned by
2181@code{'hello}, but the value returned by @code{'hello} is the symbol
2182@code{hello}, not a number. Only numbers can be added. So @code{+}
2183could not carry out its addition.
2184
2185@need 1250
2186In GNU Emacs version 22, you will create and enter a
2187@file{*Backtrace*} buffer that says:
2188
2189@noindent
2190@smallexample
2191@group
2192---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2193Debugger entered--Lisp error:
2194 (wrong-type-argument number-or-marker-p hello)
2195 +(2 hello)
2196 eval((+ 2 (quote hello)))
2197 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
2198 eval-last-sexp(nil)
2199 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
2200---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2201@end group
2202@end smallexample
2203
2204@need 1250
2205As usual, the error message tries to be helpful and makes sense after you
2206learn how to read it.@footnote{@code{(quote hello)} is an expansion of
2207the abbreviation @code{'hello}.}
2208
2209The first part of the error message is straightforward; it says
2210@samp{wrong type argument}. Next comes the mysterious jargon word
2211@w{@samp{number-or-marker-p}}. This word is trying to tell you what
2212kind of argument the @code{+} expected.
2213
2214The symbol @code{number-or-marker-p} says that the Lisp interpreter is
2215trying to determine whether the information presented it (the value of
2216the argument) is a number or a marker (a special object representing a
2217buffer position). What it does is test to see whether the @code{+} is
2218being given numbers to add. It also tests to see whether the
2219argument is something called a marker, which is a specific feature of
2220Emacs Lisp. (In Emacs, locations in a buffer are recorded as markers.
2221When the mark is set with the @kbd{C-@@} or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} command,
2222its position is kept as a marker. The mark can be considered a
2223number---the number of characters the location is from the beginning
2224of the buffer.) In Emacs Lisp, @code{+} can be used to add the
2225numeric value of marker positions as numbers.
2226
2227The @samp{p} of @code{number-or-marker-p} is the embodiment of a
2228practice started in the early days of Lisp programming. The @samp{p}
2229stands for `predicate'. In the jargon used by the early Lisp
2230researchers, a predicate refers to a function to determine whether some
2231property is true or false. So the @samp{p} tells us that
2232@code{number-or-marker-p} is the name of a function that determines
2233whether it is true or false that the argument supplied is a number or
2234a marker. Other Lisp symbols that end in @samp{p} include @code{zerop},
2235a function that tests whether its argument has the value of zero, and
2236@code{listp}, a function that tests whether its argument is a list.
2237
2238Finally, the last part of the error message is the symbol @code{hello}.
2239This is the value of the argument that was passed to @code{+}. If the
2240addition had been passed the correct type of object, the value passed
2241would have been a number, such as 37, rather than a symbol like
2242@code{hello}. But then you would not have got the error message.
2243
2244@ignore
2245@need 1250
2246In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, the echo area displays an error
2247message that says:
2248
2249@smallexample
2250Wrong type argument:@: number-or-marker-p, hello
2251@end smallexample
2252
2253This says, in different words, the same as the top line of the
2254@file{*Backtrace*} buffer.
2255@end ignore
2256
2257@node message, , Wrong Type of Argument, Arguments
2258@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2259@subsection The @code{message} Function
2260@findex message
2261
2262Like @code{+}, the @code{message} function takes a variable number of
2263arguments. It is used to send messages to the user and is so useful
2264that we will describe it here.
2265
2266@need 1250
2267A message is printed in the echo area. For example, you can print a
2268message in your echo area by evaluating the following list:
2269
2270@smallexample
2271(message "This message appears in the echo area!")
2272@end smallexample
2273
2274The whole string between double quotation marks is a single argument
2275and is printed @i{in toto}. (Note that in this example, the message
2276itself will appear in the echo area within double quotes; that is
2277because you see the value returned by the @code{message} function. In
2278most uses of @code{message} in programs that you write, the text will
2279be printed in the echo area as a side-effect, without the quotes.
2280@xref{multiply-by-seven in detail, , @code{multiply-by-seven} in
2281detail}, for an example of this.)
2282
2283However, if there is a @samp{%s} in the quoted string of characters, the
2284@code{message} function does not print the @samp{%s} as such, but looks
2285to the argument that follows the string. It evaluates the second
2286argument and prints the value at the location in the string where the
2287@samp{%s} is.
2288
2289@need 1250
2290You can see this by positioning the cursor after the following
2291expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
2292
2293@smallexample
2294(message "The name of this buffer is: %s." (buffer-name))
2295@end smallexample
2296
2297@noindent
2298In Info, @code{"The name of this buffer is: *info*."} will appear in the
2299echo area. The function @code{buffer-name} returns the name of the
2300buffer as a string, which the @code{message} function inserts in place
2301of @code{%s}.
2302
2303To print a value as an integer, use @samp{%d} in the same way as
2304@samp{%s}. For example, to print a message in the echo area that
2305states the value of the @code{fill-column}, evaluate the following:
2306
2307@smallexample
2308(message "The value of fill-column is %d." fill-column)
2309@end smallexample
2310
2311@noindent
2312On my system, when I evaluate this list, @code{"The value of
2313fill-column is 72."} appears in my echo area@footnote{Actually, you
2314can use @code{%s} to print a number. It is non-specific. @code{%d}
2315prints only the part of a number left of a decimal point, and not
2316anything that is not a number.}.
2317
2318If there is more than one @samp{%s} in the quoted string, the value of
2319the first argument following the quoted string is printed at the
2320location of the first @samp{%s} and the value of the second argument is
2321printed at the location of the second @samp{%s}, and so on.
2322
2323@need 1250
2324For example, if you evaluate the following,
2325
2326@smallexample
2327@group
2328(message "There are %d %s in the office!"
2329 (- fill-column 14) "pink elephants")
2330@end group
2331@end smallexample
2332
2333@noindent
2334a rather whimsical message will appear in your echo area. On my system
2335it says, @code{"There are 58 pink elephants in the office!"}.
2336
2337The expression @code{(- fill-column 14)} is evaluated and the resulting
2338number is inserted in place of the @samp{%d}; and the string in double
2339quotes, @code{"pink elephants"}, is treated as a single argument and
2340inserted in place of the @samp{%s}. (That is to say, a string between
2341double quotes evaluates to itself, like a number.)
2342
2343Finally, here is a somewhat complex example that not only illustrates
2344the computation of a number, but also shows how you can use an
2345expression within an expression to generate the text that is substituted
2346for @samp{%s}:
2347
2348@smallexample
2349@group
2350(message "He saw %d %s"
2351 (- fill-column 32)
2352 (concat "red "
2353 (substring
2354 "The quick brown foxes jumped." 16 21)
2355 " leaping."))
2356@end group
2357@end smallexample
2358
2359In this example, @code{message} has three arguments: the string,
2360@code{"He saw %d %s"}, the expression, @code{(- fill-column 32)}, and
2361the expression beginning with the function @code{concat}. The value
2362resulting from the evaluation of @code{(- fill-column 32)} is inserted
2363in place of the @samp{%d}; and the value returned by the expression
2364beginning with @code{concat} is inserted in place of the @samp{%s}.
2365
2366When your fill column is 70 and you evaluate the expression, the
2367message @code{"He saw 38 red foxes leaping."} appears in your echo
2368area.
2369
2370@node set & setq, Summary, Arguments, List Processing
2371@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2372@section Setting the Value of a Variable
2373@cindex Variable, setting value
2374@cindex Setting value of variable
2375
2376@cindex @samp{bind} defined
2377There are several ways by which a variable can be given a value. One of
2378the ways is to use either the function @code{set} or the function
2379@code{setq}. Another way is to use @code{let} (@pxref{let}). (The
2380jargon for this process is to @dfn{bind} a variable to a value.)
2381
2382The following sections not only describe how @code{set} and @code{setq}
2383work but also illustrate how arguments are passed.
2384
2385@menu
2386* Using set:: Setting values.
2387* Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
2388* Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
2389@end menu
2390
2391@node Using set, Using setq, set & setq, set & setq
2392@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2393@subsection Using @code{set}
2394@findex set
2395
2396To set the value of the symbol @code{flowers} to the list @code{'(rose
2397violet daisy buttercup)}, evaluate the following expression by
2398positioning the cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2399
2400@smallexample
2401(set 'flowers '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
2402@end smallexample
2403
2404@noindent
2405The list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in the echo
2406area. This is what is @emph{returned} by the @code{set} function. As a
2407side effect, the symbol @code{flowers} is bound to the list; that is,
2408the symbol @code{flowers}, which can be viewed as a variable, is given
2409the list as its value. (This process, by the way, illustrates how a
2410side effect to the Lisp interpreter, setting the value, can be the
2411primary effect that we humans are interested in. This is because every
2412Lisp function must return a value if it does not get an error, but it
2413will only have a side effect if it is designed to have one.)
2414
2415After evaluating the @code{set} expression, you can evaluate the symbol
2416@code{flowers} and it will return the value you just set. Here is the
2417symbol. Place your cursor after it and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2418
2419@smallexample
2420flowers
2421@end smallexample
2422
2423@noindent
2424When you evaluate @code{flowers}, the list
2425@code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} appears in the echo area.
2426
2427Incidentally, if you evaluate @code{'flowers}, the variable with a quote
2428in front of it, what you will see in the echo area is the symbol itself,
2429@code{flowers}. Here is the quoted symbol, so you can try this:
2430
2431@smallexample
2432'flowers
2433@end smallexample
2434
2435Note also, that when you use @code{set}, you need to quote both
2436arguments to @code{set}, unless you want them evaluated. Since we do
2437not want either argument evaluated, neither the variable
2438@code{flowers} nor the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)}, both
2439are quoted. (When you use @code{set} without quoting its first
2440argument, the first argument is evaluated before anything else is
2441done. If you did this and @code{flowers} did not have a value
2442already, you would get an error message that the @samp{Symbol's value
2443as variable is void}; on the other hand, if @code{flowers} did return
2444a value after it was evaluated, the @code{set} would attempt to set
2445the value that was returned. There are situations where this is the
2446right thing for the function to do; but such situations are rare.)
2447
2448@node Using setq, Counting, Using set, set & setq
2449@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2450@subsection Using @code{setq}
2451@findex setq
2452
2453As a practical matter, you almost always quote the first argument to
2454@code{set}. The combination of @code{set} and a quoted first argument
2455is so common that it has its own name: the special form @code{setq}.
2456This special form is just like @code{set} except that the first argument
2457is quoted automatically, so you don't need to type the quote mark
2458yourself. Also, as an added convenience, @code{setq} permits you to set
2459several different variables to different values, all in one expression.
2460
2461To set the value of the variable @code{carnivores} to the list
2462@code{'(lion tiger leopard)} using @code{setq}, the following expression
2463is used:
2464
2465@smallexample
2466(setq carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2467@end smallexample
2468
2469@noindent
2470This is exactly the same as using @code{set} except the first argument
2471is automatically quoted by @code{setq}. (The @samp{q} in @code{setq}
2472means @code{quote}.)
2473
2474@need 1250
2475With @code{set}, the expression would look like this:
2476
2477@smallexample
2478(set 'carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2479@end smallexample
2480
2481Also, @code{setq} can be used to assign different values to
2482different variables. The first argument is bound to the value
2483of the second argument, the third argument is bound to the value of the
2484fourth argument, and so on. For example, you could use the following to
2485assign a list of trees to the symbol @code{trees} and a list of herbivores
2486to the symbol @code{herbivores}:
2487
2488@smallexample
2489@group
2490(setq trees '(pine fir oak maple)
2491 herbivores '(gazelle antelope zebra))
2492@end group
2493@end smallexample
2494
2495@noindent
2496(The expression could just as well have been on one line, but it might
2497not have fit on a page; and humans find it easier to read nicely
2498formatted lists.)
2499
2500Although I have been using the term `assign', there is another way of
2501thinking about the workings of @code{set} and @code{setq}; and that is to
2502say that @code{set} and @code{setq} make the symbol @emph{point} to the
2503list. This latter way of thinking is very common and in forthcoming
2504chapters we shall come upon at least one symbol that has `pointer' as
2505part of its name. The name is chosen because the symbol has a value,
2506specifically a list, attached to it; or, expressed another way,
2507the symbol is set to ``point'' to the list.
2508
2509@node Counting, , Using setq, set & setq
2510@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2511@subsection Counting
2512@cindex Counting
2513
2514Here is an example that shows how to use @code{setq} in a counter. You
2515might use this to count how many times a part of your program repeats
2516itself. First set a variable to zero; then add one to the number each
2517time the program repeats itself. To do this, you need a variable that
2518serves as a counter, and two expressions: an initial @code{setq}
2519expression that sets the counter variable to zero; and a second
2520@code{setq} expression that increments the counter each time it is
2521evaluated.
2522
2523@smallexample
2524@group
2525(setq counter 0) ; @r{Let's call this the initializer.}
2526
2527(setq counter (+ counter 1)) ; @r{This is the incrementer.}
2528
2529counter ; @r{This is the counter.}
2530@end group
2531@end smallexample
2532
2533@noindent
2534(The text following the @samp{;} are comments. @xref{Change a
2535defun, , Change a Function Definition}.)
2536
2537If you evaluate the first of these expressions, the initializer,
2538@code{(setq counter 0)}, and then evaluate the third expression,
2539@code{counter}, the number @code{0} will appear in the echo area. If
2540you then evaluate the second expression, the incrementer, @code{(setq
2541counter (+ counter 1))}, the counter will get the value 1. So if you
2542again evaluate @code{counter}, the number @code{1} will appear in the
2543echo area. Each time you evaluate the second expression, the value of
2544the counter will be incremented.
2545
2546When you evaluate the incrementer, @code{(setq counter (+ counter 1))},
2547the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the innermost list; this is the
2548addition. In order to evaluate this list, it must evaluate the variable
2549@code{counter} and the number @code{1}. When it evaluates the variable
2550@code{counter}, it receives its current value. It passes this value and
2551the number @code{1} to the @code{+} which adds them together. The sum
2552is then returned as the value of the inner list and passed to the
2553@code{setq} which sets the variable @code{counter} to this new value.
2554Thus, the value of the variable, @code{counter}, is changed.
2555
2556@node Summary, Error Message Exercises, set & setq, List Processing
2557@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2558@section Summary
2559
2560Learning Lisp is like climbing a hill in which the first part is the
2561steepest. You have now climbed the most difficult part; what remains
2562becomes easier as you progress onwards.
2563
2564@need 1000
2565In summary,
2566
2567@itemize @bullet
2568
2569@item
2570Lisp programs are made up of expressions, which are lists or single atoms.
2571
2572@item
2573Lists are made up of zero or more atoms or inner lists, separated by whitespace and
2574surrounded by parentheses. A list can be empty.
2575
2576@item
2577Atoms are multi-character symbols, like @code{forward-paragraph}, single
2578character symbols like @code{+}, strings of characters between double
2579quotation marks, or numbers.
2580
2581@item
2582A number evaluates to itself.
2583
2584@item
2585A string between double quotes also evaluates to itself.
2586
2587@item
2588When you evaluate a symbol by itself, its value is returned.
2589
2590@item
2591When you evaluate a list, the Lisp interpreter looks at the first symbol
2592in the list and then at the function definition bound to that symbol.
2593Then the instructions in the function definition are carried out.
2594
2595@item
2596A single quotation mark,
2597@ifinfo
2598'
2599@end ifinfo
2600@ifnotinfo
2601@code{'}
2602@end ifnotinfo
2603, tells the Lisp interpreter that it should
2604return the following expression as written, and not evaluate it as it
2605would if the quote were not there.
2606
2607@item
2608Arguments are the information passed to a function. The arguments to a
2609function are computed by evaluating the rest of the elements of the list
2610of which the function is the first element.
2611
2612@item
2613A function always returns a value when it is evaluated (unless it gets
2614an error); in addition, it may also carry out some action called a
2615``side effect''. In many cases, a function's primary purpose is to
2616create a side effect.
2617@end itemize
2618
2619@node Error Message Exercises, , Summary, List Processing
2620@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2621@section Exercises
2622
2623A few simple exercises:
2624
2625@itemize @bullet
2626@item
2627Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2628not within parentheses.
2629
2630@item
2631Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2632between parentheses.
2633
2634@item
2635Create a counter that increments by two rather than one.
2636
2637@item
2638Write an expression that prints a message in the echo area when
2639evaluated.
2640@end itemize
2641
2642@node Practicing Evaluation, Writing Defuns, List Processing, Top
2643@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2644@chapter Practicing Evaluation
2645@cindex Practicing evaluation
2646@cindex Evaluation practice
2647
2648Before learning how to write a function definition in Emacs Lisp, it is
2649useful to spend a little time evaluating various expressions that have
2650already been written. These expressions will be lists with the
2651functions as their first (and often only) element. Since some of the
2652functions associated with buffers are both simple and interesting, we
2653will start with those. In this section, we will evaluate a few of
2654these. In another section, we will study the code of several other
2655buffer-related functions, to see how they were written.
2656
2657@menu
2658* How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
2659 causes evaluation.
2660* Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
2661* Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
2662* Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
2663* Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
2664 the buffer.
2665* Evaluation Exercise::
2666@end menu
2667
2668@node How to Evaluate, Buffer Names, Practicing Evaluation, Practicing Evaluation
2669@ifnottex
2670@unnumberedsec How to Evaluate
2671@end ifnottex
2672
2673@i{Whenever you give an editing command} to Emacs Lisp, such as the
2674command to move the cursor or to scroll the screen, @i{you are evaluating
2675an expression,} the first element of which is a function. @i{This is
2676how Emacs works.}
2677
2678@cindex @samp{interactive function} defined
2679@cindex @samp{command} defined
2680When you type keys, you cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate an
2681expression and that is how you get your results. Even typing plain text
2682involves evaluating an Emacs Lisp function, in this case, one that uses
2683@code{self-insert-command}, which simply inserts the character you
2684typed. The functions you evaluate by typing keystrokes are called
2685@dfn{interactive} functions, or @dfn{commands}; how you make a function
2686interactive will be illustrated in the chapter on how to write function
2687definitions. @xref{Interactive, , Making a Function Interactive}.
2688
2689In addition to typing keyboard commands, we have seen a second way to
2690evaluate an expression: by positioning the cursor after a list and
2691typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. This is what we will do in the rest of this
2692section. There are other ways to evaluate an expression as well; these
2693will be described as we come to them.
2694
2695Besides being used for practicing evaluation, the functions shown in the
2696next few sections are important in their own right. A study of these
2697functions makes clear the distinction between buffers and files, how to
2698switch to a buffer, and how to determine a location within it.
2699
2700@node Buffer Names, Getting Buffers, How to Evaluate, Practicing Evaluation
2701@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2702@section Buffer Names
2703@findex buffer-name
2704@findex buffer-file-name
2705
2706The two functions, @code{buffer-name} and @code{buffer-file-name}, show
2707the difference between a file and a buffer. When you evaluate the
2708following expression, @code{(buffer-name)}, the name of the buffer
2709appears in the echo area. When you evaluate @code{(buffer-file-name)},
2710the name of the file to which the buffer refers appears in the echo
2711area. Usually, the name returned by @code{(buffer-name)} is the same as
2712the name of the file to which it refers, and the name returned by
2713@code{(buffer-file-name)} is the full path-name of the file.
2714
2715A file and a buffer are two different entities. A file is information
2716recorded permanently in the computer (unless you delete it). A buffer,
2717on the other hand, is information inside of Emacs that will vanish at
2718the end of the editing session (or when you kill the buffer). Usually,
2719a buffer contains information that you have copied from a file; we say
2720the buffer is @dfn{visiting} that file. This copy is what you work on
2721and modify. Changes to the buffer do not change the file, until you
2722save the buffer. When you save the buffer, the buffer is copied to the file
2723and is thus saved permanently.
2724
2725@need 1250
2726If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
2727each of the following expressions by positioning the cursor after it and
2728typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2729
2730@example
2731@group
2732(buffer-name)
2733
2734(buffer-file-name)
2735@end group
2736@end example
2737
2738@noindent
2739When I do this in Info, the value returned by evaluating
2740@code{(buffer-name)} is @file{"*info*"}, and the value returned by
2741evaluating @code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}.
2742
a9097c6d 2743On the other hand, while I am writing this document, the value
8cda6f8f
GM
2744returned by evaluating @code{(buffer-name)} is
2745@file{"introduction.texinfo"}, and the value returned by evaluating
2746@code{(buffer-file-name)} is
2747@file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2748
2749@cindex @code{nil}, history of word
2750The former is the name of the buffer and the latter is the name of the
2751file. In Info, the buffer name is @file{"*info*"}. Info does not
2752point to any file, so the result of evaluating
2753@code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}. The symbol @code{nil} is
2754from the Latin word for `nothing'; in this case, it means that the
2755buffer is not associated with any file. (In Lisp, @code{nil} is also
2756used to mean `false' and is a synonym for the empty list, @code{()}.)
2757
2758When I am writing, the name of my buffer is
2759@file{"introduction.texinfo"}. The name of the file to which it
2760points is @file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2761
2762(In the expressions, the parentheses tell the Lisp interpreter to
2763treat @w{@code{buffer-name}} and @w{@code{buffer-file-name}} as
2764functions; without the parentheses, the interpreter would attempt to
2765evaluate the symbols as variables. @xref{Variables}.)
2766
2767In spite of the distinction between files and buffers, you will often
2768find that people refer to a file when they mean a buffer and vice-verse.
2769Indeed, most people say, ``I am editing a file,'' rather than saying,
2770``I am editing a buffer which I will soon save to a file.'' It is
2771almost always clear from context what people mean. When dealing with
2772computer programs, however, it is important to keep the distinction in mind,
2773since the computer is not as smart as a person.
2774
2775@cindex Buffer, history of word
2776The word `buffer', by the way, comes from the meaning of the word as a
2777cushion that deadens the force of a collision. In early computers, a
2778buffer cushioned the interaction between files and the computer's
2779central processing unit. The drums or tapes that held a file and the
2780central processing unit were pieces of equipment that were very
2781different from each other, working at their own speeds, in spurts. The
2782buffer made it possible for them to work together effectively.
2783Eventually, the buffer grew from being an intermediary, a temporary
2784holding place, to being the place where work is done. This
2785transformation is rather like that of a small seaport that grew into a
2786great city: once it was merely the place where cargo was warehoused
2787temporarily before being loaded onto ships; then it became a business
2788and cultural center in its own right.
2789
2790Not all buffers are associated with files. For example, a
2791@file{*scratch*} buffer does not visit any file. Similarly, a
2792@file{*Help*} buffer is not associated with any file.
2793
2794In the old days, when you lacked a @file{~/.emacs} file and started an
2795Emacs session by typing the command @code{emacs} alone, without naming
2796any files, Emacs started with the @file{*scratch*} buffer visible.
2797Nowadays, you will see a splash screen. You can follow one of the
2798commands suggested on the splash screen, visit a file, or press the
2799spacebar to reach the @file{*scratch*} buffer.
2800
2801If you switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer, type
2802@code{(buffer-name)}, position the cursor after it, and then type
2803@kbd{C-x C-e} to evaluate the expression. The name @code{"*scratch*"}
2804will be returned and will appear in the echo area. @code{"*scratch*"}
2805is the name of the buffer. When you type @code{(buffer-file-name)} in
2806the @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate that, @code{nil} will appear
2807in the echo area, just as it does when you evaluate
2808@code{(buffer-file-name)} in Info.
2809
2810Incidentally, if you are in the @file{*scratch*} buffer and want the
2811value returned by an expression to appear in the @file{*scratch*}
2812buffer itself rather than in the echo area, type @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
2813instead of @kbd{C-x C-e}. This causes the value returned to appear
2814after the expression. The buffer will look like this:
2815
2816@smallexample
2817(buffer-name)"*scratch*"
2818@end smallexample
2819
2820@noindent
2821You cannot do this in Info since Info is read-only and it will not allow
2822you to change the contents of the buffer. But you can do this in any
2823buffer you can edit; and when you write code or documentation (such as
2824this book), this feature is very useful.
2825
2826@node Getting Buffers, Switching Buffers, Buffer Names, Practicing Evaluation
2827@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2828@section Getting Buffers
2829@findex current-buffer
2830@findex other-buffer
2831@cindex Getting a buffer
2832
2833The @code{buffer-name} function returns the @emph{name} of the buffer;
2834to get the buffer @emph{itself}, a different function is needed: the
2835@code{current-buffer} function. If you use this function in code, what
2836you get is the buffer itself.
2837
2838A name and the object or entity to which the name refers are different
2839from each other. You are not your name. You are a person to whom
2840others refer by name. If you ask to speak to George and someone hands you
2841a card with the letters @samp{G}, @samp{e}, @samp{o}, @samp{r},
2842@samp{g}, and @samp{e} written on it, you might be amused, but you would
2843not be satisfied. You do not want to speak to the name, but to the
2844person to whom the name refers. A buffer is similar: the name of the
2845scratch buffer is @file{*scratch*}, but the name is not the buffer. To
2846get a buffer itself, you need to use a function such as
2847@code{current-buffer}.
2848
2849However, there is a slight complication: if you evaluate
2850@code{current-buffer} in an expression on its own, as we will do here,
2851what you see is a printed representation of the name of the buffer
2852without the contents of the buffer. Emacs works this way for two
2853reasons: the buffer may be thousands of lines long---too long to be
2854conveniently displayed; and, another buffer may have the same contents
2855but a different name, and it is important to distinguish between them.
2856
2857@need 800
2858Here is an expression containing the function:
2859
2860@smallexample
2861(current-buffer)
2862@end smallexample
2863
2864@noindent
2865If you evaluate this expression in Info in Emacs in the usual way,
2866@file{#<buffer *info*>} will appear in the echo area. The special
2867format indicates that the buffer itself is being returned, rather than
2868just its name.
2869
2870Incidentally, while you can type a number or symbol into a program, you
2871cannot do that with the printed representation of a buffer: the only way
2872to get a buffer itself is with a function such as @code{current-buffer}.
2873
2874A related function is @code{other-buffer}. This returns the most
2875recently selected buffer other than the one you are in currently, not
2876a printed representation of its name. If you have recently switched
2877back and forth from the @file{*scratch*} buffer, @code{other-buffer}
2878will return that buffer.
2879
2880@need 800
2881You can see this by evaluating the expression:
2882
2883@smallexample
2884(other-buffer)
2885@end smallexample
2886
2887@noindent
2888You should see @file{#<buffer *scratch*>} appear in the echo area, or
2889the name of whatever other buffer you switched back from most
2890recently@footnote{Actually, by default, if the buffer from which you
2891just switched is visible to you in another window, @code{other-buffer}
2892will choose the most recent buffer that you cannot see; this is a
2893subtlety that I often forget.}.
2894
2895@node Switching Buffers, Buffer Size & Locations, Getting Buffers, Practicing Evaluation
2896@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2897@section Switching Buffers
2898@findex switch-to-buffer
2899@findex set-buffer
2900@cindex Switching to a buffer
2901
2902The @code{other-buffer} function actually provides a buffer when it is
2903used as an argument to a function that requires one. We can see this
2904by using @code{other-buffer} and @code{switch-to-buffer} to switch to a
2905different buffer.
2906
2907But first, a brief introduction to the @code{switch-to-buffer}
2908function. When you switched back and forth from Info to the
2909@file{*scratch*} buffer to evaluate @code{(buffer-name)}, you most
2910likely typed @kbd{C-x b} and then typed @file{*scratch*}@footnote{Or
2911rather, to save typing, you probably only typed @kbd{RET} if the
2912default buffer was @file{*scratch*}, or if it was different, then you
2913typed just part of the name, such as @code{*sc}, pressed your
2914@kbd{TAB} key to cause it to expand to the full name, and then typed
2915your @kbd{RET} key.} when prompted in the minibuffer for the name of
2916the buffer to which you wanted to switch. The keystrokes, @kbd{C-x
2917b}, cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate the interactive function
2918@code{switch-to-buffer}. As we said before, this is how Emacs works:
2919different keystrokes call or run different functions. For example,
2920@kbd{C-f} calls @code{forward-char}, @kbd{M-e} calls
2921@code{forward-sentence}, and so on.
2922
2923By writing @code{switch-to-buffer} in an expression, and giving it a
2924buffer to switch to, we can switch buffers just the way @kbd{C-x b}
2925does.
2926
2927@need 1000
2928Here is the Lisp expression:
2929
2930@smallexample
2931(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer))
2932@end smallexample
2933
2934@noindent
2935The symbol @code{switch-to-buffer} is the first element of the list,
2936so the Lisp interpreter will treat it as a function and carry out the
2937instructions that are attached to it. But before doing that, the
2938interpreter will note that @code{other-buffer} is inside parentheses
2939and work on that symbol first. @code{other-buffer} is the first (and
2940in this case, the only) element of this list, so the Lisp interpreter
2941calls or runs the function. It returns another buffer. Next, the
2942interpreter runs @code{switch-to-buffer}, passing to it, as an
2943argument, the other buffer, which is what Emacs will switch to. If
2944you are reading this in Info, try this now. Evaluate the expression.
2945(To get back, type @kbd{C-x b @key{RET}}.)@footnote{Remember, this
2946expression will move you to your most recent other buffer that you
2947cannot see. If you really want to go to your most recently selected
2948buffer, even if you can still see it, you need to evaluate the
2949following more complex expression:
2950
2951@smallexample
2952(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
2953@end smallexample
2954
2955@c noindent
2956In this case, the first argument to @code{other-buffer} tells it which
2957buffer to skip---the current one---and the second argument tells
2958@code{other-buffer} it is OK to switch to a visible buffer.
2959In regular use, @code{switch-to-buffer} takes you to an invisible
2960window since you would most likely use @kbd{C-x o} (@code{other-window})
2961to go to another visible buffer.}
2962
2963In the programming examples in later sections of this document, you will
2964see the function @code{set-buffer} more often than
2965@code{switch-to-buffer}. This is because of a difference between
2966computer programs and humans: humans have eyes and expect to see the
2967buffer on which they are working on their computer terminals. This is
2968so obvious, it almost goes without saying. However, programs do not
2969have eyes. When a computer program works on a buffer, that buffer does
2970not need to be visible on the screen.
2971
2972@code{switch-to-buffer} is designed for humans and does two different
44e97401 2973things: it switches the buffer to which Emacs's attention is directed; and
8cda6f8f
GM
2974it switches the buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer.
2975@code{set-buffer}, on the other hand, does only one thing: it switches
2976the attention of the computer program to a different buffer. The buffer
2977on the screen remains unchanged (of course, normally nothing happens
2978there until the command finishes running).
2979
2980@cindex @samp{call} defined
2981Also, we have just introduced another jargon term, the word @dfn{call}.
2982When you evaluate a list in which the first symbol is a function, you
2983are calling that function. The use of the term comes from the notion of
2984the function as an entity that can do something for you if you `call'
2985it---just as a plumber is an entity who can fix a leak if you call him
2986or her.
2987
2988@node Buffer Size & Locations, Evaluation Exercise, Switching Buffers, Practicing Evaluation
2989@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2990@section Buffer Size and the Location of Point
2991@cindex Size of buffer
2992@cindex Buffer size
2993@cindex Point location
2994@cindex Location of point
2995
2996Finally, let's look at several rather simple functions,
2997@code{buffer-size}, @code{point}, @code{point-min}, and
2998@code{point-max}. These give information about the size of a buffer and
2999the location of point within it.
3000
3001The function @code{buffer-size} tells you the size of the current
3002buffer; that is, the function returns a count of the number of
3003characters in the buffer.
3004
3005@smallexample
3006(buffer-size)
3007@end smallexample
3008
3009@noindent
3010You can evaluate this in the usual way, by positioning the
3011cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
3012
3013@cindex @samp{point} defined
3014In Emacs, the current position of the cursor is called @dfn{point}.
3015The expression @code{(point)} returns a number that tells you where the
3016cursor is located as a count of the number of characters from the
3017beginning of the buffer up to point.
3018
3019@need 1250
3020You can see the character count for point in this buffer by evaluating
3021the following expression in the usual way:
3022
3023@smallexample
3024(point)
3025@end smallexample
3026
3027@noindent
3028As I write this, the value of @code{point} is 65724. The @code{point}
3029function is frequently used in some of the examples later in this
3030book.
3031
3032@need 1250
3033The value of point depends, of course, on its location within the
3034buffer. If you evaluate point in this spot, the number will be larger:
3035
3036@smallexample
3037(point)
3038@end smallexample
3039
3040@noindent
3041For me, the value of point in this location is 66043, which means that
3042there are 319 characters (including spaces) between the two
3043expressions. (Doubtless, you will see different numbers, since I will
3044have edited this since I first evaluated point.)
3045
3046@cindex @samp{narrowing} defined
3047The function @code{point-min} is somewhat similar to @code{point}, but
3048it returns the value of the minimum permissible value of point in the
3049current buffer. This is the number 1 unless @dfn{narrowing} is in
3050effect. (Narrowing is a mechanism whereby you can restrict yourself,
3051or a program, to operations on just a part of a buffer.
3052@xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}.) Likewise, the
3053function @code{point-max} returns the value of the maximum permissible
3054value of point in the current buffer.
3055
3056@node Evaluation Exercise, , Buffer Size & Locations, Practicing Evaluation
3057@section Exercise
3058
3059Find a file with which you are working and move towards its middle.
3060Find its buffer name, file name, length, and your position in the file.
3061
3062@node Writing Defuns, Buffer Walk Through, Practicing Evaluation, Top
3063@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3064@chapter How To Write Function Definitions
3065@cindex Definition writing
3066@cindex Function definition writing
3067@cindex Writing a function definition
3068
3069When the Lisp interpreter evaluates a list, it looks to see whether the
3070first symbol on the list has a function definition attached to it; or,
3071put another way, whether the symbol points to a function definition. If
3072it does, the computer carries out the instructions in the definition. A
3073symbol that has a function definition is called, simply, a function
3074(although, properly speaking, the definition is the function and the
3075symbol refers to it.)
3076
3077@menu
3078* Primitive Functions::
3079* defun:: The @code{defun} special form.
3080* Install:: Install a function definition.
3081* Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
3082* Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
3083* Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
3084* let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
3085* if:: What if?
3086* else:: If--then--else expressions.
3087* Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
3088* save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
3089* Review::
3090* defun Exercises::
3091@end menu
3092
3093@node Primitive Functions, defun, Writing Defuns, Writing Defuns
3094@ifnottex
3095@unnumberedsec An Aside about Primitive Functions
3096@end ifnottex
3097@cindex Primitive functions
3098@cindex Functions, primitive
3099
3100@cindex C language primitives
3101@cindex Primitives written in C
3102All functions are defined in terms of other functions, except for a few
3103@dfn{primitive} functions that are written in the C programming
3104language. When you write functions' definitions, you will write them in
3105Emacs Lisp and use other functions as your building blocks. Some of the
3106functions you will use will themselves be written in Emacs Lisp (perhaps
3107by you) and some will be primitives written in C. The primitive
3108functions are used exactly like those written in Emacs Lisp and behave
3109like them. They are written in C so we can easily run GNU Emacs on any
3110computer that has sufficient power and can run C.
3111
3112Let me re-emphasize this: when you write code in Emacs Lisp, you do not
3113distinguish between the use of functions written in C and the use of
3114functions written in Emacs Lisp. The difference is irrelevant. I
3115mention the distinction only because it is interesting to know. Indeed,
3116unless you investigate, you won't know whether an already-written
3117function is written in Emacs Lisp or C.
3118
3119@node defun, Install, Primitive Functions, Writing Defuns
3120@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3121@section The @code{defun} Special Form
3122@findex defun
3123@cindex Special form of @code{defun}
3124
3125@cindex @samp{function definition} defined
3126In Lisp, a symbol such as @code{mark-whole-buffer} has code attached to
3127it that tells the computer what to do when the function is called.
3128This code is called the @dfn{function definition} and is created by
3129evaluating a Lisp expression that starts with the symbol @code{defun}
3130(which is an abbreviation for @emph{define function}). Because
3131@code{defun} does not evaluate its arguments in the usual way, it is
3132called a @dfn{special form}.
3133
3134In subsequent sections, we will look at function definitions from the
3135Emacs source code, such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}. In this section,
3136we will describe a simple function definition so you can see how it
3137looks. This function definition uses arithmetic because it makes for a
3138simple example. Some people dislike examples using arithmetic; however,
3139if you are such a person, do not despair. Hardly any of the code we
3140will study in the remainder of this introduction involves arithmetic or
3141mathematics. The examples mostly involve text in one way or another.
3142
3143A function definition has up to five parts following the word
3144@code{defun}:
3145
3146@enumerate
3147@item
3148The name of the symbol to which the function definition should be
3149attached.
3150
3151@item
3152A list of the arguments that will be passed to the function. If no
3153arguments will be passed to the function, this is an empty list,
3154@code{()}.
3155
3156@item
3157Documentation describing the function. (Technically optional, but
3158strongly recommended.)
3159
3160@item
3161Optionally, an expression to make the function interactive so you can
3162use it by typing @kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by
3163typing an appropriate key or keychord.
3164
3165@cindex @samp{body} defined
3166@item
3167The code that instructs the computer what to do: the @dfn{body} of the
3168function definition.
3169@end enumerate
3170
3171It is helpful to think of the five parts of a function definition as
3172being organized in a template, with slots for each part:
3173
3174@smallexample
3175@group
3176(defun @var{function-name} (@var{arguments}@dots{})
3177 "@var{optional-documentation}@dots{}"
3178 (interactive @var{argument-passing-info}) ; @r{optional}
3179 @var{body}@dots{})
3180@end group
3181@end smallexample
3182
3183As an example, here is the code for a function that multiplies its
3184argument by 7. (This example is not interactive. @xref{Interactive,
3185, Making a Function Interactive}, for that information.)
3186
3187@smallexample
3188@group
3189(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3190 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3191 (* 7 number))
3192@end group
3193@end smallexample
3194
3195This definition begins with a parenthesis and the symbol @code{defun},
3196followed by the name of the function.
3197
3198@cindex @samp{argument list} defined
3199The name of the function is followed by a list that contains the
3200arguments that will be passed to the function. This list is called
3201the @dfn{argument list}. In this example, the list has only one
3202element, the symbol, @code{number}. When the function is used, the
3203symbol will be bound to the value that is used as the argument to the
3204function.
3205
3206Instead of choosing the word @code{number} for the name of the argument,
3207I could have picked any other name. For example, I could have chosen
3208the word @code{multiplicand}. I picked the word `number' because it
3209tells what kind of value is intended for this slot; but I could just as
3210well have chosen the word `multiplicand' to indicate the role that the
3211value placed in this slot will play in the workings of the function. I
3212could have called it @code{foogle}, but that would have been a bad
3213choice because it would not tell humans what it means. The choice of
3214name is up to the programmer and should be chosen to make the meaning of
3215the function clear.
3216
3217Indeed, you can choose any name you wish for a symbol in an argument
3218list, even the name of a symbol used in some other function: the name
3219you use in an argument list is private to that particular definition.
3220In that definition, the name refers to a different entity than any use
3221of the same name outside the function definition. Suppose you have a
3222nick-name `Shorty' in your family; when your family members refer to
3223`Shorty', they mean you. But outside your family, in a movie, for
3224example, the name `Shorty' refers to someone else. Because a name in an
3225argument list is private to the function definition, you can change the
3226value of such a symbol inside the body of a function without changing
3227its value outside the function. The effect is similar to that produced
3228by a @code{let} expression. (@xref{let, , @code{let}}.)
3229
3230@ignore
3231Note also that we discuss the word `number' in two different ways: as a
3232symbol that appears in the code, and as the name of something that will
3233be replaced by a something else during the evaluation of the function.
3234In the first case, @code{number} is a symbol, not a number; it happens
3235that within the function, it is a variable who value is the number in
3236question, but our primary interest in it is as a symbol. On the other
3237hand, when we are talking about the function, our interest is that we
3238will substitute a number for the word @var{number}. To keep this
3239distinction clear, we use different typography for the two
3240circumstances. When we talk about this function, or about how it works,
3241we refer to this number by writing @var{number}. In the function
3242itself, we refer to it by writing @code{number}.
3243@end ignore
3244
3245The argument list is followed by the documentation string that
3246describes the function. This is what you see when you type
3247@w{@kbd{C-h f}} and the name of a function. Incidentally, when you
3248write a documentation string like this, you should make the first line
3249a complete sentence since some commands, such as @code{apropos}, print
3250only the first line of a multi-line documentation string. Also, you
3251should not indent the second line of a documentation string, if you
3252have one, because that looks odd when you use @kbd{C-h f}
3253(@code{describe-function}). The documentation string is optional, but
3254it is so useful, it should be included in almost every function you
3255write.
3256
3257@findex * @r{(multiplication)}
3258The third line of the example consists of the body of the function
3259definition. (Most functions' definitions, of course, are longer than
3260this.) In this function, the body is the list, @code{(* 7 number)}, which
3261says to multiply the value of @var{number} by 7. (In Emacs Lisp,
3262@code{*} is the function for multiplication, just as @code{+} is the
3263function for addition.)
3264
3265When you use the @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the argument
3266@code{number} evaluates to the actual number you want used. Here is an
3267example that shows how @code{multiply-by-seven} is used; but don't try
3268to evaluate this yet!
3269
3270@smallexample
3271(multiply-by-seven 3)
3272@end smallexample
3273
3274@noindent
3275The symbol @code{number}, specified in the function definition in the
3276next section, is given or ``bound to'' the value 3 in the actual use of
3277the function. Note that although @code{number} was inside parentheses
3278in the function definition, the argument passed to the
3279@code{multiply-by-seven} function is not in parentheses. The
3280parentheses are written in the function definition so the computer can
3281figure out where the argument list ends and the rest of the function
3282definition begins.
3283
3284If you evaluate this example, you are likely to get an error message.
3285(Go ahead, try it!) This is because we have written the function
3286definition, but not yet told the computer about the definition---we have
3287not yet installed (or `loaded') the function definition in Emacs.
3288Installing a function is the process that tells the Lisp interpreter the
3289definition of the function. Installation is described in the next
3290section.
3291
3292@node Install, Interactive, defun, Writing Defuns
3293@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3294@section Install a Function Definition
3295@cindex Install a Function Definition
3296@cindex Definition installation
3297@cindex Function definition installation
3298
3299If you are reading this inside of Info in Emacs, you can try out the
3300@code{multiply-by-seven} function by first evaluating the function
3301definition and then evaluating @code{(multiply-by-seven 3)}. A copy of
3302the function definition follows. Place the cursor after the last
3303parenthesis of the function definition and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you
3304do this, @code{multiply-by-seven} will appear in the echo area. (What
3305this means is that when a function definition is evaluated, the value it
3306returns is the name of the defined function.) At the same time, this
3307action installs the function definition.
3308
3309@smallexample
3310@group
3311(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3312 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3313 (* 7 number))
3314@end group
3315@end smallexample
3316
3317@noindent
3318By evaluating this @code{defun}, you have just installed
3319@code{multiply-by-seven} in Emacs. The function is now just as much a
3320part of Emacs as @code{forward-word} or any other editing function you
3321use. (@code{multiply-by-seven} will stay installed until you quit
3322Emacs. To reload code automatically whenever you start Emacs, see
3323@ref{Permanent Installation, , Installing Code Permanently}.)
3324
3325@menu
3326* Effect of installation::
3327* Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
3328@end menu
3329
3330@node Effect of installation, Change a defun, Install, Install
3331@ifnottex
3332@unnumberedsubsec The effect of installation
3333@end ifnottex
3334
3335You can see the effect of installing @code{multiply-by-seven} by
3336evaluating the following sample. Place the cursor after the following
3337expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. The number 21 will appear in the
3338echo area.
3339
3340@smallexample
3341(multiply-by-seven 3)
3342@end smallexample
3343
3344If you wish, you can read the documentation for the function by typing
3345@kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and then the name of the
3346function, @code{multiply-by-seven}. When you do this, a
3347@file{*Help*} window will appear on your screen that says:
3348
3349@smallexample
3350@group
3351multiply-by-seven is a Lisp function.
3352(multiply-by-seven NUMBER)
3353
3354Multiply NUMBER by seven.
3355@end group
3356@end smallexample
3357
3358@noindent
3359(To return to a single window on your screen, type @kbd{C-x 1}.)
3360
3361@node Change a defun, , Effect of installation, Install
3362@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3363@subsection Change a Function Definition
3364@cindex Changing a function definition
3365@cindex Function definition, how to change
3366@cindex Definition, how to change
3367
3368If you want to change the code in @code{multiply-by-seven}, just rewrite
3369it. To install the new version in place of the old one, evaluate the
3370function definition again. This is how you modify code in Emacs. It is
3371very simple.
3372
3373As an example, you can change the @code{multiply-by-seven} function to
3374add the number to itself seven times instead of multiplying the number
3375by seven. It produces the same answer, but by a different path. At
3376the same time, we will add a comment to the code; a comment is text
3377that the Lisp interpreter ignores, but that a human reader may find
3378useful or enlightening. The comment is that this is the ``second
3379version''.
3380
3381@smallexample
3382@group
3383(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Second version.}
3384 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3385 (+ number number number number number number number))
3386@end group
3387@end smallexample
3388
3389@cindex Comments in Lisp code
3390The comment follows a semicolon, @samp{;}. In Lisp, everything on a
3391line that follows a semicolon is a comment. The end of the line is the
3392end of the comment. To stretch a comment over two or more lines, begin
3393each line with a semicolon.
3394
3395@xref{Beginning a .emacs File, , Beginning a @file{.emacs}
3396File}, and @ref{Comments, , Comments, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
3397Reference Manual}, for more about comments.
3398
3399You can install this version of the @code{multiply-by-seven} function by
3400evaluating it in the same way you evaluated the first function: place
3401the cursor after the last parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
3402
3403In summary, this is how you write code in Emacs Lisp: you write a
3404function; install it; test it; and then make fixes or enhancements and
3405install it again.
3406
3407@node Interactive, Interactive Options, Install, Writing Defuns
3408@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3409@section Make a Function Interactive
3410@cindex Interactive functions
3411@findex interactive
3412
3413You make a function interactive by placing a list that begins with
3414the special form @code{interactive} immediately after the
3415documentation. A user can invoke an interactive function by typing
3416@kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by typing the keys to
3417which it is bound, for example, by typing @kbd{C-n} for
3418@code{next-line} or @kbd{C-x h} for @code{mark-whole-buffer}.
3419
3420Interestingly, when you call an interactive function interactively,
3421the value returned is not automatically displayed in the echo area.
3422This is because you often call an interactive function for its side
3423effects, such as moving forward by a word or line, and not for the
3424value returned. If the returned value were displayed in the echo area
3425each time you typed a key, it would be very distracting.
3426
3427@menu
3428* Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
3429* multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
3430@end menu
3431
3432@node Interactive multiply-by-seven, multiply-by-seven in detail, Interactive, Interactive
3433@ifnottex
3434@unnumberedsubsec An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}, An Overview
3435@end ifnottex
3436
3437Both the use of the special form @code{interactive} and one way to
3438display a value in the echo area can be illustrated by creating an
3439interactive version of @code{multiply-by-seven}.
3440
3441@need 1250
3442Here is the code:
3443
3444@smallexample
3445@group
3446(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3447 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3448 (interactive "p")
3449 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3450@end group
3451@end smallexample
3452
3453@noindent
3454You can install this code by placing your cursor after it and typing
3455@kbd{C-x C-e}. The name of the function will appear in your echo area.
3456Then, you can use this code by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number and then
3457typing @kbd{M-x multiply-by-seven} and pressing @key{RET}. The phrase
3458@samp{The result is @dots{}} followed by the product will appear in the
3459echo area.
3460
3461Speaking more generally, you invoke a function like this in either of two
3462ways:
3463
3464@enumerate
3465@item
3466By typing a prefix argument that contains the number to be passed, and
3467then typing @kbd{M-x} and the name of the function, as with
3468@kbd{C-u 3 M-x forward-sentence}; or,
3469
3470@item
3471By typing whatever key or keychord the function is bound to, as with
3472@kbd{C-u 3 M-e}.
3473@end enumerate
3474
3475@noindent
3476Both the examples just mentioned work identically to move point forward
3477three sentences. (Since @code{multiply-by-seven} is not bound to a key,
3478it could not be used as an example of key binding.)
3479
3480(@xref{Keybindings, , Some Keybindings}, to learn how to bind a command
3481to a key.)
3482
3483A prefix argument is passed to an interactive function by typing the
3484@key{META} key followed by a number, for example, @kbd{M-3 M-e}, or by
3485typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number, for example, @kbd{C-u 3 M-e} (if you
3486type @kbd{C-u} without a number, it defaults to 4).
3487
3488@node multiply-by-seven in detail, , Interactive multiply-by-seven, Interactive
3489@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3490@subsection An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}
3491
3492Let's look at the use of the special form @code{interactive} and then at
3493the function @code{message} in the interactive version of
3494@code{multiply-by-seven}. You will recall that the function definition
3495looks like this:
3496
3497@smallexample
3498@group
3499(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3500 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3501 (interactive "p")
3502 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3503@end group
3504@end smallexample
3505
3506In this function, the expression, @code{(interactive "p")}, is a list of
3507two elements. The @code{"p"} tells Emacs to pass the prefix argument to
3508the function and use its value for the argument of the function.
3509
3510@need 1000
3511The argument will be a number. This means that the symbol
3512@code{number} will be bound to a number in the line:
3513
3514@smallexample
3515(message "The result is %d" (* 7 number))
3516@end smallexample
3517
3518@need 1250
3519@noindent
3520For example, if your prefix argument is 5, the Lisp interpreter will
3521evaluate the line as if it were:
3522
3523@smallexample
3524(message "The result is %d" (* 7 5))
3525@end smallexample
3526
3527@noindent
3528(If you are reading this in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate this expression
3529yourself.) First, the interpreter will evaluate the inner list, which
3530is @code{(* 7 5)}. This returns a value of 35. Next, it
3531will evaluate the outer list, passing the values of the second and
3532subsequent elements of the list to the function @code{message}.
3533
3534As we have seen, @code{message} is an Emacs Lisp function especially
3535designed for sending a one line message to a user. (@xref{message, ,
3536The @code{message} function}.) In summary, the @code{message}
3537function prints its first argument in the echo area as is, except for
3538occurrences of @samp{%d} or @samp{%s} (and various other %-sequences
3539which we have not mentioned). When it sees a control sequence, the
3540function looks to the second or subsequent arguments and prints the
3541value of the argument in the location in the string where the control
3542sequence is located.
3543
3544In the interactive @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the control string
3545is @samp{%d}, which requires a number, and the value returned by
3546evaluating @code{(* 7 5)} is the number 35. Consequently, the number 35
3547is printed in place of the @samp{%d} and the message is @samp{The result
3548is 35}.
3549
3550(Note that when you call the function @code{multiply-by-seven}, the
3551message is printed without quotes, but when you call @code{message}, the
3552text is printed in double quotes. This is because the value returned by
3553@code{message} is what appears in the echo area when you evaluate an
3554expression whose first element is @code{message}; but when embedded in a
3555function, @code{message} prints the text as a side effect without
3556quotes.)
3557
3558@node Interactive Options, Permanent Installation, Interactive, Writing Defuns
3559@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3560@section Different Options for @code{interactive}
3561@cindex Options for @code{interactive}
3562@cindex Interactive options
3563
3564In the example, @code{multiply-by-seven} used @code{"p"} as the
3565argument to @code{interactive}. This argument told Emacs to interpret
3566your typing either @kbd{C-u} followed by a number or @key{META}
3567followed by a number as a command to pass that number to the function
3568as its argument. Emacs has more than twenty characters predefined for
3569use with @code{interactive}. In almost every case, one of these
3570options will enable you to pass the right information interactively to
3571a function. (@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for
3572@code{interactive}, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
3573
3574@need 1250
3575Consider the function @code{zap-to-char}. Its interactive expression
3576is
3577
3578@smallexample
3579(interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3580@end smallexample
3581
3582The first part of the argument to @code{interactive} is @samp{p}, with
3583which you are already familiar. This argument tells Emacs to
3584interpret a `prefix', as a number to be passed to the function. You
3585can specify a prefix either by typing @kbd{C-u} followed by a number
3586or by typing @key{META} followed by a number. The prefix is the
3587number of specified characters. Thus, if your prefix is three and the
3588specified character is @samp{x}, then you will delete all the text up
3589to and including the third next @samp{x}. If you do not set a prefix,
3590then you delete all the text up to and including the specified
3591character, but no more.
3592
3593The @samp{c} tells the function the name of the character to which to delete.
3594
3595More formally, a function with two or more arguments can have
3596information passed to each argument by adding parts to the string that
3597follows @code{interactive}. When you do this, the information is
3598passed to each argument in the same order it is specified in the
3599@code{interactive} list. In the string, each part is separated from
3600the next part by a @samp{\n}, which is a newline. For example, you
3601can follow @samp{p} with a @samp{\n} and an @samp{cZap to char:@: }.
3602This causes Emacs to pass the value of the prefix argument (if there
3603is one) and the character.
3604
3605In this case, the function definition looks like the following, where
3606@code{arg} and @code{char} are the symbols to which @code{interactive}
3607binds the prefix argument and the specified character:
3608
3609@smallexample
3610@group
3611(defun @var{name-of-function} (arg char)
3612 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
3613 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3614 @var{body-of-function}@dots{})
3615@end group
3616@end smallexample
3617
3618@noindent
3619(The space after the colon in the prompt makes it look better when you
3620are prompted. @xref{copy-to-buffer, , The Definition of
3621@code{copy-to-buffer}}, for an example.)
3622
3623When a function does not take arguments, @code{interactive} does not
3624require any. Such a function contains the simple expression
3625@code{(interactive)}. The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is like
3626this.
3627
3628Alternatively, if the special letter-codes are not right for your
3629application, you can pass your own arguments to @code{interactive} as
3630a list.
3631
3632@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}},
3633for an example. @xref{Using Interactive, , Using @code{Interactive},
3634elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a more complete
3635explanation about this technique.
3636
3637@node Permanent Installation, let, Interactive Options, Writing Defuns
3638@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3639@section Install Code Permanently
3640@cindex Install code permanently
3641@cindex Permanent code installation
3642@cindex Code installation
3643
3644When you install a function definition by evaluating it, it will stay
3645installed until you quit Emacs. The next time you start a new session
3646of Emacs, the function will not be installed unless you evaluate the
3647function definition again.
3648
3649At some point, you may want to have code installed automatically
3650whenever you start a new session of Emacs. There are several ways of
3651doing this:
3652
3653@itemize @bullet
3654@item
3655If you have code that is just for yourself, you can put the code for the
3656function definition in your @file{.emacs} initialization file. When you
3657start Emacs, your @file{.emacs} file is automatically evaluated and all
3658the function definitions within it are installed.
3659@xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
3660
3661@item
3662Alternatively, you can put the function definitions that you want
3663installed in one or more files of their own and use the @code{load}
3664function to cause Emacs to evaluate and thereby install each of the
3665functions in the files.
3666@xref{Loading Files, , Loading Files}.
3667
3668@item
3669Thirdly, if you have code that your whole site will use, it is usual
3670to put it in a file called @file{site-init.el} that is loaded when
3671Emacs is built. This makes the code available to everyone who uses
3672your machine. (See the @file{INSTALL} file that is part of the Emacs
3673distribution.)
3674@end itemize
3675
3676Finally, if you have code that everyone who uses Emacs may want, you
3677can post it on a computer network or send a copy to the Free Software
3678Foundation. (When you do this, please license the code and its
3679documentation under a license that permits other people to run, copy,
3680study, modify, and redistribute the code and which protects you from
3681having your work taken from you.) If you send a copy of your code to
3682the Free Software Foundation, and properly protect yourself and
3683others, it may be included in the next release of Emacs. In large
3684part, this is how Emacs has grown over the past years, by donations.
3685
3686@node let, if, Permanent Installation, Writing Defuns
3687@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3688@section @code{let}
3689@findex let
3690
3691The @code{let} expression is a special form in Lisp that you will need
3692to use in most function definitions.
3693
3694@code{let} is used to attach or bind a symbol to a value in such a way
3695that the Lisp interpreter will not confuse the variable with a
3696variable of the same name that is not part of the function.
3697
3698To understand why the @code{let} special form is necessary, consider
3699the situation in which you own a home that you generally refer to as
3700`the house', as in the sentence, ``The house needs painting.'' If you
3701are visiting a friend and your host refers to `the house', he is
3702likely to be referring to @emph{his} house, not yours, that is, to a
3703different house.
3704
3705If your friend is referring to his house and you think he is referring
3706to your house, you may be in for some confusion. The same thing could
3707happen in Lisp if a variable that is used inside of one function has
3708the same name as a variable that is used inside of another function,
3709and the two are not intended to refer to the same value. The
3710@code{let} special form prevents this kind of confusion.
3711
3712@menu
3713* Prevent confusion::
3714* Parts of let Expression::
3715* Sample let Expression::
3716* Uninitialized let Variables::
3717@end menu
3718
3719@node Prevent confusion, Parts of let Expression, let, let
3720@ifnottex
3721@unnumberedsubsec @code{let} Prevents Confusion
3722@end ifnottex
3723
3724@cindex @samp{local variable} defined
3725@cindex @samp{variable, local}, defined
3726The @code{let} special form prevents confusion. @code{let} creates a
3727name for a @dfn{local variable} that overshadows any use of the same
3728name outside the @code{let} expression. This is like understanding
3729that whenever your host refers to `the house', he means his house, not
3730yours. (Symbols used in argument lists work the same way.
3731@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Special Form}.)
3732
3733Local variables created by a @code{let} expression retain their value
3734@emph{only} within the @code{let} expression itself (and within
3735expressions called within the @code{let} expression); the local
3736variables have no effect outside the @code{let} expression.
3737
3738Another way to think about @code{let} is that it is like a @code{setq}
3739that is temporary and local. The values set by @code{let} are
3740automatically undone when the @code{let} is finished. The setting
3741only affects expressions that are inside the bounds of the @code{let}
3742expression. In computer science jargon, we would say ``the binding of
3743a symbol is visible only in functions called in the @code{let} form;
3744in Emacs Lisp, scoping is dynamic, not lexical.''
3745
3746@code{let} can create more than one variable at once. Also,
3747@code{let} gives each variable it creates an initial value, either a
3748value specified by you, or @code{nil}. (In the jargon, this is called
3749`binding the variable to the value'.) After @code{let} has created
3750and bound the variables, it executes the code in the body of the
3751@code{let}, and returns the value of the last expression in the body,
3752as the value of the whole @code{let} expression. (`Execute' is a jargon
3753term that means to evaluate a list; it comes from the use of the word
3754meaning `to give practical effect to' (@cite{Oxford English
3755Dictionary}). Since you evaluate an expression to perform an action,
3756`execute' has evolved as a synonym to `evaluate'.)
3757
3758@node Parts of let Expression, Sample let Expression, Prevent confusion, let
3759@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3760@subsection The Parts of a @code{let} Expression
3761@cindex @code{let} expression, parts of
3762@cindex Parts of @code{let} expression
3763
3764@cindex @samp{varlist} defined
3765A @code{let} expression is a list of three parts. The first part is
3766the symbol @code{let}. The second part is a list, called a
3767@dfn{varlist}, each element of which is either a symbol by itself or a
3768two-element list, the first element of which is a symbol. The third
3769part of the @code{let} expression is the body of the @code{let}. The
3770body usually consists of one or more lists.
3771
3772@need 800
3773A template for a @code{let} expression looks like this:
3774
3775@smallexample
3776(let @var{varlist} @var{body}@dots{})
3777@end smallexample
3778
3779@noindent
3780The symbols in the varlist are the variables that are given initial
3781values by the @code{let} special form. Symbols by themselves are given
3782the initial value of @code{nil}; and each symbol that is the first
3783element of a two-element list is bound to the value that is returned
3784when the Lisp interpreter evaluates the second element.
3785
3786Thus, a varlist might look like this: @code{(thread (needles 3))}. In
3787this case, in a @code{let} expression, Emacs binds the symbol
3788@code{thread} to an initial value of @code{nil}, and binds the symbol
3789@code{needles} to an initial value of 3.
3790
3791When you write a @code{let} expression, what you do is put the
3792appropriate expressions in the slots of the @code{let} expression
3793template.
3794
3795If the varlist is composed of two-element lists, as is often the case,
3796the template for the @code{let} expression looks like this:
3797
3798@smallexample
3799@group
3800(let ((@var{variable} @var{value})
3801 (@var{variable} @var{value})
3802 @dots{})
3803 @var{body}@dots{})
3804@end group
3805@end smallexample
3806
3807@node Sample let Expression, Uninitialized let Variables, Parts of let Expression, let
3808@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3809@subsection Sample @code{let} Expression
3810@cindex Sample @code{let} expression
3811@cindex @code{let} expression sample
3812
3813The following expression creates and gives initial values
3814to the two variables @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. The body of the
3815@code{let} expression is a list which calls the @code{message} function.
3816
3817@smallexample
3818@group
3819(let ((zebra 'stripes)
3820 (tiger 'fierce))
3821 (message "One kind of animal has %s and another is %s."
3822 zebra tiger))
3823@end group
3824@end smallexample
3825
3826Here, the varlist is @code{((zebra 'stripes) (tiger 'fierce))}.
3827
3828The two variables are @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. Each variable is
3829the first element of a two-element list and each value is the second
3830element of its two-element list. In the varlist, Emacs binds the
3831variable @code{zebra} to the value @code{stripes}@footnote{According
3832to Jared Diamond in @cite{Guns, Germs, and Steel}, ``@dots{} zebras
3833become impossibly dangerous as they grow older'' but the claim here is
3834that they do not become fierce like a tiger. (1997, W. W. Norton and
3835Co., ISBN 0-393-03894-2, page 171)}, and binds the
3836variable @code{tiger} to the value @code{fierce}. In this example,
3837both values are symbols preceded by a quote. The values could just as
3838well have been another list or a string. The body of the @code{let}
3839follows after the list holding the variables. In this example, the
3840body is a list that uses the @code{message} function to print a string
3841in the echo area.
3842
3843@need 1500
3844You may evaluate the example in the usual fashion, by placing the
3845cursor after the last parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you do
3846this, the following will appear in the echo area:
3847
3848@smallexample
3849"One kind of animal has stripes and another is fierce."
3850@end smallexample
3851
3852As we have seen before, the @code{message} function prints its first
3853argument, except for @samp{%s}. In this example, the value of the variable
3854@code{zebra} is printed at the location of the first @samp{%s} and the
3855value of the variable @code{tiger} is printed at the location of the
3856second @samp{%s}.
3857
3858@node Uninitialized let Variables, , Sample let Expression, let
3859@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3860@subsection Uninitialized Variables in a @code{let} Statement
3861@cindex Uninitialized @code{let} variables
3862@cindex @code{let} variables uninitialized
3863
3864If you do not bind the variables in a @code{let} statement to specific
3865initial values, they will automatically be bound to an initial value of
3866@code{nil}, as in the following expression:
3867
3868@smallexample
3869@group
3870(let ((birch 3)
3871 pine
3872 fir
3873 (oak 'some))
3874 (message
3875 "Here are %d variables with %s, %s, and %s value."
3876 birch pine fir oak))
3877@end group
3878@end smallexample
3879
3880@noindent
3881Here, the varlist is @code{((birch 3) pine fir (oak 'some))}.
3882
3883@need 1250
3884If you evaluate this expression in the usual way, the following will
3885appear in your echo area:
3886
3887@smallexample
3888"Here are 3 variables with nil, nil, and some value."
3889@end smallexample
3890
3891@noindent
3892In this example, Emacs binds the symbol @code{birch} to the number 3,
3893binds the symbols @code{pine} and @code{fir} to @code{nil}, and binds
3894the symbol @code{oak} to the value @code{some}.
3895
3896Note that in the first part of the @code{let}, the variables @code{pine}
3897and @code{fir} stand alone as atoms that are not surrounded by
3898parentheses; this is because they are being bound to @code{nil}, the
3899empty list. But @code{oak} is bound to @code{some} and so is a part of
3900the list @code{(oak 'some)}. Similarly, @code{birch} is bound to the
3901number 3 and so is in a list with that number. (Since a number
3902evaluates to itself, the number does not need to be quoted. Also, the
3903number is printed in the message using a @samp{%d} rather than a
3904@samp{%s}.) The four variables as a group are put into a list to
3905delimit them from the body of the @code{let}.
3906
3907@node if, else, let, Writing Defuns
3908@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3909@section The @code{if} Special Form
3910@findex if
3911@cindex Conditional with @code{if}
3912
3913A third special form, in addition to @code{defun} and @code{let}, is the
3914conditional @code{if}. This form is used to instruct the computer to
3915make decisions. You can write function definitions without using
3916@code{if}, but it is used often enough, and is important enough, to be
3917included here. It is used, for example, in the code for the
3918function @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
3919
3920The basic idea behind an @code{if}, is that ``@emph{if} a test is true,
3921@emph{then} an expression is evaluated.'' If the test is not true, the
3922expression is not evaluated. For example, you might make a decision
3923such as, ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to the beach!''
3924
3925@menu
3926* if in more detail::
3927* type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
3928@end menu
3929
3930@node if in more detail, type-of-animal in detail, if, if
3931@ifnottex
3932@unnumberedsubsec @code{if} in more detail
3933@end ifnottex
3934
3935@cindex @samp{if-part} defined
3936@cindex @samp{then-part} defined
3937An @code{if} expression written in Lisp does not use the word `then';
3938the test and the action are the second and third elements of the list
3939whose first element is @code{if}. Nonetheless, the test part of an
3940@code{if} expression is often called the @dfn{if-part} and the second
3941argument is often called the @dfn{then-part}.
3942
3943Also, when an @code{if} expression is written, the true-or-false-test
3944is usually written on the same line as the symbol @code{if}, but the
3945action to carry out if the test is true, the ``then-part'', is written
3946on the second and subsequent lines. This makes the @code{if}
3947expression easier to read.
3948
3949@smallexample
3950@group
3951(if @var{true-or-false-test}
3952 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-test-is-true})
3953@end group
3954@end smallexample
3955
3956@noindent
3957The true-or-false-test will be an expression that
3958is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter.
3959
3960Here is an example that you can evaluate in the usual manner. The test
3961is whether the number 5 is greater than the number 4. Since it is, the
3962message @samp{5 is greater than 4!} will be printed.
3963
3964@smallexample
3965@group
3966(if (> 5 4) ; @r{if-part}
3967 (message "5 is greater than 4!")) ; @r{then-part}
3968@end group
3969@end smallexample
3970
3971@noindent
3972(The function @code{>} tests whether its first argument is greater than
3973its second argument and returns true if it is.)
3974@findex > (greater than)
3975
3976Of course, in actual use, the test in an @code{if} expression will not
3977be fixed for all time as it is by the expression @code{(> 5 4)}.
3978Instead, at least one of the variables used in the test will be bound to
3979a value that is not known ahead of time. (If the value were known ahead
3980of time, we would not need to run the test!)
3981
3982For example, the value may be bound to an argument of a function
3983definition. In the following function definition, the character of the
3984animal is a value that is passed to the function. If the value bound to
3985@code{characteristic} is @code{fierce}, then the message, @samp{It's a
3986tiger!} will be printed; otherwise, @code{nil} will be returned.
3987
3988@smallexample
3989@group
3990(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
3991 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
3992If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
3993then warn of a tiger."
3994 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3995 (message "It's a tiger!")))
3996@end group
3997@end smallexample
3998
3999@need 1500
4000@noindent
4001If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate the
4002function definition in the usual way to install it in Emacs, and then you
4003can evaluate the following two expressions to see the results:
4004
4005@smallexample
4006@group
4007(type-of-animal 'fierce)
4008
4009(type-of-animal 'zebra)
4010
4011@end group
4012@end smallexample
4013
4014@c Following sentences rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
4015@noindent
4016When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
4017following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; and
4018when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)} you will see @code{nil}
4019printed in the echo area.
4020
4021@node type-of-animal in detail, , if in more detail, if
4022@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4023@subsection The @code{type-of-animal} Function in Detail
4024
4025Let's look at the @code{type-of-animal} function in detail.
4026
4027The function definition for @code{type-of-animal} was written by filling
4028the slots of two templates, one for a function definition as a whole, and
4029a second for an @code{if} expression.
4030
4031@need 1250
4032The template for every function that is not interactive is:
4033
4034@smallexample
4035@group
4036(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
4037 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
4038 @var{body}@dots{})
4039@end group
4040@end smallexample
4041
4042@need 800
4043The parts of the function that match this template look like this:
4044
4045@smallexample
4046@group
4047(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
4048 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
4049If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
4050then warn of a tiger."
4051 @var{body: the} @code{if} @var{expression})
4052@end group
4053@end smallexample
4054
4055The name of function is @code{type-of-animal}; it is passed the value
4056of one argument. The argument list is followed by a multi-line
4057documentation string. The documentation string is included in the
4058example because it is a good habit to write documentation string for
4059every function definition. The body of the function definition
4060consists of the @code{if} expression.
4061
4062@need 800
4063The template for an @code{if} expression looks like this:
4064
4065@smallexample
4066@group
4067(if @var{true-or-false-test}
4068 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true})
4069@end group
4070@end smallexample
4071
4072@need 1250
4073In the @code{type-of-animal} function, the code for the @code{if}
4074looks like this:
4075
4076@smallexample
4077@group
4078(if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
4079 (message "It's a tiger!")))
4080@end group
4081@end smallexample
4082
4083@need 800
4084Here, the true-or-false-test is the expression:
4085
4086@smallexample
4087(equal characteristic 'fierce)
4088@end smallexample
4089
4090@noindent
4091In Lisp, @code{equal} is a function that determines whether its first
4092argument is equal to its second argument. The second argument is the
4093quoted symbol @code{'fierce} and the first argument is the value of the
4094symbol @code{characteristic}---in other words, the argument passed to
4095this function.
4096
4097In the first exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the argument
4098@code{fierce} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. Since @code{fierce}
4099is equal to @code{fierce}, the expression, @code{(equal characteristic
4100'fierce)}, returns a value of true. When this happens, the @code{if}
4101evaluates the second argument or then-part of the @code{if}:
4102@code{(message "It's tiger!")}.
4103
4104On the other hand, in the second exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the
4105argument @code{zebra} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. @code{zebra}
4106is not equal to @code{fierce}, so the then-part is not evaluated and
4107@code{nil} is returned by the @code{if} expression.
4108
4109@node else, Truth & Falsehood, if, Writing Defuns
4110@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4111@section If--then--else Expressions
4112@cindex Else
4113
4114An @code{if} expression may have an optional third argument, called
4115the @dfn{else-part}, for the case when the true-or-false-test returns
4116false. When this happens, the second argument or then-part of the
4117overall @code{if} expression is @emph{not} evaluated, but the third or
4118else-part @emph{is} evaluated. You might think of this as the cloudy
4119day alternative for the decision ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to
4120the beach, else read a book!''.
4121
4122The word ``else'' is not written in the Lisp code; the else-part of an
4123@code{if} expression comes after the then-part. In the written Lisp, the
4124else-part is usually written to start on a line of its own and is
4125indented less than the then-part:
4126
4127@smallexample
4128@group
4129(if @var{true-or-false-test}
4130 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true}
4131 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-false})
4132@end group
4133@end smallexample
4134
4135For example, the following @code{if} expression prints the message @samp{4
4136is not greater than 5!} when you evaluate it in the usual way:
4137
4138@smallexample
4139@group
4140(if (> 4 5) ; @r{if-part}
4141 (message "4 falsely greater than 5!") ; @r{then-part}
4142 (message "4 is not greater than 5!")) ; @r{else-part}
4143@end group
4144@end smallexample
4145
4146@noindent
4147Note that the different levels of indentation make it easy to
4148distinguish the then-part from the else-part. (GNU Emacs has several
4149commands that automatically indent @code{if} expressions correctly.
4150@xref{Typing Lists, , GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists}.)
4151
4152We can extend the @code{type-of-animal} function to include an
4153else-part by simply incorporating an additional part to the @code{if}
4154expression.
4155
4156@need 1500
4157You can see the consequences of doing this if you evaluate the following
4158version of the @code{type-of-animal} function definition to install it
4159and then evaluate the two subsequent expressions to pass different
4160arguments to the function.
4161
4162@smallexample
4163@group
4164(defun type-of-animal (characteristic) ; @r{Second version.}
4165 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
4166If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
4167then warn of a tiger;
4168else say it's not fierce."
4169 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
4170 (message "It's a tiger!")
4171 (message "It's not fierce!")))
4172@end group
4173@end smallexample
4174@sp 1
4175
4176@smallexample
4177@group
4178(type-of-animal 'fierce)
4179
4180(type-of-animal 'zebra)
4181
4182@end group
4183@end smallexample
4184
4185@c Following sentence rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
4186@noindent
4187When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
4188following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; but
4189when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)}, you will see
4190@code{"It's not fierce!"}.
4191
4192(Of course, if the @var{characteristic} were @code{ferocious}, the
4193message @code{"It's not fierce!"} would be printed; and it would be
4194misleading! When you write code, you need to take into account the
4195possibility that some such argument will be tested by the @code{if}
4196and write your program accordingly.)
4197
4198@node Truth & Falsehood, save-excursion, else, Writing Defuns
4199@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4200@section Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4201@cindex Truth and falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4202@cindex Falsehood and truth in Emacs Lisp
4203@findex nil
4204
4205There is an important aspect to the truth test in an @code{if}
4206expression. So far, we have spoken of `true' and `false' as values of
4207predicates as if they were new kinds of Emacs Lisp objects. In fact,
4208`false' is just our old friend @code{nil}. Anything else---anything
4209at all---is `true'.
4210
4211The expression that tests for truth is interpreted as @dfn{true}
4212if the result of evaluating it is a value that is not @code{nil}. In
4213other words, the result of the test is considered true if the value
4214returned is a number such as 47, a string such as @code{"hello"}, or a
4215symbol (other than @code{nil}) such as @code{flowers}, or a list (so
4216long as it is not empty), or even a buffer!
4217
4218@menu
4219* nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
4220@end menu
4221
4222@node nil explained, , Truth & Falsehood, Truth & Falsehood
4223@ifnottex
4224@unnumberedsubsec An explanation of @code{nil}
4225@end ifnottex
4226
4227Before illustrating a test for truth, we need an explanation of @code{nil}.
4228
4229In Emacs Lisp, the symbol @code{nil} has two meanings. First, it means the
4230empty list. Second, it means false and is the value returned when a
4231true-or-false-test tests false. @code{nil} can be written as an empty
4232list, @code{()}, or as @code{nil}. As far as the Lisp interpreter is
4233concerned, @code{()} and @code{nil} are the same. Humans, however, tend
4234to use @code{nil} for false and @code{()} for the empty list.
4235
4236In Emacs Lisp, any value that is not @code{nil}---is not the empty
4237list---is considered true. This means that if an evaluation returns
4238something that is not an empty list, an @code{if} expression will test
4239true. For example, if a number is put in the slot for the test, it
4240will be evaluated and will return itself, since that is what numbers
4241do when evaluated. In this conditional, the @code{if} expression will
4242test true. The expression tests false only when @code{nil}, an empty
4243list, is returned by evaluating the expression.
4244
4245You can see this by evaluating the two expressions in the following examples.
4246
4247In the first example, the number 4 is evaluated as the test in the
4248@code{if} expression and returns itself; consequently, the then-part
4249of the expression is evaluated and returned: @samp{true} appears in
4250the echo area. In the second example, the @code{nil} indicates false;
4251consequently, the else-part of the expression is evaluated and
4252returned: @samp{false} appears in the echo area.
4253
4254@smallexample
4255@group
4256(if 4
4257 'true
4258 'false)
4259@end group
4260
4261@group
4262(if nil
4263 'true
4264 'false)
4265@end group
4266@end smallexample
4267
4268@need 1250
4269Incidentally, if some other useful value is not available for a test that
4270returns true, then the Lisp interpreter will return the symbol @code{t}
4271for true. For example, the expression @code{(> 5 4)} returns @code{t}
4272when evaluated, as you can see by evaluating it in the usual way:
4273
4274@smallexample
4275(> 5 4)
4276@end smallexample
4277
4278@need 1250
4279@noindent
4280On the other hand, this function returns @code{nil} if the test is false.
4281
4282@smallexample
4283(> 4 5)
4284@end smallexample
4285
4286@node save-excursion, Review, Truth & Falsehood, Writing Defuns
4287@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4288@section @code{save-excursion}
4289@findex save-excursion
4290@cindex Region, what it is
4291@cindex Preserving point, mark, and buffer
4292@cindex Point, mark, buffer preservation
4293@findex point
4294@findex mark
4295
4296The @code{save-excursion} function is the fourth and final special form
4297that we will discuss in this chapter.
4298
4299In Emacs Lisp programs used for editing, the @code{save-excursion}
4300function is very common. It saves the location of point and mark,
4301executes the body of the function, and then restores point and mark to
4302their previous positions if their locations were changed. Its primary
4303purpose is to keep the user from being surprised and disturbed by
4304unexpected movement of point or mark.
4305
4306@menu
4307* Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
4308* Template for save-excursion::
4309@end menu
4310
4311@node Point and mark, Template for save-excursion, save-excursion, save-excursion
4312@ifnottex
4313@unnumberedsubsec Point and Mark
4314@end ifnottex
4315
4316Before discussing @code{save-excursion}, however, it may be useful
4317first to review what point and mark are in GNU Emacs. @dfn{Point} is
4318the current location of the cursor. Wherever the cursor
4319is, that is point. More precisely, on terminals where the cursor
4320appears to be on top of a character, point is immediately before the
4321character. In Emacs Lisp, point is an integer. The first character in
4322a buffer is number one, the second is number two, and so on. The
4323function @code{point} returns the current position of the cursor as a
4324number. Each buffer has its own value for point.
4325
4326The @dfn{mark} is another position in the buffer; its value can be set
4327with a command such as @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}). If
4328a mark has been set, you can use the command @kbd{C-x C-x}
4329(@code{exchange-point-and-mark}) to cause the cursor to jump to the mark
4330and set the mark to be the previous position of point. In addition, if
4331you set another mark, the position of the previous mark is saved in the
4332mark ring. Many mark positions can be saved this way. You can jump the
4333cursor to a saved mark by typing @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}} one or more
4334times.
4335
4336The part of the buffer between point and mark is called @dfn{the
4337region}. Numerous commands work on the region, including
4338@code{center-region}, @code{count-lines-region}, @code{kill-region}, and
4339@code{print-region}.
4340
4341The @code{save-excursion} special form saves the locations of point and
4342mark and restores those positions after the code within the body of the
4343special form is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter. Thus, if point were
4344in the beginning of a piece of text and some code moved point to the end
4345of the buffer, the @code{save-excursion} would put point back to where
4346it was before, after the expressions in the body of the function were
4347evaluated.
4348
4349In Emacs, a function frequently moves point as part of its internal
4350workings even though a user would not expect this. For example,
4351@code{count-lines-region} moves point. To prevent the user from being
4352bothered by jumps that are both unexpected and (from the user's point of
4353view) unnecessary, @code{save-excursion} is often used to keep point and
4354mark in the location expected by the user. The use of
4355@code{save-excursion} is good housekeeping.
4356
4357To make sure the house stays clean, @code{save-excursion} restores the
4358values of point and mark even if something goes wrong in the code inside
4359of it (or, to be more precise and to use the proper jargon, ``in case of
4360abnormal exit''). This feature is very helpful.
4361
4362In addition to recording the values of point and mark,
4363@code{save-excursion} keeps track of the current buffer, and restores
4364it, too. This means you can write code that will change the buffer and
4365have @code{save-excursion} switch you back to the original buffer.
4366This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in @code{append-to-buffer}.
4367(@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
4368
4369@node Template for save-excursion, , Point and mark, save-excursion
4370@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4371@subsection Template for a @code{save-excursion} Expression
4372
4373@need 800
4374The template for code using @code{save-excursion} is simple:
4375
4376@smallexample
4377@group
4378(save-excursion
4379 @var{body}@dots{})
4380@end group
4381@end smallexample
4382
4383@noindent
4384The body of the function is one or more expressions that will be
4385evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter. If there is more than
4386one expression in the body, the value of the last one will be returned
4387as the value of the @code{save-excursion} function. The other
4388expressions in the body are evaluated only for their side effects; and
4389@code{save-excursion} itself is used only for its side effect (which
4390is restoring the positions of point and mark).
4391
4392@need 1250
4393In more detail, the template for a @code{save-excursion} expression
4394looks like this:
4395
4396@smallexample
4397@group
4398(save-excursion
4399 @var{first-expression-in-body}
4400 @var{second-expression-in-body}
4401 @var{third-expression-in-body}
4402 @dots{}
4403 @var{last-expression-in-body})
4404@end group
4405@end smallexample
4406
4407@noindent
4408An expression, of course, may be a symbol on its own or a list.
4409
4410In Emacs Lisp code, a @code{save-excursion} expression often occurs
4411within the body of a @code{let} expression. It looks like this:
4412
4413@smallexample
4414@group
4415(let @var{varlist}
4416 (save-excursion
4417 @var{body}@dots{}))
4418@end group
4419@end smallexample
4420
4421@node Review, defun Exercises, save-excursion, Writing Defuns
4422@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4423@section Review
4424
4425In the last few chapters we have introduced a fair number of functions
4426and special forms. Here they are described in brief, along with a few
4427similar functions that have not been mentioned yet.
4428
4429@table @code
4430@item eval-last-sexp
4431Evaluate the last symbolic expression before the current location of
4432point. The value is printed in the echo area unless the function is
4433invoked with an argument; in that case, the output is printed in the
4434current buffer. This command is normally bound to @kbd{C-x C-e}.
4435
4436@item defun
4437Define function. This special form has up to five parts: the name,
4438a template for the arguments that will be passed to the function,
4439documentation, an optional interactive declaration, and the body of the
4440definition.
4441
4442@need 1250
4443For example, in an early version of Emacs, the function definition was
4444as follows. (It is slightly more complex now that it seeks the first
4445non-whitespace character rather than the first visible character.)
4446
4447@smallexample
4448@group
4449(defun back-to-indentation ()
4450 "Move point to first visible character on line."
4451 (interactive)
4452 (beginning-of-line 1)
4453 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4454@end group
4455@end smallexample
4456
4457@ignore
4458In GNU Emacs 22,
4459
4460(defun backward-to-indentation (&optional arg)
4461 "Move backward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character."
4462 (interactive "p")
4463 (forward-line (- (or arg 1)))
4464 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4465
4466(defun back-to-indentation ()
4467 "Move point to the first non-whitespace character on this line."
4468 (interactive)
4469 (beginning-of-line 1)
4470 (skip-syntax-forward " " (line-end-position))
4471 ;; Move back over chars that have whitespace syntax but have the p flag.
4472 (backward-prefix-chars))
4473@end ignore
4474
4475@item interactive
4476Declare to the interpreter that the function can be used
4477interactively. This special form may be followed by a string with one
4478or more parts that pass the information to the arguments of the
4479function, in sequence. These parts may also tell the interpreter to
4480prompt for information. Parts of the string are separated by
4481newlines, @samp{\n}.
4482
4483@need 1000
4484Common code characters are:
4485
4486@table @code
4487@item b
4488The name of an existing buffer.
4489
4490@item f
4491The name of an existing file.
4492
4493@item p
4494The numeric prefix argument. (Note that this `p' is lower case.)
4495
4496@item r
4497Point and the mark, as two numeric arguments, smallest first. This
4498is the only code letter that specifies two successive arguments
4499rather than one.
4500@end table
4501
4502@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for @samp{interactive},
4503elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a complete list of
4504code characters.
4505
4506@item let
4507Declare that a list of variables is for use within the body of the
4508@code{let} and give them an initial value, either @code{nil} or a
4509specified value; then evaluate the rest of the expressions in the body
4510of the @code{let} and return the value of the last one. Inside the
4511body of the @code{let}, the Lisp interpreter does not see the values of
4512the variables of the same names that are bound outside of the
4513@code{let}.
4514
4515@need 1250
4516For example,
4517
4518@smallexample
4519@group
4520(let ((foo (buffer-name))
4521 (bar (buffer-size)))
4522 (message
4523 "This buffer is %s and has %d characters."
4524 foo bar))
4525@end group
4526@end smallexample
4527
4528@item save-excursion
4529Record the values of point and mark and the current buffer before
4530evaluating the body of this special form. Restore the values of point
4531and mark and buffer afterward.
4532
4533@need 1250
4534For example,
4535
4536@smallexample
4537@group
4538(message "We are %d characters into this buffer."
4539 (- (point)
4540 (save-excursion
4541 (goto-char (point-min)) (point))))
4542@end group
4543@end smallexample
4544
4545@item if
4546Evaluate the first argument to the function; if it is true, evaluate
4547the second argument; else evaluate the third argument, if there is one.
4548
4549The @code{if} special form is called a @dfn{conditional}. There are
4550other conditionals in Emacs Lisp, but @code{if} is perhaps the most
4551commonly used.
4552
4553@need 1250
4554For example,
4555
4556@smallexample
4557@group
4558(if (= 22 emacs-major-version)
4559 (message "This is version 22 Emacs")
4560 (message "This is not version 22 Emacs"))
4561@end group
4562@end smallexample
4563
4564@need 1250
4565@item <
4566@itemx >
4567@itemx <=
4568@itemx >=
4569The @code{<} function tests whether its first argument is smaller than
4570its second argument. A corresponding function, @code{>}, tests whether
4571the first argument is greater than the second. Likewise, @code{<=}
4572tests whether the first argument is less than or equal to the second and
4573@code{>=} tests whether the first argument is greater than or equal to
4574the second. In all cases, both arguments must be numbers or markers
4575(markers indicate positions in buffers).
4576
4577@need 800
4578@item =
4579The @code{=} function tests whether two arguments, both numbers or
4580markers, are equal.
4581
4582@need 1250
4583@item equal
4584@itemx eq
4585Test whether two objects are the same. @code{equal} uses one meaning
4586of the word `same' and @code{eq} uses another: @code{equal} returns
4587true if the two objects have a similar structure and contents, such as
4588two copies of the same book. On the other hand, @code{eq}, returns
4589true if both arguments are actually the same object.
4590@findex equal
4591@findex eq
4592
4593@need 1250
4594@item string<
4595@itemx string-lessp
4596@itemx string=
4597@itemx string-equal
4598The @code{string-lessp} function tests whether its first argument is
4599smaller than the second argument. A shorter, alternative name for the
4600same function (a @code{defalias}) is @code{string<}.
4601
4602The arguments to @code{string-lessp} must be strings or symbols; the
4603ordering is lexicographic, so case is significant. The print names of
4604symbols are used instead of the symbols themselves.
4605
4606@cindex @samp{empty string} defined
4607An empty string, @samp{""}, a string with no characters in it, is
4608smaller than any string of characters.
4609
4610@code{string-equal} provides the corresponding test for equality. Its
4611shorter, alternative name is @code{string=}. There are no string test
4612functions that correspond to @var{>}, @code{>=}, or @code{<=}.
4613
4614@item message
4615Print a message in the echo area. The first argument is a string that
4616can contain @samp{%s}, @samp{%d}, or @samp{%c} to print the value of
4617arguments that follow the string. The argument used by @samp{%s} must
4618be a string or a symbol; the argument used by @samp{%d} must be a
4619number. The argument used by @samp{%c} must be an @sc{ascii} code
4620number; it will be printed as the character with that @sc{ascii} code.
4621(Various other %-sequences have not been mentioned.)
4622
4623@item setq
4624@itemx set
4625The @code{setq} function sets the value of its first argument to the
4626value of the second argument. The first argument is automatically
4627quoted by @code{setq}. It does the same for succeeding pairs of
4628arguments. Another function, @code{set}, takes only two arguments and
4629evaluates both of them before setting the value returned by its first
4630argument to the value returned by its second argument.
4631
4632@item buffer-name
4633Without an argument, return the name of the buffer, as a string.
4634
4635@itemx buffer-file-name
4636Without an argument, return the name of the file the buffer is
4637visiting.
4638
4639@item current-buffer
4640Return the buffer in which Emacs is active; it may not be
4641the buffer that is visible on the screen.
4642
4643@item other-buffer
4644Return the most recently selected buffer (other than the buffer passed
4645to @code{other-buffer} as an argument and other than the current
4646buffer).
4647
4648@item switch-to-buffer
4649Select a buffer for Emacs to be active in and display it in the current
4650window so users can look at it. Usually bound to @kbd{C-x b}.
4651
4652@item set-buffer
44e97401 4653Switch Emacs's attention to a buffer on which programs will run. Don't
8cda6f8f
GM
4654alter what the window is showing.
4655
4656@item buffer-size
4657Return the number of characters in the current buffer.
4658
4659@item point
4660Return the value of the current position of the cursor, as an
4661integer counting the number of characters from the beginning of the
4662buffer.
4663
4664@item point-min
4665Return the minimum permissible value of point in
4666the current buffer. This is 1, unless narrowing is in effect.
4667
4668@item point-max
4669Return the value of the maximum permissible value of point in the
4670current buffer. This is the end of the buffer, unless narrowing is in
4671effect.
4672@end table
4673
4674@need 1500
4675@node defun Exercises, , Review, Writing Defuns
4676@section Exercises
4677
4678@itemize @bullet
4679@item
4680Write a non-interactive function that doubles the value of its
4681argument, a number. Make that function interactive.
4682
4683@item
4684Write a function that tests whether the current value of
4685@code{fill-column} is greater than the argument passed to the function,
4686and if so, prints an appropriate message.
4687@end itemize
4688
4689@node Buffer Walk Through, More Complex, Writing Defuns, Top
4690@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4691@chapter A Few Buffer--Related Functions
4692
4693In this chapter we study in detail several of the functions used in GNU
4694Emacs. This is called a ``walk-through''. These functions are used as
4695examples of Lisp code, but are not imaginary examples; with the
4696exception of the first, simplified function definition, these functions
4697show the actual code used in GNU Emacs. You can learn a great deal from
4698these definitions. The functions described here are all related to
4699buffers. Later, we will study other functions.
4700
4701@menu
4702* Finding More:: How to find more information.
4703* simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
4704 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
4705* mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
4706* append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
4707 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
4708* Buffer Related Review:: Review.
4709* Buffer Exercises::
4710@end menu
4711
4712@node Finding More, simplified-beginning-of-buffer, Buffer Walk Through, Buffer Walk Through
4713@section Finding More Information
4714
4715@findex describe-function, @r{introduced}
4716@cindex Find function documentation
4717In this walk-through, I will describe each new function as we come to
4718it, sometimes in detail and sometimes briefly. If you are interested,
4719you can get the full documentation of any Emacs Lisp function at any
4720time by typing @kbd{C-h f} and then the name of the function (and then
4721@key{RET}). Similarly, you can get the full documentation for a
4722variable by typing @kbd{C-h v} and then the name of the variable (and
4723then @key{RET}).
4724
4725@cindex Find source of function
4726@c In version 22, tells location both of C and of Emacs Lisp
4727Also, @code{describe-function} will tell you the location of the
4728function definition.
4729
4730Put point into the name of the file that contains the function and
4731press the @key{RET} key. In this case, @key{RET} means
4732@code{push-button} rather than `return' or `enter'. Emacs will take
4733you directly to the function definition.
4734
4735@ignore
4736Not In version 22
4737
4738If you move point over the file name and press
4739the @key{RET} key, which in this case means @code{help-follow} rather
4740than `return' or `enter', Emacs will take you directly to the function
4741definition.
4742@end ignore
4743
4744More generally, if you want to see a function in its original source
88c26f5c
GM
4745file, you can use the @code{find-tag} function to jump to it.
4746@code{find-tag} works with a wide variety of languages, not just
8cda6f8f 4747Lisp, and C, and it works with non-programming text as well. For
88c26f5c 4748example, @code{find-tag} will jump to the various nodes in the
8cda6f8f 4749Texinfo source file of this document.
88c26f5c 4750The @code{find-tag} function depends on `tags tables' that record
8cda6f8f 4751the locations of the functions, variables, and other items to which
88c26f5c 4752@code{find-tag} jumps.
8cda6f8f 4753
88c26f5c 4754To use the @code{find-tag} command, type @kbd{M-.} (i.e., press the
8cda6f8f
GM
4755period key while holding down the @key{META} key, or else type the
4756@key{ESC} key and then type the period key), and then, at the prompt,
4757type in the name of the function whose source code you want to see,
4758such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}, and then type @key{RET}. Emacs will
4759switch buffers and display the source code for the function on your
4760screen. To switch back to your current buffer, type @kbd{C-x b
09e80d9f 4761@key{RET}}. (On some keyboards, the @key{META} key is labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
4762@key{ALT}.)
4763
4764@c !!! 22.1.1 tags table location in this paragraph
4765@cindex TAGS table, specifying
88c26f5c 4766@findex find-tag
8cda6f8f
GM
4767Depending on how the initial default values of your copy of Emacs are
4768set, you may also need to specify the location of your `tags table',
4769which is a file called @file{TAGS}. For example, if you are
4770interested in Emacs sources, the tags table you will most likely want,
4771if it has already been created for you, will be in a subdirectory of
4772the @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/} directory; thus you would use the
4773@code{M-x visit-tags-table} command and specify a pathname such as
4774@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/TAGS}. If the tags table
4775has not already been created, you will have to create it yourself. It
0ca10bb7 4776will be in a file such as @file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}.
8cda6f8f
GM
4777
4778@need 1250
4779To create a @file{TAGS} file in a specific directory, switch to that
4780directory in Emacs using @kbd{M-x cd} command, or list the directory
4781with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the compile command, with
4782@w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute:
4783
4784@smallexample
4785M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
4786@end smallexample
4787
4788For more information, see @ref{etags, , Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File}.
4789
4790After you become more familiar with Emacs Lisp, you will find that you will
88c26f5c 4791frequently use @code{find-tag} to navigate your way around source code;
8cda6f8f
GM
4792and you will create your own @file{TAGS} tables.
4793
4794@cindex Library, as term for `file'
4795Incidentally, the files that contain Lisp code are conventionally
4796called @dfn{libraries}. The metaphor is derived from that of a
4797specialized library, such as a law library or an engineering library,
4798rather than a general library. Each library, or file, contains
4799functions that relate to a particular topic or activity, such as
4800@file{abbrev.el} for handling abbreviations and other typing
4801shortcuts, and @file{help.el} for on-line help. (Sometimes several
4802libraries provide code for a single activity, as the various
4803@file{rmail@dots{}} files provide code for reading electronic mail.)
4804In @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}, you will see sentences such as ``The
4805@kbd{C-h p} command lets you search the standard Emacs Lisp libraries
4806by topic keywords.''
4807
4808@node simplified-beginning-of-buffer, mark-whole-buffer, Finding More, Buffer Walk Through
4809@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4810@section A Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition
4811@findex simplified-beginning-of-buffer
4812
4813The @code{beginning-of-buffer} command is a good function to start with
4814since you are likely to be familiar with it and it is easy to
4815understand. Used as an interactive command, @code{beginning-of-buffer}
4816moves the cursor to the beginning of the buffer, leaving the mark at the
4817previous position. It is generally bound to @kbd{M-<}.
4818
4819In this section, we will discuss a shortened version of the function
4820that shows how it is most frequently used. This shortened function
4821works as written, but it does not contain the code for a complex option.
4822In another section, we will describe the entire function.
4823(@xref{beginning-of-buffer, , Complete Definition of
4824@code{beginning-of-buffer}}.)
4825
4826Before looking at the code, let's consider what the function
4827definition has to contain: it must include an expression that makes
4828the function interactive so it can be called by typing @kbd{M-x
4829beginning-of-buffer} or by typing a keychord such as @kbd{M-<}; it
4830must include code to leave a mark at the original position in the
4831buffer; and it must include code to move the cursor to the beginning
4832of the buffer.
4833
4834@need 1250
4835Here is the complete text of the shortened version of the function:
4836
4837@smallexample
4838@group
4839(defun simplified-beginning-of-buffer ()
4840 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
4841leave mark at previous position."
4842 (interactive)
4843 (push-mark)
4844 (goto-char (point-min)))
4845@end group
4846@end smallexample
4847
4848Like all function definitions, this definition has five parts following
4849the special form @code{defun}:
4850
4851@enumerate
4852@item
4853The name: in this example, @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}.
4854
4855@item
4856A list of the arguments: in this example, an empty list, @code{()},
4857
4858@item
4859The documentation string.
4860
4861@item
4862The interactive expression.
4863
4864@item
4865The body.
4866@end enumerate
4867
4868@noindent
4869In this function definition, the argument list is empty; this means that
4870this function does not require any arguments. (When we look at the
4871definition for the complete function, we will see that it may be passed
4872an optional argument.)
4873
4874The interactive expression tells Emacs that the function is intended to
4875be used interactively. In this example, @code{interactive} does not have
4876an argument because @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} does not
4877require one.
4878
4879@need 800
4880The body of the function consists of the two lines:
4881
4882@smallexample
4883@group
4884(push-mark)
4885(goto-char (point-min))
4886@end group
4887@end smallexample
4888
4889The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark)}. When
4890this expression is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter, it sets a mark at
4891the current position of the cursor, wherever that may be. The position
4892of this mark is saved in the mark ring.
4893
4894The next line is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}. This expression
4895jumps the cursor to the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the
4896beginning of the buffer (or to the beginning of the accessible portion
4897of the buffer if it is narrowed. @xref{Narrowing & Widening, ,
4898Narrowing and Widening}.)
4899
4900The @code{push-mark} command sets a mark at the place where the cursor
4901was located before it was moved to the beginning of the buffer by the
4902@code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression. Consequently, you can, if
4903you wish, go back to where you were originally by typing @kbd{C-x C-x}.
4904
4905That is all there is to the function definition!
4906
4907@findex describe-function
4908When you are reading code such as this and come upon an unfamiliar
4909function, such as @code{goto-char}, you can find out what it does by
4910using the @code{describe-function} command. To use this command, type
4911@kbd{C-h f} and then type in the name of the function and press
4912@key{RET}. The @code{describe-function} command will print the
4913function's documentation string in a @file{*Help*} window. For
4914example, the documentation for @code{goto-char} is:
4915
4916@smallexample
4917@group
4918Set point to POSITION, a number or marker.
4919Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max).
4920@end group
4921@end smallexample
4922
4923@noindent
4924The function's one argument is the desired position.
4925
4926@noindent
4927(The prompt for @code{describe-function} will offer you the symbol
4928under or preceding the cursor, so you can save typing by positioning
4929the cursor right over or after the function and then typing @kbd{C-h f
4930@key{RET}}.)
4931
4932The @code{end-of-buffer} function definition is written in the same way as
4933the @code{beginning-of-buffer} definition except that the body of the
4934function contains the expression @code{(goto-char (point-max))} in place
4935of @code{(goto-char (point-min))}.
4936
4937@node mark-whole-buffer, append-to-buffer, simplified-beginning-of-buffer, Buffer Walk Through
4938@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4939@section The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4940@findex mark-whole-buffer
4941
4942The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is no harder to understand than the
4943@code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function. In this case, however,
4944we will look at the complete function, not a shortened version.
4945
4946The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is not as commonly used as the
4947@code{beginning-of-buffer} function, but is useful nonetheless: it
4948marks a whole buffer as a region by putting point at the beginning and
4949a mark at the end of the buffer. It is generally bound to @kbd{C-x
4950h}.
4951
4952@menu
4953* mark-whole-buffer overview::
4954* Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
4955@end menu
4956
4957@node mark-whole-buffer overview, Body of mark-whole-buffer, mark-whole-buffer, mark-whole-buffer
4958@ifnottex
4959@unnumberedsubsec An overview of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4960@end ifnottex
4961
4962@need 1250
4963In GNU Emacs 22, the code for the complete function looks like this:
4964
4965@smallexample
4966@group
4967(defun mark-whole-buffer ()
4968 "Put point at beginning and mark at end of buffer.
4969You probably should not use this function in Lisp programs;
4970it is usually a mistake for a Lisp function to use any subroutine
4971that uses or sets the mark."
4972 (interactive)
4973 (push-mark (point))
4974 (push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4975 (goto-char (point-min)))
4976@end group
4977@end smallexample
4978
4979@need 1250
4980Like all other functions, the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function fits
4981into the template for a function definition. The template looks like
4982this:
4983
4984@smallexample
4985@group
4986(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
4987 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
4988 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
4989 @var{body}@dots{})
4990@end group
4991@end smallexample
4992
4993Here is how the function works: the name of the function is
4994@code{mark-whole-buffer}; it is followed by an empty argument list,
4995@samp{()}, which means that the function does not require arguments.
4996The documentation comes next.
4997
4998The next line is an @code{(interactive)} expression that tells Emacs
4999that the function will be used interactively. These details are similar
5000to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function described in the
5001previous section.
5002
5003@need 1250
5004@node Body of mark-whole-buffer, , mark-whole-buffer overview, mark-whole-buffer
5005@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5006@subsection Body of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
5007
5008The body of the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function consists of three
5009lines of code:
5010
5011@c GNU Emacs 22
5012@smallexample
5013@group
5014(push-mark (point))
5015(push-mark (point-max) nil t)
5016(goto-char (point-min))
5017@end group
5018@end smallexample
5019
5020The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark (point))}.
5021
5022This line does exactly the same job as the first line of the body of
5023the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function, which is written
5024@code{(push-mark)}. In both cases, the Lisp interpreter sets a mark
5025at the current position of the cursor.
5026
5027I don't know why the expression in @code{mark-whole-buffer} is written
5028@code{(push-mark (point))} and the expression in
5029@code{beginning-of-buffer} is written @code{(push-mark)}. Perhaps
5030whoever wrote the code did not know that the arguments for
5031@code{push-mark} are optional and that if @code{push-mark} is not
5032passed an argument, the function automatically sets mark at the
5033location of point by default. Or perhaps the expression was written
5034so as to parallel the structure of the next line. In any case, the
5035line causes Emacs to determine the position of point and set a mark
5036there.
5037
5038In earlier versions of GNU Emacs, the next line of
5039@code{mark-whole-buffer} was @code{(push-mark (point-max))}. This
5040expression sets a mark at the point in the buffer that has the highest
5041number. This will be the end of the buffer (or, if the buffer is
5042narrowed, the end of the accessible portion of the buffer.
5043@xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more about
5044narrowing.) After this mark has been set, the previous mark, the one
5045set at point, is no longer set, but Emacs remembers its position, just
5046as all other recent marks are always remembered. This means that you
5047can, if you wish, go back to that position by typing @kbd{C-u
5048C-@key{SPC}} twice.
5049
5050@need 1250
5051In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{(point-max)} is slightly more complicated.
5052The line reads
5053
5054@smallexample
5055(push-mark (point-max) nil t)
5056@end smallexample
5057
5058@noindent
5059The expression works nearly the same as before. It sets a mark at the
5060highest numbered place in the buffer that it can. However, in this
5061version, @code{push-mark} has two additional arguments. The second
5062argument to @code{push-mark} is @code{nil}. This tells the function
5063it @emph{should} display a message that says `Mark set' when it pushes
5064the mark. The third argument is @code{t}. This tells
5065@code{push-mark} to activate the mark when Transient Mark mode is
5066turned on. Transient Mark mode highlights the currently active
5067region. It is often turned off.
5068
5069Finally, the last line of the function is @code{(goto-char
5070(point-min)))}. This is written exactly the same way as it is written
5071in @code{beginning-of-buffer}. The expression moves the cursor to
5072the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the beginning of the buffer
5073(or to the beginning of the accessible portion of the buffer). As a
5074result of this, point is placed at the beginning of the buffer and mark
5075is set at the end of the buffer. The whole buffer is, therefore, the
5076region.
5077
5078@node append-to-buffer, Buffer Related Review, mark-whole-buffer, Buffer Walk Through
5079@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5080@section The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
5081@findex append-to-buffer
5082
5083The @code{append-to-buffer} command is more complex than the
5084@code{mark-whole-buffer} command. What it does is copy the region
5085(that is, the part of the buffer between point and mark) from the
5086current buffer to a specified buffer.
5087
5088@menu
5089* append-to-buffer overview::
5090* append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
5091* append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
5092* append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
5093@end menu
5094
5095@node append-to-buffer overview, append interactive, append-to-buffer, append-to-buffer
5096@ifnottex
5097@unnumberedsubsec An Overview of @code{append-to-buffer}
5098@end ifnottex
5099
5100@findex insert-buffer-substring
5101The @code{append-to-buffer} command uses the
5102@code{insert-buffer-substring} function to copy the region.
5103@code{insert-buffer-substring} is described by its name: it takes a
5104string of characters from part of a buffer, a ``substring'', and
5105inserts them into another buffer.
5106
5107Most of @code{append-to-buffer} is
5108concerned with setting up the conditions for
5109@code{insert-buffer-substring} to work: the code must specify both the
5110buffer to which the text will go, the window it comes from and goes
5111to, and the region that will be copied.
5112
5113@need 1250
5114Here is the complete text of the function:
5115
5116@smallexample
5117@group
5118(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5119 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
5120It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
5121@end group
5122
5123@group
5124When calling from a program, give three arguments:
5125BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
5126START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
5127 (interactive
5128 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer
5129 (current-buffer) t))
5130 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
5131@end group
5132@group
5133 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5134 (save-excursion
5135 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5136 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5137 point)
5138 (set-buffer append-to)
5139 (setq point (point))
5140 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5141 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5142 (dolist (window windows)
5143 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5144 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5145@end group
5146@end smallexample
5147
5148The function can be understood by looking at it as a series of
5149filled-in templates.
5150
5151The outermost template is for the function definition. In this
5152function, it looks like this (with several slots filled in):
5153
5154@smallexample
5155@group
5156(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5157 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5158 (interactive @dots{})
5159 @var{body}@dots{})
5160@end group
5161@end smallexample
5162
5163The first line of the function includes its name and three arguments.
5164The arguments are the @code{buffer} to which the text will be copied, and
5165the @code{start} and @code{end} of the region in the current buffer that
5166will be copied.
5167
5168The next part of the function is the documentation, which is clear and
5169complete. As is conventional, the three arguments are written in
5170upper case so you will notice them easily. Even better, they are
5171described in the same order as in the argument list.
5172
5173Note that the documentation distinguishes between a buffer and its
5174name. (The function can handle either.)
5175
5176@node append interactive, append-to-buffer body, append-to-buffer overview, append-to-buffer
5177@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5178@subsection The @code{append-to-buffer} Interactive Expression
5179
5180Since the @code{append-to-buffer} function will be used interactively,
5181the function must have an @code{interactive} expression. (For a
5182review of @code{interactive}, see @ref{Interactive, , Making a
5183Function Interactive}.) The expression reads as follows:
5184
5185@smallexample
5186@group
5187(interactive
5188 (list (read-buffer
5189 "Append to buffer: "
5190 (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5191 (region-beginning)
5192 (region-end)))
5193@end group
5194@end smallexample
5195
5196@noindent
5197This expression is not one with letters standing for parts, as
5198described earlier. Instead, it starts a list with these parts:
5199
5200The first part of the list is an expression to read the name of a
5201buffer and return it as a string. That is @code{read-buffer}. The
5202function requires a prompt as its first argument, @samp{"Append to
5203buffer: "}. Its second argument tells the command what value to
5204provide if you don't specify anything.
5205
5206In this case that second argument is an expression containing the
5207function @code{other-buffer}, an exception, and a @samp{t}, standing
5208for true.
5209
5210The first argument to @code{other-buffer}, the exception, is yet
5211another function, @code{current-buffer}. That is not going to be
5212returned. The second argument is the symbol for true, @code{t}. that
5213tells @code{other-buffer} that it may show visible buffers (except in
5214this case, it will not show the current buffer, which makes sense).
5215
5216@need 1250
5217The expression looks like this:
5218
5219@smallexample
5220(other-buffer (current-buffer) t)
5221@end smallexample
5222
5223The second and third arguments to the @code{list} expression are
5224@code{(region-beginning)} and @code{(region-end)}. These two
5225functions specify the beginning and end of the text to be appended.
5226
5227@need 1250
5228Originally, the command used the letters @samp{B} and @samp{r}.
5229The whole @code{interactive} expression looked like this:
5230
5231@smallexample
5232(interactive "BAppend to buffer:@: \nr")
5233@end smallexample
5234
5235@noindent
5236But when that was done, the default value of the buffer switched to
5237was invisible. That was not wanted.
5238
5239(The prompt was separated from the second argument with a newline,
5240@samp{\n}. It was followed by an @samp{r} that told Emacs to bind the
5241two arguments that follow the symbol @code{buffer} in the function's
5242argument list (that is, @code{start} and @code{end}) to the values of
5243point and mark. That argument worked fine.)
5244
5245@node append-to-buffer body, append save-excursion, append interactive, append-to-buffer
5246@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5247@subsection The Body of @code{append-to-buffer}
5248
5249@ignore
5250in GNU Emacs 22 in /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
5251
5252(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5253 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
5254It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
5255
5256When calling from a program, give three arguments:
5257BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
5258START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
5259 (interactive
5260 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5261 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
5262 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5263 (save-excursion
5264 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5265 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5266 point)
5267 (set-buffer append-to)
5268 (setq point (point))
5269 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5270 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5271 (dolist (window windows)
5272 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5273 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5274@end ignore
5275
5276The body of the @code{append-to-buffer} function begins with @code{let}.
5277
5278As we have seen before (@pxref{let, , @code{let}}), the purpose of a
5279@code{let} expression is to create and give initial values to one or
5280more variables that will only be used within the body of the
5281@code{let}. This means that such a variable will not be confused with
5282any variable of the same name outside the @code{let} expression.
5283
5284We can see how the @code{let} expression fits into the function as a
5285whole by showing a template for @code{append-to-buffer} with the
5286@code{let} expression in outline:
5287
5288@smallexample
5289@group
5290(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5291 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5292 (interactive @dots{})
5293 (let ((@var{variable} @var{value}))
5294 @var{body}@dots{})
5295@end group
5296@end smallexample
5297
5298The @code{let} expression has three elements:
5299
5300@enumerate
5301@item
5302The symbol @code{let};
5303
5304@item
5305A varlist containing, in this case, a single two-element list,
5306@code{(@var{variable} @var{value})};
5307
5308@item
5309The body of the @code{let} expression.
5310@end enumerate
5311
5312@need 800
5313In the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the varlist looks like this:
5314
5315@smallexample
5316(oldbuf (current-buffer))
5317@end smallexample
5318
5319@noindent
5320In this part of the @code{let} expression, the one variable,
5321@code{oldbuf}, is bound to the value returned by the
5322@code{(current-buffer)} expression. The variable, @code{oldbuf}, is
5323used to keep track of the buffer in which you are working and from
5324which you will copy.
5325
5326The element or elements of a varlist are surrounded by a set of
5327parentheses so the Lisp interpreter can distinguish the varlist from
5328the body of the @code{let}. As a consequence, the two-element list
5329within the varlist is surrounded by a circumscribing set of parentheses.
5330The line looks like this:
5331
5332@smallexample
5333@group
5334(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5335 @dots{} )
5336@end group
5337@end smallexample
5338
5339@noindent
5340The two parentheses before @code{oldbuf} might surprise you if you did
5341not realize that the first parenthesis before @code{oldbuf} marks the
5342boundary of the varlist and the second parenthesis marks the beginning
5343of the two-element list, @code{(oldbuf (current-buffer))}.
5344
5345@node append save-excursion, , append-to-buffer body, append-to-buffer
5346@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5347@subsection @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}
5348
5349The body of the @code{let} expression in @code{append-to-buffer}
5350consists of a @code{save-excursion} expression.
5351
5352The @code{save-excursion} function saves the locations of point and
5353mark, and restores them to those positions after the expressions in the
5354body of the @code{save-excursion} complete execution. In addition,
5355@code{save-excursion} keeps track of the original buffer, and
5356restores it. This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in
5357@code{append-to-buffer}.
5358
5359@need 1500
5360@cindex Indentation for formatting
5361@cindex Formatting convention
5362Incidentally, it is worth noting here that a Lisp function is normally
5363formatted so that everything that is enclosed in a multi-line spread is
5364indented more to the right than the first symbol. In this function
5365definition, the @code{let} is indented more than the @code{defun}, and
5366the @code{save-excursion} is indented more than the @code{let}, like
5367this:
5368
5369@smallexample
5370@group
5371(defun @dots{}
5372 @dots{}
5373 @dots{}
5374 (let@dots{}
5375 (save-excursion
5376 @dots{}
5377@end group
5378@end smallexample
5379
5380@need 1500
5381@noindent
5382This formatting convention makes it easy to see that the lines in
5383the body of the @code{save-excursion} are enclosed by the parentheses
5384associated with @code{save-excursion}, just as the
5385@code{save-excursion} itself is enclosed by the parentheses associated
5386with the @code{let}:
5387
5388@smallexample
5389@group
5390(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5391 (save-excursion
5392 @dots{}
5393 (set-buffer @dots{})
5394 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5395 @dots{}))
5396@end group
5397@end smallexample
5398
5399@need 1200
5400The use of the @code{save-excursion} function can be viewed as a process
5401of filling in the slots of a template:
5402
5403@smallexample
5404@group
5405(save-excursion
5406 @var{first-expression-in-body}
5407 @var{second-expression-in-body}
5408 @dots{}
5409 @var{last-expression-in-body})
5410@end group
5411@end smallexample
5412
5413@need 1200
5414@noindent
5415In this function, the body of the @code{save-excursion} contains only
5416one expression, the @code{let*} expression. You know about a
5417@code{let} function. The @code{let*} function is different. It has a
5418@samp{*} in its name. It enables Emacs to set each variable in its
5419varlist in sequence, one after another.
5420
5421Its critical feature is that variables later in the varlist can make
5422use of the values to which Emacs set variables earlier in the varlist.
5423@xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}.
5424
5425We will skip functions like @code{let*} and focus on two: the
5426@code{set-buffer} function and the @code{insert-buffer-substring}
5427function.
5428
5429@need 1250
5430In the old days, the @code{set-buffer} expression was simply
5431
5432@smallexample
5433(set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer))
5434@end smallexample
5435
5436@need 1250
5437@noindent
5438but now it is
5439
5440@smallexample
5441(set-buffer append-to)
5442@end smallexample
5443
5444@noindent
5445@code{append-to} is bound to @code{(get-buffer-create buffer)} earlier
5446on in the @code{let*} expression. That extra binding would not be
5447necessary except for that @code{append-to} is used later in the
5448varlist as an argument to @code{get-buffer-window-list}.
5449
5450@ignore
5451in GNU Emacs 22
5452
5453 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5454 (save-excursion
5455 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5456 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5457 point)
5458 (set-buffer append-to)
5459 (setq point (point))
5460 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5461 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5462 (dolist (window windows)
5463 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5464 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5465@end ignore
5466
5467The @code{append-to-buffer} function definition inserts text from the
5468buffer in which you are currently to a named buffer. It happens that
5469@code{insert-buffer-substring} copies text from another buffer to the
5470current buffer, just the reverse---that is why the
5471@code{append-to-buffer} definition starts out with a @code{let} that
5472binds the local symbol @code{oldbuf} to the value returned by
5473@code{current-buffer}.
5474
5475@need 1250
5476The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression looks like this:
5477
5478@smallexample
5479(insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5480@end smallexample
5481
5482@noindent
5483The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies a string
5484@emph{from} the buffer specified as its first argument and inserts the
5485string into the present buffer. In this case, the argument to
5486@code{insert-buffer-substring} is the value of the variable created
5487and bound by the @code{let}, namely the value of @code{oldbuf}, which
5488was the current buffer when you gave the @code{append-to-buffer}
5489command.
5490
5491After @code{insert-buffer-substring} has done its work,
5492@code{save-excursion} will restore the action to the original buffer
5493and @code{append-to-buffer} will have done its job.
5494
5495@need 800
5496Written in skeletal form, the workings of the body look like this:
5497
5498@smallexample
5499@group
5500(let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5501 (save-excursion ; @r{Keep track of buffer.}
5502 @var{change-buffer}
5503 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})
5504
5505 @var{change-back-to-original-buffer-when-finished}
5506@var{let-the-local-meaning-of-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-disappear-when-finished}
5507@end group
5508@end smallexample
5509
5510In summary, @code{append-to-buffer} works as follows: it saves the
5511value of the current buffer in the variable called @code{oldbuf}. It
44e97401 5512gets the new buffer (creating one if need be) and switches Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
5513attention to it. Using the value of @code{oldbuf}, it inserts the
5514region of text from the old buffer into the new buffer; and then using
5515@code{save-excursion}, it brings you back to your original buffer.
5516
5517In looking at @code{append-to-buffer}, you have explored a fairly
5518complex function. It shows how to use @code{let} and
5519@code{save-excursion}, and how to change to and come back from another
5520buffer. Many function definitions use @code{let},
5521@code{save-excursion}, and @code{set-buffer} this way.
5522
5523@node Buffer Related Review, Buffer Exercises, append-to-buffer, Buffer Walk Through
5524@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5525@section Review
5526
5527Here is a brief summary of the various functions discussed in this chapter.
5528
5529@table @code
5530@item describe-function
5531@itemx describe-variable
5532Print the documentation for a function or variable.
5533Conventionally bound to @kbd{C-h f} and @kbd{C-h v}.
5534
5535@item find-tag
5536Find the file containing the source for a function or variable and
5537switch buffers to it, positioning point at the beginning of the item.
5538Conventionally bound to @kbd{M-.} (that's a period following the
5539@key{META} key).
5540
5541@item save-excursion
5542Save the location of point and mark and restore their values after the
5543arguments to @code{save-excursion} have been evaluated. Also, remember
5544the current buffer and return to it.
5545
5546@item push-mark
5547Set mark at a location and record the value of the previous mark on the
5548mark ring. The mark is a location in the buffer that will keep its
5549relative position even if text is added to or removed from the buffer.
5550
5551@item goto-char
5552Set point to the location specified by the value of the argument, which
5553can be a number, a marker, or an expression that returns the number of
5554a position, such as @code{(point-min)}.
5555
5556@item insert-buffer-substring
5557Copy a region of text from a buffer that is passed to the function as
5558an argument and insert the region into the current buffer.
5559
5560@item mark-whole-buffer
5561Mark the whole buffer as a region. Normally bound to @kbd{C-x h}.
5562
5563@item set-buffer
5564Switch the attention of Emacs to another buffer, but do not change the
5565window being displayed. Used when the program rather than a human is
5566to work on a different buffer.
5567
5568@item get-buffer-create
5569@itemx get-buffer
5570Find a named buffer or create one if a buffer of that name does not
5571exist. The @code{get-buffer} function returns @code{nil} if the named
5572buffer does not exist.
5573@end table
5574
5575@need 1500
5576@node Buffer Exercises, , Buffer Related Review, Buffer Walk Through
5577@section Exercises
5578
5579@itemize @bullet
5580@item
5581Write your own @code{simplified-end-of-buffer} function definition;
5582then test it to see whether it works.
5583
5584@item
5585Use @code{if} and @code{get-buffer} to write a function that prints a
5586message telling you whether a buffer exists.
5587
5588@item
5589Using @code{find-tag}, find the source for the @code{copy-to-buffer}
5590function.
5591@end itemize
5592
5593@node More Complex, Narrowing & Widening, Buffer Walk Through, Top
5594@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5595@chapter A Few More Complex Functions
5596
5597In this chapter, we build on what we have learned in previous chapters
5598by looking at more complex functions. The @code{copy-to-buffer}
5599function illustrates use of two @code{save-excursion} expressions in
5600one definition, while the @code{insert-buffer} function illustrates
5601use of an asterisk in an @code{interactive} expression, use of
5602@code{or}, and the important distinction between a name and the object
5603to which the name refers.
5604
5605@menu
5606* copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
5607* insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
5608* beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
5609 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
5610* Second Buffer Related Review::
5611* optional Exercise::
5612@end menu
5613
5614@node copy-to-buffer, insert-buffer, More Complex, More Complex
5615@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5616@section The Definition of @code{copy-to-buffer}
5617@findex copy-to-buffer
5618
5619After understanding how @code{append-to-buffer} works, it is easy to
5620understand @code{copy-to-buffer}. This function copies text into a
5621buffer, but instead of adding to the second buffer, it replaces all the
5622previous text in the second buffer.
5623
5624@need 800
5625The body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this,
5626
5627@smallexample
5628@group
5629@dots{}
5630(interactive "BCopy to buffer: \nr")
5631(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5632 (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)
5633 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5634 (erase-buffer)
5635 (save-excursion
5636 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)))))
5637@end group
5638@end smallexample
5639
5640The @code{copy-to-buffer} function has a simpler @code{interactive}
5641expression than @code{append-to-buffer}.
5642
5643@need 800
5644The definition then says
5645
5646@smallexample
5647(with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer) @dots{}
5648@end smallexample
5649
5650First, look at the earliest inner expression; that is evaluated first.
5651That expression starts with @code{get-buffer-create buffer}. The
5652function tells the computer to use the buffer with the name specified
5653as the one to which you are copying, or if such a buffer does not
5654exist, to create it. Then, the @code{with-current-buffer} function
5655evaluates its body with that buffer temporarily current.
5656
5657(This demonstrates another way to shift the computer's attention but
5658not the user's. The @code{append-to-buffer} function showed how to do
5659the same with @code{save-excursion} and @code{set-buffer}.
5660@code{with-current-buffer} is a newer, and arguably easier,
5661mechanism.)
5662
5663The @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} function sends you an error
5664message saying the buffer is read-only if you cannot modify it.
5665
5666The next line has the @code{erase-buffer} function as its sole
5667contents. That function erases the buffer.
5668
5669Finally, the last two lines contain the @code{save-excursion}
5670expression with @code{insert-buffer-substring} as its body.
5671The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression copies the text from
5672the buffer you are in (and you have not seen the computer shift its
5673attention, so you don't know that that buffer is now called
5674@code{oldbuf}).
5675
5676Incidentally, this is what is meant by `replacement'. To replace text,
5677Emacs erases the previous text and then inserts new text.
5678
5679@need 1250
5680In outline, the body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this:
5681
5682@smallexample
5683@group
5684(let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5685 (@var{with-the-buffer-you-are-copying-to}
5686 (@var{but-do-not-erase-or-copy-to-a-read-only-buffer})
5687 (erase-buffer)
5688 (save-excursion
5689 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})))
5690@end group
5691@end smallexample
5692
5693@node insert-buffer, beginning-of-buffer, copy-to-buffer, More Complex
5694@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5695@section The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
5696@findex insert-buffer
5697
5698@code{insert-buffer} is yet another buffer-related function. This
5699command copies another buffer @emph{into} the current buffer. It is the
5700reverse of @code{append-to-buffer} or @code{copy-to-buffer}, since they
5701copy a region of text @emph{from} the current buffer to another buffer.
5702
5703Here is a discussion based on the original code. The code was
5704simplified in 2003 and is harder to understand.
5705
5706(@xref{New insert-buffer, , New Body for @code{insert-buffer}}, to see
5707a discussion of the new body.)
5708
5709In addition, this code illustrates the use of @code{interactive} with a
5710buffer that might be @dfn{read-only} and the important distinction
5711between the name of an object and the object actually referred to.
5712
5713@menu
5714* insert-buffer code::
5715* insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
5716* insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
5717* if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
5718* Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
5719* Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
5720* New insert-buffer::
5721@end menu
5722
5723@node insert-buffer code, insert-buffer interactive, insert-buffer, insert-buffer
5724@ifnottex
5725@unnumberedsubsec The Code for @code{insert-buffer}
5726@end ifnottex
5727
5728@need 800
5729Here is the earlier code:
5730
5731@smallexample
5732@group
5733(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5734 "Insert after point the contents of BUFFER.
5735Puts mark after the inserted text.
5736BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name."
5737 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5738@end group
5739@group
5740 (or (bufferp buffer)
5741 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5742 (let (start end newmark)
5743 (save-excursion
5744 (save-excursion
5745 (set-buffer buffer)
5746 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5747@end group
5748@group
5749 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5750 (setq newmark (point)))
5751 (push-mark newmark)))
5752@end group
5753@end smallexample
5754
5755@need 1200
5756As with other function definitions, you can use a template to see an
5757outline of the function:
5758
5759@smallexample
5760@group
5761(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5762 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5763 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5764 @var{body}@dots{})
5765@end group
5766@end smallexample
5767
5768@node insert-buffer interactive, insert-buffer body, insert-buffer code, insert-buffer
5769@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5770@subsection The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5771@findex interactive, @r{example use of}
5772
5773In @code{insert-buffer}, the argument to the @code{interactive}
5774declaration has two parts, an asterisk, @samp{*}, and @samp{bInsert
5775buffer:@: }.
5776
5777@menu
5778* Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
5779* b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
5780@end menu
5781
5782@node Read-only buffer, b for interactive, insert-buffer interactive, insert-buffer interactive
5783@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5784@unnumberedsubsubsec A Read-only Buffer
5785@cindex Read-only buffer
5786@cindex Asterisk for read-only buffer
5787@findex * @r{for read-only buffer}
5788
5789The asterisk is for the situation when the current buffer is a
5790read-only buffer---a buffer that cannot be modified. If
5791@code{insert-buffer} is called when the current buffer is read-only, a
5792message to this effect is printed in the echo area and the terminal
5793may beep or blink at you; you will not be permitted to insert anything
5794into current buffer. The asterisk does not need to be followed by a
5795newline to separate it from the next argument.
5796
5797@node b for interactive, , Read-only buffer, insert-buffer interactive
5798@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5799@unnumberedsubsubsec @samp{b} in an Interactive Expression
5800
5801The next argument in the interactive expression starts with a lower
5802case @samp{b}. (This is different from the code for
5803@code{append-to-buffer}, which uses an upper-case @samp{B}.
5804@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
5805The lower-case @samp{b} tells the Lisp interpreter that the argument
5806for @code{insert-buffer} should be an existing buffer or else its
5807name. (The upper-case @samp{B} option provides for the possibility
5808that the buffer does not exist.) Emacs will prompt you for the name
5809of the buffer, offering you a default buffer, with name completion
5810enabled. If the buffer does not exist, you receive a message that
5811says ``No match''; your terminal may beep at you as well.
5812
5813The new and simplified code generates a list for @code{interactive}.
5814It uses the @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} and @code{read-buffer}
5815functions with which we are already familiar and the @code{progn}
5816special form with which we are not. (It will be described later.)
5817
5818@node insert-buffer body, if & or, insert-buffer interactive, insert-buffer
5819@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5820@subsection The Body of the @code{insert-buffer} Function
5821
5822The body of the @code{insert-buffer} function has two major parts: an
5823@code{or} expression and a @code{let} expression. The purpose of the
5824@code{or} expression is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is
5825bound to a buffer and not just the name of a buffer. The body of the
5826@code{let} expression contains the code which copies the other buffer
5827into the current buffer.
5828
5829@need 1250
5830In outline, the two expressions fit into the @code{insert-buffer}
5831function like this:
5832
5833@smallexample
5834@group
5835(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5836 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5837 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5838 (or @dots{}
5839 @dots{}
5840@end group
5841@group
5842 (let (@var{varlist})
5843 @var{body-of-}@code{let}@dots{} )
5844@end group
5845@end smallexample
5846
5847To understand how the @code{or} expression ensures that the argument
5848@code{buffer} is bound to a buffer and not to the name of a buffer, it
5849is first necessary to understand the @code{or} function.
5850
5851Before doing this, let me rewrite this part of the function using
5852@code{if} so that you can see what is done in a manner that will be familiar.
5853
5854@node if & or, Insert or, insert-buffer body, insert-buffer
5855@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5856@subsection @code{insert-buffer} With an @code{if} Instead of an @code{or}
5857
5858The job to be done is to make sure the value of @code{buffer} is a
5859buffer itself and not the name of a buffer. If the value is the name,
5860then the buffer itself must be got.
5861
5862You can imagine yourself at a conference where an usher is wandering
5863around holding a list with your name on it and looking for you: the
5864usher is ``bound'' to your name, not to you; but when the usher finds
5865you and takes your arm, the usher becomes ``bound'' to you.
5866
5867@need 800
5868In Lisp, you might describe this situation like this:
5869
5870@smallexample
5871@group
5872(if (not (holding-on-to-guest))
5873 (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5874@end group
5875@end smallexample
5876
5877We want to do the same thing with a buffer---if we do not have the
5878buffer itself, we want to get it.
5879
5880@need 1200
5881Using a predicate called @code{bufferp} that tells us whether we have a
5882buffer (rather than its name), we can write the code like this:
5883
5884@smallexample
5885@group
5886(if (not (bufferp buffer)) ; @r{if-part}
5887 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))) ; @r{then-part}
5888@end group
5889@end smallexample
5890
5891@noindent
5892Here, the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression is
5893@w{@code{(not (bufferp buffer))}}; and the then-part is the expression
5894@w{@code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}}.
5895
5896In the test, the function @code{bufferp} returns true if its argument is
5897a buffer---but false if its argument is the name of the buffer. (The
5898last character of the function name @code{bufferp} is the character
5899@samp{p}; as we saw earlier, such use of @samp{p} is a convention that
5900indicates that the function is a predicate, which is a term that means
5901that the function will determine whether some property is true or false.
5902@xref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong Type Object as an
5903Argument}.)
5904
5905@need 1200
5906The function @code{not} precedes the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)},
5907so the true-or-false-test looks like this:
5908
5909@smallexample
5910(not (bufferp buffer))
5911@end smallexample
5912
5913@noindent
5914@code{not} is a function that returns true if its argument is false
5915and false if its argument is true. So if @code{(bufferp buffer)}
5916returns true, the @code{not} expression returns false and vice-verse:
5917what is ``not true'' is false and what is ``not false'' is true.
5918
5919Using this test, the @code{if} expression works as follows: when the
5920value of the variable @code{buffer} is actually a buffer rather than
5921its name, the true-or-false-test returns false and the @code{if}
5922expression does not evaluate the then-part. This is fine, since we do
5923not need to do anything to the variable @code{buffer} if it really is
5924a buffer.
5925
5926On the other hand, when the value of @code{buffer} is not a buffer
5927itself, but the name of a buffer, the true-or-false-test returns true
5928and the then-part of the expression is evaluated. In this case, the
5929then-part is @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}. This
5930expression uses the @code{get-buffer} function to return an actual
5931buffer itself, given its name. The @code{setq} then sets the variable
5932@code{buffer} to the value of the buffer itself, replacing its previous
5933value (which was the name of the buffer).
5934
5935@node Insert or, Insert let, if & or, insert-buffer
5936@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5937@subsection The @code{or} in the Body
5938
5939The purpose of the @code{or} expression in the @code{insert-buffer}
5940function is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is bound to a
5941buffer and not just to the name of a buffer. The previous section shows
5942how the job could have been done using an @code{if} expression.
5943However, the @code{insert-buffer} function actually uses @code{or}.
5944To understand this, it is necessary to understand how @code{or} works.
5945
5946@findex or
5947An @code{or} function can have any number of arguments. It evaluates
5948each argument in turn and returns the value of the first of its
5949arguments that is not @code{nil}. Also, and this is a crucial feature
5950of @code{or}, it does not evaluate any subsequent arguments after
5951returning the first non-@code{nil} value.
5952
5953@need 800
5954The @code{or} expression looks like this:
5955
5956@smallexample
5957@group
5958(or (bufferp buffer)
5959 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5960@end group
5961@end smallexample
5962
5963@noindent
5964The first argument to @code{or} is the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)}.
5965This expression returns true (a non-@code{nil} value) if the buffer is
5966actually a buffer, and not just the name of a buffer. In the @code{or}
5967expression, if this is the case, the @code{or} expression returns this
5968true value and does not evaluate the next expression---and this is fine
5969with us, since we do not want to do anything to the value of
5970@code{buffer} if it really is a buffer.
5971
5972On the other hand, if the value of @code{(bufferp buffer)} is @code{nil},
5973which it will be if the value of @code{buffer} is the name of a buffer,
5974the Lisp interpreter evaluates the next element of the @code{or}
5975expression. This is the expression @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer
5976buffer))}. This expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, which
5977is the value to which it sets the variable @code{buffer}---and this
5978value is a buffer itself, not the name of a buffer.
5979
5980The result of all this is that the symbol @code{buffer} is always
5981bound to a buffer itself rather than to the name of a buffer. All
5982this is necessary because the @code{set-buffer} function in a
5983following line only works with a buffer itself, not with the name to a
5984buffer.
5985
5986@need 1250
5987Incidentally, using @code{or}, the situation with the usher would be
5988written like this:
5989
5990@smallexample
5991(or (holding-on-to-guest) (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5992@end smallexample
5993
5994@node Insert let, New insert-buffer, Insert or, insert-buffer
5995@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5996@subsection The @code{let} Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5997
5998After ensuring that the variable @code{buffer} refers to a buffer itself
5999and not just to the name of a buffer, the @code{insert-buffer function}
6000continues with a @code{let} expression. This specifies three local
6001variables, @code{start}, @code{end}, and @code{newmark} and binds them
6002to the initial value @code{nil}. These variables are used inside the
6003remainder of the @code{let} and temporarily hide any other occurrence of
6004variables of the same name in Emacs until the end of the @code{let}.
6005
6006@need 1200
6007The body of the @code{let} contains two @code{save-excursion}
6008expressions. First, we will look at the inner @code{save-excursion}
6009expression in detail. The expression looks like this:
6010
6011@smallexample
6012@group
6013(save-excursion
6014 (set-buffer buffer)
6015 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
6016@end group
6017@end smallexample
6018
6019@noindent
44e97401 6020The expression @code{(set-buffer buffer)} changes Emacs's attention
8cda6f8f
GM
6021from the current buffer to the one from which the text will copied.
6022In that buffer, the variables @code{start} and @code{end} are set to
6023the beginning and end of the buffer, using the commands
6024@code{point-min} and @code{point-max}. Note that we have here an
6025illustration of how @code{setq} is able to set two variables in the
6026same expression. The first argument of @code{setq} is set to the
6027value of its second, and its third argument is set to the value of its
6028fourth.
6029
6030After the body of the inner @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, the
6031@code{save-excursion} restores the original buffer, but @code{start} and
6032@code{end} remain set to the values of the beginning and end of the
6033buffer from which the text will be copied.
6034
6035@need 1250
6036The outer @code{save-excursion} expression looks like this:
6037
6038@smallexample
6039@group
6040(save-excursion
6041 (@var{inner-}@code{save-excursion}@var{-expression}
6042 (@var{go-to-new-buffer-and-set-}@code{start}@var{-and-}@code{end})
6043 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
6044 (setq newmark (point)))
6045@end group
6046@end smallexample
6047
6048@noindent
6049The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies the text
6050@emph{into} the current buffer @emph{from} the region indicated by
6051@code{start} and @code{end} in @code{buffer}. Since the whole of the
6052second buffer lies between @code{start} and @code{end}, the whole of
6053the second buffer is copied into the buffer you are editing. Next,
6054the value of point, which will be at the end of the inserted text, is
6055recorded in the variable @code{newmark}.
6056
6057After the body of the outer @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, point
6058and mark are relocated to their original places.
6059
6060However, it is convenient to locate a mark at the end of the newly
6061inserted text and locate point at its beginning. The @code{newmark}
6062variable records the end of the inserted text. In the last line of
6063the @code{let} expression, the @code{(push-mark newmark)} expression
6064function sets a mark to this location. (The previous location of the
6065mark is still accessible; it is recorded on the mark ring and you can
6066go back to it with @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}}.) Meanwhile, point is
6067located at the beginning of the inserted text, which is where it was
6068before you called the insert function, the position of which was saved
6069by the first @code{save-excursion}.
6070
6071@need 1250
6072The whole @code{let} expression looks like this:
6073
6074@smallexample
6075@group
6076(let (start end newmark)
6077 (save-excursion
6078 (save-excursion
6079 (set-buffer buffer)
6080 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
6081 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
6082 (setq newmark (point)))
6083 (push-mark newmark))
6084@end group
6085@end smallexample
6086
6087Like the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the @code{insert-buffer}
6088function uses @code{let}, @code{save-excursion}, and
6089@code{set-buffer}. In addition, the function illustrates one way to
6090use @code{or}. All these functions are building blocks that we will
6091find and use again and again.
6092
6093@node New insert-buffer, , Insert let, insert-buffer
6094@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6095@subsection New Body for @code{insert-buffer}
6096@findex insert-buffer, new version body
6097@findex new version body for insert-buffer
6098
6099The body in the GNU Emacs 22 version is more confusing than the original.
6100
6101@need 1250
6102It consists of two expressions,
6103
6104@smallexample
6105@group
6106 (push-mark
6107 (save-excursion
6108 (insert-buffer-substring (get-buffer buffer))
6109 (point)))
6110
6111 nil
6112@end group
6113@end smallexample
6114
6115@noindent
6116except, and this is what confuses novices, very important work is done
6117inside the @code{push-mark} expression.
6118
6119The @code{get-buffer} function returns a buffer with the name
6120provided. You will note that the function is @emph{not} called
6121@code{get-buffer-create}; it does not create a buffer if one does not
6122already exist. The buffer returned by @code{get-buffer}, an existing
6123buffer, is passed to @code{insert-buffer-substring}, which inserts the
6124whole of the buffer (since you did not specify anything else).
6125
6126The location into which the buffer is inserted is recorded by
6127@code{push-mark}. Then the function returns @code{nil}, the value of
6128its last command. Put another way, the @code{insert-buffer} function
6129exists only to produce a side effect, inserting another buffer, not to
6130return any value.
6131
6132@node beginning-of-buffer, Second Buffer Related Review, insert-buffer, More Complex
6133@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6134@section Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6135@findex beginning-of-buffer
6136
6137The basic structure of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function has
6138already been discussed. (@xref{simplified-beginning-of-buffer, , A
6139Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition}.)
6140This section describes the complex part of the definition.
6141
6142As previously described, when invoked without an argument,
6143@code{beginning-of-buffer} moves the cursor to the beginning of the
6144buffer (in truth, the beginning of the accessible portion of the
6145buffer), leaving the mark at the previous position. However, when the
6146command is invoked with a number between one and ten, the function
6147considers that number to be a fraction of the length of the buffer,
6148measured in tenths, and Emacs moves the cursor that fraction of the
6149way from the beginning of the buffer. Thus, you can either call this
6150function with the key command @kbd{M-<}, which will move the cursor to
6151the beginning of the buffer, or with a key command such as @kbd{C-u 7
6152M-<} which will move the cursor to a point 70% of the way through the
6153buffer. If a number bigger than ten is used for the argument, it
6154moves to the end of the buffer.
6155
6156The @code{beginning-of-buffer} function can be called with or without an
6157argument. The use of the argument is optional.
6158
6159@menu
6160* Optional Arguments::
6161* beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
6162* beginning-of-buffer complete::
6163@end menu
6164
6165@node Optional Arguments, beginning-of-buffer opt arg, beginning-of-buffer, beginning-of-buffer
6166@subsection Optional Arguments
6167
6168Unless told otherwise, Lisp expects that a function with an argument in
6169its function definition will be called with a value for that argument.
6170If that does not happen, you get an error and a message that says
6171@samp{Wrong number of arguments}.
6172
6173@cindex Optional arguments
6174@cindex Keyword
6175@findex optional
6176However, optional arguments are a feature of Lisp: a particular
6177@dfn{keyword} is used to tell the Lisp interpreter that an argument is
6178optional. The keyword is @code{&optional}. (The @samp{&} in front of
6179@samp{optional} is part of the keyword.) In a function definition, if
6180an argument follows the keyword @code{&optional}, no value need be
6181passed to that argument when the function is called.
6182
6183@need 1200
6184The first line of the function definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6185therefore looks like this:
6186
6187@smallexample
6188(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6189@end smallexample
6190
6191@need 1250
6192In outline, the whole function looks like this:
6193
6194@smallexample
6195@group
6196(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6197 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
6198 (interactive "P")
6199 (or (@var{is-the-argument-a-cons-cell} arg)
6200 (and @var{are-both-transient-mark-mode-and-mark-active-true})
6201 (push-mark))
6202 (let (@var{determine-size-and-set-it})
6203 (goto-char
6204 (@var{if-there-is-an-argument}
6205 @var{figure-out-where-to-go}
6206 @var{else-go-to}
6207 (point-min))))
6208 @var{do-nicety}
6209@end group
6210@end smallexample
6211
6212The function is similar to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}
6213function except that the @code{interactive} expression has @code{"P"}
6214as an argument and the @code{goto-char} function is followed by an
6215if-then-else expression that figures out where to put the cursor if
6216there is an argument that is not a cons cell.
6217
6218(Since I do not explain a cons cell for many more chapters, please
6219consider ignoring the function @code{consp}. @xref{List
6220Implementation, , How Lists are Implemented}, and @ref{Cons Cell Type,
6221, Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6222Manual}.)
6223
6224The @code{"P"} in the @code{interactive} expression tells Emacs to
6225pass a prefix argument, if there is one, to the function in raw form.
6226A prefix argument is made by typing the @key{META} key followed by a
6227number, or by typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number. (If you don't type
6228a number, @kbd{C-u} defaults to a cons cell with a 4. A lowercase
6229@code{"p"} in the @code{interactive} expression causes the function to
6230convert a prefix arg to a number.)
6231
6232The true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression looks complex, but
6233it is not: it checks whether @code{arg} has a value that is not
6234@code{nil} and whether it is a cons cell. (That is what @code{consp}
6235does; it checks whether its argument is a cons cell.) If @code{arg}
6236has a value that is not @code{nil} (and is not a cons cell), which
6237will be the case if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with a
6238numeric argument, then this true-or-false-test will return true and
6239the then-part of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. On the
6240other hand, if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is not called with an
6241argument, the value of @code{arg} will be @code{nil} and the else-part
6242of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. The else-part is
6243simply @code{point-min}, and when this is the outcome, the whole
6244@code{goto-char} expression is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, which
6245is how we saw the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function in its
6246simplified form.
6247
6248@node beginning-of-buffer opt arg, beginning-of-buffer complete, Optional Arguments, beginning-of-buffer
6249@subsection @code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
6250
6251When @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with an argument, an
6252expression is evaluated which calculates what value to pass to
6253@code{goto-char}. This expression is rather complicated at first sight.
6254It includes an inner @code{if} expression and much arithmetic. It looks
6255like this:
6256
6257@smallexample
6258@group
6259(if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6260 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6261 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6262 (/ size 10))
6263 (/
6264 (+ 10
6265 (*
6266 size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10)))
6267@end group
6268@end smallexample
6269
6270@menu
6271* Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
6272* Large buffer case::
6273* Small buffer case::
6274@end menu
6275
6276@node Disentangle beginning-of-buffer, Large buffer case, beginning-of-buffer opt arg, beginning-of-buffer opt arg
6277@ifnottex
6278@unnumberedsubsubsec Disentangle @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6279@end ifnottex
6280
6281Like other complex-looking expressions, the conditional expression
6282within @code{beginning-of-buffer} can be disentangled by looking at it
6283as parts of a template, in this case, the template for an if-then-else
6284expression. In skeletal form, the expression looks like this:
6285
6286@smallexample
6287@group
6288(if (@var{buffer-is-large}
6289 @var{divide-buffer-size-by-10-and-multiply-by-arg}
6290 @var{else-use-alternate-calculation}
6291@end group
6292@end smallexample
6293
6294The true-or-false-test of this inner @code{if} expression checks the
6295size of the buffer. The reason for this is that the old version 18
6296Emacs used numbers that are no bigger than eight million or so and in
6297the computation that followed, the programmer feared that Emacs might
6298try to use over-large numbers if the buffer were large. The term
6299`overflow', mentioned in the comment, means numbers that are over
6300large. More recent versions of Emacs use larger numbers, but this
6301code has not been touched, if only because people now look at buffers
6302that are far, far larger than ever before.
6303
6304There are two cases: if the buffer is large and if it is not.
6305
6306@node Large buffer case, Small buffer case, Disentangle beginning-of-buffer, beginning-of-buffer opt arg
6307@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6308@unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a large buffer
6309
6310In @code{beginning-of-buffer}, the inner @code{if} expression tests
6311whether the size of the buffer is greater than 10,000 characters. To do
6312this, it uses the @code{>} function and the computation of @code{size}
6313that comes from the let expression.
6314
6315In the old days, the function @code{buffer-size} was used. Not only
6316was that function called several times, it gave the size of the whole
6317buffer, not the accessible part. The computation makes much more
6318sense when it handles just the accessible part. (@xref{Narrowing &
6319Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more information on focusing
6320attention to an `accessible' part.)
6321
6322@need 800
6323The line looks like this:
6324
6325@smallexample
6326(if (> size 10000)
6327@end smallexample
6328
6329@need 1200
6330@noindent
6331When the buffer is large, the then-part of the @code{if} expression is
6332evaluated. It reads like this (after formatting for easy reading):
6333
6334@smallexample
6335@group
6336(*
6337 (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6338 (/ size 10))
6339@end group
6340@end smallexample
6341
6342@noindent
6343This expression is a multiplication, with two arguments to the function
6344@code{*}.
6345
6346The first argument is @code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}. When
6347@code{"P"} is used as the argument for @code{interactive}, the value
6348passed to the function as its argument is passed a ``raw prefix
6349argument'', and not a number. (It is a number in a list.) To perform
6350the arithmetic, a conversion is necessary, and
6351@code{prefix-numeric-value} does the job.
6352
6353@findex / @r{(division)}
6354@cindex Division
6355The second argument is @code{(/ size 10)}. This expression divides
6356the numeric value by ten --- the numeric value of the size of the
6357accessible portion of the buffer. This produces a number that tells
6358how many characters make up one tenth of the buffer size. (In Lisp,
6359@code{/} is used for division, just as @code{*} is used for
6360multiplication.)
6361
6362@need 1200
6363In the multiplication expression as a whole, this amount is multiplied
6364by the value of the prefix argument---the multiplication looks like this:
6365
6366@smallexample
6367@group
6368(* @var{numeric-value-of-prefix-arg}
6369 @var{number-of-characters-in-one-tenth-of-the-accessible-buffer})
6370@end group
6371@end smallexample
6372
6373@noindent
6374If, for example, the prefix argument is @samp{7}, the one-tenth value
6375will be multiplied by 7 to give a position 70% of the way through.
6376
6377@need 1200
6378The result of all this is that if the accessible portion of the buffer
6379is large, the @code{goto-char} expression reads like this:
6380
6381@smallexample
6382@group
6383(goto-char (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6384 (/ size 10)))
6385@end group
6386@end smallexample
6387
6388This puts the cursor where we want it.
6389
6390@node Small buffer case, , Large buffer case, beginning-of-buffer opt arg
6391@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6392@unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a small buffer
6393
6394If the buffer contains fewer than 10,000 characters, a slightly
6395different computation is performed. You might think this is not
6396necessary, since the first computation could do the job. However, in
6397a small buffer, the first method may not put the cursor on exactly the
6398desired line; the second method does a better job.
6399
6400@need 800
6401The code looks like this:
6402
6403@c Keep this on one line.
6404@smallexample
6405(/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10))
6406@end smallexample
6407
6408@need 1200
6409@noindent
6410This is code in which you figure out what happens by discovering how the
6411functions are embedded in parentheses. It is easier to read if you
6412reformat it with each expression indented more deeply than its
6413enclosing expression:
6414
6415@smallexample
6416@group
6417 (/
6418 (+ 10
6419 (*
6420 size
6421 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6422 10))
6423@end group
6424@end smallexample
6425
6426@need 1200
6427@noindent
6428Looking at parentheses, we see that the innermost operation is
6429@code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}, which converts the raw argument to
6430a number. In the following expression, this number is multiplied by
6431the size of the accessible portion of the buffer:
6432
6433@smallexample
6434(* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))
6435@end smallexample
6436
6437@noindent
6438This multiplication creates a number that may be larger than the size of
6439the buffer---seven times larger if the argument is 7, for example. Ten
6440is then added to this number and finally the large number is divided by
6441ten to provide a value that is one character larger than the percentage
6442position in the buffer.
6443
6444The number that results from all this is passed to @code{goto-char} and
6445the cursor is moved to that point.
6446
6447@need 1500
6448@node beginning-of-buffer complete, , beginning-of-buffer opt arg, beginning-of-buffer
6449@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6450@subsection The Complete @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6451
6452@need 1000
6453Here is the complete text of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function:
6454@sp 1
6455
6456@c In GNU Emacs 22
6457@smallexample
6458@group
6459(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6460 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6461leave mark at previous position.
6462With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
6463do not set mark at previous position.
6464With numeric arg N,
6465put point N/10 of the way from the beginning.
6466
6467If the buffer is narrowed,
6468this command uses the beginning and size
6469of the accessible part of the buffer.
6470@end group
6471
6472@group
6473Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
6474\(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6475and avoids clobbering the mark."
6476 (interactive "P")
6477 (or (consp arg)
6478 (and transient-mark-mode mark-active)
6479 (push-mark))
6480@end group
6481@group
6482 (let ((size (- (point-max) (point-min))))
6483 (goto-char (if (and arg (not (consp arg)))
6484 (+ (point-min)
6485 (if (> size 10000)
6486 ;; Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!
6487 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6488 (/ size 10))
a9097c6d
KB
6489 (/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6490 10)))
8cda6f8f
GM
6491 (point-min))))
6492 (if arg (forward-line 1)))
6493@end group
6494@end smallexample
6495
6496@ignore
6497From before GNU Emacs 22
6498@smallexample
6499@group
6500(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6501 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6502leave mark at previous position.
6503With arg N, put point N/10 of the way
6504from the true beginning.
6505@end group
6506@group
6507Don't use this in Lisp programs!
6508\(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6509and does not set the mark."
6510 (interactive "P")
6511 (push-mark)
6512@end group
6513@group
6514 (goto-char
6515 (if arg
6516 (if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6517 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6518 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6519 (/ (buffer-size) 10))
6520@end group
6521@group
6522 (/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size)
6523 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6524 10))
6525 (point-min)))
6526 (if arg (forward-line 1)))
6527@end group
6528@end smallexample
6529@end ignore
6530
6531@noindent
6532Except for two small points, the previous discussion shows how this
6533function works. The first point deals with a detail in the
6534documentation string, and the second point concerns the last line of
6535the function.
6536
6537@need 800
6538In the documentation string, there is reference to an expression:
6539
6540@smallexample
6541\\[universal-argument]
6542@end smallexample
6543
6544@noindent
6545A @samp{\\} is used before the first square bracket of this
6546expression. This @samp{\\} tells the Lisp interpreter to substitute
6547whatever key is currently bound to the @samp{[@dots{}]}. In the case
6548of @code{universal-argument}, that is usually @kbd{C-u}, but it might
6549be different. (@xref{Documentation Tips, , Tips for Documentation
6550Strings, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
6551information.)
6552
6553@need 1200
6554Finally, the last line of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} command says
6555to move point to the beginning of the next line if the command is
6556invoked with an argument:
6557
6558@smallexample
6559(if arg (forward-line 1)))
6560@end smallexample
6561
6562@noindent
6563This puts the cursor at the beginning of the first line after the
6564appropriate tenths position in the buffer. This is a flourish that
6565means that the cursor is always located @emph{at least} the requested
6566tenths of the way through the buffer, which is a nicety that is,
6567perhaps, not necessary, but which, if it did not occur, would be sure
6568to draw complaints.
6569
6570On the other hand, it also means that if you specify the command with
6571a @kbd{C-u}, but without a number, that is to say, if the `raw prefix
6572argument' is simply a cons cell, then the command puts you at the
6573beginning of the second line @dots{} I don't know whether this is
6574intended or whether no one has dealt with the code to avoid this
6575happening.
6576
6577@node Second Buffer Related Review, optional Exercise, beginning-of-buffer, More Complex
6578@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6579@section Review
6580
6581Here is a brief summary of some of the topics covered in this chapter.
6582
6583@table @code
6584@item or
6585Evaluate each argument in sequence, and return the value of the first
6586argument that is not @code{nil}; if none return a value that is not
6587@code{nil}, return @code{nil}. In brief, return the first true value
6588of the arguments; return a true value if one @emph{or} any of the
6589others are true.
6590
6591@item and
6592Evaluate each argument in sequence, and if any are @code{nil}, return
6593@code{nil}; if none are @code{nil}, return the value of the last
6594argument. In brief, return a true value only if all the arguments are
6595true; return a true value if one @emph{and} each of the others is
6596true.
6597
6598@item &optional
6599A keyword used to indicate that an argument to a function definition
6600is optional; this means that the function can be evaluated without the
6601argument, if desired.
6602
6603@item prefix-numeric-value
6604Convert the `raw prefix argument' produced by @code{(interactive
6605"P")} to a numeric value.
6606
6607@item forward-line
6608Move point forward to the beginning of the next line, or if the argument
6609is greater than one, forward that many lines. If it can't move as far
6610forward as it is supposed to, @code{forward-line} goes forward as far as
6611it can and then returns a count of the number of additional lines it was
6612supposed to move but couldn't.
6613
6614@item erase-buffer
6615Delete the entire contents of the current buffer.
6616
6617@item bufferp
6618Return @code{t} if its argument is a buffer; otherwise return @code{nil}.
6619@end table
6620
6621@node optional Exercise, , Second Buffer Related Review, More Complex
6622@section @code{optional} Argument Exercise
6623
6624Write an interactive function with an optional argument that tests
6625whether its argument, a number, is greater than or equal to, or else,
6626less than the value of @code{fill-column}, and tells you which, in a
6627message. However, if you do not pass an argument to the function, use
662856 as a default value.
6629
6630@node Narrowing & Widening, car cdr & cons, More Complex, Top
6631@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6632@chapter Narrowing and Widening
6633@cindex Focusing attention (narrowing)
6634@cindex Narrowing
6635@cindex Widening
6636
6637Narrowing is a feature of Emacs that makes it possible for you to focus
6638on a specific part of a buffer, and work without accidentally changing
6639other parts. Narrowing is normally disabled since it can confuse
6640novices.
6641
6642@menu
6643* Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
6644* save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
6645* what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
6646* narrow Exercise::
6647@end menu
6648
6649@node Narrowing advantages, save-restriction, Narrowing & Widening, Narrowing & Widening
6650@ifnottex
6651@unnumberedsec The Advantages of Narrowing
6652@end ifnottex
6653
6654With narrowing, the rest of a buffer is made invisible, as if it weren't
6655there. This is an advantage if, for example, you want to replace a word
6656in one part of a buffer but not in another: you narrow to the part you want
6657and the replacement is carried out only in that section, not in the rest
6658of the buffer. Searches will only work within a narrowed region, not
6659outside of one, so if you are fixing a part of a document, you can keep
6660yourself from accidentally finding parts you do not need to fix by
6661narrowing just to the region you want.
6662(The key binding for @code{narrow-to-region} is @kbd{C-x n n}.)
6663
6664However, narrowing does make the rest of the buffer invisible, which
6665can scare people who inadvertently invoke narrowing and think they
6666have deleted a part of their file. Moreover, the @code{undo} command
6667(which is usually bound to @kbd{C-x u}) does not turn off narrowing
6668(nor should it), so people can become quite desperate if they do not
6669know that they can return the rest of a buffer to visibility with the
6670@code{widen} command.
6671(The key binding for @code{widen} is @kbd{C-x n w}.)
6672
6673Narrowing is just as useful to the Lisp interpreter as to a human.
6674Often, an Emacs Lisp function is designed to work on just part of a
6675buffer; or conversely, an Emacs Lisp function needs to work on all of a
6676buffer that has been narrowed. The @code{what-line} function, for
6677example, removes the narrowing from a buffer, if it has any narrowing
6678and when it has finished its job, restores the narrowing to what it was.
6679On the other hand, the @code{count-lines} function, which is called by
6680@code{what-line}, uses narrowing to restrict itself to just that portion
6681of the buffer in which it is interested and then restores the previous
6682situation.
6683
6684@node save-restriction, what-line, Narrowing advantages, Narrowing & Widening
6685@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6686@section The @code{save-restriction} Special Form
6687@findex save-restriction
6688
6689In Emacs Lisp, you can use the @code{save-restriction} special form to
6690keep track of whatever narrowing is in effect, if any. When the Lisp
6691interpreter meets with @code{save-restriction}, it executes the code
6692in the body of the @code{save-restriction} expression, and then undoes
6693any changes to narrowing that the code caused. If, for example, the
6694buffer is narrowed and the code that follows @code{save-restriction}
6695gets rid of the narrowing, @code{save-restriction} returns the buffer
6696to its narrowed region afterwards. In the @code{what-line} command,
6697any narrowing the buffer may have is undone by the @code{widen}
6698command that immediately follows the @code{save-restriction} command.
6699Any original narrowing is restored just before the completion of the
6700function.
6701
6702@need 1250
6703The template for a @code{save-restriction} expression is simple:
6704
6705@smallexample
6706@group
6707(save-restriction
6708 @var{body}@dots{} )
6709@end group
6710@end smallexample
6711
6712@noindent
6713The body of the @code{save-restriction} is one or more expressions that
6714will be evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter.
6715
6716Finally, a point to note: when you use both @code{save-excursion} and
6717@code{save-restriction}, one right after the other, you should use
6718@code{save-excursion} outermost. If you write them in reverse order,
6719you may fail to record narrowing in the buffer to which Emacs switches
6720after calling @code{save-excursion}. Thus, when written together,
6721@code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} should be written
6722like this:
6723
6724@smallexample
6725@group
6726(save-excursion
6727 (save-restriction
6728 @var{body}@dots{}))
6729@end group
6730@end smallexample
6731
6732In other circumstances, when not written together, the
6733@code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} special forms must
6734be written in the order appropriate to the function.
6735
6736@need 1250
6737For example,
6738
6739@smallexample
6740@group
6741 (save-restriction
6742 (widen)
6743 (save-excursion
6744 @var{body}@dots{}))
6745@end group
6746@end smallexample
6747
6748@ignore
6749Emacs 22
6750/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
6751
6752(defun what-line ()
6753 "Print the current buffer line number and narrowed line number of point."
6754 (interactive)
6755 (let ((start (point-min))
6756 (n (line-number-at-pos)))
6757 (if (= start 1)
6758 (message "Line %d" n)
6759 (save-excursion
6760 (save-restriction
6761 (widen)
6762 (message "line %d (narrowed line %d)"
6763 (+ n (line-number-at-pos start) -1) n))))))
6764
6765(defun line-number-at-pos (&optional pos)
6766 "Return (narrowed) buffer line number at position POS.
6767If POS is nil, use current buffer location.
6768Counting starts at (point-min), so the value refers
6769to the contents of the accessible portion of the buffer."
6770 (let ((opoint (or pos (point))) start)
6771 (save-excursion
6772 (goto-char (point-min))
6773 (setq start (point))
6774 (goto-char opoint)
6775 (forward-line 0)
6776 (1+ (count-lines start (point))))))
6777
6778(defun count-lines (start end)
6779 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6780This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6781but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6782and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6783 (save-excursion
6784 (save-restriction
6785 (narrow-to-region start end)
6786 (goto-char (point-min))
6787 (if (eq selective-display t)
6788 (save-match-data
6789 (let ((done 0))
6790 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6791 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6792 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6793 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6794 (goto-char (point-max))
6795 (if (and (/= start end)
6796 (not (bolp)))
6797 (1+ done)
6798 done)))
6799 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6800@end ignore
6801
6802@node what-line, narrow Exercise, save-restriction, Narrowing & Widening
6803@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6804@section @code{what-line}
6805@findex what-line
6806@cindex Widening, example of
6807
6808The @code{what-line} command tells you the number of the line in which
6809the cursor is located. The function illustrates the use of the
6810@code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} commands. Here is the
6811original text of the function:
6812
6813@smallexample
6814@group
6815(defun what-line ()
6816 "Print the current line number (in the buffer) of point."
6817 (interactive)
6818 (save-restriction
6819 (widen)
6820 (save-excursion
6821 (beginning-of-line)
6822 (message "Line %d"
6823 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6824@end group
6825@end smallexample
6826
6827(In recent versions of GNU Emacs, the @code{what-line} function has
6828been expanded to tell you your line number in a narrowed buffer as
6829well as your line number in a widened buffer. The recent version is
6830more complex than the version shown here. If you feel adventurous,
6831you might want to look at it after figuring out how this version
6832works. You will probably need to use @kbd{C-h f}
6833(@code{describe-function}). The newer version uses a conditional to
6834determine whether the buffer has been narrowed.
6835
6836(Also, it uses @code{line-number-at-pos}, which among other simple
6837expressions, such as @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, moves point to
6838the beginning of the current line with @code{(forward-line 0)} rather
6839than @code{beginning-of-line}.)
6840
6841The @code{what-line} function as shown here has a documentation line
6842and is interactive, as you would expect. The next two lines use the
6843functions @code{save-restriction} and @code{widen}.
6844
6845The @code{save-restriction} special form notes whatever narrowing is in
6846effect, if any, in the current buffer and restores that narrowing after
6847the code in the body of the @code{save-restriction} has been evaluated.
6848
6849The @code{save-restriction} special form is followed by @code{widen}.
6850This function undoes any narrowing the current buffer may have had
6851when @code{what-line} was called. (The narrowing that was there is
6852the narrowing that @code{save-restriction} remembers.) This widening
6853makes it possible for the line counting commands to count from the
6854beginning of the buffer. Otherwise, they would have been limited to
6855counting within the accessible region. Any original narrowing is
6856restored just before the completion of the function by the
6857@code{save-restriction} special form.
6858
6859The call to @code{widen} is followed by @code{save-excursion}, which
6860saves the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) and of the mark, and
6861restores them after the code in the body of the @code{save-excursion}
6862uses the @code{beginning-of-line} function to move point.
6863
6864(Note that the @code{(widen)} expression comes between the
6865@code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} special forms. When
6866you write the two @code{save- @dots{}} expressions in sequence, write
6867@code{save-excursion} outermost.)
6868
6869@need 1200
6870The last two lines of the @code{what-line} function are functions to
6871count the number of lines in the buffer and then print the number in the
6872echo area.
6873
6874@smallexample
6875@group
6876(message "Line %d"
6877 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6878@end group
6879@end smallexample
6880
6881The @code{message} function prints a one-line message at the bottom of
6882the Emacs screen. The first argument is inside of quotation marks and
6883is printed as a string of characters. However, it may contain a
6884@samp{%d} expression to print a following argument. @samp{%d} prints
6885the argument as a decimal, so the message will say something such as
6886@samp{Line 243}.
6887
6888@need 1200
6889The number that is printed in place of the @samp{%d} is computed by the
6890last line of the function:
6891
6892@smallexample
6893(1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))
6894@end smallexample
6895
6896@ignore
6897GNU Emacs 22
6898
6899(defun count-lines (start end)
6900 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6901This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6902but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6903and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6904 (save-excursion
6905 (save-restriction
6906 (narrow-to-region start end)
6907 (goto-char (point-min))
6908 (if (eq selective-display t)
6909 (save-match-data
6910 (let ((done 0))
6911 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6912 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6913 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6914 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6915 (goto-char (point-max))
6916 (if (and (/= start end)
6917 (not (bolp)))
6918 (1+ done)
6919 done)))
6920 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6921@end ignore
6922
6923@noindent
6924What this does is count the lines from the first position of the
6925buffer, indicated by the @code{1}, up to @code{(point)}, and then add
6926one to that number. (The @code{1+} function adds one to its
6927argument.) We add one to it because line 2 has only one line before
6928it, and @code{count-lines} counts only the lines @emph{before} the
6929current line.
6930
6931After @code{count-lines} has done its job, and the message has been
6932printed in the echo area, the @code{save-excursion} restores point and
6933mark to their original positions; and @code{save-restriction} restores
6934the original narrowing, if any.
6935
6936@node narrow Exercise, , what-line, Narrowing & Widening
6937@section Exercise with Narrowing
6938
6939Write a function that will display the first 60 characters of the
6940current buffer, even if you have narrowed the buffer to its latter
6941half so that the first line is inaccessible. Restore point, mark, and
6942narrowing. For this exercise, you need to use a whole potpourri of
6943functions, including @code{save-restriction}, @code{widen},
6944@code{goto-char}, @code{point-min}, @code{message}, and
6945@code{buffer-substring}.
6946
6947@cindex Properties, mention of @code{buffer-substring-no-properties}
6948(@code{buffer-substring} is a previously unmentioned function you will
6949have to investigate yourself; or perhaps you will have to use
6950@code{buffer-substring-no-properties} or
6951@code{filter-buffer-substring} @dots{}, yet other functions. Text
6952properties are a feature otherwise not discussed here. @xref{Text
6953Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6954Manual}.)
6955
6956Additionally, do you really need @code{goto-char} or @code{point-min}?
6957Or can you write the function without them?
6958
6959@node car cdr & cons, Cutting & Storing Text, Narrowing & Widening, Top
6960@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6961@chapter @code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
6962@findex car, @r{introduced}
6963@findex cdr, @r{introduced}
6964
6965In Lisp, @code{car}, @code{cdr}, and @code{cons} are fundamental
6966functions. The @code{cons} function is used to construct lists, and
6967the @code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used to take them apart.
6968
6969In the walk through of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function, we
6970will see @code{cons} as well as two variants on @code{cdr},
6971namely, @code{setcdr} and @code{nthcdr}. (@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
6972
6973@menu
6974* Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
6975* car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
6976* cons:: Constructing a list.
6977* nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
6978* nth::
6979* setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
6980* setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
6981* cons Exercise::
6982@end menu
6983
6984@node Strange Names, car & cdr, car cdr & cons, car cdr & cons
6985@ifnottex
6986@unnumberedsec Strange Names
6987@end ifnottex
6988
6989The name of the @code{cons} function is not unreasonable: it is an
6990abbreviation of the word `construct'. The origins of the names for
6991@code{car} and @code{cdr}, on the other hand, are esoteric: @code{car}
6992is an acronym from the phrase `Contents of the Address part of the
6993Register'; and @code{cdr} (pronounced `could-er') is an acronym from
6994the phrase `Contents of the Decrement part of the Register'. These
6995phrases refer to specific pieces of hardware on the very early
6996computer on which the original Lisp was developed. Besides being
6997obsolete, the phrases have been completely irrelevant for more than 25
6998years to anyone thinking about Lisp. Nonetheless, although a few
6999brave scholars have begun to use more reasonable names for these
7000functions, the old terms are still in use. In particular, since the
7001terms are used in the Emacs Lisp source code, we will use them in this
7002introduction.
7003
7004@node car & cdr, cons, Strange Names, car cdr & cons
7005@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7006@section @code{car} and @code{cdr}
7007
7008The @sc{car} of a list is, quite simply, the first item in the list.
7009Thus the @sc{car} of the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} is
7010@code{rose}.
7011
7012@need 1200
7013If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can see this by
7014evaluating the following:
7015
7016@smallexample
7017(car '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
7018@end smallexample
7019
7020@noindent
7021After evaluating the expression, @code{rose} will appear in the echo
7022area.
7023
7024Clearly, a more reasonable name for the @code{car} function would be
7025@code{first} and this is often suggested.
7026
7027@code{car} does not remove the first item from the list; it only reports
7028what it is. After @code{car} has been applied to a list, the list is
7029still the same as it was. In the jargon, @code{car} is
7030`non-destructive'. This feature turns out to be important.
7031
7032The @sc{cdr} of a list is the rest of the list, that is, the
7033@code{cdr} function returns the part of the list that follows the
7034first item. Thus, while the @sc{car} of the list @code{'(rose violet
7035daisy buttercup)} is @code{rose}, the rest of the list, the value
7036returned by the @code{cdr} function, is @code{(violet daisy
7037buttercup)}.
7038
7039@need 800
7040You can see this by evaluating the following in the usual way:
7041
7042@smallexample
7043(cdr '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
7044@end smallexample
7045
7046@noindent
7047When you evaluate this, @code{(violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in
7048the echo area.
7049
7050Like @code{car}, @code{cdr} does not remove any elements from the
7051list---it just returns a report of what the second and subsequent
7052elements are.
7053
7054Incidentally, in the example, the list of flowers is quoted. If it were
7055not, the Lisp interpreter would try to evaluate the list by calling
7056@code{rose} as a function. In this example, we do not want to do that.
7057
7058Clearly, a more reasonable name for @code{cdr} would be @code{rest}.
7059
7060(There is a lesson here: when you name new functions, consider very
7061carefully what you are doing, since you may be stuck with the names
7062for far longer than you expect. The reason this document perpetuates
7063these names is that the Emacs Lisp source code uses them, and if I did
7064not use them, you would have a hard time reading the code; but do,
7065please, try to avoid using these terms yourself. The people who come
7066after you will be grateful to you.)
7067
7068When @code{car} and @code{cdr} are applied to a list made up of symbols,
7069such as the list @code{(pine fir oak maple)}, the element of the list
7070returned by the function @code{car} is the symbol @code{pine} without
7071any parentheses around it. @code{pine} is the first element in the
7072list. However, the @sc{cdr} of the list is a list itself, @code{(fir
7073oak maple)}, as you can see by evaluating the following expressions in
7074the usual way:
7075
7076@smallexample
7077@group
7078(car '(pine fir oak maple))
7079
7080(cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
7081@end group
7082@end smallexample
7083
7084On the other hand, in a list of lists, the first element is itself a
7085list. @code{car} returns this first element as a list. For example,
7086the following list contains three sub-lists, a list of carnivores, a
7087list of herbivores and a list of sea mammals:
7088
7089@smallexample
7090@group
7091(car '((lion tiger cheetah)
7092 (gazelle antelope zebra)
7093 (whale dolphin seal)))
7094@end group
7095@end smallexample
7096
7097@noindent
7098In this example, the first element or @sc{car} of the list is the list of
7099carnivores, @code{(lion tiger cheetah)}, and the rest of the list is
7100@code{((gazelle antelope zebra) (whale dolphin seal))}.
7101
7102@smallexample
7103@group
7104(cdr '((lion tiger cheetah)
7105 (gazelle antelope zebra)
7106 (whale dolphin seal)))
7107@end group
7108@end smallexample
7109
7110It is worth saying again that @code{car} and @code{cdr} are
7111non-destructive---that is, they do not modify or change lists to which
7112they are applied. This is very important for how they are used.
7113
7114Also, in the first chapter, in the discussion about atoms, I said that
7115in Lisp, ``certain kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated
7116into parts; but the mechanism for doing this is different from the
7117mechanism for splitting a list. As far as Lisp is concerned, the
7118atoms of a list are unsplittable.'' (@xref{Lisp Atoms}.) The
7119@code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used for splitting lists and
7120are considered fundamental to Lisp. Since they cannot split or gain
7121access to the parts of an array, an array is considered an atom.
7122Conversely, the other fundamental function, @code{cons}, can put
7123together or construct a list, but not an array. (Arrays are handled
7124by array-specific functions. @xref{Arrays, , Arrays, elisp, The GNU
7125Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
7126
7127@node cons, nthcdr, car & cdr, car cdr & cons
7128@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7129@section @code{cons}
7130@findex cons, @r{introduced}
7131
7132The @code{cons} function constructs lists; it is the inverse of
7133@code{car} and @code{cdr}. For example, @code{cons} can be used to make
7134a four element list from the three element list, @code{(fir oak maple)}:
7135
7136@smallexample
7137(cons 'pine '(fir oak maple))
7138@end smallexample
7139
7140@need 800
7141@noindent
7142After evaluating this list, you will see
7143
7144@smallexample
7145(pine fir oak maple)
7146@end smallexample
7147
7148@noindent
7149appear in the echo area. @code{cons} causes the creation of a new
7150list in which the element is followed by the elements of the original
7151list.
7152
7153We often say that `@code{cons} puts a new element at the beginning of
7154a list; it attaches or pushes elements onto the list', but this
7155phrasing can be misleading, since @code{cons} does not change an
7156existing list, but creates a new one.
7157
7158Like @code{car} and @code{cdr}, @code{cons} is non-destructive.
7159
7160@menu
7161* Build a list::
7162* length:: How to find the length of a list.
7163@end menu
7164
7165@node Build a list, length, cons, cons
7166@ifnottex
7167@unnumberedsubsec Build a list
7168@end ifnottex
7169
7170@code{cons} must have a list to attach to.@footnote{Actually, you can
7171@code{cons} an element to an atom to produce a dotted pair. Dotted
7172pairs are not discussed here; see @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted
7173Pair Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.} You
7174cannot start from absolutely nothing. If you are building a list, you
7175need to provide at least an empty list at the beginning. Here is a
7176series of @code{cons} expressions that build up a list of flowers. If
7177you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate each of
7178the expressions in the usual way; the value is printed in this text
7179after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
7180
7181@smallexample
7182@group
7183(cons 'buttercup ())
7184 @result{} (buttercup)
7185@end group
7186
7187@group
7188(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))
7189 @result{} (daisy buttercup)
7190@end group
7191
7192@group
7193(cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup))
7194 @result{} (violet daisy buttercup)
7195@end group
7196
7197@group
7198(cons 'rose '(violet daisy buttercup))
7199 @result{} (rose violet daisy buttercup)
7200@end group
7201@end smallexample
7202
7203@noindent
7204In the first example, the empty list is shown as @code{()} and a list
7205made up of @code{buttercup} followed by the empty list is constructed.
7206As you can see, the empty list is not shown in the list that was
7207constructed. All that you see is @code{(buttercup)}. The empty list is
7208not counted as an element of a list because there is nothing in an empty
7209list. Generally speaking, an empty list is invisible.
7210
7211The second example, @code{(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))} constructs a new,
7212two element list by putting @code{daisy} in front of @code{buttercup};
7213and the third example constructs a three element list by putting
7214@code{violet} in front of @code{daisy} and @code{buttercup}.
7215
7216@node length, , Build a list, cons
7217@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7218@subsection Find the Length of a List: @code{length}
7219@findex length
7220
7221You can find out how many elements there are in a list by using the Lisp
7222function @code{length}, as in the following examples:
7223
7224@smallexample
7225@group
7226(length '(buttercup))
7227 @result{} 1
7228@end group
7229
7230@group
7231(length '(daisy buttercup))
7232 @result{} 2
7233@end group
7234
7235@group
7236(length (cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup)))
7237 @result{} 3
7238@end group
7239@end smallexample
7240
7241@noindent
7242In the third example, the @code{cons} function is used to construct a
7243three element list which is then passed to the @code{length} function as
7244its argument.
7245
7246@need 1200
7247We can also use @code{length} to count the number of elements in an
7248empty list:
7249
7250@smallexample
7251@group
7252(length ())
7253 @result{} 0
7254@end group
7255@end smallexample
7256
7257@noindent
7258As you would expect, the number of elements in an empty list is zero.
7259
7260An interesting experiment is to find out what happens if you try to find
7261the length of no list at all; that is, if you try to call @code{length}
7262without giving it an argument, not even an empty list:
7263
7264@smallexample
7265(length )
7266@end smallexample
7267
7268@need 800
7269@noindent
7270What you see, if you evaluate this, is the error message
7271
7272@smallexample
7273Lisp error: (wrong-number-of-arguments length 0)
7274@end smallexample
7275
7276@noindent
7277This means that the function receives the wrong number of
7278arguments, zero, when it expects some other number of arguments. In
7279this case, one argument is expected, the argument being a list whose
7280length the function is measuring. (Note that @emph{one} list is
7281@emph{one} argument, even if the list has many elements inside it.)
7282
7283The part of the error message that says @samp{length} is the name of
7284the function.
7285
7286@ignore
7287@code{length} is still a subroutine, but you need C-h f to discover that.
7288
7289In an earlier version:
7290 This is written with a special notation, @samp{#<subr},
7291 that indicates that the function @code{length} is one of the primitive
7292 functions written in C rather than in Emacs Lisp. (@samp{subr} is an
7293 abbreviation for `subroutine'.) @xref{What Is a Function, , What Is a
7294 Function?, elisp , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
7295 about subroutines.
7296@end ignore
7297
7298@node nthcdr, nth, cons, car cdr & cons
7299@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7300@section @code{nthcdr}
7301@findex nthcdr
7302
7303The @code{nthcdr} function is associated with the @code{cdr} function.
7304What it does is take the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7305
7306If you take the @sc{cdr} of the list @code{(pine fir
7307oak maple)}, you will be returned the list @code{(fir oak maple)}. If you
7308repeat this on what was returned, you will be returned the list
7309@code{(oak maple)}. (Of course, repeated @sc{cdr}ing on the original
7310list will just give you the original @sc{cdr} since the function does
7311not change the list. You need to evaluate the @sc{cdr} of the
7312@sc{cdr} and so on.) If you continue this, eventually you will be
7313returned an empty list, which in this case, instead of being shown as
7314@code{()} is shown as @code{nil}.
7315
7316@need 1200
7317For review, here is a series of repeated @sc{cdr}s, the text following
7318the @samp{@result{}} shows what is returned.
7319
7320@smallexample
7321@group
7322(cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
7323 @result{}(fir oak maple)
7324@end group
7325
7326@group
7327(cdr '(fir oak maple))
7328 @result{} (oak maple)
7329@end group
7330
7331@group
7332(cdr '(oak maple))
7333 @result{}(maple)
7334@end group
7335
7336@group
7337(cdr '(maple))
7338 @result{} nil
7339@end group
7340
7341@group
7342(cdr 'nil)
7343 @result{} nil
7344@end group
7345
7346@group
7347(cdr ())
7348 @result{} nil
7349@end group
7350@end smallexample
7351
7352@need 1200
7353You can also do several @sc{cdr}s without printing the values in
7354between, like this:
7355
7356@smallexample
7357@group
7358(cdr (cdr '(pine fir oak maple)))
7359 @result{} (oak maple)
7360@end group
7361@end smallexample
7362
7363@noindent
7364In this example, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the innermost list first.
7365The innermost list is quoted, so it just passes the list as it is to the
7366innermost @code{cdr}. This @code{cdr} passes a list made up of the
7367second and subsequent elements of the list to the outermost @code{cdr},
7368which produces a list composed of the third and subsequent elements of
7369the original list. In this example, the @code{cdr} function is repeated
7370and returns a list that consists of the original list without its
7371first two elements.
7372
7373The @code{nthcdr} function does the same as repeating the call to
7374@code{cdr}. In the following example, the argument 2 is passed to the
7375function @code{nthcdr}, along with the list, and the value returned is
7376the list without its first two items, which is exactly the same
7377as repeating @code{cdr} twice on the list:
7378
7379@smallexample
7380@group
7381(nthcdr 2 '(pine fir oak maple))
7382 @result{} (oak maple)
7383@end group
7384@end smallexample
7385
7386@need 1200
7387Using the original four element list, we can see what happens when
7388various numeric arguments are passed to @code{nthcdr}, including 0, 1,
7389and 5:
7390
7391@smallexample
7392@group
7393;; @r{Leave the list as it was.}
7394(nthcdr 0 '(pine fir oak maple))
7395 @result{} (pine fir oak maple)
7396@end group
7397
7398@group
7399;; @r{Return a copy without the first element.}
7400(nthcdr 1 '(pine fir oak maple))
7401 @result{} (fir oak maple)
7402@end group
7403
7404@group
7405;; @r{Return a copy of the list without three elements.}
7406(nthcdr 3 '(pine fir oak maple))
7407 @result{} (maple)
7408@end group
7409
7410@group
7411;; @r{Return a copy lacking all four elements.}
7412(nthcdr 4 '(pine fir oak maple))
7413 @result{} nil
7414@end group
7415
7416@group
7417;; @r{Return a copy lacking all elements.}
7418(nthcdr 5 '(pine fir oak maple))
7419 @result{} nil
7420@end group
7421@end smallexample
7422
7423@node nth, setcar, nthcdr, car cdr & cons
7424@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7425@section @code{nth}
7426@findex nth
7427
7428The @code{nthcdr} function takes the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7429The @code{nth} function takes the @sc{car} of the result returned by
7430@code{nthcdr}. It returns the Nth element of the list.
7431
7432@need 1500
7433Thus, if it were not defined in C for speed, the definition of
7434@code{nth} would be:
7435
7436@smallexample
7437@group
7438(defun nth (n list)
7439 "Returns the Nth element of LIST.
7440N counts from zero. If LIST is not that long, nil is returned."
7441 (car (nthcdr n list)))
7442@end group
7443@end smallexample
7444
7445@noindent
7446(Originally, @code{nth} was defined in Emacs Lisp in @file{subr.el},
7447but its definition was redone in C in the 1980s.)
7448
7449The @code{nth} function returns a single element of a list.
7450This can be very convenient.
7451
7452Note that the elements are numbered from zero, not one. That is to
7453say, the first element of a list, its @sc{car} is the zeroth element.
7454This is called `zero-based' counting and often bothers people who
7455are accustomed to the first element in a list being number one, which
7456is `one-based'.
7457
7458@need 1250
7459For example:
7460
7461@smallexample
7462@group
7463(nth 0 '("one" "two" "three"))
7464 @result{} "one"
7465
7466(nth 1 '("one" "two" "three"))
7467 @result{} "two"
7468@end group
7469@end smallexample
7470
7471It is worth mentioning that @code{nth}, like @code{nthcdr} and
7472@code{cdr}, does not change the original list---the function is
7473non-destructive. This is in sharp contrast to the @code{setcar} and
7474@code{setcdr} functions.
7475
7476@node setcar, setcdr, nth, car cdr & cons
7477@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7478@section @code{setcar}
7479@findex setcar
7480
7481As you might guess from their names, the @code{setcar} and @code{setcdr}
7482functions set the @sc{car} or the @sc{cdr} of a list to a new value.
7483They actually change the original list, unlike @code{car} and @code{cdr}
7484which leave the original list as it was. One way to find out how this
7485works is to experiment. We will start with the @code{setcar} function.
7486
7487@need 1200
7488First, we can make a list and then set the value of a variable to the
7489list, using the @code{setq} function. Here is a list of animals:
7490
7491@smallexample
7492(setq animals '(antelope giraffe lion tiger))
7493@end smallexample
7494
7495@noindent
7496If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
7497this expression in the usual fashion, by positioning the cursor after
7498the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. (I'm doing this right here
7499as I write this. This is one of the advantages of having the
7500interpreter built into the computing environment. Incidentally, when
7501there is nothing on the line after the final parentheses, such as a
7502comment, point can be on the next line. Thus, if your cursor is in
7503the first column of the next line, you do not need to move it.
7504Indeed, Emacs permits any amount of white space after the final
7505parenthesis.)
7506
7507@need 1200
7508When we evaluate the variable @code{animals}, we see that it is bound to
7509the list @code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}:
7510
7511@smallexample
7512@group
7513animals
7514 @result{} (antelope giraffe lion tiger)
7515@end group
7516@end smallexample
7517
7518@noindent
7519Put another way, the variable @code{animals} points to the list
7520@code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}.
7521
7522Next, evaluate the function @code{setcar} while passing it two
7523arguments, the variable @code{animals} and the quoted symbol
7524@code{hippopotamus}; this is done by writing the three element list
7525@code{(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)} and then evaluating it in the
7526usual fashion:
7527
7528@smallexample
7529(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)
7530@end smallexample
7531
7532@need 1200
7533@noindent
7534After evaluating this expression, evaluate the variable @code{animals}
7535again. You will see that the list of animals has changed:
7536
7537@smallexample
7538@group
7539animals
7540 @result{} (hippopotamus giraffe lion tiger)
7541@end group
7542@end smallexample
7543
7544@noindent
7545The first element on the list, @code{antelope} is replaced by
7546@code{hippopotamus}.
7547
7548So we can see that @code{setcar} did not add a new element to the list
7549as @code{cons} would have; it replaced @code{antelope} with
7550@code{hippopotamus}; it @emph{changed} the list.
7551
7552@node setcdr, cons Exercise, setcar, car cdr & cons
7553@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7554@section @code{setcdr}
7555@findex setcdr
7556
7557The @code{setcdr} function is similar to the @code{setcar} function,
7558except that the function replaces the second and subsequent elements of
7559a list rather than the first element.
7560
7561(To see how to change the last element of a list, look ahead to
7562@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, which uses
7563the @code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr} functions.)
7564
7565@need 1200
7566To see how this works, set the value of the variable to a list of
7567domesticated animals by evaluating the following expression:
7568
7569@smallexample
7570(setq domesticated-animals '(horse cow sheep goat))
7571@end smallexample
7572
7573@need 1200
7574@noindent
7575If you now evaluate the list, you will be returned the list
7576@code{(horse cow sheep goat)}:
7577
7578@smallexample
7579@group
7580domesticated-animals
7581 @result{} (horse cow sheep goat)
7582@end group
7583@end smallexample
7584
7585@need 1200
7586Next, evaluate @code{setcdr} with two arguments, the name of the
7587variable which has a list as its value, and the list to which the
7588@sc{cdr} of the first list will be set;
7589
7590@smallexample
7591(setcdr domesticated-animals '(cat dog))
7592@end smallexample
7593
7594@noindent
7595If you evaluate this expression, the list @code{(cat dog)} will appear
7596in the echo area. This is the value returned by the function. The
7597result we are interested in is the ``side effect'', which we can see by
7598evaluating the variable @code{domesticated-animals}:
7599
7600@smallexample
7601@group
7602domesticated-animals
7603 @result{} (horse cat dog)
7604@end group
7605@end smallexample
7606
7607@noindent
7608Indeed, the list is changed from @code{(horse cow sheep goat)} to
7609@code{(horse cat dog)}. The @sc{cdr} of the list is changed from
7610@code{(cow sheep goat)} to @code{(cat dog)}.
7611
7612@node cons Exercise, , setcdr, car cdr & cons
7613@section Exercise
7614
7615Construct a list of four birds by evaluating several expressions with
7616@code{cons}. Find out what happens when you @code{cons} a list onto
7617itself. Replace the first element of the list of four birds with a
7618fish. Replace the rest of that list with a list of other fish.
7619
7620@node Cutting & Storing Text, List Implementation, car cdr & cons, Top
7621@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7622@chapter Cutting and Storing Text
7623@cindex Cutting and storing text
7624@cindex Storing and cutting text
7625@cindex Killing text
7626@cindex Clipping text
7627@cindex Erasing text
7628@cindex Deleting text
7629
7630Whenever you cut or clip text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in
7631GNU Emacs, it is stored in a list and you can bring it back with a
7632`yank' command.
7633
7634(The use of the word `kill' in Emacs for processes which specifically
7635@emph{do not} destroy the values of the entities is an unfortunate
7636historical accident. A much more appropriate word would be `clip' since
7637that is what the kill commands do; they clip text out of a buffer and
7638put it into storage from which it can be brought back. I have often
7639been tempted to replace globally all occurrences of `kill' in the Emacs
7640sources with `clip' and all occurrences of `killed' with `clipped'.)
7641
7642@menu
7643* Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
7644* zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
7645* kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
7646* copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
7647* Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
7648* defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
7649* cons & search-fwd Review::
7650* search Exercises::
7651@end menu
7652
7653@node Storing Text, zap-to-char, Cutting & Storing Text, Cutting & Storing Text
7654@ifnottex
7655@unnumberedsec Storing Text in a List
7656@end ifnottex
7657
7658When text is cut out of a buffer, it is stored on a list. Successive
7659pieces of text are stored on the list successively, so the list might
7660look like this:
7661
7662@smallexample
7663("a piece of text" "previous piece")
7664@end smallexample
7665
7666@need 1200
7667@noindent
7668The function @code{cons} can be used to create a new list from a piece
7669of text (an `atom', to use the jargon) and an existing list, like
7670this:
7671
7672@smallexample
7673@group
7674(cons "another piece"
7675 '("a piece of text" "previous piece"))
7676@end group
7677@end smallexample
7678
7679@need 1200
7680@noindent
7681If you evaluate this expression, a list of three elements will appear in
7682the echo area:
7683
7684@smallexample
7685("another piece" "a piece of text" "previous piece")
7686@end smallexample
7687
7688With the @code{car} and @code{nthcdr} functions, you can retrieve
7689whichever piece of text you want. For example, in the following code,
7690@code{nthcdr 1 @dots{}} returns the list with the first item removed;
7691and the @code{car} returns the first element of that remainder---the
7692second element of the original list:
7693
7694@smallexample
7695@group
7696(car (nthcdr 1 '("another piece"
7697 "a piece of text"
7698 "previous piece")))
7699 @result{} "a piece of text"
7700@end group
7701@end smallexample
7702
7703The actual functions in Emacs are more complex than this, of course.
7704The code for cutting and retrieving text has to be written so that
7705Emacs can figure out which element in the list you want---the first,
7706second, third, or whatever. In addition, when you get to the end of
7707the list, Emacs should give you the first element of the list, rather
7708than nothing at all.
7709
7710The list that holds the pieces of text is called the @dfn{kill ring}.
7711This chapter leads up to a description of the kill ring and how it is
7712used by first tracing how the @code{zap-to-char} function works. This
7713function uses (or `calls') a function that invokes a function that
7714manipulates the kill ring. Thus, before reaching the mountains, we
7715climb the foothills.
7716
7717A subsequent chapter describes how text that is cut from the buffer is
7718retrieved. @xref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}.
7719
7720@node zap-to-char, kill-region, Storing Text, Cutting & Storing Text
7721@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7722@section @code{zap-to-char}
7723@findex zap-to-char
7724
7725The @code{zap-to-char} function changed little between GNU Emacs
7726version 19 and GNU Emacs version 22. However, @code{zap-to-char}
7727calls another function, @code{kill-region}, which enjoyed a major
7728rewrite.
7729
7730The @code{kill-region} function in Emacs 19 is complex, but does not
7731use code that is important at this time. We will skip it.
7732
7733The @code{kill-region} function in Emacs 22 is easier to read than the
7734same function in Emacs 19 and introduces a very important concept,
7735that of error handling. We will walk through the function.
7736
7737But first, let us look at the interactive @code{zap-to-char} function.
7738
7739@menu
7740* Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
7741* zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
7742* zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
7743* search-forward:: How to search for a string.
7744* progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
7745* Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
7746@end menu
7747
7748@node Complete zap-to-char, zap-to-char interactive, zap-to-char, zap-to-char
7749@ifnottex
7750@unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{zap-to-char} Implementation
7751@end ifnottex
7752
7753The @code{zap-to-char} function removes the text in the region between
7754the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) up to and including the
7755next occurrence of a specified character. The text that
7756@code{zap-to-char} removes is put in the kill ring; and it can be
7757retrieved from the kill ring by typing @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}). If
7758the command is given an argument, it removes text through that number
7759of occurrences. Thus, if the cursor were at the beginning of this
7760sentence and the character were @samp{s}, @samp{Thus} would be
7761removed. If the argument were two, @samp{Thus, if the curs} would be
7762removed, up to and including the @samp{s} in @samp{cursor}.
7763
7764If the specified character is not found, @code{zap-to-char} will say
7765``Search failed'', tell you the character you typed, and not remove
7766any text.
7767
7768In order to determine how much text to remove, @code{zap-to-char} uses
7769a search function. Searches are used extensively in code that
7770manipulates text, and we will focus attention on them as well as on the
7771deletion command.
7772
7773@ignore
7774@c GNU Emacs version 19
7775(defun zap-to-char (arg char) ; version 19 implementation
7776 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7777Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7778 (interactive "*p\ncZap to char: ")
7779 (kill-region (point)
7780 (progn
7781 (search-forward
7782 (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7783 (point))))
7784@end ignore
7785
7786@need 1250
7787Here is the complete text of the version 22 implementation of the function:
7788
7789@c GNU Emacs 22
7790@smallexample
7791@group
7792(defun zap-to-char (arg char)
7793 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7794Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
7795Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7796 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7797 (if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7798 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7799 (kill-region (point) (progn
a9097c6d
KB
7800 (search-forward (char-to-string char)
7801 nil nil arg)
8cda6f8f
GM
7802 (point))))
7803@end group
7804@end smallexample
7805
7806The documentation is thorough. You do need to know the jargon meaning
7807of the word `kill'.
7808
7809@node zap-to-char interactive, zap-to-char body, Complete zap-to-char, zap-to-char
7810@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7811@subsection The @code{interactive} Expression
7812
7813@need 800
7814The interactive expression in the @code{zap-to-char} command looks like
7815this:
7816
7817@smallexample
7818(interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7819@end smallexample
7820
7821The part within quotation marks, @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "}, specifies
7822two different things. First, and most simply, is the @samp{p}.
7823This part is separated from the next part by a newline, @samp{\n}.
7824The @samp{p} means that the first argument to the function will be
7825passed the value of a `processed prefix'. The prefix argument is
7826passed by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number, or @kbd{M-} and a number. If
7827the function is called interactively without a prefix, 1 is passed to
7828this argument.
7829
7830The second part of @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "} is
7831@samp{cZap to char:@: }. In this part, the lower case @samp{c}
7832indicates that @code{interactive} expects a prompt and that the
7833argument will be a character. The prompt follows the @samp{c} and is
7834the string @samp{Zap to char:@: } (with a space after the colon to
7835make it look good).
7836
7837What all this does is prepare the arguments to @code{zap-to-char} so they
7838are of the right type, and give the user a prompt.
7839
7840In a read-only buffer, the @code{zap-to-char} function copies the text
7841to the kill ring, but does not remove it. The echo area displays a
7842message saying that the buffer is read-only. Also, the terminal may
7843beep or blink at you.
7844
7845@node zap-to-char body, search-forward, zap-to-char interactive, zap-to-char
7846@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7847@subsection The Body of @code{zap-to-char}
7848
7849The body of the @code{zap-to-char} function contains the code that
7850kills (that is, removes) the text in the region from the current
7851position of the cursor up to and including the specified character.
7852
7853The first part of the code looks like this:
7854
7855@smallexample
7856(if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7857 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7858(kill-region (point) (progn
7859 (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7860 (point)))
7861@end smallexample
7862
7863@noindent
7864@code{char-table-p} is an hitherto unseen function. It determines
7865whether its argument is a character table. When it is, it sets the
7866character passed to @code{zap-to-char} to one of them, if that
7867character exists, or to the character itself. (This becomes important
7868for certain characters in non-European languages. The @code{aref}
7869function extracts an element from an array. It is an array-specific
7870function that is not described in this document. @xref{Arrays, ,
7871Arrays, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
7872
7873@noindent
7874@code{(point)} is the current position of the cursor.
7875
7876The next part of the code is an expression using @code{progn}. The body
7877of the @code{progn} consists of calls to @code{search-forward} and
7878@code{point}.
7879
7880It is easier to understand how @code{progn} works after learning about
7881@code{search-forward}, so we will look at @code{search-forward} and
7882then at @code{progn}.
7883
7884@node search-forward, progn, zap-to-char body, zap-to-char
7885@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7886@subsection The @code{search-forward} Function
7887@findex search-forward
7888
7889The @code{search-forward} function is used to locate the
7890zapped-for-character in @code{zap-to-char}. If the search is
7891successful, @code{search-forward} leaves point immediately after the
7892last character in the target string. (In @code{zap-to-char}, the
7893target string is just one character long. @code{zap-to-char} uses the
7894function @code{char-to-string} to ensure that the computer treats that
7895character as a string.) If the search is backwards,
7896@code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first character in
7897the target. Also, @code{search-forward} returns @code{t} for true.
7898(Moving point is therefore a `side effect'.)
7899
7900@need 1250
7901In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{search-forward} function looks like this:
7902
7903@smallexample
7904(search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7905@end smallexample
7906
7907The @code{search-forward} function takes four arguments:
7908
7909@enumerate
7910@item
7911The first argument is the target, what is searched for. This must be a
7912string, such as @samp{"z"}.
7913
7914As it happens, the argument passed to @code{zap-to-char} is a single
7915character. Because of the way computers are built, the Lisp
7916interpreter may treat a single character as being different from a
7917string of characters. Inside the computer, a single character has a
7918different electronic format than a string of one character. (A single
7919character can often be recorded in the computer using exactly one
7920byte; but a string may be longer, and the computer needs to be ready
7921for this.) Since the @code{search-forward} function searches for a
7922string, the character that the @code{zap-to-char} function receives as
7923its argument must be converted inside the computer from one format to
7924the other; otherwise the @code{search-forward} function will fail.
7925The @code{char-to-string} function is used to make this conversion.
7926
7927@item
7928The second argument bounds the search; it is specified as a position in
7929the buffer. In this case, the search can go to the end of the buffer,
7930so no bound is set and the second argument is @code{nil}.
7931
7932@item
7933The third argument tells the function what it should do if the search
7934fails---it can signal an error (and print a message) or it can return
7935@code{nil}. A @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
7936signal an error when the search fails.
7937
7938@item
7939The fourth argument to @code{search-forward} is the repeat count---how
7940many occurrences of the string to look for. This argument is optional
7941and if the function is called without a repeat count, this argument is
7942passed the value 1. If this argument is negative, the search goes
7943backwards.
7944@end enumerate
7945
7946@need 800
7947In template form, a @code{search-forward} expression looks like this:
7948
7949@smallexample
7950@group
7951(search-forward "@var{target-string}"
7952 @var{limit-of-search}
7953 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
7954 @var{repeat-count})
7955@end group
7956@end smallexample
7957
7958We will look at @code{progn} next.
7959
7960@node progn, Summing up zap-to-char, search-forward, zap-to-char
7961@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7962@subsection The @code{progn} Special Form
7963@findex progn
7964
7965@code{progn} is a special form that causes each of its arguments to be
7966evaluated in sequence and then returns the value of the last one. The
7967preceding expressions are evaluated only for the side effects they
7968perform. The values produced by them are discarded.
7969
7970@need 800
7971The template for a @code{progn} expression is very simple:
7972
7973@smallexample
7974@group
7975(progn
7976 @var{body}@dots{})
7977@end group
7978@end smallexample
7979
7980In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{progn} expression has to do two things:
7981put point in exactly the right position; and return the location of
7982point so that @code{kill-region} will know how far to kill to.
7983
7984The first argument to the @code{progn} is @code{search-forward}. When
7985@code{search-forward} finds the string, the function leaves point
7986immediately after the last character in the target string. (In this
7987case the target string is just one character long.) If the search is
7988backwards, @code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first
7989character in the target. The movement of point is a side effect.
7990
7991The second and last argument to @code{progn} is the expression
7992@code{(point)}. This expression returns the value of point, which in
7993this case will be the location to which it has been moved by
7994@code{search-forward}. (In the source, a line that tells the function
7995to go to the previous character, if it is going forward, was commented
7996out in 1999; I don't remember whether that feature or mis-feature was
7997ever a part of the distributed source.) The value of @code{point} is
7998returned by the @code{progn} expression and is passed to
7999@code{kill-region} as @code{kill-region}'s second argument.
8000
8001@node Summing up zap-to-char, , progn, zap-to-char
8002@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8003@subsection Summing up @code{zap-to-char}
8004
8005Now that we have seen how @code{search-forward} and @code{progn} work,
8006we can see how the @code{zap-to-char} function works as a whole.
8007
8008The first argument to @code{kill-region} is the position of the cursor
8009when the @code{zap-to-char} command is given---the value of point at
8010that time. Within the @code{progn}, the search function then moves
8011point to just after the zapped-to-character and @code{point} returns the
8012value of this location. The @code{kill-region} function puts together
8013these two values of point, the first one as the beginning of the region
8014and the second one as the end of the region, and removes the region.
8015
8016The @code{progn} special form is necessary because the
8017@code{kill-region} command takes two arguments; and it would fail if
8018@code{search-forward} and @code{point} expressions were written in
8019sequence as two additional arguments. The @code{progn} expression is
8020a single argument to @code{kill-region} and returns the one value that
8021@code{kill-region} needs for its second argument.
8022
8023@node kill-region, copy-region-as-kill, zap-to-char, Cutting & Storing Text
8024@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8025@section @code{kill-region}
8026@findex kill-region
8027
8028The @code{zap-to-char} function uses the @code{kill-region} function.
8029This function clips text from a region and copies that text to
8030the kill ring, from which it may be retrieved.
8031
8032@ignore
8033GNU Emacs 22:
8034
8035(defun kill-region (beg end &optional yank-handler)
8036 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
8037This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
8038The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there.
8039\(If you want to kill and then yank immediately, use \\[kill-ring-save].)
8040
8041If you want to append the killed region to the last killed text,
8042use \\[append-next-kill] before \\[kill-region].
8043
8044If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
8045the text, but put the text in the kill ring anyway. This means that
8046you can use the killing commands to copy text from a read-only buffer.
8047
8048This is the primitive for programs to kill text (as opposed to deleting it).
8049Supply two arguments, character positions indicating the stretch of text
8050 to be killed.
8051Any command that calls this function is a \"kill command\".
8052If the previous command was also a kill command,
8053the text killed this time appends to the text killed last time
8054to make one entry in the kill ring.
8055
8056In Lisp code, optional third arg YANK-HANDLER, if non-nil,
8057specifies the yank-handler text property to be set on the killed
8058text. See `insert-for-yank'."
8059 ;; Pass point first, then mark, because the order matters
8060 ;; when calling kill-append.
8061 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
8062 (unless (and beg end)
8063 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
8064 (condition-case nil
8065 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
8066 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
8067 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
8068 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8069 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8070 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
8071 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
8072 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8073 nil)
8074 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only)
8075 ;; The code above failed because the buffer, or some of the characters
8076 ;; in the region, are read-only.
8077 ;; We should beep, in case the user just isn't aware of this.
8078 ;; However, there's no harm in putting
8079 ;; the region's text in the kill ring, anyway.
8080 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8081 ;; Set this-command now, so it will be set even if we get an error.
8082 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
8083 ;; This should barf, if appropriate, and give us the correct error.
8084 (if kill-read-only-ok
8085 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
8086 ;; Signal an error if the buffer is read-only.
8087 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8088 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
8089 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
8090@end ignore
8091
8092The Emacs 22 version of that function uses @code{condition-case} and
8093@code{copy-region-as-kill}, both of which we will explain.
8094@code{condition-case} is an important special form.
8095
8096In essence, the @code{kill-region} function calls
8097@code{condition-case}, which takes three arguments. In this function,
8098the first argument does nothing. The second argument contains the
8099code that does the work when all goes well. The third argument
8100contains the code that is called in the event of an error.
8101
8102@menu
8103* Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
8104* condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
8105* Lisp macro::
8106@end menu
8107
8108@node Complete kill-region, condition-case, kill-region, kill-region
8109@ifnottex
8110@unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{kill-region} Definition
8111@end ifnottex
8112
8113@need 1200
8114We will go through the @code{condition-case} code in a moment. First,
8115let us look at the definition of @code{kill-region}, with comments
8116added:
8117
8118@c GNU Emacs 22:
8119@smallexample
8120@group
8121(defun kill-region (beg end)
8122 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
8123This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
8124The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there. @dots{} "
8125@end group
8126
8127@group
8128 ;; @bullet{} Since order matters, pass point first.
8129 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
8130 ;; @bullet{} And tell us if we cannot cut the text.
8131 ;; `unless' is an `if' without a then-part.
8132 (unless (and beg end)
8133 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
8134@end group
8135
8136@group
8137 ;; @bullet{} `condition-case' takes three arguments.
8138 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
8139 ;; information about the error signal is not
8140 ;; stored for use by another function.
8141 (condition-case nil
8142@end group
8143
8144@group
8145 ;; @bullet{} The second argument to `condition-case' tells the
8146 ;; Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
8147@end group
8148
8149@group
8150 ;; It starts with a `let' function that extracts the string
8151 ;; and tests whether it exists. If so (that is what the
8152 ;; `when' checks), it calls an `if' function that determines
8153 ;; whether the previous command was another call to
8154 ;; `kill-region'; if it was, then the new text is appended to
8155 ;; the previous text; if not, then a different function,
8156 ;; `kill-new', is called.
8157@end group
8158
8159@group
8160 ;; The `kill-append' function concatenates the new string and
8161 ;; the old. The `kill-new' function inserts text into a new
8162 ;; item in the kill ring.
8163@end group
8164
8165@group
8166 ;; `when' is an `if' without an else-part. The second `when'
8167 ;; again checks whether the current string exists; in
8168 ;; addition, it checks whether the previous command was
8169 ;; another call to `kill-region'. If one or the other
8170 ;; condition is true, then it sets the current command to
8171 ;; be `kill-region'.
8172@end group
8173@group
8174 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
8175 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
8176 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
8177 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8178@end group
8179@group
8180 ;; @minus{} `yank-handler' is an optional argument to
8181 ;; `kill-region' that tells the `kill-append' and
8182 ;; `kill-new' functions how deal with properties
8183 ;; added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
8184 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8185 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
8186 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
8187 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8188 nil)
8189@end group
8190
8191@group
8192 ;; @bullet{} The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
8193 ;; what to do with an error.
8194@end group
8195@group
8196 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
8197 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
8198 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
8199 ;; then the body is executed.
8200@end group
8201@group
8202 ;; The first part of the third argument is the following:
8203 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; the if-part
8204 ;; @dots{} the then-part
8205 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8206@end group
8207@group
8208 ;; Next, also as part of the then-part, set this-command, so
8209 ;; it will be set in an error
8210 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
8211 ;; Finally, in the then-part, send a message if you may copy
8350f087 8212 ;; the text to the kill ring without signaling an error, but
8cda6f8f
GM
8213 ;; don't if you may not.
8214@end group
8215@group
8216 (if kill-read-only-ok
8217 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
8218 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8219 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
8220 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))
8221@end group
8222@end smallexample
8223
8224@ignore
8225@c v 21
8226@smallexample
8227@group
8228(defun kill-region (beg end)
8229 "Kill between point and mark.
8230The text is deleted but saved in the kill ring."
8231 (interactive "r")
8232@end group
8233
8234@group
8235 ;; 1. `condition-case' takes three arguments.
8236 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
8237 ;; information about the error signal is not
8238 ;; stored for use by another function.
8239 (condition-case nil
8240@end group
8241
8242@group
8243 ;; 2. The second argument to `condition-case'
8244 ;; tells the Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
8245@end group
8246
8247@group
8248 ;; The `delete-and-extract-region' function usually does the
8249 ;; work. If the beginning and ending of the region are both
8250 ;; the same, then the variable `string' will be empty, or nil
8251 (let ((string (delete-and-extract-region beg end)))
8252@end group
8253
8254@group
8255 ;; `when' is an `if' clause that cannot take an `else-part'.
8256 ;; Emacs normally sets the value of `last-command' to the
8257 ;; previous command.
8258@end group
8259@group
8260 ;; `kill-append' concatenates the new string and the old.
8261 ;; `kill-new' inserts text into a new item in the kill ring.
8262 (when string
8263 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8264 ;; if true, prepend string
8265 (kill-append string (< end beg))
8266 (kill-new string)))
8267 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8268@end group
8269
8270@group
8271 ;; 3. The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
8272 ;; what to do with an error.
8273@end group
8274@group
8275 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
8276 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
8277 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
8278 ;; then the body is executed.
8279@end group
8280@group
8281 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; this is the if-part
8282 ;; then...
8283 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8284@end group
8285@group
8286 (if kill-read-only-ok ;; usually this variable is nil
8287 (message "Read only text copied to kill ring")
8288 ;; or else, signal an error if the buffer is read-only;
8289 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8290 ;; and, in any case, signal that the text is read-only.
8291 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
8292@end group
8293@end smallexample
8294@end ignore
8295
8296@node condition-case, Lisp macro, Complete kill-region, kill-region
8297@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8298@subsection @code{condition-case}
8299@findex condition-case
8300
8301As we have seen earlier (@pxref{Making Errors, , Generate an Error
8302Message}), when the Emacs Lisp interpreter has trouble evaluating an
8303expression, it provides you with help; in the jargon, this is called
8304``signaling an error''. Usually, the computer stops the program and
8305shows you a message.
8306
8307However, some programs undertake complicated actions. They should not
8308simply stop on an error. In the @code{kill-region} function, the most
8309likely error is that you will try to kill text that is read-only and
8310cannot be removed. So the @code{kill-region} function contains code
8311to handle this circumstance. This code, which makes up the body of
8312the @code{kill-region} function, is inside of a @code{condition-case}
8313special form.
8314
8315@need 800
8316The template for @code{condition-case} looks like this:
8317
8318@smallexample
8319@group
8320(condition-case
8321 @var{var}
8322 @var{bodyform}
8323 @var{error-handler}@dots{})
8324@end group
8325@end smallexample
8326
8327The second argument, @var{bodyform}, is straightforward. The
8328@code{condition-case} special form causes the Lisp interpreter to
8329evaluate the code in @var{bodyform}. If no error occurs, the special
8330form returns the code's value and produces the side-effects, if any.
8331
8332In short, the @var{bodyform} part of a @code{condition-case}
8333expression determines what should happen when everything works
8334correctly.
8335
8336However, if an error occurs, among its other actions, the function
8337generating the error signal will define one or more error condition
8338names.
8339
8340An error handler is the third argument to @code{condition case}.
8341An error handler has two parts, a @var{condition-name} and a
8342@var{body}. If the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8343matches a condition name generated by an error, then the @var{body}
8344part of the error handler is run.
8345
8346As you will expect, the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8347may be either a single condition name or a list of condition names.
8348
8349Also, a complete @code{condition-case} expression may contain more
8350than one error handler. When an error occurs, the first applicable
8351handler is run.
8352
8353Lastly, the first argument to the @code{condition-case} expression,
8354the @var{var} argument, is sometimes bound to a variable that
8355contains information about the error. However, if that argument is
8356nil, as is the case in @code{kill-region}, that information is
8357discarded.
8358
8359@need 1200
8360In brief, in the @code{kill-region} function, the code
8361@code{condition-case} works like this:
8362
8363@smallexample
8364@group
8365@var{If no errors}, @var{run only this code}
8366 @var{but}, @var{if errors}, @var{run this other code}.
8367@end group
8368@end smallexample
8369
8370@ignore
83712006 Oct 24
8372In Emacs 22,
8373copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
8374filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
8375and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
8376delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
8377
8378see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
8379this is line 8054
8380Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar} includes line 8350
8381@end ignore
8382
8383@node Lisp macro, , condition-case, kill-region
8384@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8385@subsection Lisp macro
8386@cindex Macro, lisp
8387@cindex Lisp macro
8388
8389The part of the @code{condition-case} expression that is evaluated in
8390the expectation that all goes well has a @code{when}. The code uses
8391@code{when} to determine whether the @code{string} variable points to
8392text that exists.
8393
8394A @code{when} expression is simply a programmers' convenience. It is
8395an @code{if} without the possibility of an else clause. In your mind,
8396you can replace @code{when} with @code{if} and understand what goes
8397on. That is what the Lisp interpreter does.
8398
8399Technically speaking, @code{when} is a Lisp macro. A Lisp @dfn{macro}
8400enables you to define new control constructs and other language
8401features. It tells the interpreter how to compute another Lisp
8402expression which will in turn compute the value. In this case, the
8403`other expression' is an @code{if} expression.
8404
8405The @code{kill-region} function definition also has an @code{unless}
8406macro; it is the converse of @code{when}. The @code{unless} macro is
8407an @code{if} without a then clause
8408
8409For more about Lisp macros, see @ref{Macros, , Macros, elisp, The GNU
8410Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. The C programming language also
8411provides macros. These are different, but also useful.
8412
8413@ignore
8414We will briefly look at C macros in
8415@ref{Digression into C}.
8416@end ignore
8417
8418@need 1200
8419Regarding the @code{when} macro, in the @code{condition-case}
8420expression, when the string has content, then another conditional
8421expression is executed. This is an @code{if} with both a then-part
8422and an else-part.
8423
8424@smallexample
8425@group
8426(if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8427 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8428 (kill-new string nil yank-handler))
8429@end group
8430@end smallexample
8431
8432The then-part is evaluated if the previous command was another call to
8433@code{kill-region}; if not, the else-part is evaluated.
8434
8435@code{yank-handler} is an optional argument to @code{kill-region} that
8436tells the @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new} functions how deal
8437with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
8438
8439@code{last-command} is a variable that comes with Emacs that we have
8440not seen before. Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs
8441sets the value of @code{last-command} to the previous command.
8442
8443@need 1200
8444In this segment of the definition, the @code{if} expression checks
8445whether the previous command was @code{kill-region}. If it was,
8446
8447@smallexample
8448(kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8449@end smallexample
8450
8451@noindent
8452concatenates a copy of the newly clipped text to the just previously
8453clipped text in the kill ring.
8454
8455@node copy-region-as-kill, Digression into C, kill-region, Cutting & Storing Text
8456@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8457@section @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8458@findex copy-region-as-kill
8459@findex nthcdr
8460
8461The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function copies a region of text from a
8462buffer and (via either @code{kill-append} or @code{kill-new}) saves it
8463in the @code{kill-ring}.
8464
8465If you call @code{copy-region-as-kill} immediately after a
8466@code{kill-region} command, Emacs appends the newly copied text to the
8467previously copied text. This means that if you yank back the text, you
8468get it all, from both this and the previous operation. On the other
8469hand, if some other command precedes the @code{copy-region-as-kill},
8470the function copies the text into a separate entry in the kill ring.
8471
8472@menu
8473* Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
8474* copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
8475@end menu
8476
8477@node Complete copy-region-as-kill, copy-region-as-kill body, copy-region-as-kill, copy-region-as-kill
8478@ifnottex
8479@unnumberedsubsec The complete @code{copy-region-as-kill} function definition
8480@end ifnottex
8481
8482@need 1200
8483Here is the complete text of the version 22 @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8484function:
8485
8486@smallexample
8487@group
8488(defun copy-region-as-kill (beg end)
8489 "Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it.
8490In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark.
8491If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window
8492system cut and paste."
8493 (interactive "r")
8494@end group
8495@group
8496 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8497 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8498 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8499@end group
8500@group
8501 (if transient-mark-mode
8502 (setq deactivate-mark t))
8503 nil)
8504@end group
8505@end smallexample
8506
8507@need 800
8508As usual, this function can be divided into its component parts:
8509
8510@smallexample
8511@group
8512(defun copy-region-as-kill (@var{argument-list})
8513 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
8514 (interactive "r")
8515 @var{body}@dots{})
8516@end group
8517@end smallexample
8518
8519The arguments are @code{beg} and @code{end} and the function is
8520interactive with @code{"r"}, so the two arguments must refer to the
8521beginning and end of the region. If you have been reading though this
8522document from the beginning, understanding these parts of a function is
8523almost becoming routine.
8524
8525The documentation is somewhat confusing unless you remember that the
8526word `kill' has a meaning different from usual. The `Transient Mark'
8527and @code{interprogram-cut-function} comments explain certain
8528side-effects.
8529
8530After you once set a mark, a buffer always contains a region. If you
8531wish, you can use Transient Mark mode to highlight the region
8532temporarily. (No one wants to highlight the region all the time, so
8533Transient Mark mode highlights it only at appropriate times. Many
8534people turn off Transient Mark mode, so the region is never
8535highlighted.)
8536
8537Also, a windowing system allows you to copy, cut, and paste among
8538different programs. In the X windowing system, for example, the
8539@code{interprogram-cut-function} function is @code{x-select-text},
8540which works with the windowing system's equivalent of the Emacs kill
8541ring.
8542
8543The body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function starts with an
8544@code{if} clause. What this clause does is distinguish between two
8545different situations: whether or not this command is executed
8546immediately after a previous @code{kill-region} command. In the first
8547case, the new region is appended to the previously copied text.
8548Otherwise, it is inserted into the beginning of the kill ring as a
8549separate piece of text from the previous piece.
8550
8551The last two lines of the function prevent the region from lighting up
8552if Transient Mark mode is turned on.
8553
8554The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill} merits discussion in detail.
8555
8556@node copy-region-as-kill body, , Complete copy-region-as-kill, copy-region-as-kill
8557@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8558@subsection The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8559
8560The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function works in much the same way as
8561the @code{kill-region} function. Both are written so that two or more
8562kills in a row combine their text into a single entry. If you yank
8563back the text from the kill ring, you get it all in one piece.
8564Moreover, kills that kill forward from the current position of the
8565cursor are added to the end of the previously copied text and commands
8566that copy text backwards add it to the beginning of the previously
8567copied text. This way, the words in the text stay in the proper
8568order.
8569
8570Like @code{kill-region}, the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function makes
8571use of the @code{last-command} variable that keeps track of the
8572previous Emacs command.
8573
8574@menu
8575* last-command & this-command::
8576* kill-append function::
8577* kill-new function::
8578@end menu
8579
8580@node last-command & this-command, kill-append function, copy-region-as-kill body, copy-region-as-kill body
8581@ifnottex
8582@unnumberedsubsubsec @code{last-command} and @code{this-command}
8583@end ifnottex
8584
8585Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs sets the value of
8586@code{this-command} to the function being executed (which in this case
8587would be @code{copy-region-as-kill}). At the same time, Emacs sets
8588the value of @code{last-command} to the previous value of
8589@code{this-command}.
8590
8591In the first part of the body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8592function, an @code{if} expression determines whether the value of
8593@code{last-command} is @code{kill-region}. If so, the then-part of
8594the @code{if} expression is evaluated; it uses the @code{kill-append}
8595function to concatenate the text copied at this call to the function
8596with the text already in the first element (the @sc{car}) of the kill
8597ring. On the other hand, if the value of @code{last-command} is not
8598@code{kill-region}, then the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function
8599attaches a new element to the kill ring using the @code{kill-new}
8600function.
8601
8602@need 1250
8603The @code{if} expression reads as follows; it uses @code{eq}:
8604
8605@smallexample
8606@group
8607 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8608 ;; @r{then-part}
8609 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8610 ;; @r{else-part}
8611 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8612@end group
8613@end smallexample
8614
8615@findex filter-buffer-substring
8616(The @code{filter-buffer-substring} function returns a filtered
8617substring of the buffer, if any. Optionally---the arguments are not
8618here, so neither is done---the function may delete the initial text or
8619return the text without its properties; this function is a replacement
8620for the older @code{buffer-substring} function, which came before text
8621properties were implemented.)
8622
8623@findex eq @r{(example of use)}
8624@noindent
8625The @code{eq} function tests whether its first argument is the same Lisp
8626object as its second argument. The @code{eq} function is similar to the
8627@code{equal} function in that it is used to test for equality, but
8628differs in that it determines whether two representations are actually
8629the same object inside the computer, but with different names.
8630@code{equal} determines whether the structure and contents of two
8631expressions are the same.
8632
8633If the previous command was @code{kill-region}, then the Emacs Lisp
8634interpreter calls the @code{kill-append} function
8635
8636@node kill-append function, kill-new function, last-command & this-command, copy-region-as-kill body
8637@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-append} function
8638@findex kill-append
8639
8640@need 800
8641The @code{kill-append} function looks like this:
8642
8643@c in GNU Emacs 22
8644@smallexample
8645@group
8646(defun kill-append (string before-p &optional yank-handler)
8647 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8648If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8649@dots{} "
8650 (let* ((cur (car kill-ring)))
8651 (kill-new (if before-p (concat string cur) (concat cur string))
8652 (or (= (length cur) 0)
8653 (equal yank-handler
8654 (get-text-property 0 'yank-handler cur)))
8655 yank-handler)))
8656@end group
8657@end smallexample
8658
8659@ignore
8660was:
8661(defun kill-append (string before-p)
8662 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8663If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8664If `interprogram-cut-function' is set, pass the resulting kill to
8665it."
8666 (kill-new (if before-p
8667 (concat string (car kill-ring))
8668 (concat (car kill-ring) string))
8669 t))
8670@end ignore
8671
8672@noindent
8673The @code{kill-append} function is fairly straightforward. It uses
8674the @code{kill-new} function, which we will discuss in more detail in
8675a moment.
8676
8677(Also, the function provides an optional argument called
8678@code{yank-handler}; when invoked, this argument tells the function
8679how to deal with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or
8680`italics'.)
8681
8682@c !!! bug in GNU Emacs 22 version of kill-append ?
8683It has a @code{let*} function to set the value of the first element of
8684the kill ring to @code{cur}. (I do not know why the function does not
8685use @code{let} instead; only one value is set in the expression.
8686Perhaps this is a bug that produces no problems?)
8687
8688Consider the conditional that is one of the two arguments to
8689@code{kill-new}. It uses @code{concat} to concatenate the new text to
8690the @sc{car} of the kill ring. Whether it prepends or appends the
8691text depends on the results of an @code{if} expression:
8692
8693@smallexample
8694@group
8695(if before-p ; @r{if-part}
8696 (concat string cur) ; @r{then-part}
8697 (concat cur string)) ; @r{else-part}
8698@end group
8699@end smallexample
8700
8701@noindent
8702If the region being killed is before the region that was killed in the
8703last command, then it should be prepended before the material that was
8704saved in the previous kill; and conversely, if the killed text follows
8705what was just killed, it should be appended after the previous text.
8706The @code{if} expression depends on the predicate @code{before-p} to
8707decide whether the newly saved text should be put before or after the
8708previously saved text.
8709
8710The symbol @code{before-p} is the name of one of the arguments to
8711@code{kill-append}. When the @code{kill-append} function is
8712evaluated, it is bound to the value returned by evaluating the actual
8713argument. In this case, this is the expression @code{(< end beg)}.
8714This expression does not directly determine whether the killed text in
8715this command is located before or after the kill text of the last
8716command; what it does is determine whether the value of the variable
8717@code{end} is less than the value of the variable @code{beg}. If it
8718is, it means that the user is most likely heading towards the
8719beginning of the buffer. Also, the result of evaluating the predicate
8720expression, @code{(< end beg)}, will be true and the text will be
8721prepended before the previous text. On the other hand, if the value of
8722the variable @code{end} is greater than the value of the variable
8723@code{beg}, the text will be appended after the previous text.
8724
8725@need 800
8726When the newly saved text will be prepended, then the string with the new
8727text will be concatenated before the old text:
8728
8729@smallexample
8730(concat string cur)
8731@end smallexample
8732
8733@need 1200
8734@noindent
8735But if the text will be appended, it will be concatenated
8736after the old text:
8737
8738@smallexample
8739(concat cur string))
8740@end smallexample
8741
8742To understand how this works, we first need to review the
8743@code{concat} function. The @code{concat} function links together or
8744unites two strings of text. The result is a string. For example:
8745
8746@smallexample
8747@group
8748(concat "abc" "def")
8749 @result{} "abcdef"
8750@end group
8751
8752@group
8753(concat "new "
8754 (car '("first element" "second element")))
8755 @result{} "new first element"
8756
8757(concat (car
8758 '("first element" "second element")) " modified")
8759 @result{} "first element modified"
8760@end group
8761@end smallexample
8762
8763We can now make sense of @code{kill-append}: it modifies the contents
8764of the kill ring. The kill ring is a list, each element of which is
8765saved text. The @code{kill-append} function uses the @code{kill-new}
8766function which in turn uses the @code{setcar} function.
8767
8768@node kill-new function, , kill-append function, copy-region-as-kill body
8769@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-new} function
8770@findex kill-new
8771
8772@c in GNU Emacs 22, additional documentation to kill-new:
8773@ignore
8774Optional third arguments YANK-HANDLER controls how the STRING is later
8775inserted into a buffer; see `insert-for-yank' for details.
8776When a yank handler is specified, STRING must be non-empty (the yank
8777handler, if non-nil, is stored as a `yank-handler' text property on STRING).
8778
8779When the yank handler has a non-nil PARAM element, the original STRING
8780argument is not used by `insert-for-yank'. However, since Lisp code
8781may access and use elements from the kill ring directly, the STRING
8782argument should still be a \"useful\" string for such uses."
8783@end ignore
8784@need 1200
8785The @code{kill-new} function looks like this:
8786
8787@smallexample
8788@group
8789(defun kill-new (string &optional replace yank-handler)
8790 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8791Set `kill-ring-yank-pointer' to point to it.
8792
8793If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8794Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8795the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list.
8796@dots{}"
8797@end group
8798@group
8799 (if (> (length string) 0)
8800 (if yank-handler
8801 (put-text-property 0 (length string)
8802 'yank-handler yank-handler string))
8803 (if yank-handler
8804 (signal 'args-out-of-range
8805 (list string "yank-handler specified for empty string"))))
8806@end group
8807@group
8808 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8809 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8810@end group
8811@group
8812 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8813 (setcar kill-ring string)
8814 (push string kill-ring)
8815 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8816 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8817@end group
8818@group
8819 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8820 (if interprogram-cut-function
8821 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8822@end group
8823@end smallexample
8824@ignore
8825was:
8826(defun kill-new (string &optional replace)
8827 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8828Set the kill-ring-yank pointer to point to it.
8829If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8830Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8831the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list."
8832 (and (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8833 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8834 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8835 (setcar kill-ring string)
8836 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8837 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8838 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8839 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8840 (if interprogram-cut-function
8841 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8842@end ignore
8843
8844(Notice that the function is not interactive.)
8845
8846As usual, we can look at this function in parts.
8847
8848The function definition has an optional @code{yank-handler} argument,
8849which when invoked tells the function how to deal with properties
8850added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'. We will skip that.
8851
8852@need 1200
8853The first line of the documentation makes sense:
8854
8855@smallexample
8856Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8857@end smallexample
8858
8859@noindent
8860Let's skip over the rest of the documentation for the moment.
8861
8862@noindent
8863Also, let's skip over the initial @code{if} expression and those lines
8864of code involving @code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu}. We will explain
8865them below.
8866
8867@need 1200
8868The critical lines are these:
8869
8870@smallexample
8871@group
8872 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8873 ;; @r{then}
8874 (setcar kill-ring string)
8875@end group
8876@group
8877 ;; @r{else}
8878 (push string kill-ring)
8879@end group
8880@group
8881 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8882 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8883 ;; @r{avoid overly long kill ring}
8884 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8885@end group
8886@group
8887 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8888 (if interprogram-cut-function
8889 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8890@end group
8891@end smallexample
8892
8893The conditional test is @w{@code{(and replace kill-ring)}}.
8894This will be true when two conditions are met: the kill ring has
8895something in it, and the @code{replace} variable is true.
8896
8897@need 1250
8898When the @code{kill-append} function sets @code{replace} to be true
8899and when the kill ring has at least one item in it, the @code{setcar}
8900expression is executed:
8901
8902@smallexample
8903(setcar kill-ring string)
8904@end smallexample
8905
8906The @code{setcar} function actually changes the first element of the
8907@code{kill-ring} list to the value of @code{string}. It replaces the
8908first element.
8909
8910@need 1250
8911On the other hand, if the kill ring is empty, or replace is false, the
8912else-part of the condition is executed:
8913
8914@smallexample
8915(push string kill-ring)
8916@end smallexample
8917
8918@noindent
8919@need 1250
8920@code{push} puts its first argument onto the second. It is similar to
8921the older
8922
8923@smallexample
8924(setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8925@end smallexample
8926
8927@noindent
8928@need 1250
8929or the newer
8930
8931@smallexample
8932(add-to-list kill-ring string)
8933@end smallexample
8934
8935@noindent
8936When it is false, the expression first constructs a new version of the
8937kill ring by prepending @code{string} to the existing kill ring as a
8938new element (that is what the @code{push} does). Then it executes a
8939second @code{if} clause. This second @code{if} clause keeps the kill
8940ring from growing too long.
8941
8942Let's look at these two expressions in order.
8943
8944The @code{push} line of the else-part sets the new value of the kill
8945ring to what results from adding the string being killed to the old
8946kill ring.
8947
8948We can see how this works with an example.
8949
8950@need 800
8951First,
8952
8953@smallexample
8954(setq example-list '("here is a clause" "another clause"))
8955@end smallexample
8956
8957@need 1200
8958@noindent
8959After evaluating this expression with @kbd{C-x C-e}, you can evaluate
8960@code{example-list} and see what it returns:
8961
8962@smallexample
8963@group
8964example-list
8965 @result{} ("here is a clause" "another clause")
8966@end group
8967@end smallexample
8968
8969@need 1200
8970@noindent
8971Now, we can add a new element on to this list by evaluating the
8972following expression:
8973@findex push, @r{example}
8974
8975@smallexample
8976(push "a third clause" example-list)
8977@end smallexample
8978
8979@need 800
8980@noindent
8981When we evaluate @code{example-list}, we find its value is:
8982
8983@smallexample
8984@group
8985example-list
8986 @result{} ("a third clause" "here is a clause" "another clause")
8987@end group
8988@end smallexample
8989
8990@noindent
8991Thus, the third clause is added to the list by @code{push}.
8992
8993@need 1200
8994Now for the second part of the @code{if} clause. This expression
8995keeps the kill ring from growing too long. It looks like this:
8996
8997@smallexample
8998@group
8999(if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
9000 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil))
9001@end group
9002@end smallexample
9003
9004The code checks whether the length of the kill ring is greater than
9005the maximum permitted length. This is the value of
9006@code{kill-ring-max} (which is 60, by default). If the length of the
9007kill ring is too long, then this code sets the last element of the
9008kill ring to @code{nil}. It does this by using two functions,
9009@code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr}.
9010
9011We looked at @code{setcdr} earlier (@pxref{setcdr, , @code{setcdr}}).
9012It sets the @sc{cdr} of a list, just as @code{setcar} sets the
9013@sc{car} of a list. In this case, however, @code{setcdr} will not be
9014setting the @sc{cdr} of the whole kill ring; the @code{nthcdr}
9015function is used to cause it to set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last
9016element of the kill ring---this means that since the @sc{cdr} of the
9017next to last element is the last element of the kill ring, it will set
9018the last element of the kill ring.
9019
9020@findex nthcdr, @r{example}
9021The @code{nthcdr} function works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a
9022list---it takes the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr}
9023@dots{} It does this @var{N} times and returns the results.
9024(@xref{nthcdr, , @code{nthcdr}}.)
9025
9026@findex setcdr, @r{example}
9027Thus, if we had a four element list that was supposed to be three
9028elements long, we could set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last element
9029to @code{nil}, and thereby shorten the list. (If you set the last
9030element to some other value than @code{nil}, which you could do, then
9031you would not have shortened the list. @xref{setcdr, ,
9032@code{setcdr}}.)
9033
9034You can see shortening by evaluating the following three expressions
9035in turn. First set the value of @code{trees} to @code{(maple oak pine
9036birch)}, then set the @sc{cdr} of its second @sc{cdr} to @code{nil}
9037and then find the value of @code{trees}:
9038
9039@smallexample
9040@group
9041(setq trees '(maple oak pine birch))
9042 @result{} (maple oak pine birch)
9043@end group
9044
9045@group
9046(setcdr (nthcdr 2 trees) nil)
9047 @result{} nil
9048
9049trees
9050 @result{} (maple oak pine)
9051@end group
9052@end smallexample
9053
9054@noindent
9055(The value returned by the @code{setcdr} expression is @code{nil} since
9056that is what the @sc{cdr} is set to.)
9057
9058To repeat, in @code{kill-new}, the @code{nthcdr} function takes the
9059@sc{cdr} a number of times that is one less than the maximum permitted
9060size of the kill ring and @code{setcdr} sets the @sc{cdr} of that
9061element (which will be the rest of the elements in the kill ring) to
9062@code{nil}. This prevents the kill ring from growing too long.
9063
9064@need 800
9065The next to last expression in the @code{kill-new} function is
9066
9067@smallexample
9068(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
9069@end smallexample
9070
9071The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a global variable that is set to be
9072the @code{kill-ring}.
9073
9074Even though the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is called a
9075@samp{pointer}, it is a variable just like the kill ring. However, the
9076name has been chosen to help humans understand how the variable is used.
9077
9078@need 1200
9079Now, to return to an early expression in the body of the function:
9080
9081@smallexample
9082@group
9083 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
9084 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
9085@end group
9086@end smallexample
9087
9088@noindent
9089It starts with an @code{if} expression
9090
9091In this case, the expression tests first to see whether
9092@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} exists as a function, and if so,
9093calls it. The @code{fboundp} function returns true if the symbol it
9094is testing has a function definition that `is not void'. If the
9095symbol's function definition were void, we would receive an error
9096message, as we did when we created errors intentionally (@pxref{Making
9097Errors, , Generate an Error Message}).
9098
9099@noindent
9100The then-part contains an expression whose first element is the
9101function @code{and}.
9102
9103@findex and
9104The @code{and} special form evaluates each of its arguments until one
9105of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in which case the
9106@code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if none of the
9107arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value resulting from
9108evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such a value is not
9109@code{nil}, it is considered true in Emacs Lisp.) In other words, an
9110@code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its arguments
9111are true. (@xref{Second Buffer Related Review}.)
9112
9113The expression determines whether the second argument to
9114@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is true or not.
9115@ignore
9116 ;; If we're supposed to be extending an existing string, and that
9117 ;; string really is at the front of the menu, then update it in place.
9118@end ignore
9119
9120@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is one of the functions that make it
9121possible to use the `Select and Paste' menu in the Edit item of a menu
9122bar; using a mouse, you can look at the various pieces of text you
9123have saved and select one piece to paste.
9124
9125The last expression in the @code{kill-new} function adds the newly
9126copied string to whatever facility exists for copying and pasting
9127among different programs running in a windowing system. In the X
9128Windowing system, for example, the @code{x-select-text} function takes
9129the string and stores it in memory operated by X. You can paste the
9130string in another program, such as an Xterm.
9131
9132@need 1200
9133The expression looks like this:
9134
9135@smallexample
9136@group
9137 (if interprogram-cut-function
9138 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
9139@end group
9140@end smallexample
9141
9142If an @code{interprogram-cut-function} exists, then Emacs executes
9143@code{funcall}, which in turn calls its first argument as a function
9144and passes the remaining arguments to it. (Incidentally, as far as I
9145can see, this @code{if} expression could be replaced by an @code{and}
9146expression similar to the one in the first part of the function.)
9147
9148We are not going to discuss windowing systems and other programs
9149further, but merely note that this is a mechanism that enables GNU
9150Emacs to work easily and well with other programs.
9151
9152This code for placing text in the kill ring, either concatenated with
9153an existing element or as a new element, leads us to the code for
9154bringing back text that has been cut out of the buffer---the yank
9155commands. However, before discussing the yank commands, it is better
9156to learn how lists are implemented in a computer. This will make
9157clear such mysteries as the use of the term `pointer'. But before
9158that, we will digress into C.
9159
9160@ignore
9161@c is this true in Emacs 22? Does not seems to be
9162
9163 (If the @w{@code{(< end beg))}}
9164expression is true, @code{kill-append} prepends the string to the just
9165previously clipped text. For a detailed discussion, see
9166@ref{kill-append function, , The @code{kill-append} function}.)
9167
9168If you then yank back the text, i.e., `paste' it, you get both
9169pieces of text at once. That way, if you delete two words in a row,
9170and then yank them back, you get both words, in their proper order,
9171with one yank. (The @w{@code{(< end beg))}} expression makes sure the
9172order is correct.)
9173
9174On the other hand, if the previous command is not @code{kill-region},
9175then the @code{kill-new} function is called, which adds the text to
9176the kill ring as the latest item, and sets the
9177@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable to point to it.
9178@end ignore
9179@ignore
9180
9181@c Evidently, changed for Emacs 22. The zap-to-char command does not
9182@c use the delete-and-extract-region function
9183
91842006 Oct 26, the Digression into C is now OK but should come after
9185copy-region-as-kill and filter-buffer-substring
9186
91872006 Oct 24
9188In Emacs 22,
9189copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
9190filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
9191and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
9192delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
9193
9194see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9195@end ignore
9196
9197@node Digression into C, defvar, copy-region-as-kill, Cutting & Storing Text
9198@comment node-name, next, previous, up
9199@section Digression into C
9200@findex delete-and-extract-region
9201@cindex C, a digression into
9202@cindex Digression into C
9203
9204The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function (@pxref{copy-region-as-kill, ,
9205@code{copy-region-as-kill}}) uses the @code{filter-buffer-substring}
9206function, which in turn uses the @code{delete-and-extract-region}
9207function. It removes the contents of a region and you cannot get them
9208back.
9209
9210Unlike the other code discussed here, the
9211@code{delete-and-extract-region} function is not written in Emacs
9212Lisp; it is written in C and is one of the primitives of the GNU Emacs
9213system. Since it is very simple, I will digress briefly from Lisp and
9214describe it here.
9215
9216@c GNU Emacs 22 in /usr/local/src/emacs/src/editfns.c
9217@c the DEFUN for buffer-substring-no-properties
9218
9219@need 1500
9220Like many of the other Emacs primitives,
9221@code{delete-and-extract-region} is written as an instance of a C
9222macro, a macro being a template for code. The complete macro looks
9223like this:
9224
9225@smallexample
9226@group
9227DEFUN ("buffer-substring-no-properties", Fbuffer_substring_no_properties,
9228 Sbuffer_substring_no_properties, 2, 2, 0,
9229 doc: /* Return the characters of part of the buffer,
9230without the text properties.
9231The two arguments START and END are character positions;
9232they can be in either order. */)
9233 (start, end)
9234 Lisp_Object start, end;
9235@{
9236 register int b, e;
9237
9238 validate_region (&start, &end);
9239 b = XINT (start);
9240 e = XINT (end);
9241
9242 return make_buffer_string (b, e, 0);
9243@}
9244@end group
9245@end smallexample
9246
9247Without going into the details of the macro writing process, let me
9248point out that this macro starts with the word @code{DEFUN}. The word
9249@code{DEFUN} was chosen since the code serves the same purpose as
9250@code{defun} does in Lisp. (The @code{DEFUN} C macro is defined in
9251@file{emacs/src/lisp.h}.)
9252
9253The word @code{DEFUN} is followed by seven parts inside of
9254parentheses:
9255
9256@itemize @bullet
9257@item
9258The first part is the name given to the function in Lisp,
9259@code{delete-and-extract-region}.
9260
9261@item
9262The second part is the name of the function in C,
9263@code{Fdelete_and_extract_region}. By convention, it starts with
9264@samp{F}. Since C does not use hyphens in names, underscores are used
9265instead.
9266
9267@item
9268The third part is the name for the C constant structure that records
9269information on this function for internal use. It is the name of the
9270function in C but begins with an @samp{S} instead of an @samp{F}.
9271
9272@item
9273The fourth and fifth parts specify the minimum and maximum number of
9274arguments the function can have. This function demands exactly 2
9275arguments.
9276
9277@item
9278The sixth part is nearly like the argument that follows the
9279@code{interactive} declaration in a function written in Lisp: a letter
9280followed, perhaps, by a prompt. The only difference from the Lisp is
9281when the macro is called with no arguments. Then you write a @code{0}
9282(which is a `null string'), as in this macro.
9283
9284If you were to specify arguments, you would place them between
9285quotation marks. The C macro for @code{goto-char} includes
9286@code{"NGoto char: "} in this position to indicate that the function
9287expects a raw prefix, in this case, a numerical location in a buffer,
9288and provides a prompt.
9289
9290@item
9291The seventh part is a documentation string, just like the one for a
9292function written in Emacs Lisp, except that every newline must be
9293written explicitly as @samp{\n} followed by a backslash and carriage
9294return.
9295
9296@need 1000
9297Thus, the first two lines of documentation for @code{goto-char} are
9298written like this:
9299
9300@smallexample
9301@group
9302 "Set point to POSITION, a number or marker.\n\
9303Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max)."
9304@end group
9305@end smallexample
9306@end itemize
9307
9308@need 1200
9309In a C macro, the formal parameters come next, with a statement of
9310what kind of object they are, followed by what might be called the `body'
9311of the macro. For @code{delete-and-extract-region} the `body'
9312consists of the following four lines:
9313
9314@smallexample
9315@group
9316validate_region (&start, &end);
9317if (XINT (start) == XINT (end))
9318 return build_string ("");
9319return del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9320@end group
9321@end smallexample
9322
9323The @code{validate_region} function checks whether the values
9324passed as the beginning and end of the region are the proper type and
9325are within range. If the beginning and end positions are the same,
9326then return and empty string.
9327
9328The @code{del_range_1} function actually deletes the text. It is a
9329complex function we will not look into. It updates the buffer and
9330does other things. However, it is worth looking at the two arguments
9331passed to @code{del_range}. These are @w{@code{XINT (start)}} and
9332@w{@code{XINT (end)}}.
9333
9334As far as the C language is concerned, @code{start} and @code{end} are
9335two integers that mark the beginning and end of the region to be
9336deleted@footnote{More precisely, and requiring more expert knowledge
9337to understand, the two integers are of type `Lisp_Object', which can
9338also be a C union instead of an integer type.}.
9339
9340In early versions of Emacs, these two numbers were thirty-two bits
9341long, but the code is slowly being generalized to handle other
9342lengths. Three of the available bits are used to specify the type of
9343information; the remaining bits are used as `content'.
9344
9345@samp{XINT} is a C macro that extracts the relevant number from the
9346longer collection of bits; the three other bits are discarded.
9347
9348@need 800
9349The command in @code{delete-and-extract-region} looks like this:
9350
9351@smallexample
9352del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9353@end smallexample
9354
9355@noindent
9356It deletes the region between the beginning position, @code{start},
9357and the ending position, @code{end}.
9358
9359From the point of view of the person writing Lisp, Emacs is all very
9360simple; but hidden underneath is a great deal of complexity to make it
9361all work.
9362
9363@node defvar, cons & search-fwd Review, Digression into C, Cutting & Storing Text
9364@comment node-name, next, previous, up
9365@section Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9366@findex defvar
9367@cindex Initializing a variable
9368@cindex Variable initialization
9369
9370@ignore
93712006 Oct 24
9372In Emacs 22,
9373copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
9374filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
9375and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
9376delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
9377
9378see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9379
9380@end ignore
9381
9382The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function is written in Emacs Lisp. Two
9383functions within it, @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new}, copy a
9384region in a buffer and save it in a variable called the
9385@code{kill-ring}. This section describes how the @code{kill-ring}
9386variable is created and initialized using the @code{defvar} special
9387form.
9388
9389(Again we note that the term @code{kill-ring} is a misnomer. The text
9390that is clipped out of the buffer can be brought back; it is not a ring
9391of corpses, but a ring of resurrectable text.)
9392
9393In Emacs Lisp, a variable such as the @code{kill-ring} is created and
9394given an initial value by using the @code{defvar} special form. The
9395name comes from ``define variable''.
9396
9397The @code{defvar} special form is similar to @code{setq} in that it sets
9398the value of a variable. It is unlike @code{setq} in two ways: first,
9399it only sets the value of the variable if the variable does not already
9400have a value. If the variable already has a value, @code{defvar} does
9401not override the existing value. Second, @code{defvar} has a
9402documentation string.
9403
9404(Another special form, @code{defcustom}, is designed for variables
9405that people customize. It has more features than @code{defvar}.
9406(@xref{defcustom, , Setting Variables with @code{defcustom}}.)
9407
9408@menu
9409* See variable current value::
9410* defvar and asterisk::
9411@end menu
9412
9413@node See variable current value, defvar and asterisk, defvar, defvar
9414@ifnottex
9415@unnumberedsubsec Seeing the Current Value of a Variable
9416@end ifnottex
9417
9418You can see the current value of a variable, any variable, by using
9419the @code{describe-variable} function, which is usually invoked by
9420typing @kbd{C-h v}. If you type @kbd{C-h v} and then @code{kill-ring}
9421(followed by @key{RET}) when prompted, you will see what is in your
9422current kill ring---this may be quite a lot! Conversely, if you have
9423been doing nothing this Emacs session except read this document, you
9424may have nothing in it. Also, you will see the documentation for
9425@code{kill-ring}:
9426
9427@smallexample
9428@group
9429Documentation:
9430List of killed text sequences.
9431Since the kill ring is supposed to interact nicely with cut-and-paste
9432facilities offered by window systems, use of this variable should
9433@end group
9434@group
9435interact nicely with `interprogram-cut-function' and
9436`interprogram-paste-function'. The functions `kill-new',
9437`kill-append', and `current-kill' are supposed to implement this
9438interaction; you may want to use them instead of manipulating the kill
9439ring directly.
9440@end group
9441@end smallexample
9442
9443@need 800
9444The kill ring is defined by a @code{defvar} in the following way:
9445
9446@smallexample
9447@group
9448(defvar kill-ring nil
9449 "List of killed text sequences.
9450@dots{}")
9451@end group
9452@end smallexample
9453
9454@noindent
9455In this variable definition, the variable is given an initial value of
9456@code{nil}, which makes sense, since if you have saved nothing, you want
9457nothing back if you give a @code{yank} command. The documentation
9458string is written just like the documentation string of a @code{defun}.
9459As with the documentation string of the @code{defun}, the first line of
9460the documentation should be a complete sentence, since some commands,
9461like @code{apropos}, print only the first line of documentation.
9462Succeeding lines should not be indented; otherwise they look odd when
9463you use @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}).
9464
9465@node defvar and asterisk, , See variable current value, defvar
9466@subsection @code{defvar} and an asterisk
9467@findex defvar @r{for a user customizable variable}
9468@findex defvar @r{with an asterisk}
9469
9470In the past, Emacs used the @code{defvar} special form both for
9471internal variables that you would not expect a user to change and for
9472variables that you do expect a user to change. Although you can still
9473use @code{defvar} for user customizable variables, please use
9474@code{defcustom} instead, since that special form provides a path into
9475the Customization commands. (@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables
9476using @code{defcustom}}.)
9477
9478When you specified a variable using the @code{defvar} special form,
943157cf
GM
9479you could distinguish a variable that a user might want to change from
9480others by typing an asterisk, @samp{*}, in the first column of its
9481documentation string. For example:
8cda6f8f
GM
9482
9483@smallexample
9484@group
9485(defvar shell-command-default-error-buffer nil
9486 "*Buffer name for `shell-command' @dots{} error output.
9487@dots{} ")
9488@end group
9489@end smallexample
9490
9491@findex set-variable
9492@noindent
9493You could (and still can) use the @code{set-variable} command to
9494change the value of @code{shell-command-default-error-buffer}
9495temporarily. However, options set using @code{set-variable} are set
9496only for the duration of your editing session. The new values are not
9497saved between sessions. Each time Emacs starts, it reads the original
9498value, unless you change the value within your @file{.emacs} file,
9499either by setting it manually or by using @code{customize}.
9500@xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
9501
9502For me, the major use of the @code{set-variable} command is to suggest
9503variables that I might want to set in my @file{.emacs} file. There
9504are now more than 700 such variables --- far too many to remember
9505readily. Fortunately, you can press @key{TAB} after calling the
9506@code{M-x set-variable} command to see the list of variables.
9507(@xref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs,
9508The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
9509
9510@need 1250
9511@node cons & search-fwd Review, search Exercises, defvar, Cutting & Storing Text
9512@comment node-name, next, previous, up
9513@section Review
9514
9515Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
9516
9517@table @code
9518@item car
9519@itemx cdr
9520@code{car} returns the first element of a list; @code{cdr} returns the
9521second and subsequent elements of a list.
9522
9523@need 1250
9524For example:
9525
9526@smallexample
9527@group
9528(car '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9529 @result{} 1
9530(cdr '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9531 @result{} (2 3 4 5 6 7)
9532@end group
9533@end smallexample
9534
9535@item cons
9536@code{cons} constructs a list by prepending its first argument to its
9537second argument.
9538
9539@need 1250
9540For example:
9541
9542@smallexample
9543@group
9544(cons 1 '(2 3 4))
9545 @result{} (1 2 3 4)
9546@end group
9547@end smallexample
9548
9549@item funcall
9550@code{funcall} evaluates its first argument as a function. It passes
9551its remaining arguments to its first argument.
9552
9553@item nthcdr
9554Return the result of taking @sc{cdr} `n' times on a list.
9555@iftex
9556The
9557@tex
9558$n^{th}$
9559@end tex
9560@code{cdr}.
9561@end iftex
9562The `rest of the rest', as it were.
9563
9564@need 1250
9565For example:
9566
9567@smallexample
9568@group
9569(nthcdr 3 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9570 @result{} (4 5 6 7)
9571@end group
9572@end smallexample
9573
9574@item setcar
9575@itemx setcdr
9576@code{setcar} changes the first element of a list; @code{setcdr}
9577changes the second and subsequent elements of a list.
9578
9579@need 1250
9580For example:
9581
9582@smallexample
9583@group
9584(setq triple '(1 2 3))
9585
9586(setcar triple '37)
9587
9588triple
9589 @result{} (37 2 3)
9590
9591(setcdr triple '("foo" "bar"))
9592
9593triple
9594 @result{} (37 "foo" "bar")
9595@end group
9596@end smallexample
9597
9598@item progn
9599Evaluate each argument in sequence and then return the value of the
9600last.
9601
9602@need 1250
9603For example:
9604
9605@smallexample
9606@group
9607(progn 1 2 3 4)
9608 @result{} 4
9609@end group
9610@end smallexample
9611
9612@item save-restriction
9613Record whatever narrowing is in effect in the current buffer, if any,
9614and restore that narrowing after evaluating the arguments.
9615
9616@item search-forward
9617Search for a string, and if the string is found, move point. With a
9618regular expression, use the similar @code{re-search-forward}.
9619(@xref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, for an
9620explanation of regular expression patterns and searches.)
9621
9622@need 1250
9623@noindent
9624@code{search-forward} and @code{re-search-forward} take four
9625arguments:
9626
9627@enumerate
9628@item
9629The string or regular expression to search for.
9630
9631@item
9632Optionally, the limit of the search.
9633
9634@item
9635Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
9636error message.
9637
9638@item
9639Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
9640search goes backwards.
9641@end enumerate
9642
9643@item kill-region
9644@itemx delete-and-extract-region
9645@itemx copy-region-as-kill
9646
9647@code{kill-region} cuts the text between point and mark from the
9648buffer and stores that text in the kill ring, so you can get it back
9649by yanking.
9650
9651@code{copy-region-as-kill} copies the text between point and mark into
9652the kill ring, from which you can get it by yanking. The function
9653does not cut or remove the text from the buffer.
9654@end table
9655
9656@code{delete-and-extract-region} removes the text between point and
9657mark from the buffer and throws it away. You cannot get it back.
9658(This is not an interactive command.)
9659
9660@need 1500
9661@node search Exercises, , cons & search-fwd Review, Cutting & Storing Text
9662@section Searching Exercises
9663
9664@itemize @bullet
9665@item
9666Write an interactive function that searches for a string. If the
9667search finds the string, leave point after it and display a message
9668that says ``Found!''. (Do not use @code{search-forward} for the name
9669of this function; if you do, you will overwrite the existing version of
9670@code{search-forward} that comes with Emacs. Use a name such as
9671@code{test-search} instead.)
9672
9673@item
9674Write a function that prints the third element of the kill ring in the
9675echo area, if any; if the kill ring does not contain a third element,
9676print an appropriate message.
9677@end itemize
9678
9679@node List Implementation, Yanking, Cutting & Storing Text, Top
9680@comment node-name, next, previous, up
9681@chapter How Lists are Implemented
9682@cindex Lists in a computer
9683
9684In Lisp, atoms are recorded in a straightforward fashion; if the
9685implementation is not straightforward in practice, it is, nonetheless,
9686straightforward in theory. The atom @samp{rose}, for example, is
9687recorded as the four contiguous letters @samp{r}, @samp{o}, @samp{s},
9688@samp{e}. A list, on the other hand, is kept differently. The mechanism
9689is equally simple, but it takes a moment to get used to the idea. A
9690list is kept using a series of pairs of pointers. In the series, the
9691first pointer in each pair points to an atom or to another list, and the
9692second pointer in each pair points to the next pair, or to the symbol
9693@code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9694
9695A pointer itself is quite simply the electronic address of what is
9696pointed to. Hence, a list is kept as a series of electronic addresses.
9697
9698@menu
9699* Lists diagrammed::
9700* Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
9701* List Exercise::
9702@end menu
9703
9704@node Lists diagrammed, Symbols as Chest, List Implementation, List Implementation
9705@ifnottex
9706@unnumberedsec Lists diagrammed
9707@end ifnottex
9708
9709For example, the list @code{(rose violet buttercup)} has three elements,
9710@samp{rose}, @samp{violet}, and @samp{buttercup}. In the computer, the
9711electronic address of @samp{rose} is recorded in a segment of computer
9712memory along with the address that gives the electronic address of where
9713the atom @samp{violet} is located; and that address (the one that tells
9714where @samp{violet} is located) is kept along with an address that tells
9715where the address for the atom @samp{buttercup} is located.
9716
9717@need 1200
9718This sounds more complicated than it is and is easier seen in a diagram:
9719
9720@c clear print-postscript-figures
9721@c !!! cons-cell-diagram #1
9722@ifnottex
9723@smallexample
9724@group
9725 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9726 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9727 | | |
9728 | | |
9729 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9730@end group
9731@end smallexample
9732@end ifnottex
9733@ifset print-postscript-figures
9734@sp 1
9735@tex
9736@center @image{cons-1}
9737%%%% old method of including an image
9738% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9739% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-1.eps}}
9740% \catcode`\@=0 %
9741@end tex
9742@sp 1
9743@end ifset
9744@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9745@iftex
9746@smallexample
9747@group
9748 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9749 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9750 | | |
9751 | | |
9752 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9753@end group
9754@end smallexample
9755@end iftex
9756@end ifclear
9757
9758@noindent
9759In the diagram, each box represents a word of computer memory that
9760holds a Lisp object, usually in the form of a memory address. The boxes,
9761i.e.@: the addresses, are in pairs. Each arrow points to what the address
9762is the address of, either an atom or another pair of addresses. The
9763first box is the electronic address of @samp{rose} and the arrow points
9764to @samp{rose}; the second box is the address of the next pair of boxes,
9765the first part of which is the address of @samp{violet} and the second
9766part of which is the address of the next pair. The very last box
9767points to the symbol @code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9768
9769@need 1200
9770When a variable is set to a list with a function such as @code{setq},
9771it stores the address of the first box in the variable. Thus,
9772evaluation of the expression
9773
9774@smallexample
9775(setq bouquet '(rose violet buttercup))
9776@end smallexample
9777
9778@need 1250
9779@noindent
9780creates a situation like this:
9781
9782@c cons-cell-diagram #2
9783@ifnottex
9784@smallexample
9785@group
9786bouquet
9787 |
9788 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9789 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9790 | | |
9791 | | |
9792 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9793@end group
9794@end smallexample
9795@end ifnottex
9796@ifset print-postscript-figures
9797@sp 1
9798@tex
9799@center @image{cons-2}
9800%%%% old method of including an image
9801% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9802% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-2.eps}}
9803% \catcode`\@=0 %
9804@end tex
9805@sp 1
9806@end ifset
9807@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9808@iftex
9809@smallexample
9810@group
9811bouquet
9812 |
9813 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9814 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9815 | | |
9816 | | |
9817 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9818@end group
9819@end smallexample
9820@end iftex
9821@end ifclear
9822
9823@noindent
9824In this example, the symbol @code{bouquet} holds the address of the first
9825pair of boxes.
9826
9827@need 1200
9828This same list can be illustrated in a different sort of box notation
9829like this:
9830
9831@c cons-cell-diagram #2a
9832@ifnottex
9833@smallexample
9834@group
9835bouquet
9836 |
9837 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9838 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9839 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9840 | | | | | | | cup | |
9841 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9842@end group
9843@end smallexample
9844@end ifnottex
9845@ifset print-postscript-figures
9846@sp 1
9847@tex
9848@center @image{cons-2a}
9849%%%% old method of including an image
9850% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9851% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-2a.eps}}
9852% \catcode`\@=0 %
9853@end tex
9854@sp 1
9855@end ifset
9856@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9857@iftex
9858@smallexample
9859@group
9860bouquet
9861 |
9862 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9863 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9864 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9865 | | | | | | | cup | |
9866 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9867@end group
9868@end smallexample
9869@end iftex
9870@end ifclear
9871
9872(Symbols consist of more than pairs of addresses, but the structure of
9873a symbol is made up of addresses. Indeed, the symbol @code{bouquet}
9874consists of a group of address-boxes, one of which is the address of
9875the printed word @samp{bouquet}, a second of which is the address of a
9876function definition attached to the symbol, if any, a third of which
9877is the address of the first pair of address-boxes for the list
9878@code{(rose violet buttercup)}, and so on. Here we are showing that
9879the symbol's third address-box points to the first pair of
9880address-boxes for the list.)
9881
9882If a symbol is set to the @sc{cdr} of a list, the list itself is not
9883changed; the symbol simply has an address further down the list. (In
9884the jargon, @sc{car} and @sc{cdr} are `non-destructive'.) Thus,
9885evaluation of the following expression
9886
9887@smallexample
9888(setq flowers (cdr bouquet))
9889@end smallexample
9890
9891@need 800
9892@noindent
9893produces this:
9894
9895@c cons-cell-diagram #3
9896@ifnottex
9897@sp 1
9898@smallexample
9899@group
9900bouquet flowers
9901 | |
9902 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9903 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9904 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9905 | | |
9906 | | |
9907 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9908@end group
9909@end smallexample
9910@sp 1
9911@end ifnottex
9912@ifset print-postscript-figures
9913@sp 1
9914@tex
9915@center @image{cons-3}
9916%%%% old method of including an image
9917% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9918% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-3.eps}}
9919% \catcode`\@=0 %
9920@end tex
9921@sp 1
9922@end ifset
9923@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9924@iftex
9925@sp 1
9926@smallexample
9927@group
9928bouquet flowers
9929 | |
9930 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9931 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9932 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9933 | | |
9934 | | |
9935 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9936@end group
9937@end smallexample
9938@sp 1
9939@end iftex
9940@end ifclear
9941
9942@noindent
9943The value of @code{flowers} is @code{(violet buttercup)}, which is
9944to say, the symbol @code{flowers} holds the address of the pair of
9945address-boxes, the first of which holds the address of @code{violet},
9946and the second of which holds the address of @code{buttercup}.
9947
9948A pair of address-boxes is called a @dfn{cons cell} or @dfn{dotted
9949pair}. @xref{Cons Cell Type, , Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
9950Reference Manual}, and @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted Pair
9951Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
9952information about cons cells and dotted pairs.
9953
9954@need 1200
9955The function @code{cons} adds a new pair of addresses to the front of
9956a series of addresses like that shown above. For example, evaluating
9957the expression
9958
9959@smallexample
9960(setq bouquet (cons 'lily bouquet))
9961@end smallexample
9962
9963@need 1500
9964@noindent
9965produces:
9966
9967@c cons-cell-diagram #4
9968@ifnottex
9969@sp 1
9970@smallexample
9971@group
9972bouquet flowers
9973 | |
9974 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9975 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9976 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9977 | | | |
9978 | | | |
9979 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9980@end group
9981@end smallexample
9982@sp 1
9983@end ifnottex
9984@ifset print-postscript-figures
9985@sp 1
9986@tex
9987@center @image{cons-4}
9988%%%% old method of including an image
9989% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9990% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-4.eps}}
9991% \catcode`\@=0 %
9992@end tex
9993@sp 1
9994@end ifset
9995@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9996@iftex
9997@sp 1
9998@smallexample
9999@group
10000bouquet flowers
10001 | |
10002 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10003 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
10004 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
10005 | | | |
10006 | | | |
10007 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
10008@end group
10009@end smallexample
10010@sp 1
10011@end iftex
10012@end ifclear
10013
10014@need 1200
10015@noindent
10016However, this does not change the value of the symbol
10017@code{flowers}, as you can see by evaluating the following,
10018
10019@smallexample
10020(eq (cdr (cdr bouquet)) flowers)
10021@end smallexample
10022
10023@noindent
10024which returns @code{t} for true.
10025
10026Until it is reset, @code{flowers} still has the value
10027@code{(violet buttercup)}; that is, it has the address of the cons
10028cell whose first address is of @code{violet}. Also, this does not
10029alter any of the pre-existing cons cells; they are all still there.
10030
10031Thus, in Lisp, to get the @sc{cdr} of a list, you just get the address
10032of the next cons cell in the series; to get the @sc{car} of a list,
10033you get the address of the first element of the list; to @code{cons} a
10034new element on a list, you add a new cons cell to the front of the list.
10035That is all there is to it! The underlying structure of Lisp is
10036brilliantly simple!
10037
10038And what does the last address in a series of cons cells refer to? It
10039is the address of the empty list, of @code{nil}.
10040
10041In summary, when a Lisp variable is set to a value, it is provided with
10042the address of the list to which the variable refers.
10043
10044@node Symbols as Chest, List Exercise, Lists diagrammed, List Implementation
10045@section Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
10046@cindex Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
10047@cindex Chest of Drawers, metaphor for a symbol
10048@cindex Drawers, Chest of, metaphor for a symbol
10049
10050In an earlier section, I suggested that you might imagine a symbol as
10051being a chest of drawers. The function definition is put in one
10052drawer, the value in another, and so on. What is put in the drawer
10053holding the value can be changed without affecting the contents of the
10054drawer holding the function definition, and vice-verse.
10055
10056Actually, what is put in each drawer is the address of the value or
10057function definition. It is as if you found an old chest in the attic,
10058and in one of its drawers you found a map giving you directions to
10059where the buried treasure lies.
10060
10061(In addition to its name, symbol definition, and variable value, a
10062symbol has a `drawer' for a @dfn{property list} which can be used to
10063record other information. Property lists are not discussed here; see
10064@ref{Property Lists, , Property Lists, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
10065Reference Manual}.)
10066
10067@need 1500
10068Here is a fanciful representation:
10069
10070@c chest-of-drawers diagram
10071@ifnottex
10072@sp 1
10073@smallexample
10074@group
10075 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
10076
10077 __ o0O0o __
10078 / \
10079 ---------------------
10080 | directions to | [map to]
10081 | symbol name | bouquet
10082 | |
10083 +---------------------+
10084 | directions to |
10085 | symbol definition | [none]
10086 | |
10087 +---------------------+
10088 | directions to | [map to]
10089 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
10090 | |
10091 +---------------------+
10092 | directions to |
10093 | property list | [not described here]
10094 | |
10095 +---------------------+
10096 |/ \|
10097@end group
10098@end smallexample
10099@sp 1
10100@end ifnottex
10101@ifset print-postscript-figures
10102@sp 1
10103@tex
10104@center @image{drawers}
10105%%%% old method of including an image
10106% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
10107% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/drawers.eps}}
10108% \catcode`\@=0 %
10109@end tex
10110@sp 1
10111@end ifset
10112@ifclear print-postscript-figures
10113@iftex
10114@sp 1
10115@smallexample
10116@group
10117 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
10118
10119 __ o0O0o __
10120 / \
10121 ---------------------
10122 | directions to | [map to]
10123 | symbol name | bouquet
10124 | |
10125 +---------------------+
10126 | directions to |
10127 | symbol definition | [none]
10128 | |
10129 +---------------------+
10130 | directions to | [map to]
10131 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
10132 | |
10133 +---------------------+
10134 | directions to |
10135 | property list | [not described here]
10136 | |
10137 +---------------------+
10138 |/ \|
10139@end group
10140@end smallexample
10141@sp 1
10142@end iftex
10143@end ifclear
10144
10145@node List Exercise, , Symbols as Chest, List Implementation
10146@section Exercise
10147
10148Set @code{flowers} to @code{violet} and @code{buttercup}. Cons two
10149more flowers on to this list and set this new list to
10150@code{more-flowers}. Set the @sc{car} of @code{flowers} to a fish.
10151What does the @code{more-flowers} list now contain?
10152
10153@node Yanking, Loops & Recursion, List Implementation, Top
10154@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10155@chapter Yanking Text Back
10156@findex yank
10157@cindex Text retrieval
10158@cindex Retrieving text
10159@cindex Pasting text
10160
10161Whenever you cut text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in GNU Emacs,
10162you can bring it back with a `yank' command. The text that is cut out of
10163the buffer is put in the kill ring and the yank commands insert the
10164appropriate contents of the kill ring back into a buffer (not necessarily
10165the original buffer).
10166
10167A simple @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) command inserts the first item from
10168the kill ring into the current buffer. If the @kbd{C-y} command is
10169followed immediately by @kbd{M-y}, the first element is replaced by
10170the second element. Successive @kbd{M-y} commands replace the second
10171element with the third, fourth, or fifth element, and so on. When the
10172last element in the kill ring is reached, it is replaced by the first
10173element and the cycle is repeated. (Thus the kill ring is called a
10174`ring' rather than just a `list'. However, the actual data structure
10175that holds the text is a list.
10176@xref{Kill Ring, , Handling the Kill Ring}, for the details of how the
10177list is handled as a ring.)
10178
10179@menu
10180* Kill Ring Overview::
10181* kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
10182* yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
10183@end menu
10184
10185@node Kill Ring Overview, kill-ring-yank-pointer, Yanking, Yanking
10186@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10187@section Kill Ring Overview
10188@cindex Kill ring overview
10189
10190The kill ring is a list of textual strings. This is what it looks like:
10191
10192@smallexample
10193("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
10194@end smallexample
10195
10196If this were the contents of my kill ring and I pressed @kbd{C-y}, the
10197string of characters saying @samp{some text} would be inserted in this
10198buffer where my cursor is located.
10199
10200The @code{yank} command is also used for duplicating text by copying it.
10201The copied text is not cut from the buffer, but a copy of it is put on the
10202kill ring and is inserted by yanking it back.
10203
10204Three functions are used for bringing text back from the kill ring:
10205@code{yank}, which is usually bound to @kbd{C-y}; @code{yank-pop},
10206which is usually bound to @kbd{M-y}; and @code{rotate-yank-pointer},
10207which is used by the two other functions.
10208
10209These functions refer to the kill ring through a variable called the
10210@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. Indeed, the insertion code for both the
10211@code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} functions is:
10212
10213@smallexample
10214(insert (car kill-ring-yank-pointer))
10215@end smallexample
10216
10217@noindent
10218(Well, no more. In GNU Emacs 22, the function has been replaced by
10219@code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{insert-for-yank-1}
10220repetitively for each @code{yank-handler} segment. In turn,
10221@code{insert-for-yank-1} strips text properties from the inserted text
10222according to @code{yank-excluded-properties}. Otherwise, it is just
10223like @code{insert}. We will stick with plain @code{insert} since it
10224is easier to understand.)
10225
10226To begin to understand how @code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} work, it is
10227first necessary to look at the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
10228
10229@node kill-ring-yank-pointer, yank nthcdr Exercises, Kill Ring Overview, Yanking
10230@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10231@section The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} Variable
10232
10233@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a variable, just as @code{kill-ring} is
10234a variable. It points to something by being bound to the value of what
10235it points to, like any other Lisp variable.
10236
10237@need 1000
10238Thus, if the value of the kill ring is:
10239
10240@smallexample
10241("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
10242@end smallexample
10243
10244@need 1250
10245@noindent
10246and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points to the second clause, the
10247value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is:
10248
10249@smallexample
10250("a different piece of text" "yet more text")
10251@end smallexample
10252
10253As explained in the previous chapter (@pxref{List Implementation}), the
10254computer does not keep two different copies of the text being pointed to
10255by both the @code{kill-ring} and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. The
10256words ``a different piece of text'' and ``yet more text'' are not
10257duplicated. Instead, the two Lisp variables point to the same pieces of
10258text. Here is a diagram:
10259
10260@c cons-cell-diagram #5
10261@ifnottex
10262@smallexample
10263@group
10264kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10265 | |
10266 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10267 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10268 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10269 | | |
10270 | | |
10271 | | --> "yet more text"
10272 | |
10273 | --> "a different piece of text"
10274 |
10275 --> "some text"
10276@end group
10277@end smallexample
10278@sp 1
10279@end ifnottex
10280@ifset print-postscript-figures
10281@sp 1
10282@tex
10283@center @image{cons-5}
10284%%%% old method of including an image
10285% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
10286% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-5.eps}}
10287% \catcode`\@=0 %
10288@end tex
10289@sp 1
10290@end ifset
10291@ifclear print-postscript-figures
10292@iftex
10293@smallexample
10294@group
10295kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10296 | |
10297 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10298 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10299 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10300 | | |
10301 | | |
10302 | | --> "yet more text"
10303 | |
10304 | --> "a different piece of text
10305 |
10306 --> "some text"
10307@end group
10308@end smallexample
10309@sp 1
10310@end iftex
10311@end ifclear
10312
10313Both the variable @code{kill-ring} and the variable
10314@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} are pointers. But the kill ring itself is
10315usually described as if it were actually what it is composed of. The
10316@code{kill-ring} is spoken of as if it were the list rather than that it
10317points to the list. Conversely, the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is
10318spoken of as pointing to a list.
10319
10320These two ways of talking about the same thing sound confusing at first but
10321make sense on reflection. The kill ring is generally thought of as the
10322complete structure of data that holds the information of what has recently
10323been cut out of the Emacs buffers. The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
10324on the other hand, serves to indicate---that is, to `point to'---that part
10325of the kill ring of which the first element (the @sc{car}) will be
10326inserted.
10327
10328@ignore
10329In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{kill-new} function calls
10330
10331@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)}
10332
10333(defun rotate-yank-pointer (arg)
10334 "Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring.
10335With argument, rotate that many kills forward (or backward, if negative)."
10336 (interactive "p")
10337 (current-kill arg))
10338
10339(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
10340 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
10341If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
10342returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
10343kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
10344If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
10345yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
10346 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
10347 interprogram-paste-function
10348 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
10349 (if interprogram-paste
10350 (progn
10351 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
10352 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
10353 ;; selection, with identical text.
10354 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
10355 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
10356 interprogram-paste)
10357 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
10358 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
10359 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
10360 (length kill-ring))
10361 kill-ring)))
10362 (or do-not-move
10363 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
10364 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
10365
10366@end ignore
10367
10368@need 1500
10369@node yank nthcdr Exercises, , kill-ring-yank-pointer, Yanking
10370@section Exercises with @code{yank} and @code{nthcdr}
10371
10372@itemize @bullet
10373@item
10374Using @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}), look at the value of
10375your kill ring. Add several items to your kill ring; look at its
10376value again. Using @kbd{M-y} (@code{yank-pop)}, move all the way
10377around the kill ring. How many items were in your kill ring? Find
10378the value of @code{kill-ring-max}. Was your kill ring full, or could
10379you have kept more blocks of text within it?
10380
10381@item
10382Using @code{nthcdr} and @code{car}, construct a series of expressions
10383to return the first, second, third, and fourth elements of a list.
10384@end itemize
10385
10386@node Loops & Recursion, Regexp Search, Yanking, Top
10387@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10388@chapter Loops and Recursion
10389@cindex Loops and recursion
10390@cindex Recursion and loops
10391@cindex Repetition (loops)
10392
10393Emacs Lisp has two primary ways to cause an expression, or a series of
10394expressions, to be evaluated repeatedly: one uses a @code{while}
10395loop, and the other uses @dfn{recursion}.
10396
10397Repetition can be very valuable. For example, to move forward four
10398sentences, you need only write a program that will move forward one
10399sentence and then repeat the process four times. Since a computer does
10400not get bored or tired, such repetitive action does not have the
10401deleterious effects that excessive or the wrong kinds of repetition can
10402have on humans.
10403
10404People mostly write Emacs Lisp functions using @code{while} loops and
10405their kin; but you can use recursion, which provides a very powerful
10406way to think about and then to solve problems@footnote{You can write
10407recursive functions to be frugal or wasteful of mental or computer
10408resources; as it happens, methods that people find easy---that are
10409frugal of `mental resources'---sometimes use considerable computer
10410resources. Emacs was designed to run on machines that we now consider
10411limited and its default settings are conservative. You may want to
10412increase the values of @code{max-specpdl-size} and
10413@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}. In my @file{.emacs} file, I set them to
1041415 and 30 times their default value.}.
10415
10416@menu
10417* while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
10418* dolist dotimes::
10419* Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
10420* Looping exercise::
10421@end menu
10422
10423@node while, dolist dotimes, Loops & Recursion, Loops & Recursion
10424@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10425@section @code{while}
10426@cindex Loops
10427@findex while
10428
10429The @code{while} special form tests whether the value returned by
10430evaluating its first argument is true or false. This is similar to what
10431the Lisp interpreter does with an @code{if}; what the interpreter does
10432next, however, is different.
10433
10434In a @code{while} expression, if the value returned by evaluating the
10435first argument is false, the Lisp interpreter skips the rest of the
10436expression (the @dfn{body} of the expression) and does not evaluate it.
10437However, if the value is true, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the body
10438of the expression and then again tests whether the first argument to
10439@code{while} is true or false. If the value returned by evaluating the
10440first argument is again true, the Lisp interpreter again evaluates the
10441body of the expression.
10442
10443@need 1200
10444The template for a @code{while} expression looks like this:
10445
10446@smallexample
10447@group
10448(while @var{true-or-false-test}
10449 @var{body}@dots{})
10450@end group
10451@end smallexample
10452
10453@menu
10454* Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
10455* Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
10456* print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
10457* Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
10458* Incrementing Loop Details::
10459* Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
10460@end menu
10461
10462@node Looping with while, Loop Example, while, while
10463@ifnottex
10464@unnumberedsubsec Looping with @code{while}
10465@end ifnottex
10466
10467So long as the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} expression
10468returns a true value when it is evaluated, the body is repeatedly
10469evaluated. This process is called a loop since the Lisp interpreter
10470repeats the same thing again and again, like an airplane doing a loop.
10471When the result of evaluating the true-or-false-test is false, the
10472Lisp interpreter does not evaluate the rest of the @code{while}
10473expression and `exits the loop'.
10474
10475Clearly, if the value returned by evaluating the first argument to
10476@code{while} is always true, the body following will be evaluated
10477again and again @dots{} and again @dots{} forever. Conversely, if the
10478value returned is never true, the expressions in the body will never
10479be evaluated. The craft of writing a @code{while} loop consists of
10480choosing a mechanism such that the true-or-false-test returns true
10481just the number of times that you want the subsequent expressions to
10482be evaluated, and then have the test return false.
10483
10484The value returned by evaluating a @code{while} is the value of the
10485true-or-false-test. An interesting consequence of this is that a
10486@code{while} loop that evaluates without error will return @code{nil}
10487or false regardless of whether it has looped 1 or 100 times or none at
10488all. A @code{while} expression that evaluates successfully never
10489returns a true value! What this means is that @code{while} is always
10490evaluated for its side effects, which is to say, the consequences of
10491evaluating the expressions within the body of the @code{while} loop.
10492This makes sense. It is not the mere act of looping that is desired,
10493but the consequences of what happens when the expressions in the loop
10494are repeatedly evaluated.
10495
10496@node Loop Example, print-elements-of-list, Looping with while, while
10497@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10498@subsection A @code{while} Loop and a List
10499
10500A common way to control a @code{while} loop is to test whether a list
10501has any elements. If it does, the loop is repeated; but if it does not,
10502the repetition is ended. Since this is an important technique, we will
10503create a short example to illustrate it.
10504
10505A simple way to test whether a list has elements is to evaluate the
10506list: if it has no elements, it is an empty list and will return the
10507empty list, @code{()}, which is a synonym for @code{nil} or false. On
10508the other hand, a list with elements will return those elements when it
10509is evaluated. Since Emacs Lisp considers as true any value that is not
10510@code{nil}, a list that returns elements will test true in a
10511@code{while} loop.
10512
10513@need 1200
10514For example, you can set the variable @code{empty-list} to @code{nil} by
10515evaluating the following @code{setq} expression:
10516
10517@smallexample
10518(setq empty-list ())
10519@end smallexample
10520
10521@noindent
10522After evaluating the @code{setq} expression, you can evaluate the
10523variable @code{empty-list} in the usual way, by placing the cursor after
10524the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}; @code{nil} will appear in your
10525echo area:
10526
10527@smallexample
10528empty-list
10529@end smallexample
10530
10531On the other hand, if you set a variable to be a list with elements, the
10532list will appear when you evaluate the variable, as you can see by
10533evaluating the following two expressions:
10534
10535@smallexample
10536@group
10537(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10538
10539animals
10540@end group
10541@end smallexample
10542
10543Thus, to create a @code{while} loop that tests whether there are any
10544items in the list @code{animals}, the first part of the loop will be
10545written like this:
10546
10547@smallexample
10548@group
10549(while animals
10550 @dots{}
10551@end group
10552@end smallexample
10553
10554@noindent
10555When the @code{while} tests its first argument, the variable
10556@code{animals} is evaluated. It returns a list. So long as the list
10557has elements, the @code{while} considers the results of the test to be
10558true; but when the list is empty, it considers the results of the test
10559to be false.
10560
10561To prevent the @code{while} loop from running forever, some mechanism
10562needs to be provided to empty the list eventually. An oft-used
10563technique is to have one of the subsequent forms in the @code{while}
10564expression set the value of the list to be the @sc{cdr} of the list.
10565Each time the @code{cdr} function is evaluated, the list will be made
10566shorter, until eventually only the empty list will be left. At this
10567point, the test of the @code{while} loop will return false, and the
10568arguments to the @code{while} will no longer be evaluated.
10569
10570For example, the list of animals bound to the variable @code{animals}
10571can be set to be the @sc{cdr} of the original list with the
10572following expression:
10573
10574@smallexample
10575(setq animals (cdr animals))
10576@end smallexample
10577
10578@noindent
10579If you have evaluated the previous expressions and then evaluate this
10580expression, you will see @code{(giraffe lion tiger)} appear in the echo
10581area. If you evaluate the expression again, @code{(lion tiger)} will
10582appear in the echo area. If you evaluate it again and yet again,
10583@code{(tiger)} appears and then the empty list, shown by @code{nil}.
10584
10585A template for a @code{while} loop that uses the @code{cdr} function
10586repeatedly to cause the true-or-false-test eventually to test false
10587looks like this:
10588
10589@smallexample
10590@group
10591(while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
10592 @var{body}@dots{}
10593 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
10594@end group
10595@end smallexample
10596
10597This test and use of @code{cdr} can be put together in a function that
10598goes through a list and prints each element of the list on a line of its
10599own.
10600
10601@node print-elements-of-list, Incrementing Loop, Loop Example, while
10602@subsection An Example: @code{print-elements-of-list}
10603@findex print-elements-of-list
10604
10605The @code{print-elements-of-list} function illustrates a @code{while}
10606loop with a list.
10607
10608@cindex @file{*scratch*} buffer
10609The function requires several lines for its output. If you are
10610reading this in a recent instance of GNU Emacs,
10611@c GNU Emacs 21, GNU Emacs 22, or a later version,
10612you can evaluate the following expression inside of Info, as usual.
10613
10614If you are using an earlier version of Emacs, you need to copy the
10615necessary expressions to your @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate
10616them there. This is because the echo area had only one line in the
10617earlier versions.
10618
10619You can copy the expressions by marking the beginning of the region
10620with @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}), moving the cursor to
10621the end of the region and then copying the region using @kbd{M-w}
10622(@code{kill-ring-save}, which calls @code{copy-region-as-kill} and
10623then provides visual feedback). In the @file{*scratch*}
10624buffer, you can yank the expressions back by typing @kbd{C-y}
10625(@code{yank}).
10626
10627After you have copied the expressions to the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
10628evaluate each expression in turn. Be sure to evaluate the last
10629expression, @code{(print-elements-of-list animals)}, by typing
10630@kbd{C-u C-x C-e}, that is, by giving an argument to
10631@code{eval-last-sexp}. This will cause the result of the evaluation
10632to be printed in the @file{*scratch*} buffer instead of being printed
10633in the echo area. (Otherwise you will see something like this in your
10634echo area: @code{^Jgazelle^J^Jgiraffe^J^Jlion^J^Jtiger^Jnil}, in which
10635each @samp{^J} stands for a `newline'.)
10636
10637@need 1500
10638In a recent instance of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate these expressions
10639directly in the Info buffer, and the echo area will grow to show the
10640results.
10641
10642@smallexample
10643@group
10644(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10645
10646(defun print-elements-of-list (list)
10647 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own."
10648 (while list
10649 (print (car list))
10650 (setq list (cdr list))))
10651
10652(print-elements-of-list animals)
10653@end group
10654@end smallexample
10655
10656@need 1200
10657@noindent
10658When you evaluate the three expressions in sequence, you will see
10659this:
10660
10661@smallexample
10662@group
10663gazelle
10664
10665giraffe
10666
10667lion
10668
10669tiger
10670nil
10671@end group
10672@end smallexample
10673
10674Each element of the list is printed on a line of its own (that is what
10675the function @code{print} does) and then the value returned by the
10676function is printed. Since the last expression in the function is the
10677@code{while} loop, and since @code{while} loops always return
10678@code{nil}, a @code{nil} is printed after the last element of the list.
10679
10680@node Incrementing Loop, Incrementing Loop Details, print-elements-of-list, while
10681@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10682@subsection A Loop with an Incrementing Counter
10683
10684A loop is not useful unless it stops when it ought. Besides
10685controlling a loop with a list, a common way of stopping a loop is to
10686write the first argument as a test that returns false when the correct
10687number of repetitions are complete. This means that the loop must
10688have a counter---an expression that counts how many times the loop
10689repeats itself.
10690
10691@node Incrementing Loop Details, Decrementing Loop, Incrementing Loop, while
10692@ifnottex
10693@unnumberedsubsec Details of an Incrementing Loop
10694@end ifnottex
10695
10696The test for a loop with an incrementing counter can be an expression
10697such as @code{(< count desired-number)} which returns @code{t} for
10698true if the value of @code{count} is less than the
10699@code{desired-number} of repetitions and @code{nil} for false if the
10700value of @code{count} is equal to or is greater than the
10701@code{desired-number}. The expression that increments the count can
10702be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq count (1+ count))}, where
10703@code{1+} is a built-in function in Emacs Lisp that adds 1 to its
10704argument. (The expression @w{@code{(1+ count)}} has the same result
10705as @w{@code{(+ count 1)}}, but is easier for a human to read.)
10706
10707@need 1250
10708The template for a @code{while} loop controlled by an incrementing
10709counter looks like this:
10710
10711@smallexample
10712@group
10713@var{set-count-to-initial-value}
10714(while (< count desired-number) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10715 @var{body}@dots{}
10716 (setq count (1+ count))) ; @r{incrementer}
10717@end group
10718@end smallexample
10719
10720@noindent
10721Note that you need to set the initial value of @code{count}; usually it
10722is set to 1.
10723
10724@menu
10725* Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
10726* Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
10727* Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
10728@end menu
10729
10730@node Incrementing Example, Inc Example parts, Incrementing Loop Details, Incrementing Loop Details
10731@unnumberedsubsubsec Example with incrementing counter
10732
10733Suppose you are playing on the beach and decide to make a triangle of
10734pebbles, putting one pebble in the first row, two in the second row,
10735three in the third row and so on, like this:
10736
10737@sp 1
10738@c pebble diagram
10739@ifnottex
10740@smallexample
10741@group
10742 *
10743 * *
10744 * * *
10745 * * * *
10746@end group
10747@end smallexample
10748@end ifnottex
10749@iftex
10750@smallexample
10751@group
10752 @bullet{}
10753 @bullet{} @bullet{}
10754 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10755 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10756@end group
10757@end smallexample
10758@end iftex
10759@sp 1
10760
10761@noindent
10762(About 2500 years ago, Pythagoras and others developed the beginnings of
10763number theory by considering questions such as this.)
10764
10765Suppose you want to know how many pebbles you will need to make a
10766triangle with 7 rows?
10767
10768Clearly, what you need to do is add up the numbers from 1 to 7. There
10769are two ways to do this; start with the smallest number, one, and add up
10770the list in sequence, 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on; or start with the largest
10771number and add the list going down: 7, 6, 5, 4 and so on. Because both
10772mechanisms illustrate common ways of writing @code{while} loops, we will
10773create two examples, one counting up and the other counting down. In
10774this first example, we will start with 1 and add 2, 3, 4 and so on.
10775
10776If you are just adding up a short list of numbers, the easiest way to do
10777it is to add up all the numbers at once. However, if you do not know
10778ahead of time how many numbers your list will have, or if you want to be
10779prepared for a very long list, then you need to design your addition so
10780that what you do is repeat a simple process many times instead of doing
10781a more complex process once.
10782
10783For example, instead of adding up all the pebbles all at once, what you
10784can do is add the number of pebbles in the first row, 1, to the number
10785in the second row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to the
10786third row, 3. Then you can add the number in the fourth row, 4, to the
10787total of the first three rows; and so on.
10788
10789The critical characteristic of the process is that each repetitive
10790action is simple. In this case, at each step we add only two numbers,
10791the number of pebbles in the row and the total already found. This
10792process of adding two numbers is repeated again and again until the last
10793row has been added to the total of all the preceding rows. In a more
10794complex loop the repetitive action might not be so simple, but it will
10795be simpler than doing everything all at once.
10796
10797@node Inc Example parts, Inc Example altogether, Incrementing Example, Incrementing Loop Details
10798@unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
10799
10800The preceding analysis gives us the bones of our function definition:
10801first, we will need a variable that we can call @code{total} that will
10802be the total number of pebbles. This will be the value returned by
10803the function.
10804
10805Second, we know that the function will require an argument: this
10806argument will be the total number of rows in the triangle. It can be
10807called @code{number-of-rows}.
10808
10809Finally, we need a variable to use as a counter. We could call this
10810variable @code{counter}, but a better name is @code{row-number}. That
10811is because what the counter does in this function is count rows, and a
10812program should be written to be as understandable as possible.
10813
10814When the Lisp interpreter first starts evaluating the expressions in the
10815function, the value of @code{total} should be set to zero, since we have
10816not added anything to it. Then the function should add the number of
10817pebbles in the first row to the total, and then add the number of
10818pebbles in the second to the total, and then add the number of
10819pebbles in the third row to the total, and so on, until there are no
10820more rows left to add.
10821
10822Both @code{total} and @code{row-number} are used only inside the
10823function, so they can be declared as local variables with @code{let}
10824and given initial values. Clearly, the initial value for @code{total}
10825should be 0. The initial value of @code{row-number} should be 1,
10826since we start with the first row. This means that the @code{let}
10827statement will look like this:
10828
10829@smallexample
10830@group
10831 (let ((total 0)
10832 (row-number 1))
10833 @var{body}@dots{})
10834@end group
10835@end smallexample
10836
10837After the internal variables are declared and bound to their initial
10838values, we can begin the @code{while} loop. The expression that serves
10839as the test should return a value of @code{t} for true so long as the
10840@code{row-number} is less than or equal to the @code{number-of-rows}.
10841(If the expression tests true only so long as the row number is less
10842than the number of rows in the triangle, the last row will never be
10843added to the total; hence the row number has to be either less than or
10844equal to the number of rows.)
10845
10846@need 1500
10847@findex <= @r{(less than or equal)}
10848Lisp provides the @code{<=} function that returns true if the value of
10849its first argument is less than or equal to the value of its second
10850argument and false otherwise. So the expression that the @code{while}
10851will evaluate as its test should look like this:
10852
10853@smallexample
10854(<= row-number number-of-rows)
10855@end smallexample
10856
10857The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
10858of pebbles in a row to the total already found. Since the number of
10859pebbles in the row is equal to the row number, the total can be found by
10860adding the row number to the total. (Clearly, in a more complex
10861situation, the number of pebbles in the row might be related to the row
10862number in a more complicated way; if this were the case, the row number
10863would be replaced by the appropriate expression.)
10864
10865@smallexample
10866(setq total (+ total row-number))
10867@end smallexample
10868
10869@noindent
10870What this does is set the new value of @code{total} to be equal to the
10871sum of adding the number of pebbles in the row to the previous total.
10872
10873After setting the value of @code{total}, the conditions need to be
10874established for the next repetition of the loop, if there is one. This
10875is done by incrementing the value of the @code{row-number} variable,
10876which serves as a counter. After the @code{row-number} variable has
10877been incremented, the true-or-false-test at the beginning of the
10878@code{while} loop tests whether its value is still less than or equal to
10879the value of the @code{number-of-rows} and if it is, adds the new value
10880of the @code{row-number} variable to the @code{total} of the previous
10881repetition of the loop.
10882
10883@need 1200
10884The built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1+} adds 1 to a number, so the
10885@code{row-number} variable can be incremented with this expression:
10886
10887@smallexample
10888(setq row-number (1+ row-number))
10889@end smallexample
10890
10891@node Inc Example altogether, , Inc Example parts, Incrementing Loop Details
10892@unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
10893
10894We have created the parts for the function definition; now we need to
10895put them together.
10896
10897@need 800
10898First, the contents of the @code{while} expression:
10899
10900@smallexample
10901@group
10902(while (<= row-number number-of-rows) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10903 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10904 (setq row-number (1+ row-number))) ; @r{incrementer}
10905@end group
10906@end smallexample
10907
10908Along with the @code{let} expression varlist, this very nearly
10909completes the body of the function definition. However, it requires
10910one final element, the need for which is somewhat subtle.
10911
10912The final touch is to place the variable @code{total} on a line by
10913itself after the @code{while} expression. Otherwise, the value returned
10914by the whole function is the value of the last expression that is
10915evaluated in the body of the @code{let}, and this is the value
10916returned by the @code{while}, which is always @code{nil}.
10917
10918This may not be evident at first sight. It almost looks as if the
10919incrementing expression is the last expression of the whole function.
10920But that expression is part of the body of the @code{while}; it is the
10921last element of the list that starts with the symbol @code{while}.
10922Moreover, the whole of the @code{while} loop is a list within the body
10923of the @code{let}.
10924
10925@need 1250
10926In outline, the function will look like this:
10927
10928@smallexample
10929@group
10930(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
10931 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
10932 (let (@var{varlist})
10933 (while (@var{true-or-false-test})
10934 @var{body-of-while}@dots{} )
10935 @dots{} )) ; @r{Need final expression here.}
10936@end group
10937@end smallexample
10938
10939The result of evaluating the @code{let} is what is going to be returned
10940by the @code{defun} since the @code{let} is not embedded within any
10941containing list, except for the @code{defun} as a whole. However, if
10942the @code{while} is the last element of the @code{let} expression, the
10943function will always return @code{nil}. This is not what we want!
10944Instead, what we want is the value of the variable @code{total}. This
10945is returned by simply placing the symbol as the last element of the list
10946starting with @code{let}. It gets evaluated after the preceding
10947elements of the list are evaluated, which means it gets evaluated after
10948it has been assigned the correct value for the total.
10949
10950It may be easier to see this by printing the list starting with
10951@code{let} all on one line. This format makes it evident that the
10952@var{varlist} and @code{while} expressions are the second and third
10953elements of the list starting with @code{let}, and the @code{total} is
10954the last element:
10955
10956@smallexample
10957@group
10958(let (@var{varlist}) (while (@var{true-or-false-test}) @var{body-of-while}@dots{} ) total)
10959@end group
10960@end smallexample
10961
10962@need 1200
10963Putting everything together, the @code{triangle} function definition
10964looks like this:
10965
10966@smallexample
10967@group
10968(defun triangle (number-of-rows) ; @r{Version with}
10969 ; @r{ incrementing counter.}
10970 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
10971The first row has one pebble, the second row two pebbles,
10972the third row three pebbles, and so on.
10973The argument is NUMBER-OF-ROWS."
10974@end group
10975@group
10976 (let ((total 0)
10977 (row-number 1))
10978 (while (<= row-number number-of-rows)
10979 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10980 (setq row-number (1+ row-number)))
10981 total))
10982@end group
10983@end smallexample
10984
10985@need 1200
10986After you have installed @code{triangle} by evaluating the function, you
10987can try it out. Here are two examples:
10988
10989@smallexample
10990@group
10991(triangle 4)
10992
10993(triangle 7)
10994@end group
10995@end smallexample
10996
10997@noindent
10998The sum of the first four numbers is 10 and the sum of the first seven
10999numbers is 28.
11000
11001@node Decrementing Loop, , Incrementing Loop Details, while
11002@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11003@subsection Loop with a Decrementing Counter
11004
11005Another common way to write a @code{while} loop is to write the test
11006so that it determines whether a counter is greater than zero. So long
11007as the counter is greater than zero, the loop is repeated. But when
11008the counter is equal to or less than zero, the loop is stopped. For
11009this to work, the counter has to start out greater than zero and then
11010be made smaller and smaller by a form that is evaluated
11011repeatedly.
11012
11013The test will be an expression such as @code{(> counter 0)} which
11014returns @code{t} for true if the value of @code{counter} is greater
11015than zero, and @code{nil} for false if the value of @code{counter} is
11016equal to or less than zero. The expression that makes the number
11017smaller and smaller can be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq
11018counter (1- counter))}, where @code{1-} is a built-in function in
11019Emacs Lisp that subtracts 1 from its argument.
11020
11021@need 1250
11022The template for a decrementing @code{while} loop looks like this:
11023
11024@smallexample
11025@group
11026(while (> counter 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
11027 @var{body}@dots{}
11028 (setq counter (1- counter))) ; @r{decrementer}
11029@end group
11030@end smallexample
11031
11032@menu
11033* Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
11034* Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
11035* Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
11036@end menu
11037
11038@node Decrementing Example, Dec Example parts, Decrementing Loop, Decrementing Loop
11039@unnumberedsubsubsec Example with decrementing counter
11040
11041To illustrate a loop with a decrementing counter, we will rewrite the
11042@code{triangle} function so the counter decreases to zero.
11043
11044This is the reverse of the earlier version of the function. In this
11045case, to find out how many pebbles are needed to make a triangle with
110463 rows, add the number of pebbles in the third row, 3, to the number
11047in the preceding row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to
11048the row that precedes them, which is 1.
11049
11050Likewise, to find the number of pebbles in a triangle with 7 rows, add
11051the number of pebbles in the seventh row, 7, to the number in the
11052preceding row, which is 6, and then add the total of those two rows to
11053the row that precedes them, which is 5, and so on. As in the previous
11054example, each addition only involves adding two numbers, the total of
11055the rows already added up and the number of pebbles in the row that is
11056being added to the total. This process of adding two numbers is
11057repeated again and again until there are no more pebbles to add.
11058
11059We know how many pebbles to start with: the number of pebbles in the
11060last row is equal to the number of rows. If the triangle has seven
11061rows, the number of pebbles in the last row is 7. Likewise, we know how
11062many pebbles are in the preceding row: it is one less than the number in
11063the row.
11064
11065@node Dec Example parts, Dec Example altogether, Decrementing Example, Decrementing Loop
11066@unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
11067
11068We start with three variables: the total number of rows in the
11069triangle; the number of pebbles in a row; and the total number of
11070pebbles, which is what we want to calculate. These variables can be
11071named @code{number-of-rows}, @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}, and
11072@code{total}, respectively.
11073
11074Both @code{total} and @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} are used only
11075inside the function and are declared with @code{let}. The initial
11076value of @code{total} should, of course, be zero. However, the
11077initial value of @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be equal to
11078the number of rows in the triangle, since the addition will start with
11079the longest row.
11080
11081@need 1250
11082This means that the beginning of the @code{let} expression will look
11083like this:
11084
11085@smallexample
11086@group
11087(let ((total 0)
11088 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
11089 @var{body}@dots{})
11090@end group
11091@end smallexample
11092
11093The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
11094of pebbles in a row to the total already found, that is, by repeatedly
11095evaluating the following expression:
11096
11097@smallexample
11098(setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
11099@end smallexample
11100
11101@noindent
11102After the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is added to the @code{total},
11103the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be decremented by one, since
11104the next time the loop repeats, the preceding row will be
11105added to the total.
11106
11107The number of pebbles in a preceding row is one less than the number of
11108pebbles in a row, so the built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1-} can be
11109used to compute the number of pebbles in the preceding row. This can be
11110done with the following expression:
11111
11112@smallexample
11113@group
11114(setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
11115 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row))
11116@end group
11117@end smallexample
11118
11119Finally, we know that the @code{while} loop should stop making repeated
11120additions when there are no pebbles in a row. So the test for
11121the @code{while} loop is simply:
11122
11123@smallexample
11124(while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
11125@end smallexample
11126
11127@node Dec Example altogether, , Dec Example parts, Decrementing Loop
11128@unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
11129
11130We can put these expressions together to create a function definition
11131that works. However, on examination, we find that one of the local
11132variables is unneeded!
11133
11134@need 1250
11135The function definition looks like this:
11136
11137@smallexample
11138@group
11139;;; @r{First subtractive version.}
11140(defun triangle (number-of-rows)
11141 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
11142 (let ((total 0)
11143 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
11144 (while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
11145 (setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
11146 (setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
11147 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row)))
11148 total))
11149@end group
11150@end smallexample
11151
11152As written, this function works.
11153
11154However, we do not need @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}.
11155
11156@cindex Argument as local variable
11157When the @code{triangle} function is evaluated, the symbol
11158@code{number-of-rows} will be bound to a number, giving it an initial
11159value. That number can be changed in the body of the function as if
11160it were a local variable, without any fear that such a change will
11161effect the value of the variable outside of the function. This is a
11162very useful characteristic of Lisp; it means that the variable
11163@code{number-of-rows} can be used anywhere in the function where
11164@code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is used.
11165
11166@need 800
11167Here is a second version of the function written a bit more cleanly:
11168
11169@smallexample
11170@group
11171(defun triangle (number) ; @r{Second version.}
11172 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
11173 (let ((total 0))
11174 (while (> number 0)
11175 (setq total (+ total number))
11176 (setq number (1- number)))
11177 total))
11178@end group
11179@end smallexample
11180
11181In brief, a properly written @code{while} loop will consist of three parts:
11182
11183@enumerate
11184@item
11185A test that will return false after the loop has repeated itself the
11186correct number of times.
11187
11188@item
11189An expression the evaluation of which will return the value desired
11190after being repeatedly evaluated.
11191
11192@item
11193An expression to change the value passed to the true-or-false-test so
11194that the test returns false after the loop has repeated itself the right
11195number of times.
11196@end enumerate
11197
11198@node dolist dotimes, Recursion, while, Loops & Recursion
11199@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11200@section Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
11201
11202In addition to @code{while}, both @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
11203provide for looping. Sometimes these are quicker to write than the
11204equivalent @code{while} loop. Both are Lisp macros. (@xref{Macros, ,
11205Macros, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. )
11206
11207@code{dolist} works like a @code{while} loop that `@sc{cdr}s down a
11208list': @code{dolist} automatically shortens the list each time it
11209loops---takes the @sc{cdr} of the list---and binds the @sc{car} of
11210each shorter version of the list to the first of its arguments.
11211
11212@code{dotimes} loops a specific number of times: you specify the number.
11213
11214@menu
11215* dolist::
11216* dotimes::
11217@end menu
11218
11219@node dolist, dotimes, dolist dotimes, dolist dotimes
11220@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{dolist} Macro
11221@findex dolist
11222
11223Suppose, for example, you want to reverse a list, so that
11224``first'' ``second'' ``third'' becomes ``third'' ``second'' ``first''.
11225
11226@need 1250
11227In practice, you would use the @code{reverse} function, like this:
11228
11229@smallexample
11230@group
11231(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11232
11233(reverse animals)
11234@end group
11235@end smallexample
11236
11237@need 800
11238@noindent
11239Here is how you could reverse the list using a @code{while} loop:
11240
11241@smallexample
11242@group
11243(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11244
11245(defun reverse-list-with-while (list)
11246 "Using while, reverse the order of LIST."
11247 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
11248 (while list
11249 (setq value (cons (car list) value))
11250 (setq list (cdr list)))
11251 value))
11252
11253(reverse-list-with-while animals)
11254@end group
11255@end smallexample
11256
11257@need 800
11258@noindent
11259And here is how you could use the @code{dolist} macro:
11260
11261@smallexample
11262@group
11263(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11264
11265(defun reverse-list-with-dolist (list)
11266 "Using dolist, reverse the order of LIST."
11267 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
11268 (dolist (element list value)
11269 (setq value (cons element value)))))
11270
11271(reverse-list-with-dolist animals)
11272@end group
11273@end smallexample
11274
11275@need 1250
11276@noindent
11277In Info, you can place your cursor after the closing parenthesis of
11278each expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}; in each case, you should see
11279
11280@smallexample
11281(tiger lion giraffe gazelle)
11282@end smallexample
11283
11284@noindent
11285in the echo area.
11286
11287For this example, the existing @code{reverse} function is obviously best.
11288The @code{while} loop is just like our first example (@pxref{Loop
11289Example, , A @code{while} Loop and a List}). The @code{while} first
11290checks whether the list has elements; if so, it constructs a new list
11291by adding the first element of the list to the existing list (which in
11292the first iteration of the loop is @code{nil}). Since the second
11293element is prepended in front of the first element, and the third
11294element is prepended in front of the second element, the list is reversed.
11295
11296In the expression using a @code{while} loop,
11297the @w{@code{(setq list (cdr list))}}
11298expression shortens the list, so the @code{while} loop eventually
11299stops. In addition, it provides the @code{cons} expression with a new
11300first element by creating a new and shorter list at each repetition of
11301the loop.
11302
11303The @code{dolist} expression does very much the same as the
11304@code{while} expression, except that the @code{dolist} macro does some
11305of the work you have to do when writing a @code{while} expression.
11306
11307Like a @code{while} loop, a @code{dolist} loops. What is different is
11308that it automatically shortens the list each time it loops --- it
11309`@sc{cdr}s down the list' on its own --- and it automatically binds
11310the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list to the first of its
11311arguments.
11312
11313In the example, the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list is
11314referred to using the symbol @samp{element}, the list itself is called
11315@samp{list}, and the value returned is called @samp{value}. The
11316remainder of the @code{dolist} expression is the body.
11317
11318The @code{dolist} expression binds the @sc{car} of each shorter
11319version of the list to @code{element} and then evaluates the body of
11320the expression; and repeats the loop. The result is returned in
11321@code{value}.
11322
11323@node dotimes, , dolist, dolist dotimes
11324@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{dotimes} Macro
11325@findex dotimes
11326
11327The @code{dotimes} macro is similar to @code{dolist}, except that it
11328loops a specific number of times.
11329
11330The first argument to @code{dotimes} is assigned the numbers 0, 1, 2
11331and so forth each time around the loop, and the value of the third
11332argument is returned. You need to provide the value of the second
11333argument, which is how many times the macro loops.
11334
11335@need 1250
11336For example, the following binds the numbers from 0 up to, but not
11337including, the number 3 to the first argument, @var{number}, and then
11338constructs a list of the three numbers. (The first number is 0, the
11339second number is 1, and the third number is 2; this makes a total of
11340three numbers in all, starting with zero as the first number.)
11341
11342@smallexample
11343@group
11344(let (value) ; otherwise a value is a void variable
11345 (dotimes (number 3 value)
11346 (setq value (cons number value))))
11347
11348@result{} (2 1 0)
11349@end group
11350@end smallexample
11351
11352@noindent
11353@code{dotimes} returns @code{value}, so the way to use
11354@code{dotimes} is to operate on some expression @var{number} number of
11355times and then return the result, either as a list or an atom.
11356
11357@need 1250
11358Here is an example of a @code{defun} that uses @code{dotimes} to add
11359up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
11360
11361@smallexample
11362@group
11363(defun triangle-using-dotimes (number-of-rows)
11364 "Using dotimes, add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
11365(let ((total 0)) ; otherwise a total is a void variable
11366 (dotimes (number number-of-rows total)
11367 (setq total (+ total (1+ number))))))
11368
11369(triangle-using-dotimes 4)
11370@end group
11371@end smallexample
11372
11373@node Recursion, Looping exercise, dolist dotimes, Loops & Recursion
11374@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11375@section Recursion
11376@cindex Recursion
11377
11378A recursive function contains code that tells the Lisp interpreter to
11379call a program that runs exactly like itself, but with slightly
11380different arguments. The code runs exactly the same because it has
11381the same name. However, even though the program has the same name, it
11382is not the same entity. It is different. In the jargon, it is a
11383different `instance'.
11384
11385Eventually, if the program is written correctly, the `slightly
11386different arguments' will become sufficiently different from the first
11387arguments that the final instance will stop.
11388
11389@menu
11390* Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
11391* Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
11392* Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
11393* Recursive triangle function::
11394* Recursion with cond::
11395* Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
11396* No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
11397* No deferment solution::
11398@end menu
11399
11400@node Building Robots, Recursive Definition Parts, Recursion, Recursion
11401@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11402@subsection Building Robots: Extending the Metaphor
11403@cindex Building robots
11404@cindex Robots, building
11405
11406It is sometimes helpful to think of a running program as a robot that
11407does a job. In doing its job, a recursive function calls on a second
11408robot to help it. The second robot is identical to the first in every
11409way, except that the second robot helps the first and has been
11410passed different arguments than the first.
11411
11412In a recursive function, the second robot may call a third; and the
11413third may call a fourth, and so on. Each of these is a different
11414entity; but all are clones.
11415
11416Since each robot has slightly different instructions---the arguments
11417will differ from one robot to the next---the last robot should know
11418when to stop.
11419
11420Let's expand on the metaphor in which a computer program is a robot.
11421
11422A function definition provides the blueprints for a robot. When you
11423install a function definition, that is, when you evaluate a
11424@code{defun} special form, you install the necessary equipment to
11425build robots. It is as if you were in a factory, setting up an
11426assembly line. Robots with the same name are built according to the
11427same blueprints. So they have, as it were, the same `model number',
11428but a different `serial number'.
11429
11430We often say that a recursive function `calls itself'. What we mean
11431is that the instructions in a recursive function cause the Lisp
11432interpreter to run a different function that has the same name and
11433does the same job as the first, but with different arguments.
11434
11435It is important that the arguments differ from one instance to the
11436next; otherwise, the process will never stop.
11437
11438@node Recursive Definition Parts, Recursion with list, Building Robots, Recursion
11439@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11440@subsection The Parts of a Recursive Definition
11441@cindex Parts of a Recursive Definition
11442@cindex Recursive Definition Parts
11443
11444A recursive function typically contains a conditional expression which
11445has three parts:
11446
11447@enumerate
11448@item
11449A true-or-false-test that determines whether the function is called
11450again, here called the @dfn{do-again-test}.
11451
11452@item
11453The name of the function. When this name is called, a new instance of
11454the function---a new robot, as it were---is created and told what to do.
11455
11456@item
11457An expression that returns a different value each time the function is
11458called, here called the @dfn{next-step-expression}. Consequently, the
11459argument (or arguments) passed to the new instance of the function
11460will be different from that passed to the previous instance. This
11461causes the conditional expression, the @dfn{do-again-test}, to test
11462false after the correct number of repetitions.
11463@end enumerate
11464
11465Recursive functions can be much simpler than any other kind of
11466function. Indeed, when people first start to use them, they often look
11467so mysteriously simple as to be incomprehensible. Like riding a
11468bicycle, reading a recursive function definition takes a certain knack
11469which is hard at first but then seems simple.
11470
11471@need 1200
11472There are several different common recursive patterns. A very simple
11473pattern looks like this:
11474
11475@smallexample
11476@group
11477(defun @var{name-of-recursive-function} (@var{argument-list})
11478 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
11479 (if @var{do-again-test}
11480 @var{body}@dots{}
11481 (@var{name-of-recursive-function}
11482 @var{next-step-expression})))
11483@end group
11484@end smallexample
11485
11486Each time a recursive function is evaluated, a new instance of it is
11487created and told what to do. The arguments tell the instance what to do.
11488
11489An argument is bound to the value of the next-step-expression. Each
11490instance runs with a different value of the next-step-expression.
11491
11492The value in the next-step-expression is used in the do-again-test.
11493
11494The value returned by the next-step-expression is passed to the new
11495instance of the function, which evaluates it (or some
11496transmogrification of it) to determine whether to continue or stop.
11497The next-step-expression is designed so that the do-again-test returns
11498false when the function should no longer be repeated.
11499
11500The do-again-test is sometimes called the @dfn{stop condition},
11501since it stops the repetitions when it tests false.
11502
11503@node Recursion with list, Recursive triangle function, Recursive Definition Parts, Recursion
11504@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11505@subsection Recursion with a List
11506
11507The example of a @code{while} loop that printed the elements of a list
11508of numbers can be written recursively. Here is the code, including
11509an expression to set the value of the variable @code{animals} to a list.
11510
11511If you are using GNU Emacs 20 or before, this example must be copied
11512to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and each expression must be evaluated
11513there. Use @kbd{C-u C-x C-e} to evaluate the
11514@code{(print-elements-recursively animals)} expression so that the
11515results are printed in the buffer; otherwise the Lisp interpreter will
11516try to squeeze the results into the one line of the echo area.
11517
11518Also, place your cursor immediately after the last closing parenthesis
11519of the @code{print-elements-recursively} function, before the comment.
11520Otherwise, the Lisp interpreter will try to evaluate the comment.
11521
11522If you are using a more recent version of Emacs, you can evaluate this
11523expression directly in Info.
11524
11525@findex print-elements-recursively
11526@smallexample
11527@group
11528(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11529
11530(defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11531 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11532Uses recursion."
11533 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11534 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11535 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11536 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11537
11538(print-elements-recursively animals)
11539@end group
11540@end smallexample
11541
11542The @code{print-elements-recursively} function first tests whether
11543there is any content in the list; if there is, the function prints the
11544first element of the list, the @sc{car} of the list. Then the
11545function `invokes itself', but gives itself as its argument, not the
11546whole list, but the second and subsequent elements of the list, the
11547@sc{cdr} of the list.
11548
11549Put another way, if the list is not empty, the function invokes
11550another instance of code that is similar to the initial code, but is a
11551different thread of execution, with different arguments than the first
11552instance.
11553
11554Put in yet another way, if the list is not empty, the first robot
2d7752a0 11555assembles a second robot and tells it what to do; the second robot is
8cda6f8f
GM
11556a different individual from the first, but is the same model.
11557
11558When the second evaluation occurs, the @code{when} expression is
11559evaluated and if true, prints the first element of the list it
11560receives as its argument (which is the second element of the original
11561list). Then the function `calls itself' with the @sc{cdr} of the list
11562it is invoked with, which (the second time around) is the @sc{cdr} of
11563the @sc{cdr} of the original list.
11564
11565Note that although we say that the function `calls itself', what we
11566mean is that the Lisp interpreter assembles and instructs a new
11567instance of the program. The new instance is a clone of the first,
11568but is a separate individual.
11569
11570Each time the function `invokes itself', it invokes itself on a
11571shorter version of the original list. It creates a new instance that
11572works on a shorter list.
11573
11574Eventually, the function invokes itself on an empty list. It creates
11575a new instance whose argument is @code{nil}. The conditional expression
11576tests the value of @code{list}. Since the value of @code{list} is
11577@code{nil}, the @code{when} expression tests false so the then-part is
11578not evaluated. The function as a whole then returns @code{nil}.
11579
11580@need 1200
a9097c6d
KB
11581When you evaluate the expression @code{(print-elements-recursively
11582animals)} in the @file{*scratch*} buffer, you see this result:
8cda6f8f
GM
11583
11584@smallexample
11585@group
11586gazelle
11587
11588giraffe
11589
11590lion
11591
11592tiger
11593nil
11594@end group
11595@end smallexample
11596
11597@need 2000
11598@node Recursive triangle function, Recursion with cond, Recursion with list, Recursion
11599@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11600@subsection Recursion in Place of a Counter
11601@findex triangle-recursively
11602
11603@need 1200
11604The @code{triangle} function described in a previous section can also
11605be written recursively. It looks like this:
11606
11607@smallexample
11608@group
11609(defun triangle-recursively (number)
11610 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11611Uses recursion."
11612 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
11613 1 ; @r{then-part}
11614 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
11615 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11616 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11617
11618(triangle-recursively 7)
11619@end group
11620@end smallexample
11621
11622@noindent
11623You can install this function by evaluating it and then try it by
11624evaluating @code{(triangle-recursively 7)}. (Remember to put your
11625cursor immediately after the last parenthesis of the function
11626definition, before the comment.) The function evaluates to 28.
11627
11628To understand how this function works, let's consider what happens in the
11629various cases when the function is passed 1, 2, 3, or 4 as the value of
11630its argument.
11631
11632@menu
11633* Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
11634* Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
11635@end menu
11636
11637@node Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2, Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4, Recursive triangle function, Recursive triangle function
11638@ifnottex
11639@unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 1 or 2
11640@end ifnottex
11641
11642First, what happens if the value of the argument is 1?
11643
11644The function has an @code{if} expression after the documentation
11645string. It tests whether the value of @code{number} is equal to 1; if
11646so, Emacs evaluates the then-part of the @code{if} expression, which
11647returns the number 1 as the value of the function. (A triangle with
11648one row has one pebble in it.)
11649
11650Suppose, however, that the value of the argument is 2. In this case,
11651Emacs evaluates the else-part of the @code{if} expression.
11652
11653@need 1200
11654The else-part consists of an addition, the recursive call to
11655@code{triangle-recursively} and a decrementing action; and it looks like
11656this:
11657
11658@smallexample
11659(+ number (triangle-recursively (1- number)))
11660@end smallexample
11661
11662When Emacs evaluates this expression, the innermost expression is
11663evaluated first; then the other parts in sequence. Here are the steps
11664in detail:
11665
11666@table @i
11667@item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression.
11668
11669The innermost expression is @code{(1- number)} so Emacs decrements the
11670value of @code{number} from 2 to 1.
11671
11672@item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11673
11674The Lisp interpreter creates an individual instance of
11675@code{triangle-recursively}. It does not matter that this function is
11676contained within itself. Emacs passes the result Step 1 as the
11677argument used by this instance of the @code{triangle-recursively}
11678function
11679
11680In this case, Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with an
11681argument of 1. This means that this evaluation of
11682@code{triangle-recursively} returns 1.
11683
11684@item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the value of @code{number}.
11685
11686The variable @code{number} is the second element of the list that
11687starts with @code{+}; its value is 2.
11688
11689@item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{+} expression.
11690
11691The @code{+} expression receives two arguments, the first
11692from the evaluation of @code{number} (Step 3) and the second from the
11693evaluation of @code{triangle-recursively} (Step 2).
11694
11695The result of the addition is the sum of 2 plus 1, and the number 3 is
11696returned, which is correct. A triangle with two rows has three
11697pebbles in it.
11698@end table
11699
11700@node Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4, , Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2, Recursive triangle function
11701@unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 3 or 4
11702
11703Suppose that @code{triangle-recursively} is called with an argument of
117043.
11705
11706@table @i
11707@item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the do-again-test.
11708
11709The @code{if} expression is evaluated first. This is the do-again
11710test and returns false, so the else-part of the @code{if} expression
11711is evaluated. (Note that in this example, the do-again-test causes
11712the function to call itself when it tests false, not when it tests
11713true.)
11714
11715@item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression of the else-part.
11716
11717The innermost expression of the else-part is evaluated, which decrements
117183 to 2. This is the next-step-expression.
11719
11720@item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11721
11722The number 2 is passed to the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11723
a9097c6d 11724We already know what happens when Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with
8cda6f8f
GM
11725an argument of 2. After going through the sequence of actions described
11726earlier, it returns a value of 3. So that is what will happen here.
11727
11728@item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the addition.
11729
117303 will be passed as an argument to the addition and will be added to the
11731number with which the function was called, which is 3.
11732@end table
11733
11734@noindent
11735The value returned by the function as a whole will be 6.
11736
11737Now that we know what will happen when @code{triangle-recursively} is
11738called with an argument of 3, it is evident what will happen if it is
11739called with an argument of 4:
11740
11741@quotation
11742@need 800
11743In the recursive call, the evaluation of
11744
11745@smallexample
11746(triangle-recursively (1- 4))
11747@end smallexample
11748
11749@need 800
11750@noindent
11751will return the value of evaluating
11752
11753@smallexample
11754(triangle-recursively 3)
11755@end smallexample
11756
11757@noindent
11758which is 6 and this value will be added to 4 by the addition in the
11759third line.
11760@end quotation
11761
11762@noindent
11763The value returned by the function as a whole will be 10.
11764
11765Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is evaluated, it evaluates a
11766version of itself---a different instance of itself---with a smaller
11767argument, until the argument is small enough so that it does not
11768evaluate itself.
11769
11770Note that this particular design for a recursive function
11771requires that operations be deferred.
11772
11773Before @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} can calculate its answer, it
11774must call @code{(triangle-recursively 6)}; and before
11775@code{(triangle-recursively 6)} can calculate its answer, it must call
11776@code{(triangle-recursively 5)}; and so on. That is to say, the
11777calculation that @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} makes must be
11778deferred until @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} makes its calculation;
11779and @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} must defer until
11780@code{(triangle-recursively 5)} completes; and so on.
11781
11782If each of these instances of @code{triangle-recursively} are thought
11783of as different robots, the first robot must wait for the second to
11784complete its job, which must wait until the third completes, and so
11785on.
11786
11787There is a way around this kind of waiting, which we will discuss in
11788@ref{No Deferment, , Recursion without Deferments}.
11789
11790@node Recursion with cond, Recursive Patterns, Recursive triangle function, Recursion
11791@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11792@subsection Recursion Example Using @code{cond}
11793@findex cond
11794
11795The version of @code{triangle-recursively} described earlier is written
11796with the @code{if} special form. It can also be written using another
11797special form called @code{cond}. The name of the special form
11798@code{cond} is an abbreviation of the word @samp{conditional}.
11799
11800Although the @code{cond} special form is not used as often in the
11801Emacs Lisp sources as @code{if}, it is used often enough to justify
11802explaining it.
11803
11804@need 800
11805The template for a @code{cond} expression looks like this:
11806
11807@smallexample
11808@group
11809(cond
11810 @var{body}@dots{})
11811@end group
11812@end smallexample
11813
11814@noindent
11815where the @var{body} is a series of lists.
11816
11817@need 800
11818Written out more fully, the template looks like this:
11819
11820@smallexample
11821@group
11822(cond
11823 (@var{first-true-or-false-test} @var{first-consequent})
11824 (@var{second-true-or-false-test} @var{second-consequent})
11825 (@var{third-true-or-false-test} @var{third-consequent})
11826 @dots{})
11827@end group
11828@end smallexample
11829
11830When the Lisp interpreter evaluates the @code{cond} expression, it
11831evaluates the first element (the @sc{car} or true-or-false-test) of
11832the first expression in a series of expressions within the body of the
11833@code{cond}.
11834
11835If the true-or-false-test returns @code{nil} the rest of that
11836expression, the consequent, is skipped and the true-or-false-test of the
11837next expression is evaluated. When an expression is found whose
11838true-or-false-test returns a value that is not @code{nil}, the
11839consequent of that expression is evaluated. The consequent can be one
11840or more expressions. If the consequent consists of more than one
11841expression, the expressions are evaluated in sequence and the value of
11842the last one is returned. If the expression does not have a consequent,
11843the value of the true-or-false-test is returned.
11844
11845If none of the true-or-false-tests test true, the @code{cond} expression
11846returns @code{nil}.
11847
11848@need 1250
11849Written using @code{cond}, the @code{triangle} function looks like this:
11850
11851@smallexample
11852@group
11853(defun triangle-using-cond (number)
11854 (cond ((<= number 0) 0)
11855 ((= number 1) 1)
11856 ((> number 1)
11857 (+ number (triangle-using-cond (1- number))))))
11858@end group
11859@end smallexample
11860
11861@noindent
11862In this example, the @code{cond} returns 0 if the number is less than or
11863equal to 0, it returns 1 if the number is 1 and it evaluates @code{(+
11864number (triangle-using-cond (1- number)))} if the number is greater than
118651.
11866
11867@node Recursive Patterns, No Deferment, Recursion with cond, Recursion
11868@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11869@subsection Recursive Patterns
11870@cindex Recursive Patterns
11871
11872Here are three common recursive patterns. Each involves a list.
11873Recursion does not need to involve lists, but Lisp is designed for lists
11874and this provides a sense of its primal capabilities.
11875
11876@menu
11877* Every::
11878* Accumulate::
11879* Keep::
11880@end menu
11881
11882@node Every, Accumulate, Recursive Patterns, Recursive Patterns
11883@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11884@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{every}
11885@cindex Every, type of recursive pattern
11886@cindex Recursive pattern: every
11887
11888In the @code{every} recursive pattern, an action is performed on every
11889element of a list.
11890
11891@need 1500
11892The basic pattern is:
11893
11894@itemize @bullet
11895@item
11896If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
11897@item
11898Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list)
11899 @itemize @minus
11900 @item
11901 through a recursive call by the function on the rest (the
11902 @sc{cdr}) of the list,
11903 @item
11904 and, optionally, combine the acted-on element, using @code{cons},
11905 with the results of acting on the rest.
11906 @end itemize
11907@end itemize
11908
11909@need 1500
11910Here is example:
11911
11912@smallexample
11913@group
11914(defun square-each (numbers-list)
11915 "Square each of a NUMBERS LIST, recursively."
11916 (if (not numbers-list) ; do-again-test
11917 nil
11918 (cons
11919 (* (car numbers-list) (car numbers-list))
11920 (square-each (cdr numbers-list))))) ; next-step-expression
11921@end group
11922
11923@group
11924(square-each '(1 2 3))
11925 @result{} (1 4 9)
11926@end group
11927@end smallexample
11928
11929@need 1200
11930@noindent
11931If @code{numbers-list} is empty, do nothing. But if it has content,
11932construct a list combining the square of the first number in the list
11933with the result of the recursive call.
11934
11935(The example follows the pattern exactly: @code{nil} is returned if
11936the numbers' list is empty. In practice, you would write the
11937conditional so it carries out the action when the numbers' list is not
11938empty.)
11939
11940The @code{print-elements-recursively} function (@pxref{Recursion with
11941list, , Recursion with a List}) is another example of an @code{every}
11942pattern, except in this case, rather than bring the results together
11943using @code{cons}, we print each element of output.
11944
11945@need 1250
11946The @code{print-elements-recursively} function looks like this:
11947
11948@smallexample
11949@group
11950(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11951@end group
11952
11953@group
11954(defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11955 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11956Uses recursion."
11957 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11958 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11959 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11960 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11961
11962(print-elements-recursively animals)
11963@end group
11964@end smallexample
11965
11966@need 1500
11967The pattern for @code{print-elements-recursively} is:
11968
11969@itemize @bullet
11970@item
11971When the list is empty, do nothing.
11972@item
11973But when the list has at least one element,
11974 @itemize @minus
11975 @item
11976 act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11977 @item
11978 and make a recursive call on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11979 @end itemize
11980@end itemize
11981
11982@node Accumulate, Keep, Every, Recursive Patterns
11983@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11984@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{accumulate}
11985@cindex Accumulate, type of recursive pattern
11986@cindex Recursive pattern: accumulate
11987
11988Another recursive pattern is called the @code{accumulate} pattern. In
11989the @code{accumulate} recursive pattern, an action is performed on
11990every element of a list and the result of that action is accumulated
11991with the results of performing the action on the other elements.
11992
11993This is very like the `every' pattern using @code{cons}, except that
11994@code{cons} is not used, but some other combiner.
11995
11996@need 1500
11997The pattern is:
11998
11999@itemize @bullet
12000@item
12001If a list be empty, return zero or some other constant.
12002@item
12003Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
12004 @itemize @minus
12005 @item
12006 and combine that acted-on element, using @code{+} or
12007 some other combining function, with
12008 @item
12009 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
12010 @end itemize
12011@end itemize
12012
12013@need 1500
12014Here is an example:
12015
12016@smallexample
12017@group
12018(defun add-elements (numbers-list)
12019 "Add the elements of NUMBERS-LIST together."
12020 (if (not numbers-list)
12021 0
12022 (+ (car numbers-list) (add-elements (cdr numbers-list)))))
12023@end group
12024
12025@group
12026(add-elements '(1 2 3 4))
12027 @result{} 10
12028@end group
12029@end smallexample
12030
12031@xref{Files List, , Making a List of Files}, for an example of the
12032accumulate pattern.
12033
12034@node Keep, , Accumulate, Recursive Patterns
12035@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12036@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{keep}
12037@cindex Keep, type of recursive pattern
12038@cindex Recursive pattern: keep
12039
12040A third recursive pattern is called the @code{keep} pattern.
12041In the @code{keep} recursive pattern, each element of a list is tested;
12042the element is acted on and the results are kept only if the element
12043meets a criterion.
12044
12045Again, this is very like the `every' pattern, except the element is
12046skipped unless it meets a criterion.
12047
12048@need 1500
12049The pattern has three parts:
12050
12051@itemize @bullet
12052@item
12053If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
12054@item
12055Else, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) passes
12056 a test
12057 @itemize @minus
12058 @item
12059 act on that element and combine it, using @code{cons} with
12060 @item
12061 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
12062 @end itemize
12063@item
12064Otherwise, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) fails
12065the test
12066 @itemize @minus
12067 @item
12068 skip on that element,
12069 @item
12070 and, recursively call the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
12071 @end itemize
12072@end itemize
12073
12074@need 1500
12075Here is an example that uses @code{cond}:
12076
12077@smallexample
12078@group
12079(defun keep-three-letter-words (word-list)
12080 "Keep three letter words in WORD-LIST."
12081 (cond
12082 ;; First do-again-test: stop-condition
12083 ((not word-list) nil)
12084
12085 ;; Second do-again-test: when to act
12086 ((eq 3 (length (symbol-name (car word-list))))
12087 ;; combine acted-on element with recursive call on shorter list
12088 (cons (car word-list) (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list))))
12089
12090 ;; Third do-again-test: when to skip element;
12091 ;; recursively call shorter list with next-step expression
12092 (t (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list)))))
12093@end group
12094
12095@group
12096(keep-three-letter-words '(one two three four five six))
12097 @result{} (one two six)
12098@end group
12099@end smallexample
12100
12101It goes without saying that you need not use @code{nil} as the test for
12102when to stop; and you can, of course, combine these patterns.
12103
12104@node No Deferment, No deferment solution, Recursive Patterns, Recursion
12105@subsection Recursion without Deferments
12106@cindex Deferment in recursion
12107@cindex Recursion without Deferments
12108
12109Let's consider again what happens with the @code{triangle-recursively}
12110function. We will find that the intermediate calculations are
12111deferred until all can be done.
12112
12113@need 800
12114Here is the function definition:
12115
12116@smallexample
12117@group
12118(defun triangle-recursively (number)
12119 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
12120Uses recursion."
12121 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
12122 1 ; @r{then-part}
12123 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
12124 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
12125 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
12126@end group
12127@end smallexample
12128
12129What happens when we call this function with a argument of 7?
12130
12131The first instance of the @code{triangle-recursively} function adds
12132the number 7 to the value returned by a second instance of
12133@code{triangle-recursively}, an instance that has been passed an
12134argument of 6. That is to say, the first calculation is:
12135
12136@smallexample
12137(+ 7 (triangle-recursively 6))
12138@end smallexample
12139
12140@noindent
12141The first instance of @code{triangle-recursively}---you may want to
12142think of it as a little robot---cannot complete its job. It must hand
12143off the calculation for @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} to a second
12144instance of the program, to a second robot. This second individual is
12145completely different from the first one; it is, in the jargon, a
12146`different instantiation'. Or, put another way, it is a different
12147robot. It is the same model as the first; it calculates triangle
12148numbers recursively; but it has a different serial number.
12149
12150And what does @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} return? It returns the
12151number 6 added to the value returned by evaluating
12152@code{triangle-recursively} with an argument of 5. Using the robot
12153metaphor, it asks yet another robot to help it.
12154
12155@need 800
12156Now the total is:
12157
12158@smallexample
12159(+ 7 6 (triangle-recursively 5))
12160@end smallexample
12161
12162@need 800
12163And what happens next?
12164
12165@smallexample
12166(+ 7 6 5 (triangle-recursively 4))
12167@end smallexample
12168
12169Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is called, except for the last
12170time, it creates another instance of the program---another robot---and
12171asks it to make a calculation.
12172
12173@need 800
12174Eventually, the full addition is set up and performed:
12175
12176@smallexample
12177(+ 7 6 5 4 3 2 1)
12178@end smallexample
12179
12180This design for the function defers the calculation of the first step
12181until the second can be done, and defers that until the third can be
12182done, and so on. Each deferment means the computer must remember what
12183is being waited on. This is not a problem when there are only a few
12184steps, as in this example. But it can be a problem when there are
12185more steps.
12186
12187@node No deferment solution, , No Deferment, Recursion
12188@subsection No Deferment Solution
12189@cindex No deferment solution
12190@cindex Defermentless solution
12191@cindex Solution without deferment
12192
12193The solution to the problem of deferred operations is to write in a
12194manner that does not defer operations@footnote{The phrase @dfn{tail
12195recursive} is used to describe such a process, one that uses
12196`constant space'.}. This requires
12197writing to a different pattern, often one that involves writing two
12198function definitions, an `initialization' function and a `helper'
12199function.
12200
12201The `initialization' function sets up the job; the `helper' function
12202does the work.
12203
12204@need 1200
12205Here are the two function definitions for adding up numbers. They are
12206so simple, I find them hard to understand.
12207
12208@smallexample
12209@group
12210(defun triangle-initialization (number)
12211 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
12212This is the `initialization' component of a two function
12213duo that uses recursion."
12214 (triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 number))
12215@end group
12216@end smallexample
12217
12218@smallexample
12219@group
12220(defun triangle-recursive-helper (sum counter number)
12221 "Return SUM, using COUNTER, through NUMBER inclusive.
12222This is the `helper' component of a two function duo
12223that uses recursion."
12224 (if (> counter number)
12225 sum
12226 (triangle-recursive-helper (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum}
12227 (1+ counter) ; @r{counter}
12228 number))) ; @r{number}
12229@end group
12230@end smallexample
12231
12232@need 1250
12233Install both function definitions by evaluating them, then call
12234@code{triangle-initialization} with 2 rows:
12235
12236@smallexample
12237@group
12238(triangle-initialization 2)
12239 @result{} 3
12240@end group
12241@end smallexample
12242
12243The `initialization' function calls the first instance of the `helper'
12244function with three arguments: zero, zero, and a number which is the
12245number of rows in the triangle.
12246
12247The first two arguments passed to the `helper' function are
12248initialization values. These values are changed when
12249@code{triangle-recursive-helper} invokes new instances.@footnote{The
12250jargon is mildly confusing: @code{triangle-recursive-helper} uses a
12251process that is iterative in a procedure that is recursive. The
12252process is called iterative because the computer need only record the
12253three values, @code{sum}, @code{counter}, and @code{number}; the
12254procedure is recursive because the function `calls itself'. On the
12255other hand, both the process and the procedure used by
12256@code{triangle-recursively} are called recursive. The word
12257`recursive' has different meanings in the two contexts.}
12258
12259Let's see what happens when we have a triangle that has one row. (This
12260triangle will have one pebble in it!)
12261
12262@need 1200
12263@code{triangle-initialization} will call its helper with
12264the arguments @w{@code{0 0 1}}. That function will run the conditional
12265test whether @code{(> counter number)}:
12266
12267@smallexample
12268(> 0 1)
12269@end smallexample
12270
12271@need 1200
12272@noindent
12273and find that the result is false, so it will invoke
12274the else-part of the @code{if} clause:
12275
12276@smallexample
12277@group
12278 (triangle-recursive-helper
12279 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12280 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12281 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12282@end group
12283@end smallexample
12284
12285@need 800
12286@noindent
12287which will first compute:
12288
12289@smallexample
12290@group
12291(triangle-recursive-helper (+ 0 0) ; @r{sum}
12292 (1+ 0) ; @r{counter}
12293 1) ; @r{number}
12294@exdent which is:
12295
12296(triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 1)
12297@end group
12298@end smallexample
12299
12300Again, @code{(> counter number)} will be false, so again, the Lisp
12301interpreter will evaluate @code{triangle-recursive-helper}, creating a
12302new instance with new arguments.
12303
12304@need 800
12305This new instance will be;
12306
12307@smallexample
12308@group
12309 (triangle-recursive-helper
12310 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12311 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12312 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12313
12314@exdent which is:
12315
12316(triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 1)
12317@end group
12318@end smallexample
12319
12320In this case, the @code{(> counter number)} test will be true! So the
12321instance will return the value of the sum, which will be 1, as
12322expected.
12323
12324Now, let's pass @code{triangle-initialization} an argument
12325of 2, to find out how many pebbles there are in a triangle with two rows.
12326
12327That function calls @code{(triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 2)}.
12328
12329@need 800
12330In stages, the instances called will be:
12331
12332@smallexample
12333@group
12334 @r{sum counter number}
12335(triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 2)
12336
12337(triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 2)
12338
12339(triangle-recursive-helper 3 3 2)
12340@end group
12341@end smallexample
12342
12343When the last instance is called, the @code{(> counter number)} test
12344will be true, so the instance will return the value of @code{sum},
12345which will be 3.
12346
12347This kind of pattern helps when you are writing functions that can use
12348many resources in a computer.
12349
12350@need 1500
12351@node Looping exercise, , Recursion, Loops & Recursion
12352@section Looping Exercise
12353
12354@itemize @bullet
12355@item
12356Write a function similar to @code{triangle} in which each row has a
12357value which is the square of the row number. Use a @code{while} loop.
12358
12359@item
12360Write a function similar to @code{triangle} that multiplies instead of
12361adds the values.
12362
12363@item
12364Rewrite these two functions recursively. Rewrite these functions
12365using @code{cond}.
12366
12367@c comma in printed title causes problem in Info cross reference
12368@item
12369Write a function for Texinfo mode that creates an index entry at the
12370beginning of a paragraph for every @samp{@@dfn} within the paragraph.
12371(In a Texinfo file, @samp{@@dfn} marks a definition. This book is
12372written in Texinfo.)
12373
12374Many of the functions you will need are described in two of the
12375previous chapters, @ref{Cutting & Storing Text, , Cutting and Storing
12376Text}, and @ref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}. If you use
12377@code{forward-paragraph} to put the index entry at the beginning of
12378the paragraph, you will have to use @w{@kbd{C-h f}}
12379(@code{describe-function}) to find out how to make the command go
12380backwards.
12381
12382For more information, see
12383@ifinfo
12384@ref{Indicating, , Indicating Definitions, texinfo}.
12385@end ifinfo
12386@ifhtml
12387@ref{Indicating, , Indicating, texinfo, Texinfo Manual}, which goes to
12388a Texinfo manual in the current directory. Or, if you are on the
12389Internet, see
12390@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo/}
12391@end ifhtml
12392@iftex
12393``Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.'' in @cite{Texinfo, The GNU
12394Documentation Format}.
12395@end iftex
12396@end itemize
12397
12398@node Regexp Search, Counting Words, Loops & Recursion, Top
12399@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12400@chapter Regular Expression Searches
12401@cindex Searches, illustrating
12402@cindex Regular expression searches
12403@cindex Patterns, searching for
12404@cindex Motion by sentence and paragraph
12405@cindex Sentences, movement by
12406@cindex Paragraphs, movement by
12407
12408Regular expression searches are used extensively in GNU Emacs. The
12409two functions, @code{forward-sentence} and @code{forward-paragraph},
12410illustrate these searches well. They use regular expressions to find
12411where to move point. The phrase `regular expression' is often written
12412as `regexp'.
12413
12414Regular expression searches are described in @ref{Regexp Search, ,
12415Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, as well as in
12416@ref{Regular Expressions, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
12417Manual}. In writing this chapter, I am presuming that you have at
12418least a mild acquaintance with them. The major point to remember is
12419that regular expressions permit you to search for patterns as well as
12420for literal strings of characters. For example, the code in
12421@code{forward-sentence} searches for the pattern of possible
12422characters that could mark the end of a sentence, and moves point to
12423that spot.
12424
12425Before looking at the code for the @code{forward-sentence} function, it
12426is worth considering what the pattern that marks the end of a sentence
12427must be. The pattern is discussed in the next section; following that
12428is a description of the regular expression search function,
12429@code{re-search-forward}. The @code{forward-sentence} function
12430is described in the section following. Finally, the
12431@code{forward-paragraph} function is described in the last section of
12432this chapter. @code{forward-paragraph} is a complex function that
12433introduces several new features.
12434
12435@menu
12436* sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
12437* re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
12438* forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
12439* forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
12440* etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
12441* Regexp Review::
12442* re-search Exercises::
12443@end menu
12444
12445@node sentence-end, re-search-forward, Regexp Search, Regexp Search
12446@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12447@section The Regular Expression for @code{sentence-end}
12448@findex sentence-end
12449
12450The symbol @code{sentence-end} is bound to the pattern that marks the
12451end of a sentence. What should this regular expression be?
12452
12453Clearly, a sentence may be ended by a period, a question mark, or an
12454exclamation mark. Indeed, in English, only clauses that end with one
12455of those three characters should be considered the end of a sentence.
12456This means that the pattern should include the character set:
12457
12458@smallexample
12459[.?!]
12460@end smallexample
12461
12462However, we do not want @code{forward-sentence} merely to jump to a
12463period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark, because such a character
12464might be used in the middle of a sentence. A period, for example, is
12465used after abbreviations. So other information is needed.
12466
12467According to convention, you type two spaces after every sentence, but
12468only one space after a period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark in
12469the body of a sentence. So a period, a question mark, or an exclamation
12470mark followed by two spaces is a good indicator of an end of sentence.
12471However, in a file, the two spaces may instead be a tab or the end of a
12472line. This means that the regular expression should include these three
12473items as alternatives.
12474
12475@need 800
12476This group of alternatives will look like this:
12477
12478@smallexample
12479@group
12480\\($\\| \\| \\)
12481 ^ ^^
12482 TAB SPC
12483@end group
12484@end smallexample
12485
12486@noindent
12487Here, @samp{$} indicates the end of the line, and I have pointed out
12488where the tab and two spaces are inserted in the expression. Both are
12489inserted by putting the actual characters into the expression.
12490
12491Two backslashes, @samp{\\}, are required before the parentheses and
12492vertical bars: the first backslash quotes the following backslash in
12493Emacs; and the second indicates that the following character, the
12494parenthesis or the vertical bar, is special.
12495
12496@need 1000
12497Also, a sentence may be followed by one or more carriage returns, like
12498this:
12499
12500@smallexample
12501@group
12502[
12503]*
12504@end group
12505@end smallexample
12506
12507@noindent
12508Like tabs and spaces, a carriage return is inserted into a regular
12509expression by inserting it literally. The asterisk indicates that the
12510@key{RET} is repeated zero or more times.
12511
12512But a sentence end does not consist only of a period, a question mark or
12513an exclamation mark followed by appropriate space: a closing quotation
12514mark or a closing brace of some kind may precede the space. Indeed more
12515than one such mark or brace may precede the space. These require a
12516expression that looks like this:
12517
12518@smallexample
12519[]\"')@}]*
12520@end smallexample
12521
12522In this expression, the first @samp{]} is the first character in the
12523expression; the second character is @samp{"}, which is preceded by a
12524@samp{\} to tell Emacs the @samp{"} is @emph{not} special. The last
12525three characters are @samp{'}, @samp{)}, and @samp{@}}.
12526
12527All this suggests what the regular expression pattern for matching the
12528end of a sentence should be; and, indeed, if we evaluate
12529@code{sentence-end} we find that it returns the following value:
12530
12531@smallexample
12532@group
12533sentence-end
12534 @result{} "[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12535]*"
12536@end group
12537@end smallexample
12538
12539@noindent
12540(Well, not in GNU Emacs 22; that is because of an effort to make the
12541process simpler and to handle more glyphs and languages. When the
12542value of @code{sentence-end} is @code{nil}, then use the value defined
12543by the function @code{sentence-end}. (Here is a use of the difference
12544between a value and a function in Emacs Lisp.) The function returns a
12545value constructed from the variables @code{sentence-end-base},
12546@code{sentence-end-double-space}, @code{sentence-end-without-period},
12547and @code{sentence-end-without-space}. The critical variable is
12548@code{sentence-end-base}; its global value is similar to the one
12549described above but it also contains two additional quotation marks.
12550These have differing degrees of curliness. The
12551@code{sentence-end-without-period} variable, when true, tells Emacs
12552that a sentence may end without a period, such as text in Thai.)
12553
12554@ignore
12555@noindent
12556(Note that here the @key{TAB}, two spaces, and @key{RET} are shown
12557literally in the pattern.)
12558
12559This regular expression can be deciphered as follows:
12560
12561@table @code
12562@item [.?!]
12563The first part of the pattern is the three characters, a period, a question
12564mark and an exclamation mark, within square brackets. The pattern must
12565begin with one or other of these characters.
12566
12567@item []\"')@}]*
12568The second part of the pattern is the group of closing braces and
12569quotation marks, which can appear zero or more times. These may follow
12570the period, question mark or exclamation mark. In a regular expression,
12571the backslash, @samp{\}, followed by the double quotation mark,
12572@samp{"}, indicates the class of string-quote characters. Usually, the
12573double quotation mark is the only character in this class. The
12574asterisk, @samp{*}, indicates that the items in the previous group (the
12575group surrounded by square brackets, @samp{[]}) may be repeated zero or
12576more times.
12577
12578@item \\($\\| \\| \\)
12579The third part of the pattern is one or other of: either the end of a
12580line, or two blank spaces, or a tab. The double back-slashes are used
12581to prevent Emacs from reading the parentheses and vertical bars as part
12582of the search pattern; the parentheses are used to mark the group and
12583the vertical bars are used to indicated that the patterns to either side
12584of them are alternatives. The dollar sign is used to indicate the end
12585of a line and both the two spaces and the tab are each inserted as is to
12586indicate what they are.
12587
12588@item [@key{RET}]*
12589Finally, the last part of the pattern indicates that the end of the line
12590or the whitespace following the period, question mark or exclamation
12591mark may, but need not, be followed by one or more carriage returns. In
12592the pattern, the carriage return is inserted as an actual carriage
12593return between square brackets but here it is shown as @key{RET}.
12594@end table
12595@end ignore
12596
12597@node re-search-forward, forward-sentence, sentence-end, Regexp Search
12598@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12599@section The @code{re-search-forward} Function
12600@findex re-search-forward
12601
12602The @code{re-search-forward} function is very like the
12603@code{search-forward} function. (@xref{search-forward, , The
12604@code{search-forward} Function}.)
12605
12606@code{re-search-forward} searches for a regular expression. If the
12607search is successful, it leaves point immediately after the last
12608character in the target. If the search is backwards, it leaves point
12609just before the first character in the target. You may tell
12610@code{re-search-forward} to return @code{t} for true. (Moving point
12611is therefore a `side effect'.)
12612
12613Like @code{search-forward}, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes
12614four arguments:
12615
12616@enumerate
12617@item
12618The first argument is the regular expression that the function searches
7b4b1301 12619for. The regular expression will be a string between quotation marks.
8cda6f8f
GM
12620
12621@item
12622The optional second argument limits how far the function will search; it is a
12623bound, which is specified as a position in the buffer.
12624
12625@item
12626The optional third argument specifies how the function responds to
12627failure: @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
12628signal an error (and print a message) when the search fails; any other
12629value causes it to return @code{nil} if the search fails and @code{t}
12630if the search succeeds.
12631
12632@item
12633The optional fourth argument is the repeat count. A negative repeat
12634count causes @code{re-search-forward} to search backwards.
12635@end enumerate
12636
12637@need 800
12638The template for @code{re-search-forward} looks like this:
12639
12640@smallexample
12641@group
12642(re-search-forward "@var{regular-expression}"
12643 @var{limit-of-search}
12644 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
12645 @var{repeat-count})
12646@end group
12647@end smallexample
12648
12649The second, third, and fourth arguments are optional. However, if you
12650want to pass a value to either or both of the last two arguments, you
12651must also pass a value to all the preceding arguments. Otherwise, the
12652Lisp interpreter will mistake which argument you are passing the value
12653to.
12654
12655@need 1200
12656In the @code{forward-sentence} function, the regular expression will be
12657the value of the variable @code{sentence-end}. In simple form, that is:
12658
12659@smallexample
12660@group
12661"[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12662]*"
12663@end group
12664@end smallexample
12665
12666@noindent
12667The limit of the search will be the end of the paragraph (since a
12668sentence cannot go beyond a paragraph). If the search fails, the
12669function will return @code{nil}; and the repeat count will be provided
12670by the argument to the @code{forward-sentence} function.
12671
12672@node forward-sentence, forward-paragraph, re-search-forward, Regexp Search
12673@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12674@section @code{forward-sentence}
12675@findex forward-sentence
12676
12677The command to move the cursor forward a sentence is a straightforward
12678illustration of how to use regular expression searches in Emacs Lisp.
12679Indeed, the function looks longer and more complicated than it is; this
12680is because the function is designed to go backwards as well as forwards;
12681and, optionally, over more than one sentence. The function is usually
12682bound to the key command @kbd{M-e}.
12683
12684@menu
12685* Complete forward-sentence::
12686* fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
12687* fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
12688@end menu
12689
12690@node Complete forward-sentence, fwd-sentence while loops, forward-sentence, forward-sentence
12691@ifnottex
12692@unnumberedsubsec Complete @code{forward-sentence} function definition
12693@end ifnottex
12694
12695@need 1250
12696Here is the code for @code{forward-sentence}:
12697
12698@c in GNU Emacs 22
12699@smallexample
12700@group
12701(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12702 "Move forward to next `sentence-end'. With argument, repeat.
12703With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to `sentence-beginning'.
12704
12705The variable `sentence-end' is a regular expression that matches ends of
12706sentences. Also, every paragraph boundary terminates sentences as well."
12707@end group
12708@group
12709 (interactive "p")
12710 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12711 (let ((opoint (point))
12712 (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12713 (while (< arg 0)
12714 (let ((pos (point))
12715 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12716 (if (and (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)
12717 (or (< (match-end 0) pos)
12718 (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)))
12719 (goto-char (match-end 0))
12720 (goto-char par-beg)))
12721 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12722@end group
12723@group
12724 (while (> arg 0)
12725 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12726 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12727 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12728 (goto-char par-end)))
12729 (setq arg (1- arg)))
12730 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)))
12731@end group
12732@end smallexample
12733
12734@ignore
12735GNU Emacs 21
12736@smallexample
12737@group
12738(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12739 "Move forward to next sentence-end. With argument, repeat.
12740With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to sentence-beginning.
12741Sentence ends are identified by the value of sentence-end
12742treated as a regular expression. Also, every paragraph boundary
12743terminates sentences as well."
12744@end group
12745@group
12746 (interactive "p")
12747 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12748 (while (< arg 0)
12749 (let ((par-beg
12750 (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12751 (if (re-search-backward
12752 (concat sentence-end "[^ \t\n]") par-beg t)
12753 (goto-char (1- (match-end 0)))
12754 (goto-char par-beg)))
12755 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12756 (while (> arg 0)
12757 (let ((par-end
12758 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12759 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12760 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12761 (goto-char par-end)))
12762 (setq arg (1- arg))))
12763@end group
12764@end smallexample
12765@end ignore
12766
12767The function looks long at first sight and it is best to look at its
12768skeleton first, and then its muscle. The way to see the skeleton is to
12769look at the expressions that start in the left-most columns:
12770
12771@smallexample
12772@group
12773(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12774 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
12775 (interactive "p")
12776 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12777 (let ((opoint (point)) (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12778 (while (< arg 0)
12779 (let ((pos (point))
12780 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12781 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-backwards}
12782 (while (> arg 0)
12783 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12784 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-forwards}
12785 @var{handle-forms-and-equivalent}
12786@end group
12787@end smallexample
12788
12789This looks much simpler! The function definition consists of
12790documentation, an @code{interactive} expression, an @code{or}
12791expression, a @code{let} expression, and @code{while} loops.
12792
12793Let's look at each of these parts in turn.
12794
12795We note that the documentation is thorough and understandable.
12796
12797The function has an @code{interactive "p"} declaration. This means
12798that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the
12799function as its argument. (This will be a number.) If the function
12800is not passed an argument (it is optional) then the argument
12801@code{arg} will be bound to 1.
12802
12803When @code{forward-sentence} is called non-interactively without an
12804argument, @code{arg} is bound to @code{nil}. The @code{or} expression
12805handles this. What it does is either leave the value of @code{arg} as
12806it is, but only if @code{arg} is bound to a value; or it sets the
12807value of @code{arg} to 1, in the case when @code{arg} is bound to
12808@code{nil}.
12809
12810Next is a @code{let}. That specifies the values of two local
12811variables, @code{point} and @code{sentence-end}. The local value of
12812point, from before the search, is used in the
12813@code{constrain-to-field} function which handles forms and
12814equivalents. The @code{sentence-end} variable is set by the
12815@code{sentence-end} function.
12816
12817@node fwd-sentence while loops, fwd-sentence re-search, Complete forward-sentence, forward-sentence
12818@unnumberedsubsec The @code{while} loops
12819
12820Two @code{while} loops follow. The first @code{while} has a
12821true-or-false-test that tests true if the prefix argument for
12822@code{forward-sentence} is a negative number. This is for going
12823backwards. The body of this loop is similar to the body of the second
12824@code{while} clause, but it is not exactly the same. We will skip
12825this @code{while} loop and concentrate on the second @code{while}
12826loop.
12827
12828@need 1500
12829The second @code{while} loop is for moving point forward. Its skeleton
12830looks like this:
12831
12832@smallexample
12833@group
12834(while (> arg 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
12835 (let @var{varlist}
12836 (if (@var{true-or-false-test})
12837 @var{then-part}
12838 @var{else-part}
12839 (setq arg (1- arg)))) ; @code{while} @r{loop decrementer}
12840@end group
12841@end smallexample
12842
12843The @code{while} loop is of the decrementing kind.
12844(@xref{Decrementing Loop, , A Loop with a Decrementing Counter}.) It
12845has a true-or-false-test that tests true so long as the counter (in
12846this case, the variable @code{arg}) is greater than zero; and it has a
12847decrementer that subtracts 1 from the value of the counter every time
12848the loop repeats.
12849
12850If no prefix argument is given to @code{forward-sentence}, which is
12851the most common way the command is used, this @code{while} loop will
12852run once, since the value of @code{arg} will be 1.
12853
12854The body of the @code{while} loop consists of a @code{let} expression,
12855which creates and binds a local variable, and has, as its body, an
12856@code{if} expression.
12857
12858@need 1250
12859The body of the @code{while} loop looks like this:
12860
12861@smallexample
12862@group
12863(let ((par-end
12864 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12865 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12866 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12867 (goto-char par-end)))
12868@end group
12869@end smallexample
12870
12871The @code{let} expression creates and binds the local variable
12872@code{par-end}. As we shall see, this local variable is designed to
12873provide a bound or limit to the regular expression search. If the
12874search fails to find a proper sentence ending in the paragraph, it will
12875stop on reaching the end of the paragraph.
12876
12877But first, let us examine how @code{par-end} is bound to the value of
12878the end of the paragraph. What happens is that the @code{let} sets the
12879value of @code{par-end} to the value returned when the Lisp interpreter
12880evaluates the expression
12881
12882@smallexample
12883@group
12884(save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))
12885@end group
12886@end smallexample
12887
12888@noindent
12889In this expression, @code{(end-of-paragraph-text)} moves point to the
12890end of the paragraph, @code{(point)} returns the value of point, and then
12891@code{save-excursion} restores point to its original position. Thus,
12892the @code{let} binds @code{par-end} to the value returned by the
12893@code{save-excursion} expression, which is the position of the end of
12894the paragraph. (The @code{end-of-paragraph-text} function uses
12895@code{forward-paragraph}, which we will discuss shortly.)
12896
12897@need 1200
12898Emacs next evaluates the body of the @code{let}, which is an @code{if}
12899expression that looks like this:
12900
12901@smallexample
12902@group
12903(if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t) ; @r{if-part}
12904 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") ; @r{then-part}
12905 (goto-char par-end))) ; @r{else-part}
12906@end group
12907@end smallexample
12908
12909The @code{if} tests whether its first argument is true and if so,
12910evaluates its then-part; otherwise, the Emacs Lisp interpreter
12911evaluates the else-part. The true-or-false-test of the @code{if}
12912expression is the regular expression search.
12913
12914It may seem odd to have what looks like the `real work' of
12915the @code{forward-sentence} function buried here, but this is a common
12916way this kind of operation is carried out in Lisp.
12917
12918@node fwd-sentence re-search, , fwd-sentence while loops, forward-sentence
12919@unnumberedsubsec The regular expression search
12920
12921The @code{re-search-forward} function searches for the end of the
12922sentence, that is, for the pattern defined by the @code{sentence-end}
12923regular expression. If the pattern is found---if the end of the sentence is
12924found---then the @code{re-search-forward} function does two things:
12925
12926@enumerate
12927@item
12928The @code{re-search-forward} function carries out a side effect, which
12929is to move point to the end of the occurrence found.
12930
12931@item
12932The @code{re-search-forward} function returns a value of true. This is
12933the value received by the @code{if}, and means that the search was
12934successful.
12935@end enumerate
12936
12937@noindent
12938The side effect, the movement of point, is completed before the
12939@code{if} function is handed the value returned by the successful
12940conclusion of the search.
12941
12942When the @code{if} function receives the value of true from a successful
12943call to @code{re-search-forward}, the @code{if} evaluates the then-part,
12944which is the expression @code{(skip-chars-backward " \t\n")}. This
12945expression moves backwards over any blank spaces, tabs or carriage
12946returns until a printed character is found and then leaves point after
12947the character. Since point has already been moved to the end of the
12948pattern that marks the end of the sentence, this action leaves point
12949right after the closing printed character of the sentence, which is
12950usually a period.
12951
12952On the other hand, if the @code{re-search-forward} function fails to
12953find a pattern marking the end of the sentence, the function returns
12954false. The false then causes the @code{if} to evaluate its third
12955argument, which is @code{(goto-char par-end)}: it moves point to the
12956end of the paragraph.
12957
12958(And if the text is in a form or equivalent, and point may not move
12959fully, then the @code{constrain-to-field} function comes into play.)
12960
12961Regular expression searches are exceptionally useful and the pattern
12962illustrated by @code{re-search-forward}, in which the search is the
12963test of an @code{if} expression, is handy. You will see or write code
12964incorporating this pattern often.
12965
12966@node forward-paragraph, etags, forward-sentence, Regexp Search
12967@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12968@section @code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
12969@findex forward-paragraph
12970
12971@ignore
12972@c in GNU Emacs 22
12973(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
12974 "Move forward to end of paragraph.
12975With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
12976a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N paragraphs.
12977
12978A line which `paragraph-start' matches either separates paragraphs
12979\(if `paragraph-separate' matches it also) or is the first line of a paragraph.
12980A paragraph end is the beginning of a line which is not part of the paragraph
12981to which the end of the previous line belongs, or the end of the buffer.
12982Returns the count of paragraphs left to move."
12983 (interactive "p")
12984 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12985 (let* ((opoint (point))
12986 (fill-prefix-regexp
12987 (and fill-prefix (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
12988 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12989 (regexp-quote fill-prefix)))
12990 ;; Remove ^ from paragraph-start and paragraph-sep if they are there.
12991 ;; These regexps shouldn't be anchored, because we look for them
12992 ;; starting at the left-margin. This allows paragraph commands to
12993 ;; work normally with indented text.
12994 ;; This hack will not find problem cases like "whatever\\|^something".
12995 (parstart (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-start))
12996 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-start 0)))
12997 (substring paragraph-start 1)
12998 paragraph-start))
12999 (parsep (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-separate))
13000 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-separate 0)))
13001 (substring paragraph-separate 1)
13002 paragraph-separate))
13003 (parsep
13004 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13005 (concat parsep "\\|"
13006 fill-prefix-regexp "[ \t]*$")
13007 parsep))
13008 ;; This is used for searching.
13009 (sp-parstart (concat "^[ \t]*\\(?:" parstart "\\|" parsep "\\)"))
13010 start found-start)
13011 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp)))
13012 (if (and (not (looking-at parsep))
13013 (re-search-backward "^\n" (max (1- (point)) (point-min)) t)
13014 (looking-at parsep))
13015 (setq arg (1+ arg))
13016 (setq start (point))
13017 ;; Move back over paragraph-separating lines.
13018 (forward-char -1) (beginning-of-line)
13019 (while (and (not (bobp))
13020 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13021 (looking-at parsep)))
13022 (forward-line -1))
13023 (if (bobp)
13024 nil
13025 (setq arg (1+ arg))
13026 ;; Go to end of the previous (non-separating) line.
13027 (end-of-line)
13028 ;; Search back for line that starts or separates paragraphs.
13029 (if (if fill-prefix-regexp
13030 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13031 (let (multiple-lines)
13032 (while (and (progn (beginning-of-line) (not (bobp)))
13033 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13034 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13035 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13036 (unless (= (point) start)
13037 (setq multiple-lines t))
13038 (forward-line -1))
13039 (move-to-left-margin)
13040 ;; This deleted code caused a long hanging-indent line
13041 ;; not to be filled together with the following lines.
13042 ;; ;; Don't move back over a line before the paragraph
13043 ;; ;; which doesn't start with fill-prefix
13044 ;; ;; unless that is the only line we've moved over.
13045 ;; (and (not (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13046 ;; multiple-lines
13047 ;; (forward-line 1))
13048 (not (bobp)))
13049 (while (and (re-search-backward sp-parstart nil 1)
13050 (setq found-start t)
13051 ;; Found a candidate, but need to check if it is a
13052 ;; REAL parstart.
13053 (progn (setq start (point))
13054 (move-to-left-margin)
13055 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13056 (not (and (looking-at parstart)
13057 (or (not use-hard-newlines)
13058 (bobp)
13059 (get-text-property
13060 (1- start) 'hard)))))
13061 (setq found-start nil)
13062 (goto-char start))
13063 found-start)
13064 ;; Found one.
13065 (progn
13066 ;; Move forward over paragraph separators.
13067 ;; We know this cannot reach the place we started
13068 ;; because we know we moved back over a non-separator.
13069 (while (and (not (eobp))
13070 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13071 (looking-at parsep)))
13072 (forward-line 1))
13073 ;; If line before paragraph is just margin, back up to there.
13074 (end-of-line 0)
13075 (if (> (current-column) (current-left-margin))
13076 (forward-char 1)
13077 (skip-chars-backward " \t")
13078 (if (not (bolp))
13079 (forward-line 1))))
13080 ;; No starter or separator line => use buffer beg.
13081 (goto-char (point-min))))))
13082
13083 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13084 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13085 (while (and (not (eobp))
13086 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13087 (looking-at parsep))
13088 (forward-line 1))
13089 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13090 ;; ... and one more line.
13091 (forward-line 1)
13092 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13093 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13094 (while (and (not (eobp))
13095 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13096 (not (looking-at parsep))
13097 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13098 (forward-line 1))
13099 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13100 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13101 (goto-char start)
13102 (not (eobp)))
13103 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13104 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13105 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13106 (and use-hard-newlines
13107 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13108 (forward-char 1))
13109 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13110 (goto-char start))))
13111 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)
13112 ;; Return the number of steps that could not be done.
13113 arg))
13114@end ignore
13115
13116The @code{forward-paragraph} function moves point forward to the end
13117of the paragraph. It is usually bound to @kbd{M-@}} and makes use of a
13118number of functions that are important in themselves, including
13119@code{let*}, @code{match-beginning}, and @code{looking-at}.
13120
13121The function definition for @code{forward-paragraph} is considerably
13122longer than the function definition for @code{forward-sentence}
13123because it works with a paragraph, each line of which may begin with a
13124fill prefix.
13125
13126A fill prefix consists of a string of characters that are repeated at
13127the beginning of each line. For example, in Lisp code, it is a
13128convention to start each line of a paragraph-long comment with
13129@samp{;;; }. In Text mode, four blank spaces make up another common
13130fill prefix, creating an indented paragraph. (@xref{Fill Prefix, , ,
13131emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information about fill
13132prefixes.)
13133
13134The existence of a fill prefix means that in addition to being able to
13135find the end of a paragraph whose lines begin on the left-most
13136column, the @code{forward-paragraph} function must be able to find the
13137end of a paragraph when all or many of the lines in the buffer begin
13138with the fill prefix.
13139
13140Moreover, it is sometimes practical to ignore a fill prefix that
13141exists, especially when blank lines separate paragraphs.
13142This is an added complication.
13143
13144@menu
13145* forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
13146* fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
13147* fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
13148@end menu
13149
13150@node forward-paragraph in brief, fwd-para let, forward-paragraph, forward-paragraph
13151@ifnottex
13152@unnumberedsubsec Shortened @code{forward-paragraph} function definition
13153@end ifnottex
13154
13155Rather than print all of the @code{forward-paragraph} function, we
13156will only print parts of it. Read without preparation, the function
13157can be daunting!
13158
13159@need 800
13160In outline, the function looks like this:
13161
13162@smallexample
13163@group
13164(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
13165 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
13166 (interactive "p")
13167 (or arg (setq arg 1))
13168 (let*
13169 @var{varlist}
13170 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp))) ; @r{backward-moving-code}
13171 @dots{}
13172 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp))) ; @r{forward-moving-code}
13173 @dots{}
13174@end group
13175@end smallexample
13176
13177The first parts of the function are routine: the function's argument
13178list consists of one optional argument. Documentation follows.
13179
13180The lower case @samp{p} in the @code{interactive} declaration means
13181that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the function.
13182This will be a number, and is the repeat count of how many paragraphs
13183point will move. The @code{or} expression in the next line handles
13184the common case when no argument is passed to the function, which occurs
13185if the function is called from other code rather than interactively.
13186This case was described earlier. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
13187@code{forward-sentence} function}.) Now we reach the end of the
13188familiar part of this function.
13189
13190@node fwd-para let, fwd-para while, forward-paragraph in brief, forward-paragraph
13191@unnumberedsubsec The @code{let*} expression
13192
13193The next line of the @code{forward-paragraph} function begins a
13194@code{let*} expression. This is a different than @code{let}. The
13195symbol is @code{let*} not @code{let}.
13196
13197The @code{let*} special form is like @code{let} except that Emacs sets
13198each variable in sequence, one after another, and variables in the
13199latter part of the varlist can make use of the values to which Emacs
13200set variables in the earlier part of the varlist.
13201
13202@ignore
13203( refappend save-excursion, , code save-excursion in code append-to-buffer .)
13204@end ignore
13205
13206(@ref{append save-excursion, , @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
13207
13208In the @code{let*} expression in this function, Emacs binds a total of
13209seven variables: @code{opoint}, @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
13210@code{parstart}, @code{parsep}, @code{sp-parstart}, @code{start}, and
13211@code{found-start}.
13212
13213The variable @code{parsep} appears twice, first, to remove instances
13214of @samp{^}, and second, to handle fill prefixes.
13215
13216The variable @code{opoint} is just the value of @code{point}. As you
13217can guess, it is used in a @code{constrain-to-field} expression, just
13218as in @code{forward-sentence}.
13219
13220The variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is set to the value returned by
13221evaluating the following list:
13222
13223@smallexample
13224@group
13225(and fill-prefix
13226 (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
13227 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
13228 (regexp-quote fill-prefix))
13229@end group
13230@end smallexample
13231
13232@noindent
13233This is an expression whose first element is the @code{and} special form.
13234
13235As we learned earlier (@pxref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new}
13236function}), the @code{and} special form evaluates each of its
13237arguments until one of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in
13238which case the @code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if
13239none of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value
13240resulting from evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such
13241a value is not @code{nil}, it is considered true in Lisp.) In other
13242words, an @code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its
13243arguments are true.
13244@findex and
13245
13246In this case, the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to a
13247non-@code{nil} value only if the following four expressions produce a
13248true (i.e., a non-@code{nil}) value when they are evaluated; otherwise,
13249@code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to @code{nil}.
13250
13251@table @code
13252@item fill-prefix
13253When this variable is evaluated, the value of the fill prefix, if any,
13254is returned. If there is no fill prefix, this variable returns
13255@code{nil}.
13256
13257@item (not (equal fill-prefix "")
13258This expression checks whether an existing fill prefix is an empty
13259string, that is, a string with no characters in it. An empty string is
13260not a useful fill prefix.
13261
13262@item (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
13263This expression returns @code{nil} if the variable
13264@code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix} has been turned on by being set to a
13265true value such as @code{t}.
13266
13267@item (regexp-quote fill-prefix)
13268This is the last argument to the @code{and} special form. If all the
13269arguments to the @code{and} are true, the value resulting from
13270evaluating this expression will be returned by the @code{and} expression
13271and bound to the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
13272@end table
13273
13274@findex regexp-quote
13275@noindent
13276The result of evaluating this @code{and} expression successfully is that
13277@code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be bound to the value of
13278@code{fill-prefix} as modified by the @code{regexp-quote} function.
13279What @code{regexp-quote} does is read a string and return a regular
13280expression that will exactly match the string and match nothing else.
13281This means that @code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be set to a value that
13282will exactly match the fill prefix if the fill prefix exists.
13283Otherwise, the variable will be set to @code{nil}.
13284
13285The next two local variables in the @code{let*} expression are
13286designed to remove instances of @samp{^} from @code{parstart} and
13287@code{parsep}, the local variables which indicate the paragraph start
13288and the paragraph separator. The next expression sets @code{parsep}
13289again. That is to handle fill prefixes.
13290
13291This is the setting that requires the definition call @code{let*}
13292rather than @code{let}. The true-or-false-test for the @code{if}
13293depends on whether the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} evaluates to
13294@code{nil} or some other value.
13295
13296If @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does not have a value, Emacs evaluates
13297the else-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to
13298its local value. (@code{parsep} is a regular expression that matches
13299what separates paragraphs.)
13300
13301But if @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does have a value, Emacs evaluates
13302the then-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to a
13303regular expression that includes the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} as part
13304of the pattern.
13305
13306Specifically, @code{parsep} is set to the original value of the
13307paragraph separate regular expression concatenated with an alternative
13308expression that consists of the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} followed by
13309optional whitespace to the end of the line. The whitespace is defined
13310by @w{@code{"[ \t]*$"}}.) The @samp{\\|} defines this portion of the
13311regexp as an alternative to @code{parsep}.
13312
13313According to a comment in the code, the next local variable,
13314@code{sp-parstart}, is used for searching, and then the final two,
13315@code{start} and @code{found-start}, are set to @code{nil}.
13316
13317Now we get into the body of the @code{let*}. The first part of the body
13318of the @code{let*} deals with the case when the function is given a
13319negative argument and is therefore moving backwards. We will skip this
13320section.
13321
13322@node fwd-para while, , fwd-para let, forward-paragraph
13323@unnumberedsubsec The forward motion @code{while} loop
13324
13325The second part of the body of the @code{let*} deals with forward
13326motion. It is a @code{while} loop that repeats itself so long as the
13327value of @code{arg} is greater than zero. In the most common use of
13328the function, the value of the argument is 1, so the body of the
13329@code{while} loop is evaluated exactly once, and the cursor moves
13330forward one paragraph.
13331
13332@ignore
13333(while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13334
13335 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13336 (while (and (not (eobp))
13337 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13338 (looking-at parsep))
13339 (forward-line 1))
13340 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13341 ;; ... and one more line.
13342 (forward-line 1)
13343
13344 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13345 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13346 (while (and (not (eobp))
13347 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13348 (not (looking-at parsep))
13349 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13350 (forward-line 1))
13351
13352 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13353 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13354 (goto-char start)
13355 (not (eobp)))
13356 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13357 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13358 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13359 (and use-hard-newlines
13360 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13361 (forward-char 1))
13362
13363 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13364 (goto-char start))))
13365@end ignore
13366
13367This part handles three situations: when point is between paragraphs,
13368when there is a fill prefix and when there is no fill prefix.
13369
13370@need 800
13371The @code{while} loop looks like this:
13372
13373@smallexample
13374@group
13375;; @r{going forwards and not at the end of the buffer}
13376(while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13377
13378 ;; @r{between paragraphs}
13379 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13380 (while (and (not (eobp))
13381 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13382 (looking-at parsep))
13383 (forward-line 1))
13384 ;; @r{This decrements the loop}
13385 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13386 ;; ... and one more line.
13387 (forward-line 1)
13388@end group
13389
13390@group
13391 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13392 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13393 ;; we go forward line by line
13394 (while (and (not (eobp))
13395 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13396 (not (looking-at parsep))
13397 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13398 (forward-line 1))
13399@end group
13400
13401@group
13402 ;; There is no fill prefix;
13403 ;; we go forward character by character
13404 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13405 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13406 (goto-char start)
13407 (not (eobp)))
13408 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13409 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13410 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13411 (and use-hard-newlines
13412 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13413 (forward-char 1))
13414@end group
13415
13416@group
13417 ;; and if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the end,
13418 ;; go to whatever was found in the regular expression search
13419 ;; for sp-parstart
13420 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13421 (goto-char start))))
13422@end group
13423@end smallexample
13424
13425@findex eobp
13426We can see that this is a decrementing counter @code{while} loop,
13427using the expression @code{(setq arg (1- arg))} as the decrementer.
13428That expression is not far from the @code{while}, but is hidden in
13429another Lisp macro, an @code{unless} macro. Unless we are at the end
13430of the buffer --- that is what the @code{eobp} function determines; it
13431is an abbreviation of @samp{End Of Buffer P} --- we decrease the value
13432of @code{arg} by one.
13433
13434(If we are at the end of the buffer, we cannot go forward any more and
13435the next loop of the @code{while} expression will test false since the
13436test is an @code{and} with @code{(not (eobp))}. The @code{not}
13437function means exactly as you expect; it is another name for
13438@code{null}, a function that returns true when its argument is false.)
13439
13440Interestingly, the loop count is not decremented until we leave the
13441space between paragraphs, unless we come to the end of buffer or stop
13442seeing the local value of the paragraph separator.
13443
13444That second @code{while} also has a @code{(move-to-left-margin)}
13445expression. The function is self-explanatory. It is inside a
13446@code{progn} expression and not the last element of its body, so it is
13447only invoked for its side effect, which is to move point to the left
13448margin of the current line.
13449
13450@findex looking-at
13451The @code{looking-at} function is also self-explanatory; it returns
13452true if the text after point matches the regular expression given as
13453its argument.
13454
13455The rest of the body of the loop looks difficult at first, but makes
13456sense as you come to understand it.
13457
13458@need 800
13459First consider what happens if there is a fill prefix:
13460
13461@smallexample
13462@group
13463 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13464 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13465 ;; we go forward line by line
13466 (while (and (not (eobp))
13467 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13468 (not (looking-at parsep))
13469 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13470 (forward-line 1))
13471@end group
13472@end smallexample
13473
13474@noindent
13475This expression moves point forward line by line so long
13476as four conditions are true:
13477
13478@enumerate
13479@item
13480Point is not at the end of the buffer.
13481
13482@item
13483We can move to the left margin of the text and are
13484not at the end of the buffer.
13485
13486@item
13487The text following point does not separate paragraphs.
13488
13489@item
13490The pattern following point is the fill prefix regular expression.
13491@end enumerate
13492
13493The last condition may be puzzling, until you remember that point was
13494moved to the beginning of the line early in the @code{forward-paragraph}
13495function. This means that if the text has a fill prefix, the
13496@code{looking-at} function will see it.
13497
13498@need 1250
13499Consider what happens when there is no fill prefix.
13500
13501@smallexample
13502@group
13503 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13504 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13505 (goto-char start)
13506 (not (eobp)))
13507 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13508 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13509 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13510 (and use-hard-newlines
13511 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13512 (forward-char 1))
13513@end group
13514@end smallexample
13515
13516@noindent
13517This @code{while} loop has us searching forward for
13518@code{sp-parstart}, which is the combination of possible whitespace
13519with a the local value of the start of a paragraph or of a paragraph
13520separator. (The latter two are within an expression starting
13521@code{\(?:} so that they are not referenced by the
13522@code{match-beginning} function.)
13523
13524@need 800
13525The two expressions,
13526
13527@smallexample
13528@group
13529(setq start (match-beginning 0))
13530(goto-char start)
13531@end group
13532@end smallexample
13533
13534@noindent
13535mean go to the start of the text matched by the regular expression
13536search.
13537
13538The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression is new. It returns a number
13539specifying the location of the start of the text that was matched by
13540the last search.
13541
13542The @code{match-beginning} function is used here because of a
13543characteristic of a forward search: a successful forward search,
13544regardless of whether it is a plain search or a regular expression
13545search, moves point to the end of the text that is found. In this
13546case, a successful search moves point to the end of the pattern for
13547@code{sp-parstart}.
13548
13549However, we want to put point at the end of the current paragraph, not
13550somewhere else. Indeed, since the search possibly includes the
13551paragraph separator, point may end up at the beginning of the next one
13552unless we use an expression that includes @code{match-beginning}.
13553
13554@findex match-beginning
13555When given an argument of 0, @code{match-beginning} returns the
13556position that is the start of the text matched by the most recent
13557search. In this case, the most recent search looks for
13558@code{sp-parstart}. The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression returns
13559the beginning position of that pattern, rather than the end position
13560of that pattern.
13561
13562(Incidentally, when passed a positive number as an argument, the
13563@code{match-beginning} function returns the location of point at that
13564parenthesized expression in the last search unless that parenthesized
13565expression begins with @code{\(?:}. I don't know why @code{\(?:}
13566appears here since the argument is 0.)
13567
13568@need 1250
13569The last expression when there is no fill prefix is
13570
13571@smallexample
13572@group
13573(if (< (point) (point-max))
13574 (goto-char start))))
13575@end group
13576@end smallexample
13577
13578@noindent
13579This says that if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the
13580end, point should move to the beginning of whatever was found by the
13581regular expression search for @code{sp-parstart}.
13582
13583The full definition for the @code{forward-paragraph} function not only
13584includes code for going forwards, but also code for going backwards.
13585
13586If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs and you want to see the
13587whole function, you can type @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function})
13588and the name of the function. This gives you the function
13589documentation and the name of the library containing the function's
13590source. Place point over the name of the library and press the RET
13591key; you will be taken directly to the source. (Be sure to install
13592your sources! Without them, you are like a person who tries to drive
13593a car with his eyes shut!)
13594
13595@node etags, Regexp Review, forward-paragraph, Regexp Search
13596@section Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File
13597@findex etags
13598@cindex @file{TAGS} file, create own
13599
13600Besides @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}), another way to see the
13601source of a function is to type @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) and the
13602name of the function when prompted for it. This is a good habit to
13603get into. The @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) command takes you directly
13604to the source for a function, variable, or node. The function depends
13605on tags tables to tell it where to go.
13606
13607If the @code{find-tag} function first asks you for the name of a
13608@file{TAGS} table, give it the name of a @file{TAGS} file such as
13609@file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}. (The exact path to your
13610@file{TAGS} file depends on how your copy of Emacs was installed. I
13611just told you the location that provides both my C and my Emacs Lisp
13612sources.)
13613
13614You can also create your own @file{TAGS} file for directories that
13615lack one.
13616
13617You often need to build and install tags tables yourself. They are
13618not built automatically. A tags table is called a @file{TAGS} file;
13619the name is in upper case letters.
13620
13621You can create a @file{TAGS} file by calling the @code{etags} program
13622that comes as a part of the Emacs distribution. Usually, @code{etags}
13623is compiled and installed when Emacs is built. (@code{etags} is not
13624an Emacs Lisp function or a part of Emacs; it is a C program.)
13625
13626@need 1250
13627To create a @file{TAGS} file, first switch to the directory in which
13628you want to create the file. In Emacs you can do this with the
13629@kbd{M-x cd} command, or by visiting a file in the directory, or by
13630listing the directory with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the
13631compile command, with @w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute
13632
13633@smallexample
13634M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
13635@end smallexample
13636
13637@noindent
13638to create a @file{TAGS} file for Emacs Lisp.
13639
13640For example, if you have a large number of files in your
13641@file{~/emacs} directory, as I do---I have 137 @file{.el} files in it,
13642of which I load 12---you can create a @file{TAGS} file for the Emacs
13643Lisp files in that directory.
13644
13645@need 1250
13646The @code{etags} program takes all the usual shell `wildcards'. For
13647example, if you have two directories for which you want a single
13648@file{TAGS} file, type @w{@code{etags *.el ../elisp/*.el}}, where
13649@file{../elisp/} is the second directory:
13650
13651@smallexample
13652M-x compile RET etags *.el ../elisp/*.el RET
13653@end smallexample
13654
13655@need 1250
13656Type
13657
13658@smallexample
13659M-x compile RET etags --help RET
13660@end smallexample
13661
13662@noindent
13663to see a list of the options accepted by @code{etags} as well as a
13664list of supported languages.
13665
13666The @code{etags} program handles more than 20 languages, including
13667Emacs Lisp, Common Lisp, Scheme, C, C++, Ada, Fortran, HTML, Java,
7877f373 13668LaTeX, Pascal, Perl, PostScript, Python, TeX, Texinfo, makefiles, and
8cda6f8f
GM
13669most assemblers. The program has no switches for specifying the
13670language; it recognizes the language in an input file according to its
13671file name and contents.
13672
13673@file{etags} is very helpful when you are writing code yourself and
13674want to refer back to functions you have already written. Just run
13675@code{etags} again at intervals as you write new functions, so they
13676become part of the @file{TAGS} file.
13677
13678If you think an appropriate @file{TAGS} file already exists for what
13679you want, but do not know where it is, you can use the @code{locate}
13680program to attempt to find it.
13681
13682Type @w{@kbd{M-x locate @key{RET} TAGS @key{RET}}} and Emacs will list
13683for you the full path names of all your @file{TAGS} files. On my
13684system, this command lists 34 @file{TAGS} files. On the other hand, a
13685`plain vanilla' system I recently installed did not contain any
13686@file{TAGS} files.
13687
13688If the tags table you want has been created, you can use the @code{M-x
13689visit-tags-table} command to specify it. Otherwise, you will need to
13690create the tag table yourself and then use @code{M-x
13691visit-tags-table}.
13692
13693@subsubheading Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13694@cindex Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13695@cindex Tags in the Emacs sources
13696@findex make tags
13697
13698The GNU Emacs sources come with a @file{Makefile} that contains a
13699sophisticated @code{etags} command that creates, collects, and merges
13700tags tables from all over the Emacs sources and puts the information
13701into one @file{TAGS} file in the @file{src/} directory. (The
13702@file{src/} directory is below the top level of your Emacs directory.)
13703
13704@need 1250
13705To build this @file{TAGS} file, go to the top level of your Emacs
13706source directory and run the compile command @code{make tags}:
13707
13708@smallexample
13709M-x compile RET make tags RET
13710@end smallexample
13711
13712@noindent
13713(The @code{make tags} command works well with the GNU Emacs sources,
13714as well as with some other source packages.)
13715
13716For more information, see @ref{Tags, , Tag Tables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13717Manual}.
13718
13719@node Regexp Review, re-search Exercises, etags, Regexp Search
13720@comment node-name, next, previous, up
13721@section Review
13722
13723Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
13724
13725@table @code
13726@item while
13727Repeatedly evaluate the body of the expression so long as the first
13728element of the body tests true. Then return @code{nil}. (The
13729expression is evaluated only for its side effects.)
13730
13731@need 1250
13732For example:
13733
13734@smallexample
13735@group
13736(let ((foo 2))
13737 (while (> foo 0)
13738 (insert (format "foo is %d.\n" foo))
13739 (setq foo (1- foo))))
13740
13741 @result{} foo is 2.
13742 foo is 1.
13743 nil
13744@end group
13745@end smallexample
13746
13747@noindent
13748(The @code{insert} function inserts its arguments at point; the
13749@code{format} function returns a string formatted from its arguments
13750the way @code{message} formats its arguments; @code{\n} produces a new
13751line.)
13752
13753@item re-search-forward
13754Search for a pattern, and if the pattern is found, move point to rest
13755just after it.
13756
13757@noindent
13758Takes four arguments, like @code{search-forward}:
13759
13760@enumerate
13761@item
13762A regular expression that specifies the pattern to search for.
13763(Remember to put quotation marks around this argument!)
13764
13765@item
13766Optionally, the limit of the search.
13767
13768@item
13769Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
13770error message.
13771
13772@item
13773Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
13774search goes backwards.
13775@end enumerate
13776
13777@item let*
13778Bind some variables locally to particular values,
13779and then evaluate the remaining arguments, returning the value of the
13780last one. While binding the local variables, use the local values of
13781variables bound earlier, if any.
13782
13783@need 1250
13784For example:
13785
13786@smallexample
13787@group
13788(let* ((foo 7)
13789 (bar (* 3 foo)))
13790 (message "`bar' is %d." bar))
13791 @result{} `bar' is 21.
13792@end group
13793@end smallexample
13794
13795@item match-beginning
13796Return the position of the start of the text found by the last regular
13797expression search.
13798
13799@item looking-at
13800Return @code{t} for true if the text after point matches the argument,
13801which should be a regular expression.
13802
13803@item eobp
13804Return @code{t} for true if point is at the end of the accessible part
13805of a buffer. The end of the accessible part is the end of the buffer
13806if the buffer is not narrowed; it is the end of the narrowed part if
13807the buffer is narrowed.
13808@end table
13809
13810@need 1500
13811@node re-search Exercises, , Regexp Review, Regexp Search
13812@section Exercises with @code{re-search-forward}
13813
13814@itemize @bullet
13815@item
13816Write a function to search for a regular expression that matches two
13817or more blank lines in sequence.
13818
13819@item
13820Write a function to search for duplicated words, such as `the the'.
13821@xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13822Manual}, for information on how to write a regexp (a regular
13823expression) to match a string that is composed of two identical
13824halves. You can devise several regexps; some are better than others.
13825The function I use is described in an appendix, along with several
13826regexps. @xref{the-the, , @code{the-the} Duplicated Words Function}.
13827@end itemize
13828
13829@node Counting Words, Words in a defun, Regexp Search, Top
13830@chapter Counting: Repetition and Regexps
13831@cindex Repetition for word counting
13832@cindex Regular expressions for word counting
13833
13834Repetition and regular expression searches are powerful tools that you
13835often use when you write code in Emacs Lisp. This chapter illustrates
13836the use of regular expression searches through the construction of
13837word count commands using @code{while} loops and recursion.
13838
13839@menu
13840* Why Count Words::
ea4f7750 13841* @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
8cda6f8f
GM
13842* recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
13843* Counting Exercise::
13844@end menu
13845
ea4f7750 13846@node Why Count Words, @value{COUNT-WORDS}, Counting Words, Counting Words
8cda6f8f
GM
13847@ifnottex
13848@unnumberedsec Counting words
13849@end ifnottex
13850
ea4f7750
GM
13851The standard Emacs distribution contains functions for counting the
13852number of lines and words within a region.
8cda6f8f
GM
13853
13854Certain types of writing ask you to count words. Thus, if you write
13855an essay, you may be limited to 800 words; if you write a novel, you
ea4f7750
GM
13856may discipline yourself to write 1000 words a day. It seems odd, but
13857for a long time, Emacs lacked a word count command. Perhaps people used
13858Emacs mostly for code or types of documentation that did not require
13859word counts; or perhaps they restricted themselves to the operating
13860system word count command, @code{wc}. Alternatively, people may have
13861followed the publishers' convention and computed a word count by
13862dividing the number of characters in a document by five.
13863
13864There are many ways to implement a command to count words. Here are
13865some examples, which you may wish to compare with the standard Emacs
13866command, @code{count-words-region}.
13867
13868@node @value{COUNT-WORDS}, recursive-count-words, Why Count Words, Counting Words
8cda6f8f 13869@comment node-name, next, previous, up
ea4f7750
GM
13870@section The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
13871@findex @value{COUNT-WORDS}
8cda6f8f
GM
13872
13873A word count command could count words in a line, paragraph, region,
13874or buffer. What should the command cover? You could design the
13875command to count the number of words in a complete buffer. However,
13876the Emacs tradition encourages flexibility---you may want to count
13877words in just a section, rather than all of a buffer. So it makes
13878more sense to design the command to count the number of words in a
ea4f7750 13879region. Once you have a command to count words in a region, you can,
8cda6f8f
GM
13880if you wish, count words in a whole buffer by marking it with
13881@w{@kbd{C-x h}} (@code{mark-whole-buffer}).
13882
13883Clearly, counting words is a repetitive act: starting from the
13884beginning of the region, you count the first word, then the second
13885word, then the third word, and so on, until you reach the end of the
13886region. This means that word counting is ideally suited to recursion
13887or to a @code{while} loop.
13888
13889@menu
ea4f7750
GM
13890* Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
13891* Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13892@end menu
13893
ea4f7750 13894@node Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}, Whitespace Bug, @value{COUNT-WORDS}, @value{COUNT-WORDS}
8cda6f8f 13895@ifnottex
ea4f7750 13896@unnumberedsubsec Designing @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
13897@end ifnottex
13898
13899First, we will implement the word count command with a @code{while}
13900loop, then with recursion. The command will, of course, be
13901interactive.
13902
13903@need 800
13904The template for an interactive function definition is, as always:
13905
13906@smallexample
13907@group
13908(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
13909 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
13910 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
13911 @var{body}@dots{})
13912@end group
13913@end smallexample
13914
13915What we need to do is fill in the slots.
13916
13917The name of the function should be self-explanatory and similar to the
13918existing @code{count-lines-region} name. This makes the name easier
ea4f7750
GM
13919to remember. @code{count-words-region} is the obvious choice. Since
13920that name is now used for the standard Emacs command to count words, we
13921will name our implementation @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13922
13923The function counts words within a region. This means that the
13924argument list must contain symbols that are bound to the two
13925positions, the beginning and end of the region. These two positions
13926can be called @samp{beginning} and @samp{end} respectively. The first
13927line of the documentation should be a single sentence, since that is
13928all that is printed as documentation by a command such as
13929@code{apropos}. The interactive expression will be of the form
13930@samp{(interactive "r")}, since that will cause Emacs to pass the
13931beginning and end of the region to the function's argument list. All
13932this is routine.
13933
13934The body of the function needs to be written to do three tasks:
13935first, to set up conditions under which the @code{while} loop can
13936count words, second, to run the @code{while} loop, and third, to send
13937a message to the user.
13938
ea4f7750 13939When a user calls @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, point may be at the
8cda6f8f
GM
13940beginning or the end of the region. However, the counting process
13941must start at the beginning of the region. This means we will want
13942to put point there if it is not already there. Executing
13943@code{(goto-char beginning)} ensures this. Of course, we will want to
13944return point to its expected position when the function finishes its
13945work. For this reason, the body must be enclosed in a
13946@code{save-excursion} expression.
13947
13948The central part of the body of the function consists of a
13949@code{while} loop in which one expression jumps point forward word by
13950word, and another expression counts those jumps. The true-or-false-test
13951of the @code{while} loop should test true so long as point should jump
13952forward, and false when point is at the end of the region.
13953
13954We could use @code{(forward-word 1)} as the expression for moving point
13955forward word by word, but it is easier to see what Emacs identifies as a
13956`word' if we use a regular expression search.
13957
13958A regular expression search that finds the pattern for which it is
13959searching leaves point after the last character matched. This means
13960that a succession of successful word searches will move point forward
13961word by word.
13962
13963As a practical matter, we want the regular expression search to jump
13964over whitespace and punctuation between words as well as over the
13965words themselves. A regexp that refuses to jump over interword
13966whitespace would never jump more than one word! This means that
13967the regexp should include the whitespace and punctuation that follows
13968a word, if any, as well as the word itself. (A word may end a buffer
13969and not have any following whitespace or punctuation, so that part of
13970the regexp must be optional.)
13971
13972Thus, what we want for the regexp is a pattern defining one or more
13973word constituent characters followed, optionally, by one or more
13974characters that are not word constituents. The regular expression for
13975this is:
13976
13977@smallexample
13978\w+\W*
13979@end smallexample
13980
13981@noindent
13982The buffer's syntax table determines which characters are and are not
0fd2c9a3
GM
13983word constituents. For more information about syntax,
13984@pxref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
13985Reference Manual}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13986
13987@need 800
13988The search expression looks like this:
13989
13990@smallexample
13991(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13992@end smallexample
13993
13994@noindent
13995(Note that paired backslashes precede the @samp{w} and @samp{W}. A
13996single backslash has special meaning to the Emacs Lisp interpreter.
13997It indicates that the following character is interpreted differently
13998than usual. For example, the two characters, @samp{\n}, stand for
13999@samp{newline}, rather than for a backslash followed by @samp{n}. Two
14000backslashes in a row stand for an ordinary, `unspecial' backslash, so
14001Emacs Lisp interpreter ends of seeing a single backslash followed by a
14002letter. So it discovers the letter is special.)
14003
14004We need a counter to count how many words there are; this variable
14005must first be set to 0 and then incremented each time Emacs goes
14006around the @code{while} loop. The incrementing expression is simply:
14007
14008@smallexample
14009(setq count (1+ count))
14010@end smallexample
14011
14012Finally, we want to tell the user how many words there are in the
14013region. The @code{message} function is intended for presenting this
14014kind of information to the user. The message has to be phrased so
14015that it reads properly regardless of how many words there are in the
14016region: we don't want to say that ``there are 1 words in the region''.
14017The conflict between singular and plural is ungrammatical. We can
14018solve this problem by using a conditional expression that evaluates
14019different messages depending on the number of words in the region.
14020There are three possibilities: no words in the region, one word in the
14021region, and more than one word. This means that the @code{cond}
14022special form is appropriate.
14023
14024@need 1500
14025All this leads to the following function definition:
14026
14027@smallexample
14028@group
14029;;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
ea4f7750 14030(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14031 "Print number of words in the region.
14032Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
14033character followed by at least one character that
14034is not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax
14035table determines which characters these are."
14036 (interactive "r")
14037 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14038@end group
14039
14040@group
14041;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14042 (save-excursion
14043 (goto-char beginning)
14044 (let ((count 0))
14045@end group
14046
14047@group
14048;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14049 (while (< (point) end)
14050 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
14051 (setq count (1+ count)))
14052@end group
14053
14054@group
14055;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14056 (cond ((zerop count)
14057 (message
14058 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14059 ((= 1 count)
14060 (message
14061 "The region has 1 word."))
14062 (t
14063 (message
14064 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14065@end group
14066@end smallexample
14067
14068@noindent
14069As written, the function works, but not in all circumstances.
14070
ea4f7750 14071@node Whitespace Bug, , Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}, @value{COUNT-WORDS}
8cda6f8f 14072@comment node-name, next, previous, up
ea4f7750 14073@subsection The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f 14074
ea4f7750 14075The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command described in the preceding
8cda6f8f
GM
14076section has two bugs, or rather, one bug with two manifestations.
14077First, if you mark a region containing only whitespace in the middle
ea4f7750 14078of some text, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command tells you that the
8cda6f8f
GM
14079region contains one word! Second, if you mark a region containing
14080only whitespace at the end of the buffer or the accessible portion of
14081a narrowed buffer, the command displays an error message that looks
14082like this:
14083
14084@smallexample
14085Search failed: "\\w+\\W*"
14086@end smallexample
14087
14088If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can test for these
14089bugs yourself.
14090
14091First, evaluate the function in the usual manner to install it.
14092@ifinfo
14093Here is a copy of the definition. Place your cursor after the closing
14094parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e} to install it.
14095
14096@smallexample
14097@group
14098;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
ea4f7750 14099(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14100 "Print number of words in the region.
14101Words are defined as at least one word-constituent character followed
14102by at least one character that is not a word-constituent. The buffer's
14103syntax table determines which characters these are."
14104@end group
14105@group
14106 (interactive "r")
14107 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14108@end group
14109
14110@group
14111;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14112 (save-excursion
14113 (goto-char beginning)
14114 (let ((count 0))
14115@end group
14116
14117@group
14118;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14119 (while (< (point) end)
14120 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
14121 (setq count (1+ count)))
14122@end group
14123
14124@group
14125;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14126 (cond ((zerop count)
14127 (message "The region does NOT have any words."))
14128 ((= 1 count) (message "The region has 1 word."))
14129 (t (message "The region has %d words." count))))))
14130@end group
14131@end smallexample
14132@end ifinfo
14133
14134@need 1000
14135If you wish, you can also install this keybinding by evaluating it:
14136
14137@smallexample
ea4f7750 14138(global-set-key "\C-c=" '@value{COUNT-WORDS})
8cda6f8f
GM
14139@end smallexample
14140
14141To conduct the first test, set mark and point to the beginning and end
14142of the following line and then type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x
ea4f7750 14143@value{COUNT-WORDS}} if you have not bound @kbd{C-c =}):
8cda6f8f
GM
14144
14145@smallexample
14146 one two three
14147@end smallexample
14148
14149@noindent
14150Emacs will tell you, correctly, that the region has three words.
14151
14152Repeat the test, but place mark at the beginning of the line and place
14153point just @emph{before} the word @samp{one}. Again type the command
ea4f7750 14154@kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}). Emacs should tell you
8cda6f8f
GM
14155that the region has no words, since it is composed only of the
14156whitespace at the beginning of the line. But instead Emacs tells you
14157that the region has one word!
14158
14159For the third test, copy the sample line to the end of the
14160@file{*scratch*} buffer and then type several spaces at the end of the
14161line. Place mark right after the word @samp{three} and point at the
14162end of line. (The end of the line will be the end of the buffer.)
ea4f7750 14163Type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}) as you did before.
8cda6f8f
GM
14164Again, Emacs should tell you that the region has no words, since it is
14165composed only of the whitespace at the end of the line. Instead,
14166Emacs displays an error message saying @samp{Search failed}.
14167
14168The two bugs stem from the same problem.
14169
14170Consider the first manifestation of the bug, in which the command
14171tells you that the whitespace at the beginning of the line contains
ea4f7750 14172one word. What happens is this: The @code{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14173command moves point to the beginning of the region. The @code{while}
14174tests whether the value of point is smaller than the value of
14175@code{end}, which it is. Consequently, the regular expression search
14176looks for and finds the first word. It leaves point after the word.
14177@code{count} is set to one. The @code{while} loop repeats; but this
14178time the value of point is larger than the value of @code{end}, the
14179loop is exited; and the function displays a message saying the number
14180of words in the region is one. In brief, the regular expression
14181search looks for and finds the word even though it is outside
14182the marked region.
14183
14184In the second manifestation of the bug, the region is whitespace at
14185the end of the buffer. Emacs says @samp{Search failed}. What happens
14186is that the true-or-false-test in the @code{while} loop tests true, so
14187the search expression is executed. But since there are no more words
14188in the buffer, the search fails.
14189
14190In both manifestations of the bug, the search extends or attempts to
14191extend outside of the region.
14192
14193The solution is to limit the search to the region---this is a fairly
14194simple action, but as you may have come to expect, it is not quite as
14195simple as you might think.
14196
14197As we have seen, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes a search
14198pattern as its first argument. But in addition to this first,
14199mandatory argument, it accepts three optional arguments. The optional
14200second argument bounds the search. The optional third argument, if
14201@code{t}, causes the function to return @code{nil} rather than signal
14202an error if the search fails. The optional fourth argument is a
14203repeat count. (In Emacs, you can see a function's documentation by
14204typing @kbd{C-h f}, the name of the function, and then @key{RET}.)
14205
ea4f7750 14206In the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition, the value of the end of
8cda6f8f
GM
14207the region is held by the variable @code{end} which is passed as an
14208argument to the function. Thus, we can add @code{end} as an argument
14209to the regular expression search expression:
14210
14211@smallexample
14212(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end)
14213@end smallexample
14214
ea4f7750 14215However, if you make only this change to the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14216definition and then test the new version of the definition on a
14217stretch of whitespace, you will receive an error message saying
14218@samp{Search failed}.
14219
14220What happens is this: the search is limited to the region, and fails
14221as you expect because there are no word-constituent characters in the
14222region. Since it fails, we receive an error message. But we do not
14223want to receive an error message in this case; we want to receive the
14224message that "The region does NOT have any words."
14225
14226The solution to this problem is to provide @code{re-search-forward}
14227with a third argument of @code{t}, which causes the function to return
14228@code{nil} rather than signal an error if the search fails.
14229
14230However, if you make this change and try it, you will see the message
14231``Counting words in region ... '' and @dots{} you will keep on seeing
14232that message @dots{}, until you type @kbd{C-g} (@code{keyboard-quit}).
14233
14234Here is what happens: the search is limited to the region, as before,
14235and it fails because there are no word-constituent characters in the
14236region, as expected. Consequently, the @code{re-search-forward}
14237expression returns @code{nil}. It does nothing else. In particular,
14238it does not move point, which it does as a side effect if it finds the
14239search target. After the @code{re-search-forward} expression returns
14240@code{nil}, the next expression in the @code{while} loop is evaluated.
14241This expression increments the count. Then the loop repeats. The
14242true-or-false-test tests true because the value of point is still less
14243than the value of end, since the @code{re-search-forward} expression
14244did not move point. @dots{} and the cycle repeats @dots{}
14245
ea4f7750 14246The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition requires yet another
8cda6f8f
GM
14247modification, to cause the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} loop
14248to test false if the search fails. Put another way, there are two
14249conditions that must be satisfied in the true-or-false-test before the
14250word count variable is incremented: point must still be within the
14251region and the search expression must have found a word to count.
14252
14253Since both the first condition and the second condition must be true
14254together, the two expressions, the region test and the search
14255expression, can be joined with an @code{and} special form and embedded in
14256the @code{while} loop as the true-or-false-test, like this:
14257
14258@smallexample
14259(and (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
14260@end smallexample
14261
14262@c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
14263@c also trouble with an overfull hbox
14264@iftex
14265@noindent
14266(For information about @code{and}, see
14267@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
14268@end iftex
14269@ifinfo
14270@noindent
14271(@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
14272information about @code{and}.)
14273@end ifinfo
14274
14275The @code{re-search-forward} expression returns @code{t} if the search
14276succeeds and as a side effect moves point. Consequently, as words are
14277found, point is moved through the region. When the search expression
14278fails to find another word, or when point reaches the end of the
14279region, the true-or-false-test tests false, the @code{while} loop
ea4f7750 14280exits, and the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function displays one or
8cda6f8f
GM
14281other of its messages.
14282
ea4f7750 14283After incorporating these final changes, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14284works without bugs (or at least, without bugs that I have found!).
14285Here is what it looks like:
14286
14287@smallexample
14288@group
14289;;; @r{Final version:} @code{while}
ea4f7750 14290(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14291 "Print number of words in the region."
14292 (interactive "r")
14293 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14294@end group
14295
14296@group
14297;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14298 (save-excursion
14299 (let ((count 0))
14300 (goto-char beginning)
14301@end group
14302
14303@group
14304;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14305 (while (and (< (point) end)
14306 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
14307 (setq count (1+ count)))
14308@end group
14309
14310@group
14311;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14312 (cond ((zerop count)
14313 (message
14314 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14315 ((= 1 count)
14316 (message
14317 "The region has 1 word."))
14318 (t
14319 (message
14320 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14321@end group
14322@end smallexample
14323
ea4f7750 14324@node recursive-count-words, Counting Exercise, @value{COUNT-WORDS}, Counting Words
8cda6f8f
GM
14325@comment node-name, next, previous, up
14326@section Count Words Recursively
14327@cindex Count words recursively
14328@cindex Recursively counting words
14329@cindex Words, counted recursively
14330
14331You can write the function for counting words recursively as well as
14332with a @code{while} loop. Let's see how this is done.
14333
ea4f7750 14334First, we need to recognize that the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14335function has three jobs: it sets up the appropriate conditions for
14336counting to occur; it counts the words in the region; and it sends a
14337message to the user telling how many words there are.
14338
14339If we write a single recursive function to do everything, we will
14340receive a message for every recursive call. If the region contains 13
14341words, we will receive thirteen messages, one right after the other.
14342We don't want this! Instead, we must write two functions to do the
14343job, one of which (the recursive function) will be used inside of the
14344other. One function will set up the conditions and display the
14345message; the other will return the word count.
14346
14347Let us start with the function that causes the message to be displayed.
ea4f7750 14348We can continue to call this @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14349
14350This is the function that the user will call. It will be interactive.
14351Indeed, it will be similar to our previous versions of this
14352function, except that it will call @code{recursive-count-words} to
14353determine how many words are in the region.
14354
14355@need 1250
14356We can readily construct a template for this function, based on our
14357previous versions:
14358
14359@smallexample
14360@group
14361;; @r{Recursive version; uses regular expression search}
ea4f7750 14362(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14363 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14364 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
14365@end group
14366@group
14367
14368;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14369 (@var{explanatory message})
14370 (@var{set-up functions}@dots{}
14371@end group
14372@group
14373
14374;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14375 @var{recursive call}
14376@end group
14377@group
14378
14379;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14380 @var{message providing word count}))
14381@end group
14382@end smallexample
14383
14384The definition looks straightforward, except that somehow the count
14385returned by the recursive call must be passed to the message
14386displaying the word count. A little thought suggests that this can be
14387done by making use of a @code{let} expression: we can bind a variable
14388in the varlist of a @code{let} expression to the number of words in
14389the region, as returned by the recursive call; and then the
14390@code{cond} expression, using binding, can display the value to the
14391user.
14392
14393Often, one thinks of the binding within a @code{let} expression as
14394somehow secondary to the `primary' work of a function. But in this
14395case, what you might consider the `primary' job of the function,
14396counting words, is done within the @code{let} expression.
14397
14398@need 1250
14399Using @code{let}, the function definition looks like this:
14400
14401@smallexample
14402@group
ea4f7750 14403(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14404 "Print number of words in the region."
14405 (interactive "r")
14406@end group
14407
14408@group
14409;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14410 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14411 (save-excursion
14412 (goto-char beginning)
14413@end group
14414
14415@group
14416;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14417 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14418@end group
14419
14420@group
14421;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14422 (cond ((zerop count)
14423 (message
14424 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14425 ((= 1 count)
14426 (message
14427 "The region has 1 word."))
14428 (t
14429 (message
14430 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14431@end group
14432@end smallexample
14433
14434Next, we need to write the recursive counting function.
14435
14436A recursive function has at least three parts: the `do-again-test', the
14437`next-step-expression', and the recursive call.
14438
14439The do-again-test determines whether the function will or will not be
14440called again. Since we are counting words in a region and can use a
14441function that moves point forward for every word, the do-again-test
14442can check whether point is still within the region. The do-again-test
14443should find the value of point and determine whether point is before,
14444at, or after the value of the end of the region. We can use the
14445@code{point} function to locate point. Clearly, we must pass the
14446value of the end of the region to the recursive counting function as an
14447argument.
14448
14449In addition, the do-again-test should also test whether the search finds a
14450word. If it does not, the function should not call itself again.
14451
14452The next-step-expression changes a value so that when the recursive
14453function is supposed to stop calling itself, it stops. More
14454precisely, the next-step-expression changes a value so that at the
14455right time, the do-again-test stops the recursive function from
14456calling itself again. In this case, the next-step-expression can be
14457the expression that moves point forward, word by word.
14458
14459The third part of a recursive function is the recursive call.
14460
14461Somewhere, also, we also need a part that does the `work' of the
14462function, a part that does the counting. A vital part!
14463
14464@need 1250
14465But already, we have an outline of the recursive counting function:
14466
14467@smallexample
14468@group
14469(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14470 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14471 @var{do-again-test}
14472 @var{next-step-expression}
14473 @var{recursive call})
14474@end group
14475@end smallexample
14476
14477Now we need to fill in the slots. Let's start with the simplest cases
14478first: if point is at or beyond the end of the region, there cannot
14479be any words in the region, so the function should return zero.
14480Likewise, if the search fails, there are no words to count, so the
14481function should return zero.
14482
14483On the other hand, if point is within the region and the search
14484succeeds, the function should call itself again.
14485
14486@need 800
14487Thus, the do-again-test should look like this:
14488
14489@smallexample
14490@group
14491(and (< (point) region-end)
14492 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14493@end group
14494@end smallexample
14495
14496Note that the search expression is part of the do-again-test---the
14497function returns @code{t} if its search succeeds and @code{nil} if it
14498fails. (@xref{Whitespace Bug, , The Whitespace Bug in
ea4f7750 14499@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}}, for an explanation of how
8cda6f8f
GM
14500@code{re-search-forward} works.)
14501
14502The do-again-test is the true-or-false test of an @code{if} clause.
14503Clearly, if the do-again-test succeeds, the then-part of the @code{if}
14504clause should call the function again; but if it fails, the else-part
14505should return zero since either point is outside the region or the
14506search failed because there were no words to find.
14507
14508But before considering the recursive call, we need to consider the
14509next-step-expression. What is it? Interestingly, it is the search
14510part of the do-again-test.
14511
14512In addition to returning @code{t} or @code{nil} for the
14513do-again-test, @code{re-search-forward} moves point forward as a side
14514effect of a successful search. This is the action that changes the
14515value of point so that the recursive function stops calling itself
14516when point completes its movement through the region. Consequently,
14517the @code{re-search-forward} expression is the next-step-expression.
14518
14519@need 1200
14520In outline, then, the body of the @code{recursive-count-words}
14521function looks like this:
14522
14523@smallexample
14524@group
14525(if @var{do-again-test-and-next-step-combined}
14526 ;; @r{then}
14527 @var{recursive-call-returning-count}
14528 ;; @r{else}
14529 @var{return-zero})
14530@end group
14531@end smallexample
14532
14533How to incorporate the mechanism that counts?
14534
14535If you are not used to writing recursive functions, a question like
14536this can be troublesome. But it can and should be approached
14537systematically.
14538
14539We know that the counting mechanism should be associated in some way
14540with the recursive call. Indeed, since the next-step-expression moves
14541point forward by one word, and since a recursive call is made for
14542each word, the counting mechanism must be an expression that adds one
14543to the value returned by a call to @code{recursive-count-words}.
14544
14545@need 800
14546Consider several cases:
14547
14548@itemize @bullet
14549@item
14550If there are two words in the region, the function should return
14551a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14552the first word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14553words in the region, which in this case is one.
14554
14555@item
14556If there is one word in the region, the function should return
14557a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14558that word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14559words in the region, which in this case is zero.
14560
14561@item
14562If there are no words in the region, the function should return zero.
14563@end itemize
14564
14565From the sketch we can see that the else-part of the @code{if} returns
14566zero for the case of no words. This means that the then-part of the
14567@code{if} must return a value resulting from adding one to the value
14568returned from a count of the remaining words.
14569
14570@need 1200
14571The expression will look like this, where @code{1+} is a function that
14572adds one to its argument.
14573
14574@smallexample
14575(1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14576@end smallexample
14577
14578@need 1200
14579The whole @code{recursive-count-words} function will then look like
14580this:
14581
14582@smallexample
14583@group
14584(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14585 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14586
14587;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14588 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14589 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14590@end group
14591
14592@group
14593;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14594 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14595
14596;;; @r{3. else-part}
14597 0))
14598@end group
14599@end smallexample
14600
14601@need 1250
14602Let's examine how this works:
14603
14604If there are no words in the region, the else part of the @code{if}
14605expression is evaluated and consequently the function returns zero.
14606
14607If there is one word in the region, the value of point is less than
14608the value of @code{region-end} and the search succeeds. In this case,
14609the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression tests true, and the
14610then-part of the @code{if} expression is evaluated. The counting
14611expression is evaluated. This expression returns a value (which will
14612be the value returned by the whole function) that is the sum of one
14613added to the value returned by a recursive call.
14614
14615Meanwhile, the next-step-expression has caused point to jump over the
14616first (and in this case only) word in the region. This means that
14617when @code{(recursive-count-words region-end)} is evaluated a second
14618time, as a result of the recursive call, the value of point will be
14619equal to or greater than the value of region end. So this time,
14620@code{recursive-count-words} will return zero. The zero will be added
14621to one, and the original evaluation of @code{recursive-count-words}
14622will return one plus zero, which is one, which is the correct amount.
14623
14624Clearly, if there are two words in the region, the first call to
14625@code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14626by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14627remaining word---that is, it adds one to one, producing two, which is
14628the correct amount.
14629
14630Similarly, if there are three words in the region, the first call to
14631@code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14632by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14633remaining two words---and so on and so on.
14634
14635@need 1250
14636@noindent
14637With full documentation the two functions look like this:
14638
14639@need 1250
14640@noindent
14641The recursive function:
14642
14643@findex recursive-count-words
14644@smallexample
14645@group
14646(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14647 "Number of words between point and REGION-END."
14648@end group
14649
14650@group
14651;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14652 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14653 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14654@end group
14655
14656@group
14657;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14658 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14659
14660;;; @r{3. else-part}
14661 0))
14662@end group
14663@end smallexample
14664
14665@need 800
14666@noindent
14667The wrapper:
14668
14669@smallexample
14670@group
14671;;; @r{Recursive version}
ea4f7750 14672(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14673 "Print number of words in the region.
14674@end group
14675
14676@group
14677Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
14678character followed by at least one character that is
14679not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax table
14680determines which characters these are."
14681@end group
14682@group
14683 (interactive "r")
14684 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14685 (save-excursion
14686 (goto-char beginning)
14687 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14688@end group
14689@group
14690 (cond ((zerop count)
14691 (message
14692 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14693@end group
14694@group
14695 ((= 1 count)
14696 (message "The region has 1 word."))
14697 (t
14698 (message
14699 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14700@end group
14701@end smallexample
14702
14703@node Counting Exercise, , recursive-count-words, Counting Words
14704@section Exercise: Counting Punctuation
14705
14706Using a @code{while} loop, write a function to count the number of
14707punctuation marks in a region---period, comma, semicolon, colon,
14708exclamation mark, and question mark. Do the same using recursion.
14709
14710@node Words in a defun, Readying a Graph, Counting Words, Top
14711@chapter Counting Words in a @code{defun}
14712@cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14713@cindex Word counting in a @code{defun}
14714
14715Our next project is to count the number of words in a function
14716definition. Clearly, this can be done using some variant of
ea4f7750 14717@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}. @xref{Counting Words, , Counting Words:
8cda6f8f
GM
14718Repetition and Regexps}. If we are just going to count the words in
14719one definition, it is easy enough to mark the definition with the
14720@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}) command, and then call
ea4f7750 14721@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14722
14723However, I am more ambitious: I want to count the words and symbols in
14724every definition in the Emacs sources and then print a graph that
14725shows how many functions there are of each length: how many contain 40
14726to 49 words or symbols, how many contain 50 to 59 words or symbols,
14727and so on. I have often been curious how long a typical function is,
14728and this will tell.
14729
14730@menu
14731* Divide and Conquer::
14732* Words and Symbols:: What to count?
14733* Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
ea4f7750 14734* count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14735* Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
14736* Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
14737* lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
14738* Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
14739* Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
14740* Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
14741@end menu
14742
14743@node Divide and Conquer, Words and Symbols, Words in a defun, Words in a defun
14744@ifnottex
14745@unnumberedsec Divide and Conquer
14746@end ifnottex
14747
14748Described in one phrase, the histogram project is daunting; but
14749divided into numerous small steps, each of which we can take one at a
14750time, the project becomes less fearsome. Let us consider what the
14751steps must be:
14752
14753@itemize @bullet
14754@item
14755First, write a function to count the words in one definition. This
14756includes the problem of handling symbols as well as words.
14757
14758@item
14759Second, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14760in a file. This function can use the @code{count-words-in-defun}
14761function.
14762
14763@item
14764Third, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14765in each of several files. This entails automatically finding the
14766various files, switching to them, and counting the words in the
14767definitions within them.
14768
14769@item
14770Fourth, write a function to convert the list of numbers that we
14771created in step three to a form that will be suitable for printing as
14772a graph.
14773
14774@item
14775Fifth, write a function to print the results as a graph.
14776@end itemize
14777
14778This is quite a project! But if we take each step slowly, it will not
14779be difficult.
14780
14781@node Words and Symbols, Syntax, Divide and Conquer, Words in a defun
14782@section What to Count?
14783@cindex Words and symbols in defun
14784
14785When we first start thinking about how to count the words in a
14786function definition, the first question is (or ought to be) what are
14787we going to count? When we speak of `words' with respect to a Lisp
14788function definition, we are actually speaking, in large part, of
14789`symbols'. For example, the following @code{multiply-by-seven}
14790function contains the five symbols @code{defun},
14791@code{multiply-by-seven}, @code{number}, @code{*}, and @code{7}. In
14792addition, in the documentation string, it contains the four words
14793@samp{Multiply}, @samp{NUMBER}, @samp{by}, and @samp{seven}. The
14794symbol @samp{number} is repeated, so the definition contains a total
14795of ten words and symbols.
14796
14797@smallexample
14798@group
14799(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
14800 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
14801 (* 7 number))
14802@end group
14803@end smallexample
14804
14805@noindent
14806However, if we mark the @code{multiply-by-seven} definition with
14807@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}), and then call
ea4f7750
GM
14808@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} on it, we will find that
14809@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} claims the definition has eleven words, not
8cda6f8f
GM
14810ten! Something is wrong!
14811
ea4f7750 14812The problem is twofold: @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} does not count the
8cda6f8f
GM
14813@samp{*} as a word, and it counts the single symbol,
14814@code{multiply-by-seven}, as containing three words. The hyphens are
14815treated as if they were interword spaces rather than intraword
14816connectors: @samp{multiply-by-seven} is counted as if it were written
14817@samp{multiply by seven}.
14818
14819The cause of this confusion is the regular expression search within
ea4f7750
GM
14820the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition that moves point forward word
14821by word. In the canonical version of @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, the
8cda6f8f
GM
14822regexp is:
14823
14824@smallexample
14825"\\w+\\W*"
14826@end smallexample
14827
14828@noindent
14829This regular expression is a pattern defining one or more word
14830constituent characters possibly followed by one or more characters
14831that are not word constituents. What is meant by `word constituent
14832characters' brings us to the issue of syntax, which is worth a section
14833of its own.
14834
14835@node Syntax, count-words-in-defun, Words and Symbols, Words in a defun
14836@section What Constitutes a Word or Symbol?
14837@cindex Syntax categories and tables
14838
14839Emacs treats different characters as belonging to different
14840@dfn{syntax categories}. For example, the regular expression,
14841@samp{\\w+}, is a pattern specifying one or more @emph{word
14842constituent} characters. Word constituent characters are members of
14843one syntax category. Other syntax categories include the class of
14844punctuation characters, such as the period and the comma, and the
14845class of whitespace characters, such as the blank space and the tab
0fd2c9a3 14846character. (For more information, @pxref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax
8cda6f8f
GM
14847Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
14848
14849Syntax tables specify which characters belong to which categories.
14850Usually, a hyphen is not specified as a `word constituent character'.
14851Instead, it is specified as being in the `class of characters that are
14852part of symbol names but not words.' This means that the
ea4f7750
GM
14853@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function treats it in the same way it treats
14854an interword white space, which is why @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14855counts @samp{multiply-by-seven} as three words.
14856
14857There are two ways to cause Emacs to count @samp{multiply-by-seven} as
14858one symbol: modify the syntax table or modify the regular expression.
14859
14860We could redefine a hyphen as a word constituent character by
14861modifying the syntax table that Emacs keeps for each mode. This
14862action would serve our purpose, except that a hyphen is merely the
14863most common character within symbols that is not typically a word
14864constituent character; there are others, too.
14865
52af8e0a 14866Alternatively, we can redefine the regexp used in the
ea4f7750 14867@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition so as to include symbols. This
8cda6f8f
GM
14868procedure has the merit of clarity, but the task is a little tricky.
14869
14870@need 1200
14871The first part is simple enough: the pattern must match ``at least one
14872character that is a word or symbol constituent''. Thus:
14873
14874@smallexample
14875"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+"
14876@end smallexample
14877
14878@noindent
14879The @samp{\\(} is the first part of the grouping construct that
14880includes the @samp{\\w} and the @samp{\\s_} as alternatives, separated
14881by the @samp{\\|}. The @samp{\\w} matches any word-constituent
14882character and the @samp{\\s_} matches any character that is part of a
14883symbol name but not a word-constituent character. The @samp{+}
14884following the group indicates that the word or symbol constituent
14885characters must be matched at least once.
14886
14887However, the second part of the regexp is more difficult to design.
14888What we want is to follow the first part with ``optionally one or more
14889characters that are not constituents of a word or symbol''. At first,
14890I thought I could define this with the following:
14891
14892@smallexample
14893"\\(\\W\\|\\S_\\)*"
14894@end smallexample
14895
14896@noindent
14897The upper case @samp{W} and @samp{S} match characters that are
14898@emph{not} word or symbol constituents. Unfortunately, this
14899expression matches any character that is either not a word constituent
14900or not a symbol constituent. This matches any character!
14901
14902I then noticed that every word or symbol in my test region was
14903followed by white space (blank space, tab, or newline). So I tried
14904placing a pattern to match one or more blank spaces after the pattern
14905for one or more word or symbol constituents. This failed, too. Words
14906and symbols are often separated by whitespace, but in actual code
14907parentheses may follow symbols and punctuation may follow words. So
14908finally, I designed a pattern in which the word or symbol constituents
14909are followed optionally by characters that are not white space and
14910then followed optionally by white space.
14911
14912@need 800
14913Here is the full regular expression:
14914
14915@smallexample
14916"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
14917@end smallexample
14918
14919@node count-words-in-defun, Several defuns, Syntax, Words in a defun
14920@section The @code{count-words-in-defun} Function
14921@cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14922
14923We have seen that there are several ways to write a
ea4f7750 14924@code{count-words-region} function. To write a
8cda6f8f
GM
14925@code{count-words-in-defun}, we need merely adapt one of these
14926versions.
14927
14928The version that uses a @code{while} loop is easy to understand, so I
14929am going to adapt that. Because @code{count-words-in-defun} will be
14930part of a more complex program, it need not be interactive and it need
14931not display a message but just return the count. These considerations
14932simplify the definition a little.
14933
14934On the other hand, @code{count-words-in-defun} will be used within a
14935buffer that contains function definitions. Consequently, it is
14936reasonable to ask that the function determine whether it is called
14937when point is within a function definition, and if it is, to return
14938the count for that definition. This adds complexity to the
14939definition, but saves us from needing to pass arguments to the
14940function.
14941
14942@need 1250
14943These considerations lead us to prepare the following template:
14944
14945@smallexample
14946@group
14947(defun count-words-in-defun ()
14948 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14949 (@var{set up}@dots{}
14950 (@var{while loop}@dots{})
14951 @var{return count})
14952@end group
14953@end smallexample
14954
14955@noindent
14956As usual, our job is to fill in the slots.
14957
14958First, the set up.
14959
14960We are presuming that this function will be called within a buffer
14961containing function definitions. Point will either be within a
14962function definition or not. For @code{count-words-in-defun} to work,
14963point must move to the beginning of the definition, a counter must
14964start at zero, and the counting loop must stop when point reaches the
14965end of the definition.
14966
14967The @code{beginning-of-defun} function searches backwards for an
14968opening delimiter such as a @samp{(} at the beginning of a line, and
14969moves point to that position, or else to the limit of the search. In
14970practice, this means that @code{beginning-of-defun} moves point to the
14971beginning of an enclosing or preceding function definition, or else to
14972the beginning of the buffer. We can use @code{beginning-of-defun} to
14973place point where we wish to start.
14974
14975The @code{while} loop requires a counter to keep track of the words or
14976symbols being counted. A @code{let} expression can be used to create
14977a local variable for this purpose, and bind it to an initial value of zero.
14978
14979The @code{end-of-defun} function works like @code{beginning-of-defun}
14980except that it moves point to the end of the definition.
14981@code{end-of-defun} can be used as part of an expression that
14982determines the position of the end of the definition.
14983
14984The set up for @code{count-words-in-defun} takes shape rapidly: first
14985we move point to the beginning of the definition, then we create a
14986local variable to hold the count, and finally, we record the position
14987of the end of the definition so the @code{while} loop will know when to stop
14988looping.
14989
14990@need 1250
14991The code looks like this:
14992
14993@smallexample
14994@group
14995(beginning-of-defun)
14996(let ((count 0)
14997 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
14998@end group
14999@end smallexample
15000
15001@noindent
15002The code is simple. The only slight complication is likely to concern
15003@code{end}: it is bound to the position of the end of the definition
15004by a @code{save-excursion} expression that returns the value of point
15005after @code{end-of-defun} temporarily moves it to the end of the
15006definition.
15007
15008The second part of the @code{count-words-in-defun}, after the set up,
15009is the @code{while} loop.
15010
15011The loop must contain an expression that jumps point forward word by
15012word and symbol by symbol, and another expression that counts the
15013jumps. The true-or-false-test for the @code{while} loop should test
15014true so long as point should jump forward, and false when point is at
15015the end of the definition. We have already redefined the regular
0fd2c9a3 15016expression for this, so the loop is straightforward:
8cda6f8f
GM
15017
15018@smallexample
15019@group
15020(while (and (< (point) end)
15021 (re-search-forward
1ef17681 15022 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*" end t))
8cda6f8f
GM
15023 (setq count (1+ count)))
15024@end group
15025@end smallexample
15026
15027The third part of the function definition returns the count of words
15028and symbols. This part is the last expression within the body of the
15029@code{let} expression, and can be, very simply, the local variable
15030@code{count}, which when evaluated returns the count.
15031
15032@need 1250
15033Put together, the @code{count-words-in-defun} definition looks like this:
15034
15035@findex count-words-in-defun
15036@smallexample
15037@group
15038(defun count-words-in-defun ()
15039 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
15040 (beginning-of-defun)
15041 (let ((count 0)
15042 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
15043@end group
15044@group
15045 (while
15046 (and (< (point) end)
15047 (re-search-forward
15048 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
15049 end t))
15050 (setq count (1+ count)))
15051 count))
15052@end group
15053@end smallexample
15054
15055How to test this? The function is not interactive, but it is easy to
15056put a wrapper around the function to make it interactive; we can use
15057almost the same code as for the recursive version of
ea4f7750 15058@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}:
8cda6f8f
GM
15059
15060@smallexample
15061@group
15062;;; @r{Interactive version.}
15063(defun count-words-defun ()
15064 "Number of words and symbols in a function definition."
15065 (interactive)
15066 (message
15067 "Counting words and symbols in function definition ... ")
15068@end group
15069@group
15070 (let ((count (count-words-in-defun)))
15071 (cond
15072 ((zerop count)
15073 (message
15074 "The definition does NOT have any words or symbols."))
15075@end group
15076@group
15077 ((= 1 count)
15078 (message
15079 "The definition has 1 word or symbol."))
15080 (t
15081 (message
15082 "The definition has %d words or symbols." count)))))
15083@end group
15084@end smallexample
15085
15086@need 800
15087@noindent
15088Let's re-use @kbd{C-c =} as a convenient keybinding:
15089
15090@smallexample
15091(global-set-key "\C-c=" 'count-words-defun)
15092@end smallexample
15093
15094Now we can try out @code{count-words-defun}: install both
15095@code{count-words-in-defun} and @code{count-words-defun}, and set the
15096keybinding, and then place the cursor within the following definition:
15097
15098@smallexample
15099@group
15100(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
15101 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
15102 (* 7 number))
15103 @result{} 10
15104@end group
15105@end smallexample
15106
15107@noindent
15108Success! The definition has 10 words and symbols.
15109
15110The next problem is to count the numbers of words and symbols in
15111several definitions within a single file.
15112
15113@node Several defuns, Find a File, count-words-in-defun, Words in a defun
15114@section Count Several @code{defuns} Within a File
15115
15116A file such as @file{simple.el} may have a hundred or more function
15117definitions within it. Our long term goal is to collect statistics on
15118many files, but as a first step, our immediate goal is to collect
15119statistics on one file.
15120
15121The information will be a series of numbers, each number being the
15122length of a function definition. We can store the numbers in a list.
15123
15124We know that we will want to incorporate the information regarding one
15125file with information about many other files; this means that the
15126function for counting definition lengths within one file need only
15127return the list of lengths. It need not and should not display any
15128messages.
15129
15130The word count commands contain one expression to jump point forward
15131word by word and another expression to count the jumps. The function
15132to return the lengths of definitions can be designed to work the same
15133way, with one expression to jump point forward definition by
15134definition and another expression to construct the lengths' list.
15135
15136This statement of the problem makes it elementary to write the
15137function definition. Clearly, we will start the count at the
15138beginning of the file, so the first command will be @code{(goto-char
15139(point-min))}. Next, we start the @code{while} loop; and the
15140true-or-false test of the loop can be a regular expression search for
15141the next function definition---so long as the search succeeds, point
15142is moved forward and then the body of the loop is evaluated. The body
15143needs an expression that constructs the lengths' list. @code{cons},
15144the list construction command, can be used to create the list. That
15145is almost all there is to it.
15146
15147@need 800
15148Here is what this fragment of code looks like:
15149
15150@smallexample
15151@group
15152(goto-char (point-min))
15153(while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
15154 (setq lengths-list
15155 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
15156@end group
15157@end smallexample
15158
15159What we have left out is the mechanism for finding the file that
15160contains the function definitions.
15161
15162In previous examples, we either used this, the Info file, or we
15163switched back and forth to some other buffer, such as the
15164@file{*scratch*} buffer.
15165
15166Finding a file is a new process that we have not yet discussed.
15167
15168@node Find a File, lengths-list-file, Several defuns, Words in a defun
15169@comment node-name, next, previous, up
15170@section Find a File
15171@cindex Find a File
15172
15173To find a file in Emacs, you use the @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file})
15174command. This command is almost, but not quite right for the lengths
15175problem.
15176
15177@need 1200
15178Let's look at the source for @code{find-file}:
15179
15180@smallexample
15181@group
15182(defun find-file (filename)
15183 "Edit file FILENAME.
15184Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
15185creating one if none already exists."
15186 (interactive "FFind file: ")
15187 (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect filename)))
15188@end group
15189@end smallexample
15190
15191@noindent
15192(The most recent version of the @code{find-file} function definition
15193permits you to specify optional wildcards to visit multiple files; that
15194makes the definition more complex and we will not discuss it here,
15195since it is not relevant. You can see its source using either
15196@kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) or @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}).)
15197
15198@ignore
15199In Emacs 22
15200(defun find-file (filename &optional wildcards)
15201 "Edit file FILENAME.
15202Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
15203creating one if none already exists.
15204Interactively, the default if you just type RET is the current directory,
15205but the visited file name is available through the minibuffer history:
15206type M-n to pull it into the minibuffer.
15207
15208Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
15209expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files. You can
15210suppress wildcard expansion by setting `find-file-wildcards' to nil.
15211
15212To visit a file without any kind of conversion and without
15213automatically choosing a major mode, use \\[find-file-literally]."
15214 (interactive (find-file-read-args "Find file: " nil))
15215 (let ((value (find-file-noselect filename nil nil wildcards)))
15216 (if (listp value)
15217 (mapcar 'switch-to-buffer (nreverse value))
15218 (switch-to-buffer value))))
15219@end ignore
15220
15221The definition I am showing possesses short but complete documentation
15222and an interactive specification that prompts you for a file name when
15223you use the command interactively. The body of the definition
15224contains two functions, @code{find-file-noselect} and
15225@code{switch-to-buffer}.
15226
15227According to its documentation as shown by @kbd{C-h f} (the
15228@code{describe-function} command), the @code{find-file-noselect}
15229function reads the named file into a buffer and returns the buffer.
15230(Its most recent version includes an optional wildcards argument,
15231too, as well as another to read a file literally and an other you
15232suppress warning messages. These optional arguments are irrelevant.)
15233
15234However, the @code{find-file-noselect} function does not select the
15235buffer in which it puts the file. Emacs does not switch its attention
15236(or yours if you are using @code{find-file-noselect}) to the selected
15237buffer. That is what @code{switch-to-buffer} does: it switches the
15238buffer to which Emacs attention is directed; and it switches the
15239buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer. We have discussed
15240buffer switching elsewhere. (@xref{Switching Buffers}.)
15241
15242In this histogram project, we do not need to display each file on the
15243screen as the program determines the length of each definition within
15244it. Instead of employing @code{switch-to-buffer}, we can work with
15245@code{set-buffer}, which redirects the attention of the computer
15246program to a different buffer but does not redisplay it on the screen.
15247So instead of calling on @code{find-file} to do the job, we must write
15248our own expression.
15249
15250The task is easy: use @code{find-file-noselect} and @code{set-buffer}.
15251
15252@node lengths-list-file, Several files, Find a File, Words in a defun
15253@section @code{lengths-list-file} in Detail
15254
15255The core of the @code{lengths-list-file} function is a @code{while}
15256loop containing a function to move point forward `defun by defun' and
15257a function to count the number of words and symbols in each defun.
15258This core must be surrounded by functions that do various other tasks,
15259including finding the file, and ensuring that point starts out at the
15260beginning of the file. The function definition looks like this:
15261@findex lengths-list-file
15262
15263@smallexample
15264@group
15265(defun lengths-list-file (filename)
15266 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
15267The returned list is a list of numbers.
15268Each number is the number of words or
15269symbols in one function definition."
15270@end group
15271@group
15272 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
15273 (save-excursion
15274 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
15275 (lengths-list))
15276 (set-buffer buffer)
15277 (setq buffer-read-only t)
15278 (widen)
15279 (goto-char (point-min))
15280 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
15281 (setq lengths-list
15282 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
15283 (kill-buffer buffer)
15284 lengths-list)))
15285@end group
15286@end smallexample
15287
15288@noindent
15289The function is passed one argument, the name of the file on which it
15290will work. It has four lines of documentation, but no interactive
15291specification. Since people worry that a computer is broken if they
15292don't see anything going on, the first line of the body is a
15293message.
15294
44e97401 15295The next line contains a @code{save-excursion} that returns Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
15296attention to the current buffer when the function completes. This is
15297useful in case you embed this function in another function that
15298presumes point is restored to the original buffer.
15299
15300In the varlist of the @code{let} expression, Emacs finds the file and
15301binds the local variable @code{buffer} to the buffer containing the
15302file. At the same time, Emacs creates @code{lengths-list} as a local
15303variable.
15304
15305Next, Emacs switches its attention to the buffer.
15306
15307In the following line, Emacs makes the buffer read-only. Ideally,
15308this line is not necessary. None of the functions for counting words
15309and symbols in a function definition should change the buffer.
15310Besides, the buffer is not going to be saved, even if it were changed.
15311This line is entirely the consequence of great, perhaps excessive,
15312caution. The reason for the caution is that this function and those
15313it calls work on the sources for Emacs and it is inconvenient if they
15314are inadvertently modified. It goes without saying that I did not
15315realize a need for this line until an experiment went awry and started
15316to modify my Emacs source files @dots{}
15317
15318Next comes a call to widen the buffer if it is narrowed. This
15319function is usually not needed---Emacs creates a fresh buffer if none
15320already exists; but if a buffer visiting the file already exists Emacs
15321returns that one. In this case, the buffer may be narrowed and must
15322be widened. If we wanted to be fully `user-friendly', we would
15323arrange to save the restriction and the location of point, but we
15324won't.
15325
15326The @code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression moves point to the
15327beginning of the buffer.
15328
15329Then comes a @code{while} loop in which the `work' of the function is
15330carried out. In the loop, Emacs determines the length of each
15331definition and constructs a lengths' list containing the information.
15332
15333Emacs kills the buffer after working through it. This is to save
15334space inside of Emacs. My version of GNU Emacs 19 contained over 300
15335source files of interest; GNU Emacs 22 contains over a thousand source
15336files. Another function will apply @code{lengths-list-file} to each
15337of the files.
15338
15339Finally, the last expression within the @code{let} expression is the
15340@code{lengths-list} variable; its value is returned as the value of
15341the whole function.
15342
15343You can try this function by installing it in the usual fashion. Then
15344place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
15345C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}).
15346
15347@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15348@smallexample
15349(lengths-list-file
15350 "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el")
15351@end smallexample
15352
15353@noindent
15354(You may need to change the pathname of the file; the one here is for
15355GNU Emacs version 22.1.1. To change the expression, copy it to
15356the @file{*scratch*} buffer and edit it.
15357
15358@need 1200
15359@noindent
15360(Also, to see the full length of the list, rather than a truncated
15361version, you may have to evaluate the following:
15362
15363@smallexample
15364(custom-set-variables '(eval-expression-print-length nil))
15365@end smallexample
15366
15367@noindent
15368(@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}}.
15369Then evaluate the @code{lengths-list-file} expression.)
15370
15371@need 1200
15372The lengths' list for @file{debug.el} takes less than a second to
15373produce and looks like this in GNU Emacs 22:
15374
15375@smallexample
15376(83 113 105 144 289 22 30 97 48 89 25 52 52 88 28 29 77 49 43 290 232 587)
15377@end smallexample
15378
15379@need 1500
15380(Using my old machine, the version 19 lengths' list for @file{debug.el}
15381took seven seconds to produce and looked like this:
15382
15383@smallexample
15384(75 41 80 62 20 45 44 68 45 12 34 235)
15385@end smallexample
15386
15387(The newer version of @file{debug.el} contains more defuns than the
15388earlier one; and my new machine is much faster than the old one.)
15389
15390Note that the length of the last definition in the file is first in
15391the list.
15392
15393@node Several files, Several files recursively, lengths-list-file, Words in a defun
15394@section Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
15395
15396In the previous section, we created a function that returns a list of
15397the lengths of each definition in a file. Now, we want to define a
15398function to return a master list of the lengths of the definitions in
15399a list of files.
15400
15401Working on each of a list of files is a repetitious act, so we can use
15402either a @code{while} loop or recursion.
15403
15404@menu
15405* lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
15406* append:: Attach one list to another.
15407@end menu
15408
15409@node lengths-list-many-files, append, Several files, Several files
15410@ifnottex
15411@unnumberedsubsec Determine the lengths of @code{defuns}
15412@end ifnottex
15413
15414The design using a @code{while} loop is routine. The argument passed
15415the function is a list of files. As we saw earlier (@pxref{Loop
15416Example}), you can write a @code{while} loop so that the body of the
15417loop is evaluated if such a list contains elements, but to exit the
15418loop if the list is empty. For this design to work, the body of the
15419loop must contain an expression that shortens the list each time the
15420body is evaluated, so that eventually the list is empty. The usual
15421technique is to set the value of the list to the value of the @sc{cdr}
15422of the list each time the body is evaluated.
15423
15424@need 800
15425The template looks like this:
15426
15427@smallexample
15428@group
15429(while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
15430 @var{body}@dots{}
15431 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
15432@end group
15433@end smallexample
15434
15435Also, we remember that a @code{while} loop returns @code{nil} (the
15436result of evaluating the true-or-false-test), not the result of any
15437evaluation within its body. (The evaluations within the body of the
15438loop are done for their side effects.) However, the expression that
15439sets the lengths' list is part of the body---and that is the value
15440that we want returned by the function as a whole. To do this, we
15441enclose the @code{while} loop within a @code{let} expression, and
15442arrange that the last element of the @code{let} expression contains
15443the value of the lengths' list. (@xref{Incrementing Example, , Loop
15444Example with an Incrementing Counter}.)
15445
15446@findex lengths-list-many-files
15447@need 1250
15448These considerations lead us directly to the function itself:
15449
15450@smallexample
15451@group
15452;;; @r{Use @code{while} loop.}
15453(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15454 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
15455@end group
15456@group
15457 (let (lengths-list)
15458
15459;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
15460 (while list-of-files
15461 (setq lengths-list
15462 (append
15463 lengths-list
15464
15465;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
15466 (lengths-list-file
15467 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
15468@end group
15469
15470@group
15471;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
15472 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
15473
15474;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
15475 lengths-list))
15476@end group
15477@end smallexample
15478
15479@code{expand-file-name} is a built-in function that converts a file
15480name to the absolute, long, path name form. The function employs the
15481name of the directory in which the function is called.
15482
15483@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15484@need 1500
15485Thus, if @code{expand-file-name} is called on @code{debug.el} when
15486Emacs is visiting the
15487@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/} directory,
15488
15489@smallexample
15490debug.el
15491@end smallexample
15492
15493@need 800
15494@noindent
15495becomes
15496
15497@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15498@smallexample
15499/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el
15500@end smallexample
15501
15502The only other new element of this function definition is the as yet
15503unstudied function @code{append}, which merits a short section for
15504itself.
15505
15506@node append, , lengths-list-many-files, Several files
15507@subsection The @code{append} Function
15508
15509@need 800
15510The @code{append} function attaches one list to another. Thus,
15511
15512@smallexample
15513(append '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15514@end smallexample
15515
15516@need 800
15517@noindent
15518produces the list
15519
15520@smallexample
15521(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8)
15522@end smallexample
15523
15524This is exactly how we want to attach two lengths' lists produced by
15525@code{lengths-list-file} to each other. The results contrast with
15526@code{cons},
15527
15528@smallexample
15529(cons '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15530@end smallexample
15531
15532@need 1250
15533@noindent
15534which constructs a new list in which the first argument to @code{cons}
15535becomes the first element of the new list:
15536
15537@smallexample
15538((1 2 3 4) 5 6 7 8)
15539@end smallexample
15540
15541@node Several files recursively, Prepare the data, Several files, Words in a defun
15542@section Recursively Count Words in Different Files
15543
15544Besides a @code{while} loop, you can work on each of a list of files
15545with recursion. A recursive version of @code{lengths-list-many-files}
15546is short and simple.
15547
15548The recursive function has the usual parts: the `do-again-test', the
15549`next-step-expression', and the recursive call. The `do-again-test'
15550determines whether the function should call itself again, which it
15551will do if the @code{list-of-files} contains any remaining elements;
15552the `next-step-expression' resets the @code{list-of-files} to the
15553@sc{cdr} of itself, so eventually the list will be empty; and the
15554recursive call calls itself on the shorter list. The complete
15555function is shorter than this description!
15556@findex recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15557
15558@smallexample
15559@group
15560(defun recursive-lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15561 "Return list of lengths of each defun in LIST-OF-FILES."
15562 (if list-of-files ; @r{do-again-test}
15563 (append
15564 (lengths-list-file
15565 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))
15566 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15567 (cdr list-of-files)))))
15568@end group
15569@end smallexample
15570
15571@noindent
15572In a sentence, the function returns the lengths' list for the first of
15573the @code{list-of-files} appended to the result of calling itself on
15574the rest of the @code{list-of-files}.
15575
15576Here is a test of @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}, along with
15577the results of running @code{lengths-list-file} on each of the files
15578individually.
15579
15580Install @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} and
15581@code{lengths-list-file}, if necessary, and then evaluate the
15582following expressions. You may need to change the files' pathnames;
15583those here work when this Info file and the Emacs sources are located
15584in their customary places. To change the expressions, copy them to
15585the @file{*scratch*} buffer, edit them, and then evaluate them.
15586
15587The results are shown after the @samp{@result{}}. (These results are
15588for files from Emacs version 22.1.1; files from other versions of
15589Emacs may produce different results.)
15590
15591@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15592@smallexample
15593@group
15594(cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/")
15595
15596(lengths-list-file "./lisp/macros.el")
15597 @result{} (283 263 480 90)
15598@end group
15599
15600@group
15601(lengths-list-file "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el")
15602 @result{} (38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324)
15603@end group
15604
15605@group
15606(lengths-list-file "./lisp/makesum.el")
15607 @result{} (85 181)
15608@end group
15609
15610@group
15611 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15612 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15613 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15614 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15615 @result{} (283 263 480 90 38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324 85 181)
15616@end group
15617@end smallexample
15618
15619The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function produces the
15620output we want.
15621
15622The next step is to prepare the data in the list for display in a graph.
15623
15624@node Prepare the data, , Several files recursively, Words in a defun
15625@section Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
15626
15627The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a list
15628of numbers. Each number records the length of a function definition.
15629What we need to do now is transform this data into a list of numbers
15630suitable for generating a graph. The new list will tell how many
15631functions definitions contain less than 10 words and
15632symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
15633many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
15634
15635In brief, we need to go through the lengths' list produced by the
15636@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function and count the number
15637of defuns within each range of lengths, and produce a list of those
15638numbers.
15639
15640@menu
15641* Data for Display in Detail::
15642* Sorting:: Sorting lists.
15643* Files List:: Making a list of files.
15644* Counting function definitions::
15645@end menu
15646
15647@node Data for Display in Detail, Sorting, Prepare the data, Prepare the data
15648@ifnottex
15649@unnumberedsubsec The Data for Display in Detail
15650@end ifnottex
15651
15652Based on what we have done before, we can readily foresee that it
15653should not be too hard to write a function that `@sc{cdr}s' down the
15654lengths' list, looks at each element, determines which length range it
15655is in, and increments a counter for that range.
15656
15657However, before beginning to write such a function, we should consider
15658the advantages of sorting the lengths' list first, so the numbers are
15659ordered from smallest to largest. First, sorting will make it easier
15660to count the numbers in each range, since two adjacent numbers will
15661either be in the same length range or in adjacent ranges. Second, by
15662inspecting a sorted list, we can discover the highest and lowest
15663number, and thereby determine the largest and smallest length range
15664that we will need.
15665
15666@node Sorting, Files List, Data for Display in Detail, Prepare the data
15667@subsection Sorting Lists
15668@findex sort
15669
15670Emacs contains a function to sort lists, called (as you might guess)
15671@code{sort}. The @code{sort} function takes two arguments, the list
15672to be sorted, and a predicate that determines whether the first of
15673two list elements is ``less'' than the second.
15674
15675As we saw earlier (@pxref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong
15676Type Object as an Argument}), a predicate is a function that
15677determines whether some property is true or false. The @code{sort}
15678function will reorder a list according to whatever property the
15679predicate uses; this means that @code{sort} can be used to sort
15680non-numeric lists by non-numeric criteria---it can, for example,
15681alphabetize a list.
15682
15683@need 1250
15684The @code{<} function is used when sorting a numeric list. For example,
15685
15686@smallexample
15687(sort '(4 8 21 17 33 7 21 7) '<)
15688@end smallexample
15689
15690@need 800
15691@noindent
15692produces this:
15693
15694@smallexample
15695(4 7 7 8 17 21 21 33)
15696@end smallexample
15697
15698@noindent
15699(Note that in this example, both the arguments are quoted so that the
15700symbols are not evaluated before being passed to @code{sort} as
15701arguments.)
15702
15703Sorting the list returned by the
15704@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function is straightforward;
15705it uses the @code{<} function:
15706
15707@ignore
157082006 Oct 29
15709In GNU Emacs 22, eval
15710(progn
15711 (cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.0.50/")
15712 (sort
15713 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15714 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15715 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15716 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15717 '<))
15718
15719@end ignore
15720
15721@smallexample
15722@group
15723(sort
15724 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15725 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15726 "./lisp/mailalias.el"
15727 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15728 '<)
15729@end group
15730@end smallexample
15731
15732@need 800
15733@noindent
15734which produces:
15735
15736@smallexample
15737(29 32 38 85 90 95 178 180 181 218 263 283 321 324 480)
15738@end smallexample
15739
15740@noindent
15741(Note that in this example, the first argument to @code{sort} is not
15742quoted, since the expression must be evaluated so as to produce the
15743list that is passed to @code{sort}.)
15744
15745@node Files List, Counting function definitions, Sorting, Prepare the data
15746@subsection Making a List of Files
15747
15748The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function requires a list
15749of files as its argument. For our test examples, we constructed such
15750a list by hand; but the Emacs Lisp source directory is too large for
15751us to do for that. Instead, we will write a function to do the job
15752for us. In this function, we will use both a @code{while} loop and a
15753recursive call.
15754
15755@findex directory-files
15756We did not have to write a function like this for older versions of
15757GNU Emacs, since they placed all the @samp{.el} files in one
15758directory. Instead, we were able to use the @code{directory-files}
15759function, which lists the names of files that match a specified
15760pattern within a single directory.
15761
15762However, recent versions of Emacs place Emacs Lisp files in
15763sub-directories of the top level @file{lisp} directory. This
15764re-arrangement eases navigation. For example, all the mail related
15765files are in a @file{lisp} sub-directory called @file{mail}. But at
15766the same time, this arrangement forces us to create a file listing
15767function that descends into the sub-directories.
15768
15769@findex files-in-below-directory
15770We can create this function, called @code{files-in-below-directory},
15771using familiar functions such as @code{car}, @code{nthcdr}, and
15772@code{substring} in conjunction with an existing function called
15773@code{directory-files-and-attributes}. This latter function not only
15774lists all the filenames in a directory, including the names
15775of sub-directories, but also their attributes.
15776
15777To restate our goal: to create a function that will enable us
15778to feed filenames to @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}
15779as a list that looks like this (but with more elements):
15780
15781@smallexample
15782@group
15783("./lisp/macros.el"
15784 "./lisp/mail/rmail.el"
15785 "./lisp/makesum.el")
15786@end group
15787@end smallexample
15788
15789The @code{directory-files-and-attributes} function returns a list of
15790lists. Each of the lists within the main list consists of 13
15791elements. The first element is a string that contains the name of the
15792file -- which, in GNU/Linux, may be a `directory file', that is to
15793say, a file with the special attributes of a directory. The second
15794element of the list is @code{t} for a directory, a string
15795for symbolic link (the string is the name linked to), or @code{nil}.
15796
15797For example, the first @samp{.el} file in the @file{lisp/} directory
15798is @file{abbrev.el}. Its name is
15799@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/abbrev.el} and it is not a
15800directory or a symbolic link.
15801
15802@need 1000
15803This is how @code{directory-files-and-attributes} lists that file and
15804its attributes:
15805
15806@smallexample
15807@group
15808("abbrev.el"
15809nil
158101
158111000
15812100
15813@end group
15814@group
15815(17733 259)
15816(17491 28834)
15817(17596 62124)
1581813157
15819"-rw-rw-r--"
15820@end group
15821@group
15822nil
158232971624
15824773)
15825@end group
15826@end smallexample
15827
15828@need 1200
15829On the other hand, @file{mail/} is a directory within the @file{lisp/}
15830directory. The beginning of its listing looks like this:
15831
15832@smallexample
15833@group
15834("mail"
15835t
15836@dots{}
15837)
15838@end group
15839@end smallexample
15840
15841(To learn about the different attributes, look at the documentation of
15842@code{file-attributes}. Bear in mind that the @code{file-attributes}
15843function does not list the filename, so its first element is
15844@code{directory-files-and-attributes}'s second element.)
15845
15846We will want our new function, @code{files-in-below-directory}, to
15847list the @samp{.el} files in the directory it is told to check, and in
15848any directories below that directory.
15849
15850This gives us a hint on how to construct
15851@code{files-in-below-directory}: within a directory, the function
15852should add @samp{.el} filenames to a list; and if, within a directory,
15853the function comes upon a sub-directory, it should go into that
15854sub-directory and repeat its actions.
15855
15856However, we should note that every directory contains a name that
15857refers to itself, called @file{.}, (``dot'') and a name that refers to
15858its parent directory, called @file{..} (``double dot''). (In
15859@file{/}, the root directory, @file{..} refers to itself, since
15860@file{/} has no parent.) Clearly, we do not want our
15861@code{files-in-below-directory} function to enter those directories,
15862since they always lead us, directly or indirectly, to the current
15863directory.
15864
15865Consequently, our @code{files-in-below-directory} function must do
15866several tasks:
15867
15868@itemize @bullet
15869@item
15870Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that ends in
15871@samp{.el}; and if so, add its name to a list.
15872
15873@item
15874Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that is the name of a
15875directory; and if so,
15876
15877@itemize @minus
15878@item
15879Check to see whether it is looking at @file{.} or @file{..}; and if
15880so skip it.
15881
15882@item
15883Or else, go into that directory and repeat the process.
15884@end itemize
15885@end itemize
15886
15887Let's write a function definition to do these tasks. We will use a
15888@code{while} loop to move from one filename to another within a
15889directory, checking what needs to be done; and we will use a recursive
15890call to repeat the actions on each sub-directory. The recursive
15891pattern is `accumulate'
15892(@pxref{Accumulate, , Recursive Pattern: @emph{accumulate}}),
15893using @code{append} as the combiner.
15894
15895@ignore
15896(directory-files "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15897(shell-command "find /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15898
15899(directory-files "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15900(shell-command "find /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15901@end ignore
15902
15903@c /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/
15904
15905@need 800
15906Here is the function:
15907
15908@smallexample
15909@group
15910(defun files-in-below-directory (directory)
15911 "List the .el files in DIRECTORY and in its sub-directories."
15912 ;; Although the function will be used non-interactively,
15913 ;; it will be easier to test if we make it interactive.
15914 ;; The directory will have a name such as
15915 ;; "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"
15916 (interactive "DDirectory name: ")
15917@end group
15918@group
15919 (let (el-files-list
15920 (current-directory-list
15921 (directory-files-and-attributes directory t)))
15922 ;; while we are in the current directory
15923 (while current-directory-list
15924@end group
15925@group
15926 (cond
15927 ;; check to see whether filename ends in `.el'
15928 ;; and if so, append its name to a list.
15929 ((equal ".el" (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -3))
15930 (setq el-files-list
15931 (cons (car (car current-directory-list)) el-files-list)))
15932@end group
15933@group
15934 ;; check whether filename is that of a directory
15935 ((eq t (car (cdr (car current-directory-list))))
15936 ;; decide whether to skip or recurse
15937 (if
15938 (equal "."
15939 (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -1))
15940 ;; then do nothing since filename is that of
15941 ;; current directory or parent, "." or ".."
15942 ()
15943@end group
15944@group
15945 ;; else descend into the directory and repeat the process
15946 (setq el-files-list
15947 (append
15948 (files-in-below-directory
15949 (car (car current-directory-list)))
15950 el-files-list)))))
15951 ;; move to the next filename in the list; this also
15952 ;; shortens the list so the while loop eventually comes to an end
15953 (setq current-directory-list (cdr current-directory-list)))
15954 ;; return the filenames
15955 el-files-list))
15956@end group
15957@end smallexample
15958
15959@c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/")
15960@c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15961
15962The @code{files-in-below-directory} @code{directory-files} function
15963takes one argument, the name of a directory.
15964
15965@need 1250
15966Thus, on my system,
15967
15968@c (length (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15969
15970@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15971@smallexample
15972@group
15973(length
15974 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"))
15975@end group
15976@end smallexample
15977
15978@noindent
15979tells me that in and below my Lisp sources directory are 1031
15980@samp{.el} files.
15981
15982@code{files-in-below-directory} returns a list in reverse alphabetical
15983order. An expression to sort the list in alphabetical order looks
15984like this:
15985
15986@smallexample
15987@group
15988(sort
15989 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15990 'string-lessp)
15991@end group
15992@end smallexample
15993
15994@ignore
15995(defun test ()
15996 "Test how long it takes to find lengths of all sorted elisp defuns."
15997 (insert "\n" (current-time-string) "\n")
15998 (sit-for 0)
15999 (sort
16000 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
16001 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
16002 '<)
16003 (insert (format "%s" (current-time-string))))
16004@end ignore
16005
16006@node Counting function definitions, , Files List, Prepare the data
16007@subsection Counting function definitions
16008
16009Our immediate goal is to generate a list that tells us how many
16010function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and symbols, how many
16011contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how many contain between
1601220 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
16013
16014With a sorted list of numbers, this is easy: count how many elements
16015of the list are smaller than 10, then, after moving past the numbers
16016just counted, count how many are smaller than 20, then, after moving
16017past the numbers just counted, count how many are smaller than 30, and
16018so on. Each of the numbers, 10, 20, 30, 40, and the like, is one
16019larger than the top of that range. We can call the list of such
16020numbers the @code{top-of-ranges} list.
16021
16022@need 1200
16023If we wished, we could generate this list automatically, but it is
16024simpler to write a list manually. Here it is:
16025@vindex top-of-ranges
16026
16027@smallexample
16028@group
16029(defvar top-of-ranges
16030 '(10 20 30 40 50
16031 60 70 80 90 100
16032 110 120 130 140 150
16033 160 170 180 190 200
16034 210 220 230 240 250
16035 260 270 280 290 300)
16036 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
16037@end group
16038@end smallexample
16039
16040To change the ranges, we edit this list.
16041
16042Next, we need to write the function that creates the list of the
16043number of definitions within each range. Clearly, this function must
16044take the @code{sorted-lengths} and the @code{top-of-ranges} lists
16045as arguments.
16046
16047The @code{defuns-per-range} function must do two things again and
16048again: it must count the number of definitions within a range
16049specified by the current top-of-range value; and it must shift to the
16050next higher value in the @code{top-of-ranges} list after counting the
16051number of definitions in the current range. Since each of these
16052actions is repetitive, we can use @code{while} loops for the job.
16053One loop counts the number of definitions in the range defined by the
16054current top-of-range value, and the other loop selects each of the
16055top-of-range values in turn.
16056
16057Several entries of the @code{sorted-lengths} list are counted for each
16058range; this means that the loop for the @code{sorted-lengths} list
16059will be inside the loop for the @code{top-of-ranges} list, like a
16060small gear inside a big gear.
16061
16062The inner loop counts the number of definitions within the range. It
16063is a simple counting loop of the type we have seen before.
16064(@xref{Incrementing Loop, , A loop with an incrementing counter}.)
16065The true-or-false test of the loop tests whether the value from the
16066@code{sorted-lengths} list is smaller than the current value of the
16067top of the range. If it is, the function increments the counter and
16068tests the next value from the @code{sorted-lengths} list.
16069
16070@need 1250
16071The inner loop looks like this:
16072
16073@smallexample
16074@group
16075(while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
16076 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
16077 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
16078@end group
16079@end smallexample
16080
16081The outer loop must start with the lowest value of the
16082@code{top-of-ranges} list, and then be set to each of the succeeding
16083higher values in turn. This can be done with a loop like this:
16084
16085@smallexample
16086@group
16087(while top-of-ranges
16088 @var{body-of-loop}@dots{}
16089 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
16090@end group
16091@end smallexample
16092
16093@need 1200
16094Put together, the two loops look like this:
16095
16096@smallexample
16097@group
16098(while top-of-ranges
16099
16100 ;; @r{Count the number of elements within the current range.}
16101 (while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
16102 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
16103 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
16104
16105 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
16106 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
16107@end group
16108@end smallexample
16109
16110In addition, in each circuit of the outer loop, Emacs should record
16111the number of definitions within that range (the value of
16112@code{number-within-range}) in a list. We can use @code{cons} for
16113this purpose. (@xref{cons, , @code{cons}}.)
16114
16115The @code{cons} function works fine, except that the list it
16116constructs will contain the number of definitions for the highest
16117range at its beginning and the number of definitions for the lowest
16118range at its end. This is because @code{cons} attaches new elements
16119of the list to the beginning of the list, and since the two loops are
16120working their way through the lengths' list from the lower end first,
16121the @code{defuns-per-range-list} will end up largest number first.
16122But we will want to print our graph with smallest values first and the
16123larger later. The solution is to reverse the order of the
16124@code{defuns-per-range-list}. We can do this using the
16125@code{nreverse} function, which reverses the order of a list.
16126@findex nreverse
16127
16128@need 800
16129For example,
16130
16131@smallexample
16132(nreverse '(1 2 3 4))
16133@end smallexample
16134
16135@need 800
16136@noindent
16137produces:
16138
16139@smallexample
16140(4 3 2 1)
16141@end smallexample
16142
16143Note that the @code{nreverse} function is ``destructive''---that is,
16144it changes the list to which it is applied; this contrasts with the
16145@code{car} and @code{cdr} functions, which are non-destructive. In
16146this case, we do not want the original @code{defuns-per-range-list},
16147so it does not matter that it is destroyed. (The @code{reverse}
16148function provides a reversed copy of a list, leaving the original list
16149as is.)
16150@findex reverse
16151
16152@need 1250
16153Put all together, the @code{defuns-per-range} looks like this:
16154
16155@smallexample
16156@group
16157(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
16158 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
16159 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
16160 (number-within-range 0)
16161 defuns-per-range-list)
16162@end group
16163
16164@group
16165 ;; @r{Outer loop.}
16166 (while top-of-ranges
16167@end group
16168
16169@group
16170 ;; @r{Inner loop.}
16171 (while (and
16172 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
16173 (car sorted-lengths)
16174 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
16175@end group
16176
16177@group
16178 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
16179 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
16180 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
16181
16182 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
16183@end group
16184
16185@group
16186 (setq defuns-per-range-list
16187 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
16188 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
16189@end group
16190
16191@group
16192 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
16193 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
16194 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
16195 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
16196@end group
16197
16198@group
16199 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
16200 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
16201 (setq defuns-per-range-list
16202 (cons
16203 (length sorted-lengths)
16204 defuns-per-range-list))
16205@end group
16206
16207@group
16208 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
16209 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
16210 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
16211@end group
16212@end smallexample
16213
16214@need 1200
16215@noindent
16216The function is straightforward except for one subtle feature. The
16217true-or-false test of the inner loop looks like this:
16218
16219@smallexample
16220@group
16221(and (car sorted-lengths)
16222 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
16223@end group
16224@end smallexample
16225
16226@need 800
16227@noindent
16228instead of like this:
16229
16230@smallexample
16231(< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range)
16232@end smallexample
16233
16234The purpose of the test is to determine whether the first item in the
16235@code{sorted-lengths} list is less than the value of the top of the
16236range.
16237
16238The simple version of the test works fine unless the
16239@code{sorted-lengths} list has a @code{nil} value. In that case, the
16240@code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression function returns
16241@code{nil}. The @code{<} function cannot compare a number to
16242@code{nil}, which is an empty list, so Emacs signals an error and
16243stops the function from attempting to continue to execute.
16244
16245The @code{sorted-lengths} list always becomes @code{nil} when the
16246counter reaches the end of the list. This means that any attempt to
16247use the @code{defuns-per-range} function with the simple version of
16248the test will fail.
16249
16250We solve the problem by using the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
16251expression in conjunction with the @code{and} expression. The
16252@code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression returns a non-@code{nil}
16253value so long as the list has at least one number within it, but
16254returns @code{nil} if the list is empty. The @code{and} expression
16255first evaluates the @code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression, and
16256if it is @code{nil}, returns false @emph{without} evaluating the
16257@code{<} expression. But if the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
16258expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, the @code{and} expression
16259evaluates the @code{<} expression, and returns that value as the value
16260of the @code{and} expression.
16261
16262@c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
16263This way, we avoid an error.
16264@iftex
16265@noindent
16266(For information about @code{and}, see
16267@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
16268@end iftex
16269@ifinfo
16270@noindent
16271(@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
16272information about @code{and}.)
16273@end ifinfo
16274
16275Here is a short test of the @code{defuns-per-range} function. First,
16276evaluate the expression that binds (a shortened)
16277@code{top-of-ranges} list to the list of values, then evaluate the
16278expression for binding the @code{sorted-lengths} list, and then
16279evaluate the @code{defuns-per-range} function.
16280
16281@smallexample
16282@group
16283;; @r{(Shorter list than we will use later.)}
16284(setq top-of-ranges
16285 '(110 120 130 140 150
16286 160 170 180 190 200))
16287
16288(setq sorted-lengths
16289 '(85 86 110 116 122 129 154 176 179 200 265 300 300))
16290
16291(defuns-per-range sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
16292@end group
16293@end smallexample
16294
16295@need 800
16296@noindent
16297The list returned looks like this:
16298
16299@smallexample
16300(2 2 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 4)
16301@end smallexample
16302
16303@noindent
16304Indeed, there are two elements of the @code{sorted-lengths} list
16305smaller than 110, two elements between 110 and 119, two elements
16306between 120 and 129, and so on. There are four elements with a value
16307of 200 or larger.
16308
16309@c The next step is to turn this numbers' list into a graph.
16310@node Readying a Graph, Emacs Initialization, Words in a defun, Top
16311@chapter Readying a Graph
16312@cindex Readying a graph
16313@cindex Graph prototype
16314@cindex Prototype graph
16315@cindex Body of graph
16316
16317Our goal is to construct a graph showing the numbers of function
16318definitions of various lengths in the Emacs lisp sources.
16319
16320As a practical matter, if you were creating a graph, you would
16321probably use a program such as @code{gnuplot} to do the job.
16322(@code{gnuplot} is nicely integrated into GNU Emacs.) In this case,
16323however, we create one from scratch, and in the process we will
16324re-acquaint ourselves with some of what we learned before and learn
16325more.
16326
16327In this chapter, we will first write a simple graph printing function.
16328This first definition will be a @dfn{prototype}, a rapidly written
16329function that enables us to reconnoiter this unknown graph-making
16330territory. We will discover dragons, or find that they are myth.
16331After scouting the terrain, we will feel more confident and enhance
16332the function to label the axes automatically.
16333
16334@menu
16335* Columns of a graph::
16336* graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
16337* recursive-graph-body-print::
16338* Printed Axes::
16339* Line Graph Exercise::
16340@end menu
16341
16342@node Columns of a graph, graph-body-print, Readying a Graph, Readying a Graph
16343@ifnottex
16344@unnumberedsec Printing the Columns of a Graph
16345@end ifnottex
16346
16347Since Emacs is designed to be flexible and work with all kinds of
16348terminals, including character-only terminals, the graph will need to
16349be made from one of the `typewriter' symbols. An asterisk will do; as
16350we enhance the graph-printing function, we can make the choice of
16351symbol a user option.
16352
16353We can call this function @code{graph-body-print}; it will take a
16354@code{numbers-list} as its only argument. At this stage, we will not
16355label the graph, but only print its body.
16356
16357The @code{graph-body-print} function inserts a vertical column of
16358asterisks for each element in the @code{numbers-list}. The height of
16359each line is determined by the value of that element of the
16360@code{numbers-list}.
16361
16362Inserting columns is a repetitive act; that means that this function can
16363be written either with a @code{while} loop or recursively.
16364
16365Our first challenge is to discover how to print a column of asterisks.
16366Usually, in Emacs, we print characters onto a screen horizontally,
16367line by line, by typing. We have two routes we can follow: write our
16368own column-insertion function or discover whether one exists in Emacs.
16369
16370To see whether there is one in Emacs, we can use the @kbd{M-x apropos}
16371command. This command is like the @kbd{C-h a} (@code{command-apropos})
16372command, except that the latter finds only those functions that are
16373commands. The @kbd{M-x apropos} command lists all symbols that match
16374a regular expression, including functions that are not interactive.
16375@findex apropos
16376
16377What we want to look for is some command that prints or inserts
16378columns. Very likely, the name of the function will contain either
16379the word `print' or the word `insert' or the word `column'.
16380Therefore, we can simply type @kbd{M-x apropos RET
16381print\|insert\|column RET} and look at the result. On my system, this
16382command once too takes quite some time, and then produced a list of 79
16383functions and variables. Now it does not take much time at all and
16384produces a list of 211 functions and variables. Scanning down the
16385list, the only function that looks as if it might do the job is
16386@code{insert-rectangle}.
16387
16388@need 1200
16389Indeed, this is the function we want; its documentation says:
16390
16391@smallexample
16392@group
16393insert-rectangle:
16394Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
16395RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point,
16396its second line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
16397RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
16398After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
16399and point is at the lower right corner.
16400@end group
16401@end smallexample
16402
16403We can run a quick test, to make sure it does what we expect of it.
16404
16405Here is the result of placing the cursor after the
16406@code{insert-rectangle} expression and typing @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
16407(@code{eval-last-sexp}). The function inserts the strings
16408@samp{"first"}, @samp{"second"}, and @samp{"third"} at and below
16409point. Also the function returns @code{nil}.
16410
16411@smallexample
16412@group
16413(insert-rectangle '("first" "second" "third"))first
16414 second
16415 thirdnil
16416@end group
16417@end smallexample
16418
16419@noindent
16420Of course, we won't be inserting the text of the
16421@code{insert-rectangle} expression itself into the buffer in which we
16422are making the graph, but will call the function from our program. We
16423shall, however, have to make sure that point is in the buffer at the
16424place where the @code{insert-rectangle} function will insert its
16425column of strings.
16426
16427If you are reading this in Info, you can see how this works by
16428switching to another buffer, such as the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
16429placing point somewhere in the buffer, typing @kbd{M-:}, typing the
16430@code{insert-rectangle} expression into the minibuffer at the prompt,
16431and then typing @key{RET}. This causes Emacs to evaluate the
16432expression in the minibuffer, but to use as the value of point the
16433position of point in the @file{*scratch*} buffer. (@kbd{M-:} is the
16434keybinding for @code{eval-expression}. Also, @code{nil} does not
16435appear in the @file{*scratch*} buffer since the expression is
16436evaluated in the minibuffer.)
16437
16438We find when we do this that point ends up at the end of the last
16439inserted line---that is to say, this function moves point as a
16440side-effect. If we were to repeat the command, with point at this
16441position, the next insertion would be below and to the right of the
16442previous insertion. We don't want this! If we are going to make a
16443bar graph, the columns need to be beside each other.
16444
16445So we discover that each cycle of the column-inserting @code{while}
16446loop must reposition point to the place we want it, and that place
16447will be at the top, not the bottom, of the column. Moreover, we
16448remember that when we print a graph, we do not expect all the columns
16449to be the same height. This means that the top of each column may be
16450at a different height from the previous one. We cannot simply
16451reposition point to the same line each time, but moved over to the
16452right---or perhaps we can@dots{}
16453
16454We are planning to make the columns of the bar graph out of asterisks.
16455The number of asterisks in the column is the number specified by the
16456current element of the @code{numbers-list}. We need to construct a
16457list of asterisks of the right length for each call to
16458@code{insert-rectangle}. If this list consists solely of the requisite
16459number of asterisks, then we will have position point the right number
16460of lines above the base for the graph to print correctly. This could
16461be difficult.
16462
16463Alternatively, if we can figure out some way to pass
16464@code{insert-rectangle} a list of the same length each time, then we
16465can place point on the same line each time, but move it over one
16466column to the right for each new column. If we do this, however, some
16467of the entries in the list passed to @code{insert-rectangle} must be
16468blanks rather than asterisks. For example, if the maximum height of
16469the graph is 5, but the height of the column is 3, then
16470@code{insert-rectangle} requires an argument that looks like this:
16471
16472@smallexample
16473(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16474@end smallexample
16475
16476This last proposal is not so difficult, so long as we can determine
16477the column height. There are two ways for us to specify the column
16478height: we can arbitrarily state what it will be, which would work
16479fine for graphs of that height; or we can search through the list of
16480numbers and use the maximum height of the list as the maximum height
16481of the graph. If the latter operation were difficult, then the former
16482procedure would be easiest, but there is a function built into Emacs
16483that determines the maximum of its arguments. We can use that
16484function. The function is called @code{max} and it returns the
16485largest of all its arguments, which must be numbers. Thus, for
16486example,
16487
16488@smallexample
16489(max 3 4 6 5 7 3)
16490@end smallexample
16491
16492@noindent
16493returns 7. (A corresponding function called @code{min} returns the
16494smallest of all its arguments.)
16495@findex max
16496@findex min
16497
16498However, we cannot simply call @code{max} on the @code{numbers-list};
16499the @code{max} function expects numbers as its argument, not a list of
16500numbers. Thus, the following expression,
16501
16502@smallexample
16503(max '(3 4 6 5 7 3))
16504@end smallexample
16505
16506@need 800
16507@noindent
16508produces the following error message;
16509
16510@smallexample
16511Wrong type of argument: number-or-marker-p, (3 4 6 5 7 3)
16512@end smallexample
16513
16514@findex apply
16515We need a function that passes a list of arguments to a function.
16516This function is @code{apply}. This function `applies' its first
16517argument (a function) to its remaining arguments, the last of which
16518may be a list.
16519
16520@need 1250
16521For example,
16522
16523@smallexample
16524(apply 'max 3 4 7 3 '(4 8 5))
16525@end smallexample
16526
16527@noindent
16528returns 8.
16529
16530(Incidentally, I don't know how you would learn of this function
16531without a book such as this. It is possible to discover other
16532functions, like @code{search-forward} or @code{insert-rectangle}, by
16533guessing at a part of their names and then using @code{apropos}. Even
16534though its base in metaphor is clear---`apply' its first argument to
16535the rest---I doubt a novice would come up with that particular word
16536when using @code{apropos} or other aid. Of course, I could be wrong;
16537after all, the function was first named by someone who had to invent
16538it.)
16539
16540The second and subsequent arguments to @code{apply} are optional, so
16541we can use @code{apply} to call a function and pass the elements of a
16542list to it, like this, which also returns 8:
16543
16544@smallexample
16545(apply 'max '(4 8 5))
16546@end smallexample
16547
16548This latter way is how we will use @code{apply}. The
16549@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a numbers'
16550list to which we can apply @code{max} (we could also apply @code{max} to
16551the sorted numbers' list; it does not matter whether the list is
16552sorted or not.)
16553
16554@need 800
16555Hence, the operation for finding the maximum height of the graph is this:
16556
16557@smallexample
16558(setq max-graph-height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16559@end smallexample
16560
16561Now we can return to the question of how to create a list of strings
16562for a column of the graph. Told the maximum height of the graph
16563and the number of asterisks that should appear in the column, the
16564function should return a list of strings for the
16565@code{insert-rectangle} command to insert.
16566
16567Each column is made up of asterisks or blanks. Since the function is
16568passed the value of the height of the column and the number of
16569asterisks in the column, the number of blanks can be found by
16570subtracting the number of asterisks from the height of the column.
16571Given the number of blanks and the number of asterisks, two
16572@code{while} loops can be used to construct the list:
16573
16574@smallexample
16575@group
16576;;; @r{First version.}
16577(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16578 "Return list of strings that is one column of a graph."
16579 (let ((insert-list nil)
16580 (number-of-top-blanks
16581 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16582@end group
16583
16584@group
16585 ;; @r{Fill in asterisks.}
16586 (while (> actual-height 0)
16587 (setq insert-list (cons "*" insert-list))
16588 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16589@end group
16590
16591@group
16592 ;; @r{Fill in blanks.}
16593 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16594 (setq insert-list (cons " " insert-list))
16595 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16596 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16597@end group
16598
16599@group
16600 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16601 insert-list))
16602@end group
16603@end smallexample
16604
16605If you install this function and then evaluate the following
16606expression you will see that it returns the list as desired:
16607
16608@smallexample
16609(column-of-graph 5 3)
16610@end smallexample
16611
16612@need 800
16613@noindent
16614returns
16615
16616@smallexample
16617(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16618@end smallexample
16619
16620As written, @code{column-of-graph} contains a major flaw: the symbols
16621used for the blank and for the marked entries in the column are
16622`hard-coded' as a space and asterisk. This is fine for a prototype,
16623but you, or another user, may wish to use other symbols. For example,
16624in testing the graph function, you many want to use a period in place
16625of the space, to make sure the point is being repositioned properly
16626each time the @code{insert-rectangle} function is called; or you might
16627want to substitute a @samp{+} sign or other symbol for the asterisk.
16628You might even want to make a graph-column that is more than one
16629display column wide. The program should be more flexible. The way to
16630do that is to replace the blank and the asterisk with two variables
16631that we can call @code{graph-blank} and @code{graph-symbol} and define
16632those variables separately.
16633
16634Also, the documentation is not well written. These considerations
16635lead us to the second version of the function:
16636
16637@smallexample
16638@group
16639(defvar graph-symbol "*"
16640 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
16641@end group
16642
16643@group
16644(defvar graph-blank " "
16645 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
16646graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
16647as graph-symbol.")
16648@end group
16649@end smallexample
16650
16651@noindent
16652(For an explanation of @code{defvar}, see
16653@ref{defvar, , Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}}.)
16654
16655@smallexample
16656@group
16657;;; @r{Second version.}
16658(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16659 "Return MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings; ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
16660
16661@end group
16662@group
16663The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
16664of the list.
16665The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
16666The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
16667@end group
16668
16669@group
16670 (let ((insert-list nil)
16671 (number-of-top-blanks
16672 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16673@end group
16674
16675@group
16676 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
16677 (while (> actual-height 0)
16678 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
16679 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16680@end group
16681
16682@group
16683 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
16684 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16685 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
16686 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16687 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16688
16689 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16690 insert-list))
16691@end group
16692@end smallexample
16693
16694If we wished, we could rewrite @code{column-of-graph} a third time to
16695provide optionally for a line graph as well as for a bar graph. This
16696would not be hard to do. One way to think of a line graph is that it
16697is no more than a bar graph in which the part of each bar that is
16698below the top is blank. To construct a column for a line graph, the
16699function first constructs a list of blanks that is one shorter than
16700the value, then it uses @code{cons} to attach a graph symbol to the
16701list; then it uses @code{cons} again to attach the `top blanks' to
16702the list.
16703
16704It is easy to see how to write such a function, but since we don't
16705need it, we will not do it. But the job could be done, and if it were
16706done, it would be done with @code{column-of-graph}. Even more
16707important, it is worth noting that few changes would have to be made
16708anywhere else. The enhancement, if we ever wish to make it, is
16709simple.
16710
16711Now, finally, we come to our first actual graph printing function.
16712This prints the body of a graph, not the labels for the vertical and
16713horizontal axes, so we can call this @code{graph-body-print}.
16714
16715@node graph-body-print, recursive-graph-body-print, Columns of a graph, Readying a Graph
16716@section The @code{graph-body-print} Function
16717@findex graph-body-print
16718
16719After our preparation in the preceding section, the
16720@code{graph-body-print} function is straightforward. The function
16721will print column after column of asterisks and blanks, using the
16722elements of a numbers' list to specify the number of asterisks in each
16723column. This is a repetitive act, which means we can use a
16724decrementing @code{while} loop or recursive function for the job. In
16725this section, we will write the definition using a @code{while} loop.
16726
16727The @code{column-of-graph} function requires the height of the graph
16728as an argument, so we should determine and record that as a local variable.
16729
16730This leads us to the following template for the @code{while} loop
16731version of this function:
16732
16733@smallexample
16734@group
16735(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16736 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
16737 (let ((height @dots{}
16738 @dots{}))
16739@end group
16740
16741@group
16742 (while numbers-list
16743 @var{insert-columns-and-reposition-point}
16744 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))))
16745@end group
16746@end smallexample
16747
16748@noindent
16749We need to fill in the slots of the template.
16750
16751Clearly, we can use the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression to
16752determine the height of the graph.
16753
16754The @code{while} loop will cycle through the @code{numbers-list} one
16755element at a time. As it is shortened by the @code{(setq numbers-list
16756(cdr numbers-list))} expression, the @sc{car} of each instance of the
16757list is the value of the argument for @code{column-of-graph}.
16758
16759At each cycle of the @code{while} loop, the @code{insert-rectangle}
16760function inserts the list returned by @code{column-of-graph}. Since
16761the @code{insert-rectangle} function moves point to the lower right of
16762the inserted rectangle, we need to save the location of point at the
16763time the rectangle is inserted, move back to that position after the
16764rectangle is inserted, and then move horizontally to the next place
16765from which @code{insert-rectangle} is called.
16766
16767If the inserted columns are one character wide, as they will be if
16768single blanks and asterisks are used, the repositioning command is
16769simply @code{(forward-char 1)}; however, the width of a column may be
16770greater than one. This means that the repositioning command should be
16771written @code{(forward-char symbol-width)}. The @code{symbol-width}
16772itself is the length of a @code{graph-blank} and can be found using
16773the expression @code{(length graph-blank)}. The best place to bind
16774the @code{symbol-width} variable to the value of the width of graph
16775column is in the varlist of the @code{let} expression.
16776
16777@need 1250
16778These considerations lead to the following function definition:
16779
16780@smallexample
16781@group
16782(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16783 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16784The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16785
16786 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16787 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16788 from-position)
16789@end group
16790
16791@group
16792 (while numbers-list
16793 (setq from-position (point))
16794 (insert-rectangle
16795 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16796 (goto-char from-position)
16797 (forward-char symbol-width)
16798@end group
16799@group
16800 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16801 (sit-for 0)
16802 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
16803@end group
16804@group
16805 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
16806 (forward-line height)
16807 (insert "\n")
16808))
16809@end group
16810@end smallexample
16811
16812@noindent
16813The one unexpected expression in this function is the
16814@w{@code{(sit-for 0)}} expression in the @code{while} loop. This
16815expression makes the graph printing operation more interesting to
16816watch than it would be otherwise. The expression causes Emacs to
16817`sit' or do nothing for a zero length of time and then redraw the
16818screen. Placed here, it causes Emacs to redraw the screen column by
16819column. Without it, Emacs would not redraw the screen until the
16820function exits.
16821
16822We can test @code{graph-body-print} with a short list of numbers.
16823
16824@enumerate
16825@item
16826Install @code{graph-symbol}, @code{graph-blank},
16827@code{column-of-graph}, which are in
16828@iftex
16829@ref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph},
16830@end iftex
16831@ifinfo
16832@ref{Columns of a graph},
16833@end ifinfo
16834and @code{graph-body-print}.
16835
16836@need 800
16837@item
16838Copy the following expression:
16839
16840@smallexample
16841(graph-body-print '(1 2 3 4 6 4 3 5 7 6 5 2 3))
16842@end smallexample
16843
16844@item
16845Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
16846want the graph to start.
16847
16848@item
16849Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
16850
16851@item
16852Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
16853with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
16854
16855@item
16856Press @key{RET} to evaluate the @code{graph-body-print} expression.
16857@end enumerate
16858
16859@need 800
16860Emacs will print a graph like this:
16861
16862@smallexample
16863@group
16864 *
16865 * **
16866 * ****
16867 *** ****
16868 ********* *
16869 ************
16870 *************
16871@end group
16872@end smallexample
16873
16874@node recursive-graph-body-print, Printed Axes, graph-body-print, Readying a Graph
16875@section The @code{recursive-graph-body-print} Function
16876@findex recursive-graph-body-print
16877
16878The @code{graph-body-print} function may also be written recursively.
16879The recursive solution is divided into two parts: an outside `wrapper'
16880that uses a @code{let} expression to determine the values of several
16881variables that need only be found once, such as the maximum height of
16882the graph, and an inside function that is called recursively to print
16883the graph.
16884
16885@need 1250
16886The `wrapper' is uncomplicated:
16887
16888@smallexample
16889@group
16890(defun recursive-graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16891 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16892The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16893 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16894 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16895 from-position)
16896 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16897 numbers-list
16898 height
16899 symbol-width)))
16900@end group
16901@end smallexample
16902
16903The recursive function is a little more difficult. It has four parts:
16904the `do-again-test', the printing code, the recursive call, and the
16905`next-step-expression'. The `do-again-test' is a @code{when}
16906expression that determines whether the @code{numbers-list} contains
16907any remaining elements; if it does, the function prints one column of
16908the graph using the printing code and calls itself again. The
16909function calls itself again according to the value produced by the
16910`next-step-expression' which causes the call to act on a shorter
16911version of the @code{numbers-list}.
16912
16913@smallexample
16914@group
16915(defun recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16916 (numbers-list height symbol-width)
16917 "Print a bar graph.
16918Used within recursive-graph-body-print function."
16919@end group
16920
16921@group
16922 (when numbers-list
16923 (setq from-position (point))
16924 (insert-rectangle
16925 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16926@end group
16927@group
16928 (goto-char from-position)
16929 (forward-char symbol-width)
16930 (sit-for 0) ; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16931 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16932 (cdr numbers-list) height symbol-width)))
16933@end group
16934@end smallexample
16935
16936@need 1250
16937After installation, this expression can be tested; here is a sample:
16938
16939@smallexample
16940(recursive-graph-body-print '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
16941@end smallexample
16942
16943@need 800
16944Here is what @code{recursive-graph-body-print} produces:
16945
16946@smallexample
16947@group
16948 *
16949 ** *
16950 **** *
16951 **** ***
16952 * *********
16953 ************
16954 *************
16955@end group
16956@end smallexample
16957
16958Either of these two functions, @code{graph-body-print} or
16959@code{recursive-graph-body-print}, create the body of a graph.
16960
16961@node Printed Axes, Line Graph Exercise, recursive-graph-body-print, Readying a Graph
16962@section Need for Printed Axes
16963
16964A graph needs printed axes, so you can orient yourself. For a do-once
44e97401 16965project, it may be reasonable to draw the axes by hand using Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
16966Picture mode; but a graph drawing function may be used more than once.
16967
16968For this reason, I have written enhancements to the basic
16969@code{print-graph-body} function that automatically print labels for
16970the horizontal and vertical axes. Since the label printing functions
16971do not contain much new material, I have placed their description in
09e80d9f 16972an appendix. @xref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled Axes}.
8cda6f8f
GM
16973
16974@node Line Graph Exercise, , Printed Axes, Readying a Graph
16975@section Exercise
16976
16977Write a line graph version of the graph printing functions.
16978
16979@node Emacs Initialization, Debugging, Readying a Graph, Top
16980@chapter Your @file{.emacs} File
16981@cindex @file{.emacs} file
16982@cindex Customizing your @file{.emacs} file
16983@cindex Initialization file
16984
16985``You don't have to like Emacs to like it'' -- this seemingly
16986paradoxical statement is the secret of GNU Emacs. The plain, `out of
16987the box' Emacs is a generic tool. Most people who use it, customize
16988it to suit themselves.
16989
16990GNU Emacs is mostly written in Emacs Lisp; this means that by writing
16991expressions in Emacs Lisp you can change or extend Emacs.
16992
16993@menu
16994* Default Configuration::
16995* Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
16996* defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
16997* Beginning a .emacs File:: How to write a @code{.emacs file}.
16998* Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
16999* Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
17000* Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
17001* Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
17002* Keymaps:: More about key binding.
17003* Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
17004* Autoload:: Make functions available.
17005* Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
17006* X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
17007* Miscellaneous::
17008* Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
17009@end menu
17010
17011@node Default Configuration, Site-wide Init, Emacs Initialization, Emacs Initialization
17012@ifnottex
44e97401 17013@unnumberedsec Emacs's Default Configuration
8cda6f8f
GM
17014@end ifnottex
17015
44e97401 17016There are those who appreciate Emacs's default configuration. After
8cda6f8f
GM
17017all, Emacs starts you in C mode when you edit a C file, starts you in
17018Fortran mode when you edit a Fortran file, and starts you in
17019Fundamental mode when you edit an unadorned file. This all makes
17020sense, if you do not know who is going to use Emacs. Who knows what a
17021person hopes to do with an unadorned file? Fundamental mode is the
17022right default for such a file, just as C mode is the right default for
17023editing C code. (Enough programming languages have syntaxes
17024that enable them to share or nearly share features, so C mode is
6bd6c2fa 17025now provided by CC mode, the `C Collection'.)
8cda6f8f
GM
17026
17027But when you do know who is going to use Emacs---you,
17028yourself---then it makes sense to customize Emacs.
17029
17030For example, I seldom want Fundamental mode when I edit an
17031otherwise undistinguished file; I want Text mode. This is why I
17032customize Emacs: so it suits me.
17033
17034You can customize and extend Emacs by writing or adapting a
17035@file{~/.emacs} file. This is your personal initialization file; its
17036contents, written in Emacs Lisp, tell Emacs what to do.@footnote{You
17037may also add @file{.el} to @file{~/.emacs} and call it a
17038@file{~/.emacs.el} file. In the past, you were forbidden to type the
17039extra keystrokes that the name @file{~/.emacs.el} requires, but now
17040you may. The new format is consistent with the Emacs Lisp file
17041naming conventions; the old format saves typing.}
17042
17043A @file{~/.emacs} file contains Emacs Lisp code. You can write this
44e97401 17044code yourself; or you can use Emacs's @code{customize} feature to write
8cda6f8f
GM
17045the code for you. You can combine your own expressions and
17046auto-written Customize expressions in your @file{.emacs} file.
17047
17048(I myself prefer to write my own expressions, except for those,
17049particularly fonts, that I find easier to manipulate using the
17050@code{customize} command. I combine the two methods.)
17051
17052Most of this chapter is about writing expressions yourself. It
17053describes a simple @file{.emacs} file; for more information, see
17054@ref{Init File, , The Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and
17055@ref{Init File, , The Init File, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
17056Manual}.
17057
17058@node Site-wide Init, defcustom, Default Configuration, Emacs Initialization
17059@section Site-wide Initialization Files
17060
17061@cindex @file{default.el} init file
17062@cindex @file{site-init.el} init file
17063@cindex @file{site-load.el} init file
17064In addition to your personal initialization file, Emacs automatically
17065loads various site-wide initialization files, if they exist. These
17066have the same form as your @file{.emacs} file, but are loaded by
17067everyone.
17068
17069Two site-wide initialization files, @file{site-load.el} and
17070@file{site-init.el}, are loaded into Emacs and then `dumped' if a
17071`dumped' version of Emacs is created, as is most common. (Dumped
17072copies of Emacs load more quickly. However, once a file is loaded and
17073dumped, a change to it does not lead to a change in Emacs unless you
17074load it yourself or re-dump Emacs. @xref{Building Emacs, , Building
17075Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and the
17076@file{INSTALL} file.)
17077
17078Three other site-wide initialization files are loaded automatically
17079each time you start Emacs, if they exist. These are
17080@file{site-start.el}, which is loaded @emph{before} your @file{.emacs}
17081file, and @file{default.el}, and the terminal type file, which are both
17082loaded @emph{after} your @file{.emacs} file.
17083
17084Settings and definitions in your @file{.emacs} file will overwrite
17085conflicting settings and definitions in a @file{site-start.el} file,
17086if it exists; but the settings and definitions in a @file{default.el}
17087or terminal type file will overwrite those in your @file{.emacs} file.
17088(You can prevent interference from a terminal type file by setting
17089@code{term-file-prefix} to @code{nil}. @xref{Simple Extension, , A
17090Simple Extension}.)
17091
17092@c Rewritten to avoid overfull hbox.
17093The @file{INSTALL} file that comes in the distribution contains
17094descriptions of the @file{site-init.el} and @file{site-load.el} files.
17095
17096The @file{loadup.el}, @file{startup.el}, and @file{loaddefs.el} files
17097control loading. These files are in the @file{lisp} directory of the
17098Emacs distribution and are worth perusing.
17099
17100The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains a good many suggestions as to
17101what to put into your own @file{.emacs} file, or into a site-wide
17102initialization file.
17103
17104@node defcustom, Beginning a .emacs File, Site-wide Init, Emacs Initialization
17105@section Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}
17106@findex defcustom
17107
17108You can specify variables using @code{defcustom} so that you and
44e97401 17109others can then use Emacs's @code{customize} feature to set their
8cda6f8f
GM
17110values. (You cannot use @code{customize} to write function
17111definitions; but you can write @code{defuns} in your @file{.emacs}
17112file. Indeed, you can write any Lisp expression in your @file{.emacs}
17113file.)
17114
17115The @code{customize} feature depends on the @code{defcustom} special
17116form. Although you can use @code{defvar} or @code{setq} for variables
17117that users set, the @code{defcustom} special form is designed for the
17118job.
17119
17120You can use your knowledge of @code{defvar} for writing the
17121first three arguments for @code{defcustom}. The first argument to
17122@code{defcustom} is the name of the variable. The second argument is
17123the variable's initial value, if any; and this value is set only if
17124the value has not already been set. The third argument is the
17125documentation.
17126
17127The fourth and subsequent arguments to @code{defcustom} specify types
17128and options; these are not featured in @code{defvar}. (These
17129arguments are optional.)
17130
17131Each of these arguments consists of a keyword followed by a value.
17132Each keyword starts with the colon character @samp{:}.
17133
17134@need 1250
17135For example, the customizable user option variable
17136@code{text-mode-hook} looks like this:
17137
17138@smallexample
17139@group
17140(defcustom text-mode-hook nil
17141 "Normal hook run when entering Text mode and many related modes."
17142 :type 'hook
17143 :options '(turn-on-auto-fill flyspell-mode)
17144 :group 'data)
17145@end group
17146@end smallexample
17147
17148@noindent
17149The name of the variable is @code{text-mode-hook}; it has no default
17150value; and its documentation string tells you what it does.
17151
17152The @code{:type} keyword tells Emacs the kind of data to which
17153@code{text-mode-hook} should be set and how to display the value in a
17154Customization buffer.
17155
17156The @code{:options} keyword specifies a suggested list of values for
17157the variable. Usually, @code{:options} applies to a hook.
17158The list is only a suggestion; it is not exclusive; a person who sets
17159the variable may set it to other values; the list shown following the
17160@code{:options} keyword is intended to offer convenient choices to a
17161user.
17162
17163Finally, the @code{:group} keyword tells the Emacs Customization
17164command in which group the variable is located. This tells where to
17165find it.
17166
17167The @code{defcustom} function recognizes more than a dozen keywords.
17168For more information, see @ref{Customization, , Writing Customization
17169Definitions, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
17170
17171Consider @code{text-mode-hook} as an example.
17172
17173There are two ways to customize this variable. You can use the
17174customization command or write the appropriate expressions yourself.
17175
17176@need 800
17177Using the customization command, you can type:
17178
17179@smallexample
17180M-x customize
17181@end smallexample
17182
17183@noindent
17184and find that the group for editing files of data is called `data'.
17185Enter that group. Text Mode Hook is the first member. You can click
17186on its various options, such as @code{turn-on-auto-fill}, to set the
17187values. After you click on the button to
17188
17189@smallexample
17190Save for Future Sessions
17191@end smallexample
17192
17193@noindent
17194Emacs will write an expression into your @file{.emacs} file.
17195It will look like this:
17196
17197@smallexample
17198@group
17199(custom-set-variables
17200 ;; custom-set-variables was added by Custom.
17201 ;; If you edit it by hand, you could mess it up, so be careful.
17202 ;; Your init file should contain only one such instance.
17203 ;; If there is more than one, they won't work right.
17204 '(text-mode-hook (quote (turn-on-auto-fill text-mode-hook-identify))))
17205@end group
17206@end smallexample
17207
17208@noindent
17209(The @code{text-mode-hook-identify} function tells
17210@code{toggle-text-mode-auto-fill} which buffers are in Text mode.
17211It comes on automatically.)
17212
17213The @code{custom-set-variables} function works somewhat differently
17214than a @code{setq}. While I have never learned the differences, I
17215modify the @code{custom-set-variables} expressions in my @file{.emacs}
17216file by hand: I make the changes in what appears to me to be a
17217reasonable manner and have not had any problems. Others prefer to use
17218the Customization command and let Emacs do the work for them.
17219
17220Another @code{custom-set-@dots{}} function is @code{custom-set-faces}.
17221This function sets the various font faces. Over time, I have set a
17222considerable number of faces. Some of the time, I re-set them using
17223@code{customize}; other times, I simply edit the
17224@code{custom-set-faces} expression in my @file{.emacs} file itself.
17225
17226The second way to customize your @code{text-mode-hook} is to set it
17227yourself in your @file{.emacs} file using code that has nothing to do
17228with the @code{custom-set-@dots{}} functions.
17229
17230@need 800
17231When you do this, and later use @code{customize}, you will see a
17232message that says
17233
17234@smallexample
17235CHANGED outside Customize; operating on it here may be unreliable.
17236@end smallexample
17237
17238@need 800
17239This message is only a warning. If you click on the button to
17240
17241@smallexample
17242Save for Future Sessions
17243@end smallexample
17244
17245@noindent
17246Emacs will write a @code{custom-set-@dots{}} expression near the end
17247of your @file{.emacs} file that will be evaluated after your
17248hand-written expression. It will, therefore, overrule your
17249hand-written expression. No harm will be done. When you do this,
17250however, be careful to remember which expression is active; if you
17251forget, you may confuse yourself.
17252
17253So long as you remember where the values are set, you will have no
17254trouble. In any event, the values are always set in your
17255initialization file, which is usually called @file{.emacs}.
17256
17257I myself use @code{customize} for hardly anything. Mostly, I write
17258expressions myself.
17259
17260@findex defsubst
17261@findex defconst
17262Incidentally, to be more complete concerning defines: @code{defsubst}
17263defines an inline function. The syntax is just like that of
17264@code{defun}. @code{defconst} defines a symbol as a constant. The
17265intent is that neither programs nor users should ever change a value
17266set by @code{defconst}. (You can change it; the value set is a
17267variable; but please do not.)
17268
17269@node Beginning a .emacs File, Text and Auto-fill, defcustom, Emacs Initialization
17270@section Beginning a @file{.emacs} File
17271@cindex @file{.emacs} file, beginning of
17272
17273When you start Emacs, it loads your @file{.emacs} file unless you tell
17274it not to by specifying @samp{-q} on the command line. (The
17275@code{emacs -q} command gives you a plain, out-of-the-box Emacs.)
17276
17277A @file{.emacs} file contains Lisp expressions. Often, these are no
17278more than expressions to set values; sometimes they are function
17279definitions.
17280
17281@xref{Init File, , The Init File @file{~/.emacs}, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17282Manual}, for a short description of initialization files.
17283
17284This chapter goes over some of the same ground, but is a walk among
17285extracts from a complete, long-used @file{.emacs} file---my own.
17286
17287The first part of the file consists of comments: reminders to myself.
17288By now, of course, I remember these things, but when I started, I did
17289not.
17290
17291@need 1200
17292@smallexample
17293@group
17294;;;; Bob's .emacs file
17295; Robert J. Chassell
17296; 26 September 1985
17297@end group
17298@end smallexample
17299
17300@noindent
17301Look at that date! I started this file a long time ago. I have been
17302adding to it ever since.
17303
17304@smallexample
17305@group
17306; Each section in this file is introduced by a
17307; line beginning with four semicolons; and each
17308; entry is introduced by a line beginning with
17309; three semicolons.
17310@end group
17311@end smallexample
17312
17313@noindent
17314This describes the usual conventions for comments in Emacs Lisp.
17315Everything on a line that follows a semicolon is a comment. Two,
17316three, and four semicolons are used as subsection and section markers.
17317(@xref{Comments, ,, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for
17318more about comments.)
17319
17320@smallexample
17321@group
17322;;;; The Help Key
17323; Control-h is the help key;
17324; after typing control-h, type a letter to
17325; indicate the subject about which you want help.
17326; For an explanation of the help facility,
17327; type control-h two times in a row.
17328@end group
17329@end smallexample
17330
17331@noindent
17332Just remember: type @kbd{C-h} two times for help.
17333
17334@smallexample
17335@group
17336; To find out about any mode, type control-h m
17337; while in that mode. For example, to find out
17338; about mail mode, enter mail mode and then type
17339; control-h m.
17340@end group
17341@end smallexample
17342
17343@noindent
17344`Mode help', as I call this, is very helpful. Usually, it tells you
17345all you need to know.
17346
17347Of course, you don't need to include comments like these in your
17348@file{.emacs} file. I included them in mine because I kept forgetting
17349about Mode help or the conventions for comments---but I was able to
17350remember to look here to remind myself.
17351
17352@node Text and Auto-fill, Mail Aliases, Beginning a .emacs File, Emacs Initialization
17353@section Text and Auto Fill Mode
17354
17355Now we come to the part that `turns on' Text mode and
17356Auto Fill mode.
17357
17358@smallexample
17359@group
17360;;; Text mode and Auto Fill mode
cd61af01
SM
17361;; The next two lines put Emacs into Text mode
17362;; and Auto Fill mode, and are for writers who
17363;; want to start writing prose rather than code.
17364(setq-default major-mode 'text-mode)
8cda6f8f
GM
17365(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17366@end group
17367@end smallexample
17368
17369Here is the first part of this @file{.emacs} file that does something
17370besides remind a forgetful human!
17371
17372The first of the two lines in parentheses tells Emacs to turn on Text
17373mode when you find a file, @emph{unless} that file should go into some
17374other mode, such as C mode.
17375
17376@cindex Per-buffer, local variables list
17377@cindex Local variables list, per-buffer,
17378@cindex Automatic mode selection
17379@cindex Mode selection, automatic
17380When Emacs reads a file, it looks at the extension to the file name,
17381if any. (The extension is the part that comes after a @samp{.}.) If
17382the file ends with a @samp{.c} or @samp{.h} extension then Emacs turns
17383on C mode. Also, Emacs looks at first nonblank line of the file; if
17384the line says @w{@samp{-*- C -*-}}, Emacs turns on C mode. Emacs
17385possesses a list of extensions and specifications that it uses
17386automatically. In addition, Emacs looks near the last page for a
17387per-buffer, ``local variables list'', if any.
17388
17389@ifinfo
17390@xref{Choosing Modes, , How Major Modes are Chosen, emacs, The GNU
17391Emacs Manual}.
17392
17393@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17394Manual}.
17395@end ifinfo
17396@iftex
17397See sections ``How Major Modes are Chosen'' and ``Local Variables in
17398Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17399@end iftex
17400
17401Now, back to the @file{.emacs} file.
17402
17403@need 800
17404Here is the line again; how does it work?
17405
17406@cindex Text Mode turned on
17407@smallexample
4e3b4528 17408(setq major-mode 'text-mode)
8cda6f8f
GM
17409@end smallexample
17410
17411@noindent
17412This line is a short, but complete Emacs Lisp expression.
17413
17414We are already familiar with @code{setq}. It sets the following variable,
4e3b4528
SM
17415@code{major-mode}, to the subsequent value, which is @code{text-mode}.
17416The single quote mark before @code{text-mode} tells Emacs to deal directly
17417with the @code{text-mode} symbol, not with whatever it might stand for.
17418@xref{set & setq, , Setting the Value of a Variable},
17419for a reminder of how @code{setq} works.
17420The main point is that there is no difference between the procedure you
17421use to set a value in your @file{.emacs} file and the procedure you use
17422anywhere else in Emacs.
8cda6f8f
GM
17423
17424@need 800
17425Here is the next line:
17426
17427@cindex Auto Fill mode turned on
17428@findex add-hook
17429@smallexample
17430(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17431@end smallexample
17432
17433@noindent
17434In this line, the @code{add-hook} command adds
17435@code{turn-on-auto-fill} to the variable.
17436
17437@code{turn-on-auto-fill} is the name of a program, that, you guessed
17438it!, turns on Auto Fill mode.
17439
17440Every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs runs the commands `hooked'
17441onto Text mode. So every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs also
17442turns on Auto Fill mode.
17443
17444In brief, the first line causes Emacs to enter Text mode when you edit a
17445file, unless the file name extension, a first non-blank line, or local
17446variables to tell Emacs otherwise.
17447
17448Text mode among other actions, sets the syntax table to work
17449conveniently for writers. In Text mode, Emacs considers an apostrophe
17450as part of a word like a letter; but Emacs does not consider a period
17451or a space as part of a word. Thus, @kbd{M-f} moves you over
17452@samp{it's}. On the other hand, in C mode, @kbd{M-f} stops just after
17453the @samp{t} of @samp{it's}.
17454
17455The second line causes Emacs to turn on Auto Fill mode when it turns
17456on Text mode. In Auto Fill mode, Emacs automatically breaks a line
17457that is too wide and brings the excessively wide part of the line down
17458to the next line. Emacs breaks lines between words, not within them.
17459
17460When Auto Fill mode is turned off, lines continue to the right as you
17461type them. Depending on how you set the value of
17462@code{truncate-lines}, the words you type either disappear off the
17463right side of the screen, or else are shown, in a rather ugly and
17464unreadable manner, as a continuation line on the screen.
17465
17466@need 1250
17467In addition, in this part of my @file{.emacs} file, I tell the Emacs
17468fill commands to insert two spaces after a colon:
17469
17470@smallexample
17471(setq colon-double-space t)
17472@end smallexample
17473
17474@node Mail Aliases, Indent Tabs Mode, Text and Auto-fill, Emacs Initialization
17475@section Mail Aliases
17476
17477Here is a @code{setq} that `turns on' mail aliases, along with more
17478reminders.
17479
17480@smallexample
17481@group
17482;;; Mail mode
17483; To enter mail mode, type `C-x m'
17484; To enter RMAIL (for reading mail),
17485; type `M-x rmail'
17486(setq mail-aliases t)
17487@end group
17488@end smallexample
17489
17490@cindex Mail aliases
17491@noindent
17492This @code{setq} command sets the value of the variable
17493@code{mail-aliases} to @code{t}. Since @code{t} means true, the line
17494says, in effect, ``Yes, use mail aliases.''
17495
17496Mail aliases are convenient short names for long email addresses or
17497for lists of email addresses. The file where you keep your `aliases'
17498is @file{~/.mailrc}. You write an alias like this:
17499
17500@smallexample
17501alias geo george@@foobar.wiz.edu
17502@end smallexample
17503
17504@noindent
17505When you write a message to George, address it to @samp{geo}; the
17506mailer will automatically expand @samp{geo} to the full address.
17507
17508@node Indent Tabs Mode, Keybindings, Mail Aliases, Emacs Initialization
17509@section Indent Tabs Mode
17510@cindex Tabs, preventing
17511@findex indent-tabs-mode
17512
17513By default, Emacs inserts tabs in place of multiple spaces when it
17514formats a region. (For example, you might indent many lines of text
17515all at once with the @code{indent-region} command.) Tabs look fine on
17516a terminal or with ordinary printing, but they produce badly indented
17517output when you use @TeX{} or Texinfo since @TeX{} ignores tabs.
17518
17519@need 1250
17520The following turns off Indent Tabs mode:
17521
17522@smallexample
17523@group
17524;;; Prevent Extraneous Tabs
17525(setq-default indent-tabs-mode nil)
17526@end group
17527@end smallexample
17528
17529Note that this line uses @code{setq-default} rather than the
17530@code{setq} command that we have seen before. The @code{setq-default}
17531command sets values only in buffers that do not have their own local
17532values for the variable.
17533
17534@ifinfo
17535@xref{Just Spaces, , Tabs vs. Spaces, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17536
17537@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17538Manual}.
17539@end ifinfo
17540@iftex
17541See sections ``Tabs vs.@: Spaces'' and ``Local Variables in
17542Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17543@end iftex
17544
17545@need 1700
17546@node Keybindings, Keymaps, Indent Tabs Mode, Emacs Initialization
17547@section Some Keybindings
17548
17549Now for some personal keybindings:
17550
17551@smallexample
17552@group
17553;;; Compare windows
17554(global-set-key "\C-cw" 'compare-windows)
17555@end group
17556@end smallexample
17557
17558@findex compare-windows
17559@code{compare-windows} is a nifty command that compares the text in
17560your current window with text in the next window. It makes the
17561comparison by starting at point in each window, moving over text in
17562each window as far as they match. I use this command all the time.
17563
17564This also shows how to set a key globally, for all modes.
17565
17566@cindex Setting a key globally
17567@cindex Global set key
17568@cindex Key setting globally
17569@findex global-set-key
17570The command is @code{global-set-key}. It is followed by the
17571keybinding. In a @file{.emacs} file, the keybinding is written as
17572shown: @code{\C-c} stands for `control-c', which means `press the
17573control key and the @key{c} key at the same time'. The @code{w} means
17574`press the @key{w} key'. The keybinding is surrounded by double
17575quotation marks. In documentation, you would write this as
17576@w{@kbd{C-c w}}. (If you were binding a @key{META} key, such as
17577@kbd{M-c}, rather than a @key{CTRL} key, you would write
17578@w{@code{\M-c}} in your @file{.emacs} file. @xref{Init Rebinding, ,
17579Rebinding Keys in Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for
17580details.)
17581
17582The command invoked by the keys is @code{compare-windows}. Note that
17583@code{compare-windows} is preceded by a single quote; otherwise, Emacs
17584would first try to evaluate the symbol to determine its value.
17585
17586These three things, the double quotation marks, the backslash before
17587the @samp{C}, and the single quote mark are necessary parts of
17588keybinding that I tend to forget. Fortunately, I have come to
17589remember that I should look at my existing @file{.emacs} file, and
17590adapt what is there.
17591
17592As for the keybinding itself: @kbd{C-c w}. This combines the prefix
17593key, @kbd{C-c}, with a single character, in this case, @kbd{w}. This
17594set of keys, @kbd{C-c} followed by a single character, is strictly
17595reserved for individuals' own use. (I call these `own' keys, since
17596these are for my own use.) You should always be able to create such a
17597keybinding for your own use without stomping on someone else's
17598keybinding. If you ever write an extension to Emacs, please avoid
17599taking any of these keys for public use. Create a key like @kbd{C-c
17600C-w} instead. Otherwise, we will run out of `own' keys.
17601
17602@need 1250
17603Here is another keybinding, with a comment:
17604
17605@smallexample
17606@group
17607;;; Keybinding for `occur'
17608; I use occur a lot, so let's bind it to a key:
17609(global-set-key "\C-co" 'occur)
17610@end group
17611@end smallexample
17612
17613@findex occur
17614The @code{occur} command shows all the lines in the current buffer
17615that contain a match for a regular expression. Matching lines are
17616shown in a buffer called @file{*Occur*}. That buffer serves as a menu
17617to jump to occurrences.
17618
17619@findex global-unset-key
17620@cindex Unbinding key
17621@cindex Key unbinding
17622@need 1250
17623Here is how to unbind a key, so it does not
17624work:
17625
17626@smallexample
17627@group
17628;;; Unbind `C-x f'
17629(global-unset-key "\C-xf")
17630@end group
17631@end smallexample
17632
17633There is a reason for this unbinding: I found I inadvertently typed
17634@w{@kbd{C-x f}} when I meant to type @kbd{C-x C-f}. Rather than find a
17635file, as I intended, I accidentally set the width for filled text,
17636almost always to a width I did not want. Since I hardly ever reset my
17637default width, I simply unbound the key.
17638
17639@findex list-buffers, @r{rebound}
17640@findex buffer-menu, @r{bound to key}
17641@need 1250
17642The following rebinds an existing key:
17643
17644@smallexample
17645@group
17646;;; Rebind `C-x C-b' for `buffer-menu'
17647(global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17648@end group
17649@end smallexample
17650
17651By default, @kbd{C-x C-b} runs the
17652@code{list-buffers} command. This command lists
17653your buffers in @emph{another} window. Since I
17654almost always want to do something in that
17655window, I prefer the @code{buffer-menu}
17656command, which not only lists the buffers,
17657but moves point into that window.
17658
17659@node Keymaps, Loading Files, Keybindings, Emacs Initialization
17660@section Keymaps
17661@cindex Keymaps
17662@cindex Rebinding keys
17663
17664Emacs uses @dfn{keymaps} to record which keys call which commands.
17665When you use @code{global-set-key} to set the keybinding for a single
17666command in all parts of Emacs, you are specifying the keybinding in
17667@code{current-global-map}.
17668
17669Specific modes, such as C mode or Text mode, have their own keymaps;
17670the mode-specific keymaps override the global map that is shared by
17671all buffers.
17672
17673The @code{global-set-key} function binds, or rebinds, the global
17674keymap. For example, the following binds the key @kbd{C-x C-b} to the
17675function @code{buffer-menu}:
17676
17677@smallexample
17678(global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17679@end smallexample
17680
17681Mode-specific keymaps are bound using the @code{define-key} function,
17682which takes a specific keymap as an argument, as well as the key and
17683the command. For example, my @file{.emacs} file contains the
17684following expression to bind the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} command
17685to @kbd{C-c C-c g}:
17686
17687@smallexample
17688@group
17689(define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cg" 'texinfo-insert-@@group)
17690@end group
17691@end smallexample
17692
17693@noindent
17694The @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function itself is a little extension
17695to Texinfo mode that inserts @samp{@@group} into a Texinfo file. I
17696use this command all the time and prefer to type the three strokes
17697@kbd{C-c C-c g} rather than the six strokes @kbd{@@ g r o u p}.
17698(@samp{@@group} and its matching @samp{@@end group} are commands that
17699keep all enclosed text together on one page; many multi-line examples
17700in this book are surrounded by @samp{@@group @dots{} @@end group}.)
17701
17702@need 1250
17703Here is the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function definition:
17704
17705@smallexample
17706@group
17707(defun texinfo-insert-@@group ()
17708 "Insert the string @@group in a Texinfo buffer."
17709 (interactive)
17710 (beginning-of-line)
17711 (insert "@@group\n"))
17712@end group
17713@end smallexample
17714
17715(Of course, I could have used Abbrev mode to save typing, rather than
17716write a function to insert a word; but I prefer key strokes consistent
17717with other Texinfo mode key bindings.)
17718
17719You will see numerous @code{define-key} expressions in
17720@file{loaddefs.el} as well as in the various mode libraries, such as
17721@file{cc-mode.el} and @file{lisp-mode.el}.
17722
17723@xref{Key Bindings, , Customizing Key Bindings, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17724Manual}, and @ref{Keymaps, , Keymaps, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17725Reference Manual}, for more information about keymaps.
17726
17727@node Loading Files, Autoload, Keymaps, Emacs Initialization
17728@section Loading Files
17729@cindex Loading files
17730@c findex load
17731
17732Many people in the GNU Emacs community have written extensions to
17733Emacs. As time goes by, these extensions are often included in new
17734releases. For example, the Calendar and Diary packages are now part
17735of the standard GNU Emacs, as is Calc.
17736
17737You can use a @code{load} command to evaluate a complete file and
17738thereby install all the functions and variables in the file into Emacs.
17739For example:
17740
17741@c (auto-compression-mode t)
17742
17743@smallexample
17744(load "~/emacs/slowsplit")
17745@end smallexample
17746
17747This evaluates, i.e.@: loads, the @file{slowsplit.el} file or if it
17748exists, the faster, byte compiled @file{slowsplit.elc} file from the
17749@file{emacs} sub-directory of your home directory. The file contains
17750the function @code{split-window-quietly}, which John Robinson wrote in
177511989.
17752
17753The @code{split-window-quietly} function splits a window with the
17754minimum of redisplay. I installed it in 1989 because it worked well
17755with the slow 1200 baud terminals I was then using. Nowadays, I only
17756occasionally come across such a slow connection, but I continue to use
17757the function because I like the way it leaves the bottom half of a
17758buffer in the lower of the new windows and the top half in the upper
17759window.
17760
17761@need 1250
17762To replace the key binding for the default
17763@code{split-window-vertically}, you must also unset that key and bind
17764the keys to @code{split-window-quietly}, like this:
17765
17766@smallexample
17767@group
17768(global-unset-key "\C-x2")
17769(global-set-key "\C-x2" 'split-window-quietly)
17770@end group
17771@end smallexample
17772
17773@vindex load-path
17774If you load many extensions, as I do, then instead of specifying the
17775exact location of the extension file, as shown above, you can specify
44e97401 17776that directory as part of Emacs's @code{load-path}. Then, when Emacs
8cda6f8f
GM
17777loads a file, it will search that directory as well as its default
17778list of directories. (The default list is specified in @file{paths.h}
17779when Emacs is built.)
17780
17781@need 1250
17782The following command adds your @file{~/emacs} directory to the
17783existing load path:
17784
17785@smallexample
17786@group
17787;;; Emacs Load Path
17788(setq load-path (cons "~/emacs" load-path))
17789@end group
17790@end smallexample
17791
17792Incidentally, @code{load-library} is an interactive interface to the
17793@code{load} function. The complete function looks like this:
17794
17795@findex load-library
17796@smallexample
17797@group
17798(defun load-library (library)
17799 "Load the library named LIBRARY.
17800This is an interface to the function `load'."
17801 (interactive
17802 (list (completing-read "Load library: "
e0e10d9d 17803 (apply-partially 'locate-file-completion-table
f51f97dd
SM
17804 load-path
17805 (get-load-suffixes)))))
8cda6f8f
GM
17806 (load library))
17807@end group
17808@end smallexample
17809
17810The name of the function, @code{load-library}, comes from the use of
17811`library' as a conventional synonym for `file'. The source for the
17812@code{load-library} command is in the @file{files.el} library.
17813
17814Another interactive command that does a slightly different job is
17815@code{load-file}. @xref{Lisp Libraries, , Libraries of Lisp Code for
17816Emacs, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information on the
17817distinction between @code{load-library} and this command.
17818
17819@node Autoload, Simple Extension, Loading Files, Emacs Initialization
17820@section Autoloading
17821@findex autoload
17822
17823Instead of installing a function by loading the file that contains it,
17824or by evaluating the function definition, you can make the function
17825available but not actually install it until it is first called. This
17826is called @dfn{autoloading}.
17827
17828When you execute an autoloaded function, Emacs automatically evaluates
17829the file that contains the definition, and then calls the function.
17830
17831Emacs starts quicker with autoloaded functions, since their libraries
17832are not loaded right away; but you need to wait a moment when you
17833first use such a function, while its containing file is evaluated.
17834
17835Rarely used functions are frequently autoloaded. The
17836@file{loaddefs.el} library contains hundreds of autoloaded functions,
17837from @code{bookmark-set} to @code{wordstar-mode}. Of course, you may
17838come to use a `rare' function frequently. When you do, you should
17839load that function's file with a @code{load} expression in your
17840@file{.emacs} file.
17841
17842In my @file{.emacs} file, I load 14 libraries that contain functions
17843that would otherwise be autoloaded. (Actually, it would have been
17844better to include these files in my `dumped' Emacs, but I forgot.
17845@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17846Reference Manual}, and the @file{INSTALL} file for more about
17847dumping.)
17848
17849You may also want to include autoloaded expressions in your @file{.emacs}
17850file. @code{autoload} is a built-in function that takes up to five
17851arguments, the final three of which are optional. The first argument
17852is the name of the function to be autoloaded; the second is the name
17853of the file to be loaded. The third argument is documentation for the
17854function, and the fourth tells whether the function can be called
17855interactively. The fifth argument tells what type of
17856object---@code{autoload} can handle a keymap or macro as well as a
17857function (the default is a function).
17858
17859@need 800
17860Here is a typical example:
17861
17862@smallexample
17863@group
17864(autoload 'html-helper-mode
17865 "html-helper-mode" "Edit HTML documents" t)
17866@end group
17867@end smallexample
17868
17869@noindent
17870(@code{html-helper-mode} is an older alternative to @code{html-mode},
17871which is a standard part of the distribution.)
17872
17873@noindent
17874This expression autoloads the @code{html-helper-mode} function. It
17875takes it from the @file{html-helper-mode.el} file (or from the byte
a9097c6d
KB
17876compiled version @file{html-helper-mode.elc}, if that exists.) The
17877file must be located in a directory specified by @code{load-path}.
17878The documentation says that this is a mode to help you edit documents
8cda6f8f
GM
17879written in the HyperText Markup Language. You can call this mode
17880interactively by typing @kbd{M-x html-helper-mode}. (You need to
17881duplicate the function's regular documentation in the autoload
17882expression because the regular function is not yet loaded, so its
17883documentation is not available.)
17884
17885@xref{Autoload, , Autoload, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
17886Manual}, for more information.
17887
17888@node Simple Extension, X11 Colors, Autoload, Emacs Initialization
17889@section A Simple Extension: @code{line-to-top-of-window}
17890@findex line-to-top-of-window
17891@cindex Simple extension in @file{.emacs} file
17892
17893Here is a simple extension to Emacs that moves the line point is on to
17894the top of the window. I use this all the time, to make text easier
17895to read.
17896
17897You can put the following code into a separate file and then load it
17898from your @file{.emacs} file, or you can include it within your
17899@file{.emacs} file.
17900
17901@need 1250
17902Here is the definition:
17903
17904@smallexample
17905@group
17906;;; Line to top of window;
17907;;; replace three keystroke sequence C-u 0 C-l
17908(defun line-to-top-of-window ()
17909 "Move the line point is on to top of window."
17910 (interactive)
17911 (recenter 0))
17912@end group
17913@end smallexample
17914
17915@need 1250
17916Now for the keybinding.
17917
17918Nowadays, function keys as well as mouse button events and
17919non-@sc{ascii} characters are written within square brackets, without
17920quotation marks. (In Emacs version 18 and before, you had to write
17921different function key bindings for each different make of terminal.)
17922
17923I bind @code{line-to-top-of-window} to my @key{F6} function key like
17924this:
17925
17926@smallexample
17927(global-set-key [f6] 'line-to-top-of-window)
17928@end smallexample
17929
17930For more information, see @ref{Init Rebinding, , Rebinding Keys in
17931Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17932
17933@cindex Conditional 'twixt two versions of Emacs
17934@cindex Version of Emacs, choosing
17935@cindex Emacs version, choosing
6dd28193 17936If you run two versions of GNU Emacs, such as versions 22 and 23, and
8cda6f8f
GM
17937use one @file{.emacs} file, you can select which code to evaluate with
17938the following conditional:
17939
17940@smallexample
17941@group
17942(cond
6dd28193 17943 ((= 22 emacs-major-version)
8cda6f8f 17944 ;; evaluate version 22 code
6dd28193
CY
17945 ( @dots{} ))
17946 ((= 23 emacs-major-version)
17947 ;; evaluate version 23 code
8cda6f8f
GM
17948 ( @dots{} )))
17949@end group
17950@end smallexample
17951
17952For example, in contrast to version 20, more recent versions blink
17953their cursors by default. I hate such blinking, as well as other
17954features, so I placed the following in my @file{.emacs}
17955file@footnote{When I start instances of Emacs that do not load my
17956@file{.emacs} file or any site file, I also turn off blinking:
17957
17958@smallexample
17959emacs -q --no-site-file -eval '(blink-cursor-mode nil)'
17960
17961@exdent Or nowadays, using an even more sophisticated set of options,
17962
17963emacs -Q - D
17964@end smallexample
17965}:
17966
17967@smallexample
17968@group
6dd28193
CY
17969(when (>= emacs-major-version 21)
17970 (blink-cursor-mode 0)
17971 ;; Insert newline when you press `C-n' (next-line)
17972 ;; at the end of the buffer
17973 (setq next-line-add-newlines t)
8cda6f8f
GM
17974@end group
17975@group
6dd28193
CY
17976 ;; Turn on image viewing
17977 (auto-image-file-mode t)
8cda6f8f
GM
17978@end group
17979@group
6dd28193
CY
17980 ;; Turn on menu bar (this bar has text)
17981 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17982 (menu-bar-mode 1)
8cda6f8f
GM
17983@end group
17984@group
6dd28193
CY
17985 ;; Turn off tool bar (this bar has icons)
17986 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17987 (tool-bar-mode nil)
8cda6f8f 17988@end group
8cda6f8f 17989@group
6dd28193
CY
17990 ;; Turn off tooltip mode for tool bar
17991 ;; (This mode causes icon explanations to pop up)
17992 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17993 (tooltip-mode nil)
17994 ;; If tooltips turned on, make tips appear promptly
17995 (setq tooltip-delay 0.1) ; default is 0.7 second
17996 )
8cda6f8f
GM
17997@end group
17998@end smallexample
17999
8cda6f8f
GM
18000@node X11 Colors, Miscellaneous, Simple Extension, Emacs Initialization
18001@section X11 Colors
18002
18003You can specify colors when you use Emacs with the MIT X Windowing
18004system.
18005
18006I dislike the default colors and specify my own.
18007
18008@need 1250
18009Here are the expressions in my @file{.emacs}
18010file that set values:
18011
18012@smallexample
18013@group
18014;; Set cursor color
18015(set-cursor-color "white")
18016
18017;; Set mouse color
18018(set-mouse-color "white")
18019
18020;; Set foreground and background
18021(set-foreground-color "white")
18022(set-background-color "darkblue")
18023@end group
18024
18025@group
18026;;; Set highlighting colors for isearch and drag
18027(set-face-foreground 'highlight "white")
18028(set-face-background 'highlight "blue")
18029@end group
18030
18031@group
18032(set-face-foreground 'region "cyan")
18033(set-face-background 'region "blue")
18034@end group
18035
18036@group
18037(set-face-foreground 'secondary-selection "skyblue")
18038(set-face-background 'secondary-selection "darkblue")
18039@end group
18040
18041@group
18042;; Set calendar highlighting colors
18043(setq calendar-load-hook
18044 '(lambda ()
18045 (set-face-foreground 'diary-face "skyblue")
18046 (set-face-background 'holiday-face "slate blue")
18047 (set-face-foreground 'holiday-face "white")))
18048@end group
18049@end smallexample
18050
18051The various shades of blue soothe my eye and prevent me from seeing
18052the screen flicker.
18053
18054Alternatively, I could have set my specifications in various X
18055initialization files. For example, I could set the foreground,
18056background, cursor, and pointer (i.e., mouse) colors in my
18057@file{~/.Xresources} file like this:
18058
18059@smallexample
18060@group
18061Emacs*foreground: white
18062Emacs*background: darkblue
18063Emacs*cursorColor: white
18064Emacs*pointerColor: white
18065@end group
18066@end smallexample
18067
18068In any event, since it is not part of Emacs, I set the root color of
18069my X window in my @file{~/.xinitrc} file, like this@footnote{I also
18070run more modern window managers, such as Enlightenment, Gnome, or KDE;
18071in those cases, I often specify an image rather than a plain color.}:
18072
18073@smallexample
18074xsetroot -solid Navy -fg white &
18075@end smallexample
18076
18077@need 1700
18078@node Miscellaneous, Mode Line, X11 Colors, Emacs Initialization
18079@section Miscellaneous Settings for a @file{.emacs} File
18080
18081@need 1250
18082Here are a few miscellaneous settings:
18083@sp 1
18084
18085@itemize @minus
18086@item
18087Set the shape and color of the mouse cursor:
18088
18089@smallexample
18090@group
18091; Cursor shapes are defined in
18092; `/usr/include/X11/cursorfont.h';
18093; for example, the `target' cursor is number 128;
18094; the `top_left_arrow' cursor is number 132.
18095@end group
18096
18097@group
18098(let ((mpointer (x-get-resource "*mpointer"
18099 "*emacs*mpointer")))
18100 ;; If you have not set your mouse pointer
18101 ;; then set it, otherwise leave as is:
18102 (if (eq mpointer nil)
18103 (setq mpointer "132")) ; top_left_arrow
18104@end group
18105@group
18106 (setq x-pointer-shape (string-to-int mpointer))
18107 (set-mouse-color "white"))
18108@end group
18109@end smallexample
18110
18111@item
18112Or you can set the values of a variety of features in an alist, like
18113this:
18114
18115@smallexample
18116@group
18117(setq-default
18118 default-frame-alist
18119 '((cursor-color . "white")
18120 (mouse-color . "white")
18121 (foreground-color . "white")
18122 (background-color . "DodgerBlue4")
18123 ;; (cursor-type . bar)
18124 (cursor-type . box)
18125@end group
18126@group
18127 (tool-bar-lines . 0)
18128 (menu-bar-lines . 1)
18129 (width . 80)
18130 (height . 58)
18131 (font .
18132 "-Misc-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--20-200-75-75-C-100-ISO8859-1")
18133 ))
18134@end group
18135@end smallexample
18136
18137@item
18138Convert @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h} into @key{DEL} and @key{DEL}
18139into @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h}.@*
18140(Some older keyboards needed this, although I have not seen the
18141problem recently.)
18142
18143@smallexample
18144@group
18145;; Translate `C-h' to <DEL>.
18146; (keyboard-translate ?\C-h ?\C-?)
18147
18148;; Translate <DEL> to `C-h'.
18149(keyboard-translate ?\C-? ?\C-h)
18150@end group
18151@end smallexample
18152
18153@item Turn off a blinking cursor!
18154
18155@smallexample
18156@group
18157(if (fboundp 'blink-cursor-mode)
18158 (blink-cursor-mode -1))
18159@end group
18160@end smallexample
18161
18162@noindent
18163or start GNU Emacs with the command @code{emacs -nbc}.
18164
18165@need 1250
18166@item When using `grep'@*
18167@samp{-i}@w{ } Ignore case distinctions@*
18168@samp{-n}@w{ } Prefix each line of output with line number@*
18169@samp{-H}@w{ } Print the filename for each match.@*
18170@samp{-e}@w{ } Protect patterns beginning with a hyphen character, @samp{-}
18171
18172@smallexample
18173(setq grep-command "grep -i -nH -e ")
18174@end smallexample
18175
18176@ignore
18177@c Evidently, no longer needed in GNU Emacs 22
18178
18179item Automatically uncompress compressed files when visiting them
18180
18181smallexample
18182(load "uncompress")
18183end smallexample
18184
18185@end ignore
18186
18187@item Find an existing buffer, even if it has a different name@*
18188This avoids problems with symbolic links.
18189
18190@smallexample
18191(setq find-file-existing-other-name t)
18192@end smallexample
18193
18194@item Set your language environment and default input method
18195
18196@smallexample
18197@group
18198(set-language-environment "latin-1")
18199;; Remember you can enable or disable multilingual text input
18200;; with the @code{toggle-input-method'} (@kbd{C-\}) command
18201(setq default-input-method "latin-1-prefix")
18202@end group
18203@end smallexample
18204
18205If you want to write with Chinese `GB' characters, set this instead:
18206
18207@smallexample
18208@group
18209(set-language-environment "Chinese-GB")
18210(setq default-input-method "chinese-tonepy")
18211@end group
18212@end smallexample
18213@end itemize
18214
18215@subsubheading Fixing Unpleasant Key Bindings
18216@cindex Key bindings, fixing
18217@cindex Bindings, key, fixing unpleasant
18218
18219Some systems bind keys unpleasantly. Sometimes, for example, the
18220@key{CTRL} key appears in an awkward spot rather than at the far left
18221of the home row.
18222
18223Usually, when people fix these sorts of keybindings, they do not
18224change their @file{~/.emacs} file. Instead, they bind the proper keys
18225on their consoles with the @code{loadkeys} or @code{install-keymap}
18226commands in their boot script and then include @code{xmodmap} commands
18227in their @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file for X Windows.
18228
18229@need 1250
18230@noindent
18231For a boot script:
18232
18233@smallexample
18234@group
18235loadkeys /usr/share/keymaps/i386/qwerty/emacs2.kmap.gz
18236@exdent or
18237install-keymap emacs2
18238@end group
18239@end smallexample
18240
18241@need 1250
18242@noindent
18243For a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file when the @key{Caps
18244Lock} key is at the far left of the home row:
18245
18246@smallexample
18247@group
18248# Bind the key labeled `Caps Lock' to `Control'
18249# (Such a broken user interface suggests that keyboard manufacturers
18250# think that computers are typewriters from 1885.)
18251
18252xmodmap -e "clear Lock"
18253xmodmap -e "add Control = Caps_Lock"
18254@end group
18255@end smallexample
18256
18257@need 1250
18258@noindent
18259In a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file, to convert an @key{ALT}
18260key to a @key{META} key:
18261
18262@smallexample
18263@group
18264# Some ill designed keyboards have a key labeled ALT and no Meta
18265xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_L = Meta_L Alt_L"
18266@end group
18267@end smallexample
18268
18269@need 1700
18270@node Mode Line, , Miscellaneous, Emacs Initialization
18271@section A Modified Mode Line
cd61af01 18272@vindex mode-line-format
8cda6f8f
GM
18273@cindex Mode line format
18274
18275Finally, a feature I really like: a modified mode line.
18276
18277When I work over a network, I forget which machine I am using. Also,
18278I tend to I lose track of where I am, and which line point is on.
18279
18280So I reset my mode line to look like this:
18281
18282@smallexample
18283-:-- foo.texi rattlesnake:/home/bob/ Line 1 (Texinfo Fill) Top
18284@end smallexample
18285
18286I am visiting a file called @file{foo.texi}, on my machine
18287@file{rattlesnake} in my @file{/home/bob} buffer. I am on line 1, in
18288Texinfo mode, and am at the top of the buffer.
18289
18290@need 1200
18291My @file{.emacs} file has a section that looks like this:
18292
18293@smallexample
18294@group
18295;; Set a Mode Line that tells me which machine, which directory,
18296;; and which line I am on, plus the other customary information.
cd61af01 18297(setq-default mode-line-format
8cda6f8f
GM
18298 (quote
18299 (#("-" 0 1
18300 (help-echo
18301 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18302 mode-line-mule-info
18303 mode-line-modified
18304 mode-line-frame-identification
18305 " "
18306@end group
18307@group
18308 mode-line-buffer-identification
18309 " "
18310 (:eval (substring
18311 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18312 ":"
18313 default-directory
18314 #(" " 0 1
18315 (help-echo
18316 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18317 (line-number-mode " Line %l ")
18318 global-mode-string
18319@end group
18320@group
18321 #(" %[(" 0 6
18322 (help-echo
18323 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18324 (:eval (mode-line-mode-name))
18325 mode-line-process
18326 minor-mode-alist
18327 #("%n" 0 2 (help-echo "mouse-2: widen" local-map (keymap ...)))
18328 ")%] "
18329 (-3 . "%P")
18330 ;; "-%-"
18331 )))
18332@end group
18333@end smallexample
18334
18335@noindent
18336Here, I redefine the default mode line. Most of the parts are from
18337the original; but I make a few changes. I set the @emph{default} mode
18338line format so as to permit various modes, such as Info, to override
18339it.
18340
18341Many elements in the list are self-explanatory:
18342@code{mode-line-modified} is a variable that tells whether the buffer
18343has been modified, @code{mode-name} tells the name of the mode, and so
18344on. However, the format looks complicated because of two features we
18345have not discussed.
18346
18347@cindex Properties, in mode line example
18348The first string in the mode line is a dash or hyphen, @samp{-}. In
18349the old days, it would have been specified simply as @code{"-"}. But
18350nowadays, Emacs can add properties to a string, such as highlighting
18351or, as in this case, a help feature. If you place your mouse cursor
18352over the hyphen, some help information appears (By default, you must
18353wait seven-tenths of a second before the information appears. You can
18354change that timing by changing the value of @code{tooltip-delay}.)
18355
18356@need 1000
18357The new string format has a special syntax:
18358
18359@smallexample
18360#("-" 0 1 (help-echo "mouse-1: select window, ..."))
18361@end smallexample
18362
18363@noindent
18364The @code{#(} begins a list. The first element of the list is the
18365string itself, just one @samp{-}. The second and third
18366elements specify the range over which the fourth element applies. A
18367range starts @emph{after} a character, so a zero means the range
18368starts just before the first character; a 1 means that the range ends
18369just after the first character. The third element is the property for
18370the range. It consists of a property list, a
18371property name, in this case, @samp{help-echo}, followed by a value, in this
18372case, a string. The second, third, and fourth elements of this new
18373string format can be repeated.
18374
18375@xref{Text Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
18376Reference Manual}, and see @ref{Mode Line Format, , Mode Line Format,
18377elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more information.
18378
18379@code{mode-line-buffer-identification}
18380displays the current buffer name. It is a list
18381beginning @code{(#("%12b" 0 4 @dots{}}.
18382The @code{#(} begins the list.
18383
18384The @samp{"%12b"} displays the current buffer name, using the
18385@code{buffer-name} function with which we are familiar; the `12'
18386specifies the maximum number of characters that will be displayed.
18387When a name has fewer characters, whitespace is added to fill out to
18388this number. (Buffer names can and often should be longer than 12
18389characters; this length works well in a typical 80 column wide
18390window.)
18391
18392@code{:eval} says to evaluate the following form and use the result as
18393a string to display. In this case, the expression displays the first
18394component of the full system name. The end of the first component is
18395a @samp{.} (`period'), so I use the @code{string-match} function to
18396tell me the length of the first component. The substring from the
18397zeroth character to that length is the name of the machine.
18398
18399@need 1250
18400This is the expression:
18401
18402@smallexample
18403@group
18404(:eval (substring
18405 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18406@end group
18407@end smallexample
18408
18409@samp{%[} and @samp{%]} cause a pair of square brackets
18410to appear for each recursive editing level. @samp{%n} says `Narrow'
18411when narrowing is in effect. @samp{%P} tells you the percentage of
18412the buffer that is above the bottom of the window, or `Top', `Bottom',
18413or `All'. (A lower case @samp{p} tell you the percentage above the
18414@emph{top} of the window.) @samp{%-} inserts enough dashes to fill
18415out the line.
18416
18417Remember, ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it'' --- your own
18418Emacs can have different colors, different commands, and different
18419keys than a default Emacs.
18420
18421On the other hand, if you want to bring up a plain `out of the box'
18422Emacs, with no customization, type:
18423
18424@smallexample
18425emacs -q
18426@end smallexample
18427
18428@noindent
18429This will start an Emacs that does @emph{not} load your
18430@file{~/.emacs} initialization file. A plain, default Emacs. Nothing
18431more.
18432
18433@node Debugging, Conclusion, Emacs Initialization, Top
18434@chapter Debugging
18435@cindex debugging
18436
18437GNU Emacs has two debuggers, @code{debug} and @code{edebug}. The
18438first is built into the internals of Emacs and is always with you;
18439the second requires that you instrument a function before you can use it.
18440
18441Both debuggers are described extensively in @ref{Debugging, ,
18442Debugging Lisp Programs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18443In this chapter, I will walk through a short example of each.
18444
18445@menu
18446* debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
18447* debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
18448* debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
18449* edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
18450* Debugging Exercises::
18451@end menu
18452
18453@node debug, debug-on-entry, Debugging, Debugging
18454@section @code{debug}
18455@findex debug
18456
18457Suppose you have written a function definition that is intended to
18458return the sum of the numbers 1 through a given number. (This is the
18459@code{triangle} function discussed earlier. @xref{Decrementing
18460Example, , Example with Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18461@c xref{Decrementing Loop,, Loop with a Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18462
18463However, your function definition has a bug. You have mistyped
18464@samp{1=} for @samp{1-}. Here is the broken definition:
18465
18466@findex triangle-bugged
18467@smallexample
18468@group
18469(defun triangle-bugged (number)
18470 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18471 (let ((total 0))
18472 (while (> number 0)
18473 (setq total (+ total number))
18474 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18475 total))
18476@end group
18477@end smallexample
18478
18479If you are reading this in Info, you can evaluate this definition in
18480the normal fashion. You will see @code{triangle-bugged} appear in the
18481echo area.
18482
18483@need 1250
18484Now evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged} function with an
18485argument of 4:
18486
18487@smallexample
18488(triangle-bugged 4)
18489@end smallexample
18490
18491@noindent
18492In a recent GNU Emacs, you will create and enter a @file{*Backtrace*}
18493buffer that says:
18494
18495@noindent
18496@smallexample
18497@group
18498---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18499Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18500 (1= number)
18501 (setq number (1= number))
18502 (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18503 (setq number (1= number)))
18504 (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18505 (setq number ...)) total)
18506 triangle-bugged(4)
18507@end group
18508@group
18509 eval((triangle-bugged 4))
18510 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18511 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18512 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18513---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18514@end group
18515@end smallexample
18516
18517@noindent
18518(I have reformatted this example slightly; the debugger does not fold
18519long lines. As usual, you can quit the debugger by typing @kbd{q} in
18520the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
18521
18522In practice, for a bug as simple as this, the `Lisp error' line will
18523tell you what you need to know to correct the definition. The
18524function @code{1=} is `void'.
18525
18526@ignore
18527@need 800
18528In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will see:
18529
18530@smallexample
18531Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18532@end smallexample
18533
18534@noindent
18535which has the same meaning as the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer line in
18536version 21.
18537@end ignore
18538
18539However, suppose you are not quite certain what is going on?
18540You can read the complete backtrace.
18541
18542In this case, you need to run a recent GNU Emacs, which automatically
18543starts the debugger that puts you in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer; or
18544else, you need to start the debugger manually as described below.
18545
18546Read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells you
18547what Emacs did that led to the error. Emacs made an interactive call
18548to @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}), which led to the evaluation
18549of the @code{triangle-bugged} expression. Each line above tells you
18550what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
18551
18552@need 1250
18553The third line from the top of the buffer is
18554
18555@smallexample
18556(setq number (1= number))
18557@end smallexample
18558
18559@noindent
18560Emacs tried to evaluate this expression; in order to do so, it tried
18561to evaluate the inner expression shown on the second line from the
18562top:
18563
18564@smallexample
18565(1= number)
18566@end smallexample
18567
18568@need 1250
18569@noindent
18570This is where the error occurred; as the top line says:
18571
18572@smallexample
18573Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18574@end smallexample
18575
18576@noindent
18577You can correct the mistake, re-evaluate the function definition, and
18578then run your test again.
18579
18580@node debug-on-entry, debug-on-quit, debug, Debugging
18581@section @code{debug-on-entry}
18582@findex debug-on-entry
18583
18584A recent GNU Emacs starts the debugger automatically when your
18585function has an error.
18586
18587@ignore
18588GNU Emacs version 20 and before did not; it simply
18589presented you with an error message. You had to start the debugger
18590manually.
18591@end ignore
18592
18593Incidentally, you can start the debugger manually for all versions of
18594Emacs; the advantage is that the debugger runs even if you do not have
18595a bug in your code. Sometimes your code will be free of bugs!
18596
18597You can enter the debugger when you call the function by calling
18598@code{debug-on-entry}.
18599
18600@need 1250
18601@noindent
18602Type:
18603
18604@smallexample
18605M-x debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18606@end smallexample
18607
18608@need 1250
18609@noindent
18610Now, evaluate the following:
18611
18612@smallexample
18613(triangle-bugged 5)
18614@end smallexample
18615
18616@noindent
18617All versions of Emacs will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer and tell
18618you that it is beginning to evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged}
18619function:
18620
18621@smallexample
18622@group
18623---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18624Debugger entered--entering a function:
18625* triangle-bugged(5)
18626 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18627@end group
18628@group
18629 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18630 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18631 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18632---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18633@end group
18634@end smallexample
18635
18636In the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, type @kbd{d}. Emacs will evaluate
18637the first expression in @code{triangle-bugged}; the buffer will look
18638like this:
18639
18640@smallexample
18641@group
18642---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18643Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18644* (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18645 (setq number ...)) total)
18646* triangle-bugged(5)
18647 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18648@end group
18649@group
18650 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18651 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18652 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18653---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18654@end group
18655@end smallexample
18656
18657@noindent
18658Now, type @kbd{d} again, eight times, slowly. Each time you type
18659@kbd{d}, Emacs will evaluate another expression in the function
18660definition.
18661
18662@need 1750
18663Eventually, the buffer will look like this:
18664
18665@smallexample
18666@group
18667---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18668Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18669* (setq number (1= number))
18670* (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18671 (setq number (1= number)))
18672@group
18673@end group
18674* (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18675 (setq number ...)) total)
18676* triangle-bugged(5)
18677 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18678@group
18679@end group
18680 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18681 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18682 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18683---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18684@end group
18685@end smallexample
18686
18687@need 1500
18688@noindent
18689Finally, after you type @kbd{d} two more times, Emacs will reach the
18690error, and the top two lines of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer will look
18691like this:
18692
18693@smallexample
18694@group
18695---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18696Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18697* (1= number)
18698@dots{}
18699---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18700@end group
18701@end smallexample
18702
18703By typing @kbd{d}, you were able to step through the function.
18704
18705You can quit a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer by typing @kbd{q} in it; this
18706quits the trace, but does not cancel @code{debug-on-entry}.
18707
18708@findex cancel-debug-on-entry
18709To cancel the effect of @code{debug-on-entry}, call
18710@code{cancel-debug-on-entry} and the name of the function, like this:
18711
18712@smallexample
18713M-x cancel-debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18714@end smallexample
18715
18716@noindent
18717(If you are reading this in Info, cancel @code{debug-on-entry} now.)
18718
18719@node debug-on-quit, edebug, debug-on-entry, Debugging
18720@section @code{debug-on-quit} and @code{(debug)}
18721
18722In addition to setting @code{debug-on-error} or calling @code{debug-on-entry},
18723there are two other ways to start @code{debug}.
18724
18725@findex debug-on-quit
18726You can start @code{debug} whenever you type @kbd{C-g}
18727(@code{keyboard-quit}) by setting the variable @code{debug-on-quit} to
18728@code{t}. This is useful for debugging infinite loops.
18729
18730@need 1500
18731@cindex @code{(debug)} in code
18732Or, you can insert a line that says @code{(debug)} into your code
18733where you want the debugger to start, like this:
18734
18735@smallexample
18736@group
18737(defun triangle-bugged (number)
18738 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18739 (let ((total 0))
18740 (while (> number 0)
18741 (setq total (+ total number))
18742 (debug) ; @r{Start debugger.}
18743 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18744 total))
18745@end group
18746@end smallexample
18747
18748The @code{debug} function is described in detail in @ref{Debugger, ,
18749The Lisp Debugger, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18750
18751@node edebug, Debugging Exercises, debug-on-quit, Debugging
18752@section The @code{edebug} Source Level Debugger
18753@cindex Source level debugger
18754@findex edebug
18755
18756Edebug is a source level debugger. Edebug normally displays the
18757source of the code you are debugging, with an arrow at the left that
18758shows which line you are currently executing.
18759
18760You can walk through the execution of a function, line by line, or run
18761quickly until reaching a @dfn{breakpoint} where execution stops.
18762
18763Edebug is described in @ref{edebug, , Edebug, elisp, The GNU Emacs
18764Lisp Reference Manual}.
18765
18766@need 1250
18767Here is a bugged function definition for @code{triangle-recursively}.
18768@xref{Recursive triangle function, , Recursion in place of a counter},
18769for a review of it.
18770
18771@smallexample
18772@group
18773(defun triangle-recursively-bugged (number)
18774 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
18775Uses recursion."
18776 (if (= number 1)
18777 1
18778 (+ number
18779 (triangle-recursively-bugged
18780 (1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18781@end group
18782@end smallexample
18783
18784@noindent
18785Normally, you would install this definition by positioning your cursor
18786after the function's closing parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}
18787(@code{eval-last-sexp}) or else by positioning your cursor within the
18788definition and typing @kbd{C-M-x} (@code{eval-defun}). (By default,
18789the @code{eval-defun} command works only in Emacs Lisp mode or in Lisp
a1539cd7 18790Interaction mode.)
8cda6f8f
GM
18791
18792@need 1500
18793However, to prepare this function definition for Edebug, you must
18794first @dfn{instrument} the code using a different command. You can do
18795this by positioning your cursor within or just after the definition
18796and typing
18797
18798@smallexample
18799M-x edebug-defun RET
18800@end smallexample
18801
18802@noindent
18803This will cause Emacs to load Edebug automatically if it is not
18804already loaded, and properly instrument the function.
18805
18806After instrumenting the function, place your cursor after the
18807following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}):
18808
18809@smallexample
18810(triangle-recursively-bugged 3)
18811@end smallexample
18812
18813@noindent
18814You will be jumped back to the source for
18815@code{triangle-recursively-bugged} and the cursor positioned at the
18816beginning of the @code{if} line of the function. Also, you will see
18817an arrowhead at the left hand side of that line. The arrowhead marks
18818the line where the function is executing. (In the following examples,
18819we show the arrowhead with @samp{=>}; in a windowing system, you may
18820see the arrowhead as a solid triangle in the window `fringe'.)
18821
18822@smallexample
18823=>@point{}(if (= number 1)
18824@end smallexample
18825
18826@noindent
18827@iftex
18828In the example, the location of point is displayed with a star,
18829@samp{@point{}} (in Info, it is displayed as @samp{-!-}).
18830@end iftex
18831@ifnottex
18832In the example, the location of point is displayed as @samp{@point{}}
18833(in a printed book, it is displayed with a five pointed star).
18834@end ifnottex
18835
18836If you now press @key{SPC}, point will move to the next expression to
18837be executed; the line will look like this:
18838
18839@smallexample
18840=>(if @point{}(= number 1)
18841@end smallexample
18842
18843@noindent
18844As you continue to press @key{SPC}, point will move from expression to
18845expression. At the same time, whenever an expression returns a value,
18846that value will be displayed in the echo area. For example, after you
18847move point past @code{number}, you will see the following:
18848
18849@smallexample
18850Result: 3 (#o3, #x3, ?\C-c)
18851@end smallexample
18852
18853@noindent
18854This means the value of @code{number} is 3, which is octal three,
18855hexadecimal three, and @sc{ascii} `control-c' (the third letter of the
18856alphabet, in case you need to know this information).
18857
18858You can continue moving through the code until you reach the line with
18859the error. Before evaluation, that line looks like this:
18860
18861@smallexample
18862=> @point{}(1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18863@end smallexample
18864
18865@need 1250
18866@noindent
18867When you press @key{SPC} once again, you will produce an error message
18868that says:
18869
18870@smallexample
18871Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18872@end smallexample
18873
18874@noindent
18875This is the bug.
18876
18877Press @kbd{q} to quit Edebug.
18878
18879To remove instrumentation from a function definition, simply
18880re-evaluate it with a command that does not instrument it.
18881For example, you could place your cursor after the definition's
18882closing parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
18883
18884Edebug does a great deal more than walk with you through a function.
18885You can set it so it races through on its own, stopping only at an
18886error or at specified stopping points; you can cause it to display the
18887changing values of various expressions; you can find out how many
18888times a function is called, and more.
18889
18890Edebug is described in @ref{edebug, , Edebug, elisp, The GNU Emacs
18891Lisp Reference Manual}.
18892
18893@need 1500
18894@node Debugging Exercises, , edebug, Debugging
18895@section Debugging Exercises
18896
18897@itemize @bullet
18898@item
ea4f7750 18899Install the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function and then cause it to
8cda6f8f
GM
18900enter the built-in debugger when you call it. Run the command on a
18901region containing two words. You will need to press @kbd{d} a
18902remarkable number of times. On your system, is a `hook' called after
18903the command finishes? (For information on hooks, see @ref{Command
18904Overview, , Command Loop Overview, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
18905Manual}.)
18906
18907@item
ea4f7750 18908Copy @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} into the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
8cda6f8f
GM
18909instrument the function for Edebug, and walk through its execution.
18910The function does not need to have a bug, although you can introduce
18911one if you wish. If the function lacks a bug, the walk-through
18912completes without problems.
18913
18914@item
18915While running Edebug, type @kbd{?} to see a list of all the Edebug commands.
18916(The @code{global-edebug-prefix} is usually @kbd{C-x X}, i.e.@:
18917@kbd{@key{CTRL}-x} followed by an upper case @kbd{X}; use this prefix
18918for commands made outside of the Edebug debugging buffer.)
18919
18920@item
18921In the Edebug debugging buffer, use the @kbd{p}
18922(@code{edebug-bounce-point}) command to see where in the region the
ea4f7750 18923@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} is working.
8cda6f8f
GM
18924
18925@item
18926Move point to some spot further down the function and then type the
18927@kbd{h} (@code{edebug-goto-here}) command to jump to that location.
18928
18929@item
18930Use the @kbd{t} (@code{edebug-trace-mode}) command to cause Edebug to
18931walk through the function on its own; use an upper case @kbd{T} for
18932@code{edebug-Trace-fast-mode}.
18933
18934@item
18935Set a breakpoint, then run Edebug in Trace mode until it reaches the
18936stopping point.
18937@end itemize
18938
18939@node Conclusion, the-the, Debugging, Top
18940@chapter Conclusion
18941
18942We have now reached the end of this Introduction. You have now
18943learned enough about programming in Emacs Lisp to set values, to write
18944simple @file{.emacs} files for yourself and your friends, and write
18945simple customizations and extensions to Emacs.
18946
18947This is a place to stop. Or, if you wish, you can now go onward, and
18948teach yourself.
18949
18950You have learned some of the basic nuts and bolts of programming. But
18951only some. There are a great many more brackets and hinges that are
18952easy to use that we have not touched.
18953
18954A path you can follow right now lies among the sources to GNU Emacs
18955and in
18956@ifnotinfo
18957@cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18958@end ifnotinfo
18959@ifinfo
18960@ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
18961Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18962@end ifinfo
18963
18964The Emacs Lisp sources are an adventure. When you read the sources and
18965come across a function or expression that is unfamiliar, you need to
18966figure out or find out what it does.
18967
18968Go to the Reference Manual. It is a thorough, complete, and fairly
18969easy-to-read description of Emacs Lisp. It is written not only for
18970experts, but for people who know what you know. (The @cite{Reference
18971Manual} comes with the standard GNU Emacs distribution. Like this
18972introduction, it comes as a Texinfo source file, so you can read it
18973on-line and as a typeset, printed book.)
18974
18975Go to the other on-line help that is part of GNU Emacs: the on-line
88c26f5c 18976documentation for all functions and variables, and @code{find-tag},
8cda6f8f
GM
18977the program that takes you to sources.
18978
18979Here is an example of how I explore the sources. Because of its name,
18980@file{simple.el} is the file I looked at first, a long time ago. As
18981it happens some of the functions in @file{simple.el} are complicated,
18982or at least look complicated at first sight. The @code{open-line}
18983function, for example, looks complicated.
18984
18985You may want to walk through this function slowly, as we did with the
18986@code{forward-sentence} function. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
18987@code{forward-sentence} function}.) Or you may want to skip that
18988function and look at another, such as @code{split-line}. You don't
18989need to read all the functions. According to
18990@code{count-words-in-defun}, the @code{split-line} function contains
18991102 words and symbols.
18992
18993Even though it is short, @code{split-line} contains expressions
18994we have not studied: @code{skip-chars-forward}, @code{indent-to},
18995@code{current-column} and @code{insert-and-inherit}.
18996
18997Consider the @code{skip-chars-forward} function. (It is part of the
18998function definition for @code{back-to-indentation}, which is shown in
18999@ref{Review, , Review}.)
19000
19001In GNU Emacs, you can find out more about @code{skip-chars-forward} by
19002typing @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and the name of the
19003function. This gives you the function documentation.
19004
19005You may be able to guess what is done by a well named function such as
19006@code{indent-to}; or you can look it up, too. Incidentally, the
19007@code{describe-function} function itself is in @file{help.el}; it is
19008one of those long, but decipherable functions. You can look up
19009@code{describe-function} using the @kbd{C-h f} command!
19010
19011In this instance, since the code is Lisp, the @file{*Help*} buffer
19012contains the name of the library containing the function's source.
19013You can put point over the name of the library and press the RET key,
19014which in this situation is bound to @code{help-follow}, and be taken
19015directly to the source, in the same way as @kbd{M-.}
19016(@code{find-tag}).
19017
19018The definition for @code{describe-function} illustrates how to
19019customize the @code{interactive} expression without using the standard
19020character codes; and it shows how to create a temporary buffer.
19021
19022(The @code{indent-to} function is written in C rather than Emacs Lisp;
19023it is a `built-in' function. @code{help-follow} takes you to its
19024source as does @code{find-tag}, when properly set up.)
19025
19026You can look at a function's source using @code{find-tag}, which is
19027bound to @kbd{M-.} Finally, you can find out what the Reference
19028Manual has to say by visiting the manual in Info, and typing @kbd{i}
19029(@code{Info-index}) and the name of the function, or by looking up the
19030function in the index to a printed copy of the manual.
19031
19032Similarly, you can find out what is meant by
19033@code{insert-and-inherit}.
19034
19035Other interesting source files include @file{paragraphs.el},
19036@file{loaddefs.el}, and @file{loadup.el}. The @file{paragraphs.el}
19037file includes short, easily understood functions as well as longer
19038ones. The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains the many standard
19039autoloads and many keymaps. I have never looked at it all; only at
19040parts. @file{loadup.el} is the file that loads the standard parts of
19041Emacs; it tells you a great deal about how Emacs is built.
19042(@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
19043Reference Manual}, for more about building.)
19044
19045As I said, you have learned some nuts and bolts; however, and very
19046importantly, we have hardly touched major aspects of programming; I
19047have said nothing about how to sort information, except to use the
19048predefined @code{sort} function; I have said nothing about how to store
19049information, except to use variables and lists; I have said nothing
19050about how to write programs that write programs. These are topics for
19051another, and different kind of book, a different kind of learning.
19052
19053What you have done is learn enough for much practical work with GNU
19054Emacs. What you have done is get started. This is the end of a
19055beginning.
19056
19057@c ================ Appendix ================
19058
19059@node the-the, Kill Ring, Conclusion, Top
19060@appendix The @code{the-the} Function
19061@findex the-the
19062@cindex Duplicated words function
19063@cindex Words, duplicated
19064
19065Sometimes when you you write text, you duplicate words---as with ``you
19066you'' near the beginning of this sentence. I find that most
19067frequently, I duplicate ``the''; hence, I call the function for
19068detecting duplicated words, @code{the-the}.
19069
19070@need 1250
19071As a first step, you could use the following regular expression to
19072search for duplicates:
19073
19074@smallexample
19075\\(\\w+[ \t\n]+\\)\\1
19076@end smallexample
19077
19078@noindent
19079This regexp matches one or more word-constituent characters followed
19080by one or more spaces, tabs, or newlines. However, it does not detect
19081duplicated words on different lines, since the ending of the first
19082word, the end of the line, is different from the ending of the second
19083word, a space. (For more information about regular expressions, see
19084@ref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, as well as
19085@ref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
19086Manual}, and @ref{Regular Expressions, , Regular Expressions, elisp,
19087The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
19088
19089You might try searching just for duplicated word-constituent
19090characters but that does not work since the pattern detects doubles
19091such as the two occurrences of `th' in `with the'.
19092
19093Another possible regexp searches for word-constituent characters
19094followed by non-word-constituent characters, reduplicated. Here,
19095@w{@samp{\\w+}} matches one or more word-constituent characters and
19096@w{@samp{\\W*}} matches zero or more non-word-constituent characters.
19097
19098@smallexample
19099\\(\\(\\w+\\)\\W*\\)\\1
19100@end smallexample
19101
19102@noindent
19103Again, not useful.
19104
19105Here is the pattern that I use. It is not perfect, but good enough.
19106@w{@samp{\\b}} matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning
19107or end of a word; @w{@samp{[^@@ \n\t]+}} matches one or more occurrences of
19108any characters that are @emph{not} an @@-sign, space, newline, or tab.
19109
19110@smallexample
19111\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b
19112@end smallexample
19113
19114One can write more complicated expressions, but I found that this
19115expression is good enough, so I use it.
19116
19117Here is the @code{the-the} function, as I include it in my
19118@file{.emacs} file, along with a handy global key binding:
19119
19120@smallexample
19121@group
19122(defun the-the ()
19123 "Search forward for for a duplicated word."
19124 (interactive)
19125 (message "Searching for for duplicated words ...")
19126 (push-mark)
19127@end group
19128@group
19129 ;; This regexp is not perfect
19130 ;; but is fairly good over all:
19131 (if (re-search-forward
19132 "\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b" nil 'move)
19133 (message "Found duplicated word.")
19134 (message "End of buffer")))
19135@end group
19136
19137@group
19138;; Bind `the-the' to C-c \
19139(global-set-key "\C-c\\" 'the-the)
19140@end group
19141@end smallexample
19142
19143@sp 1
19144Here is test text:
19145
19146@smallexample
19147@group
19148one two two three four five
19149five six seven
19150@end group
19151@end smallexample
19152
19153You can substitute the other regular expressions shown above in the
19154function definition and try each of them on this list.
19155
19156@node Kill Ring, Full Graph, the-the, Top
19157@appendix Handling the Kill Ring
19158@cindex Kill ring handling
19159@cindex Handling the kill ring
19160@cindex Ring, making a list like a
19161
19162The kill ring is a list that is transformed into a ring by the
19163workings of the @code{current-kill} function. The @code{yank} and
19164@code{yank-pop} commands use the @code{current-kill} function.
19165
19166This appendix describes the @code{current-kill} function as well as
19167both the @code{yank} and the @code{yank-pop} commands, but first,
19168consider the workings of the kill ring.
19169
19170@menu
19171* What the Kill Ring Does::
19172* current-kill::
19173* yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
19174* yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
19175* ring file::
19176@end menu
19177
19178@node What the Kill Ring Does, current-kill, Kill Ring, Kill Ring
19179@ifnottex
19180@unnumberedsec What the Kill Ring Does
19181@end ifnottex
19182
19183@need 1250
19184The kill ring has a default maximum length of sixty items; this number
19185is too large for an explanation. Instead, set it to four. Please
19186evaluate the following:
19187
19188@smallexample
19189@group
19190(setq old-kill-ring-max kill-ring-max)
19191(setq kill-ring-max 4)
19192@end group
19193@end smallexample
19194
19195@noindent
19196Then, please copy each line of the following indented example into the
19197kill ring. You may kill each line with @kbd{C-k} or mark it and copy
19198it with @kbd{M-w}.
19199
19200@noindent
19201(In a read-only buffer, such as the @file{*info*} buffer, the kill
19202command, @kbd{C-k} (@code{kill-line}), will not remove the text,
19203merely copy it to the kill ring. However, your machine may beep at
19204you. Alternatively, for silence, you may copy the region of each line
19205with the @kbd{M-w} (@code{kill-ring-save}) command. You must mark
19206each line for this command to succeed, but it does not matter at which
19207end you put point or mark.)
19208
19209@need 1250
19210@noindent
19211Please invoke the calls in order, so that five elements attempt to
19212fill the kill ring:
19213
19214@smallexample
19215@group
19216first some text
19217second piece of text
19218third line
19219fourth line of text
19220fifth bit of text
19221@end group
19222@end smallexample
19223
19224@need 1250
19225@noindent
19226Then find the value of @code{kill-ring} by evaluating
19227
19228@smallexample
19229kill-ring
19230@end smallexample
19231
19232@need 800
19233@noindent
19234It is:
19235
19236@smallexample
19237@group
19238("fifth bit of text" "fourth line of text"
19239"third line" "second piece of text")
19240@end group
19241@end smallexample
19242
19243@noindent
19244The first element, @samp{first some text}, was dropped.
19245
19246@need 1250
19247To return to the old value for the length of the kill ring, evaluate:
19248
19249@smallexample
19250(setq kill-ring-max old-kill-ring-max)
19251@end smallexample
19252
19253@node current-kill, yank, What the Kill Ring Does, Kill Ring
19254@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19255@appendixsec The @code{current-kill} Function
19256@findex current-kill
19257
19258The @code{current-kill} function changes the element in the kill ring
19259to which @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points. (Also, the
19260@code{kill-new} function sets @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to point
867d4bb3 19261to the latest element of the kill ring. The @code{kill-new}
8cda6f8f
GM
19262function is used directly or indirectly by @code{kill-append},
19263@code{copy-region-as-kill}, @code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line},
19264and @code{kill-region}.)
19265
19266@menu
19267* Code for current-kill::
19268* Understanding current-kill::
19269@end menu
19270
19271@node Code for current-kill, Understanding current-kill, current-kill, current-kill
19272@ifnottex
19273@unnumberedsubsec The code for @code{current-kill}
19274@end ifnottex
19275
19276
19277@need 1500
19278The @code{current-kill} function is used by @code{yank} and by
19279@code{yank-pop}. Here is the code for @code{current-kill}:
19280
19281@smallexample
19282@group
19283(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
19284 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
19285If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
19286returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
19287kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
19288@end group
19289@group
19290If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
19291yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
19292 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
19293 interprogram-paste-function
19294 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
19295@end group
19296@group
19297 (if interprogram-paste
19298 (progn
19299 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
19300 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
19301 ;; selection, with identical text.
19302 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
19303 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
19304 interprogram-paste)
19305@end group
19306@group
19307 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19308 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
19309 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19310 (length kill-ring))
19311 kill-ring)))
19312 (or do-not-move
19313 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19314 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
19315@end group
19316@end smallexample
19317
19318Remember also that the @code{kill-new} function sets
867d4bb3 19319@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to the latest element of the kill
8cda6f8f
GM
19320ring, which means that all the functions that call it set the value
19321indirectly: @code{kill-append}, @code{copy-region-as-kill},
19322@code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line}, and @code{kill-region}.
19323
19324@need 1500
19325Here is the line in @code{kill-new}, which is explained in
19326@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.
19327
19328@smallexample
19329(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
19330@end smallexample
19331
19332@node Understanding current-kill, , Code for current-kill, current-kill
19333@ifnottex
19334@unnumberedsubsec @code{current-kill} in Outline
19335@end ifnottex
19336
19337The @code{current-kill} function looks complex, but as usual, it can
19338be understood by taking it apart piece by piece. First look at it in
19339skeletal form:
19340
19341@smallexample
19342@group
19343(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
19344 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill."
19345 (let @var{varlist}
19346 @var{body}@dots{})
19347@end group
19348@end smallexample
19349
19350This function takes two arguments, one of which is optional. It has a
19351documentation string. It is @emph{not} interactive.
19352
19353@menu
19354* Body of current-kill::
19355* Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
19356* Determining the Element::
19357@end menu
19358
19359@node Body of current-kill, Digression concerning error, Understanding current-kill, Understanding current-kill
19360@ifnottex
19361@unnumberedsubsubsec The Body of @code{current-kill}
19362@end ifnottex
19363
19364The body of the function definition is a @code{let} expression, which
19365itself has a body as well as a @var{varlist}.
19366
19367The @code{let} expression declares a variable that will be only usable
19368within the bounds of this function. This variable is called
19369@code{interprogram-paste} and is for copying to another program. It
19370is not for copying within this instance of GNU Emacs. Most window
19371systems provide a facility for interprogram pasting. Sadly, that
19372facility usually provides only for the last element. Most windowing
19373systems have not adopted a ring of many possibilities, even though
19374Emacs has provided it for decades.
19375
19376The @code{if} expression has two parts, one if there exists
19377@code{interprogram-paste} and one if not.
19378
19379@need 2000
19380Let us consider the `if not' or else-part of the @code{current-kill}
867d4bb3 19381function. (The then-part uses the @code{kill-new} function, which
8cda6f8f
GM
19382we have already described. @xref{kill-new function, , The
19383@code{kill-new} function}.)
19384
19385@smallexample
19386@group
19387(or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19388(let ((ARGth-kill-element
19389 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19390 (length kill-ring))
19391 kill-ring)))
19392 (or do-not-move
19393 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19394 (car ARGth-kill-element))
19395@end group
19396@end smallexample
19397
19398@noindent
19399The code first checks whether the kill ring has content; otherwise it
19400signals an error.
19401
19402@need 1000
19403Note that the @code{or} expression is very similar to testing length
19404with an @code{if}:
19405
19406@findex zerop
19407@findex error
19408@smallexample
19409@group
19410(if (zerop (length kill-ring)) ; @r{if-part}
19411 (error "Kill ring is empty")) ; @r{then-part}
19412 ;; No else-part
19413@end group
19414@end smallexample
19415
19416@noindent
19417If there is not anything in the kill ring, its length must be zero and
19418an error message sent to the user: @samp{Kill ring is empty}. The
19419@code{current-kill} function uses an @code{or} expression which is
19420simpler. But an @code{if} expression reminds us what goes on.
19421
19422This @code{if} expression uses the function @code{zerop} which returns
19423true if the value it is testing is zero. When @code{zerop} tests
19424true, the then-part of the @code{if} is evaluated. The then-part is a
19425list starting with the function @code{error}, which is a function that
19426is similar to the @code{message} function
19427(@pxref{message, , The @code{message} Function}) in that
19428it prints a one-line message in the echo area. However, in addition
19429to printing a message, @code{error} also stops evaluation of the
19430function within which it is embedded. This means that the rest of the
19431function will not be evaluated if the length of the kill ring is zero.
19432
19433Then the @code{current-kill} function selects the element to return.
19434The selection depends on the number of places that @code{current-kill}
19435rotates and on where @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19436
19437Next, either the optional @code{do-not-move} argument is true or the
19438current value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is set to point to the
19439list. Finally, another expression returns the first element of the
19440list even if the @code{do-not-move} argument is true.
19441
19442@node Digression concerning error, Determining the Element, Body of current-kill, Understanding current-kill
19443@ifnottex
19444@unnumberedsubsubsec Digression about the word `error'
19445@end ifnottex
19446
19447In my opinion, it is slightly misleading, at least to humans, to use
19448the term `error' as the name of the @code{error} function. A better
19449term would be `cancel'. Strictly speaking, of course, you cannot
19450point to, much less rotate a pointer to a list that has no length, so
19451from the point of view of the computer, the word `error' is correct.
19452But a human expects to attempt this sort of thing, if only to find out
19453whether the kill ring is full or empty. This is an act of
19454exploration.
19455
19456From the human point of view, the act of exploration and discovery is
09e80d9f 19457not necessarily an error, and therefore should not be labeled as one,
8cda6f8f
GM
19458even in the bowels of a computer. As it is, the code in Emacs implies
19459that a human who is acting virtuously, by exploring his or her
19460environment, is making an error. This is bad. Even though the computer
19461takes the same steps as it does when there is an `error', a term such as
19462`cancel' would have a clearer connotation.
19463
19464@node Determining the Element, , Digression concerning error, Understanding current-kill
19465@ifnottex
19466@unnumberedsubsubsec Determining the Element
19467@end ifnottex
19468
19469Among other actions, the else-part of the @code{if} expression sets
19470the value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to
19471@code{ARGth-kill-element} when the kill ring has something in it and
19472the value of @code{do-not-move} is @code{nil}.
19473
19474@need 800
19475The code looks like this:
19476
19477@smallexample
19478@group
19479(nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19480 (length kill-ring))
19481 kill-ring)))
19482@end group
19483@end smallexample
19484
19485This needs some examination. Unless it is not supposed to move the
19486pointer, the @code{current-kill} function changes where
19487@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19488That is what the
19489@w{@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))}}
19490expression does. Also, clearly, @code{ARGth-kill-element} is being
19491set to be equal to some @sc{cdr} of the kill ring, using the
19492@code{nthcdr} function that is described in an earlier section.
19493(@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.) How does it do this?
19494
19495As we have seen before (@pxref{nthcdr}), the @code{nthcdr} function
19496works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a list---it takes the
19497@sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} @dots{}
19498
19499@need 800
19500The two following expressions produce the same result:
19501
19502@smallexample
19503@group
19504(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (cdr kill-ring))
19505
19506(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr 1 kill-ring))
19507@end group
19508@end smallexample
19509
19510However, the @code{nthcdr} expression is more complicated. It uses
19511the @code{mod} function to determine which @sc{cdr} to select.
19512
19513(You will remember to look at inner functions first; indeed, we will
19514have to go inside the @code{mod}.)
19515
19516The @code{mod} function returns the value of its first argument modulo
19517the second; that is to say, it returns the remainder after dividing
19518the first argument by the second. The value returned has the same
19519sign as the second argument.
19520
19521@need 800
19522Thus,
19523
19524@smallexample
19525@group
19526(mod 12 4)
19527 @result{} 0 ;; @r{because there is no remainder}
19528(mod 13 4)
19529 @result{} 1
19530@end group
19531@end smallexample
19532
19533@need 1250
19534In this case, the first argument is often smaller than the second.
19535That is fine.
19536
19537@smallexample
19538@group
19539(mod 0 4)
19540 @result{} 0
19541(mod 1 4)
19542 @result{} 1
19543@end group
19544@end smallexample
19545
19546We can guess what the @code{-} function does. It is like @code{+} but
19547subtracts instead of adds; the @code{-} function subtracts its second
19548argument from its first. Also, we already know what the @code{length}
19549function does (@pxref{length}). It returns the length of a list.
19550
19551And @code{n} is the name of the required argument to the
19552@code{current-kill} function.
19553
19554@need 1250
19555So when the first argument to @code{nthcdr} is zero, the @code{nthcdr}
19556expression returns the whole list, as you can see by evaluating the
19557following:
19558
19559@smallexample
19560@group
19561;; kill-ring-yank-pointer @r{and} kill-ring @r{have a length of four}
19562;; @r{and} (mod (- 0 4) 4) @result{} 0
19563(nthcdr (mod (- 0 4) 4)
19564 '("fourth line of text"
19565 "third line"
19566 "second piece of text"
19567 "first some text"))
19568@end group
19569@end smallexample
19570
19571@need 1250
19572When the first argument to the @code{current-kill} function is one,
19573the @code{nthcdr} expression returns the list without its first
19574element.
19575
19576@smallexample
19577@group
19578(nthcdr (mod (- 1 4) 4)
19579 '("fourth line of text"
19580 "third line"
19581 "second piece of text"
19582 "first some text"))
19583@end group
19584@end smallexample
19585
19586@cindex @samp{global variable} defined
19587@cindex @samp{variable, global}, defined
19588Incidentally, both @code{kill-ring} and @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
19589are @dfn{global variables}. That means that any expression in Emacs
19590Lisp can access them. They are not like the local variables set by
19591@code{let} or like the symbols in an argument list.
19592Local variables can only be accessed
19593within the @code{let} that defines them or the function that specifies
19594them in an argument list (and within expressions called by them).
19595
19596@ignore
19597@c texi2dvi fails when the name of the section is within ifnottex ...
19598(@xref{Prevent confusion, , @code{let} Prevents Confusion}, and
19599@ref{defun, , The @code{defun} Special Form}.)
19600@end ignore
19601
19602@node yank, yank-pop, current-kill, Kill Ring
19603@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19604@appendixsec @code{yank}
19605@findex yank
19606
19607After learning about @code{current-kill}, the code for the
19608@code{yank} function is almost easy.
19609
19610The @code{yank} function does not use the
19611@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable directly. It calls
19612@code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{current-kill} which sets the
19613@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
19614
19615@need 1250
19616The code looks like this:
19617
19618@c in GNU Emacs 22
19619@smallexample
19620@group
19621(defun yank (&optional arg)
19622 "Reinsert (\"paste\") the last stretch of killed text.
19623More precisely, reinsert the stretch of killed text most recently
19624killed OR yanked. Put point at end, and set mark at beginning.
19625With just \\[universal-argument] as argument, same but put point at
19626beginning (and mark at end). With argument N, reinsert the Nth most
19627recently killed stretch of killed text.
19628
19629When this command inserts killed text into the buffer, it honors
19630`yank-excluded-properties' and `yank-handler' as described in the
19631doc string for `insert-for-yank-1', which see.
19632
19633See also the command \\[yank-pop]."
19634@end group
19635@group
19636 (interactive "*P")
19637 (setq yank-window-start (window-start))
19638 ;; If we don't get all the way thru, make last-command indicate that
19639 ;; for the following command.
19640 (setq this-command t)
19641 (push-mark (point))
19642@end group
19643@group
19644 (insert-for-yank (current-kill (cond
19645 ((listp arg) 0)
19646 ((eq arg '-) -2)
19647 (t (1- arg)))))
19648 (if (consp arg)
19649 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19650 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19651 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19652 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19653 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19654 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer)))))
19655@end group
19656@group
19657 ;; If we do get all the way thru, make this-command indicate that.
19658 (if (eq this-command t)
19659 (setq this-command 'yank))
19660 nil)
19661@end group
19662@end smallexample
19663
19664The key expression is @code{insert-for-yank}, which inserts the string
19665returned by @code{current-kill}, but removes some text properties from
19666it.
19667
19668However, before getting to that expression, the function sets the value
19669of @code{yank-window-start} to the position returned by the
19670@code{(window-start)} expression, the position at which the display
19671currently starts. The @code{yank} function also sets
19672@code{this-command} and pushes the mark.
19673
19674After it yanks the appropriate element, if the optional argument is a
19675@sc{cons} rather than a number or nothing, it puts point at beginning
19676of the yanked text and mark at its end.
19677
19678(The @code{prog1} function is like @code{progn} but returns the value
19679of its first argument rather than the value of its last argument. Its
19680first argument is forced to return the buffer's mark as an integer.
19681You can see the documentation for these functions by placing point
19682over them in this buffer and then typing @kbd{C-h f}
19683(@code{describe-function}) followed by a @kbd{RET}; the default is the
19684function.)
19685
19686The last part of the function tells what to do when it succeeds.
19687
19688@node yank-pop, ring file, yank, Kill Ring
19689@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19690@appendixsec @code{yank-pop}
19691@findex yank-pop
19692
19693After understanding @code{yank} and @code{current-kill}, you know how
19694to approach the @code{yank-pop} function. Leaving out the
19695documentation to save space, it looks like this:
19696
19697@c GNU Emacs 22
19698@smallexample
19699@group
19700(defun yank-pop (&optional arg)
19701 "@dots{}"
19702 (interactive "*p")
19703 (if (not (eq last-command 'yank))
19704 (error "Previous command was not a yank"))
19705@end group
19706@group
19707 (setq this-command 'yank)
19708 (unless arg (setq arg 1))
19709 (let ((inhibit-read-only t)
19710 (before (< (point) (mark t))))
19711@end group
19712@group
19713 (if before
19714 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (point) (mark t))
19715 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (mark t) (point)))
19716 (setq yank-undo-function nil)
19717@end group
19718@group
19719 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer))
19720 (insert-for-yank (current-kill arg))
19721 ;; Set the window start back where it was in the yank command,
19722 ;; if possible.
19723 (set-window-start (selected-window) yank-window-start t)
19724@end group
19725@group
19726 (if before
19727 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19728 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19729 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19730 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19731 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19732 (set-marker (mark-marker)
19733 (point)
19734 (current-buffer))))))
19735 nil)
19736@end group
19737@end smallexample
19738
19739The function is interactive with a small @samp{p} so the prefix
19740argument is processed and passed to the function. The command can
19741only be used after a previous yank; otherwise an error message is
19742sent. This check uses the variable @code{last-command} which is set
19743by @code{yank} and is discussed elsewhere.
19744(@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
19745
19746The @code{let} clause sets the variable @code{before} to true or false
19747depending whether point is before or after mark and then the region
19748between point and mark is deleted. This is the region that was just
19749inserted by the previous yank and it is this text that will be
19750replaced.
19751
19752@code{funcall} calls its first argument as a function, passing
19753remaining arguments to it. The first argument is whatever the
19754@code{or} expression returns. The two remaining arguments are the
19755positions of point and mark set by the preceding @code{yank} command.
19756
19757There is more, but that is the hardest part.
19758
19759@node ring file, , yank-pop, Kill Ring
19760@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19761@appendixsec The @file{ring.el} File
19762@cindex @file{ring.el} file
19763
19764Interestingly, GNU Emacs posses a file called @file{ring.el} that
19765provides many of the features we just discussed. But functions such
19766as @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} do not use this library, possibly
19767because they were written earlier.
19768
19769@node Full Graph, Free Software and Free Manuals, Kill Ring, Top
09e80d9f 19770@appendix A Graph with Labeled Axes
8cda6f8f
GM
19771
19772Printed axes help you understand a graph. They convey scale. In an
19773earlier chapter (@pxref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}), we
19774wrote the code to print the body of a graph. Here we write the code
09e80d9f 19775for printing and labeling vertical and horizontal axes, along with the
8cda6f8f
GM
19776body itself.
19777
19778@menu
09e80d9f 19779* Labeled Example::
8cda6f8f
GM
19780* print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
19781* print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
19782* print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
19783* Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
19784@end menu
19785
09e80d9f 19786@node Labeled Example, print-graph Varlist, Full Graph, Full Graph
8cda6f8f 19787@ifnottex
09e80d9f 19788@unnumberedsec Labeled Example Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
19789@end ifnottex
19790
19791Since insertions fill a buffer to the right and below point, the new
19792graph printing function should first print the Y or vertical axis,
19793then the body of the graph, and finally the X or horizontal axis.
19794This sequence lays out for us the contents of the function:
19795
19796@enumerate
19797@item
19798Set up code.
19799
19800@item
19801Print Y axis.
19802
19803@item
19804Print body of graph.
19805
19806@item
19807Print X axis.
19808@end enumerate
19809
19810@need 800
19811Here is an example of how a finished graph should look:
19812
19813@smallexample
19814@group
19815 10 -
19816 *
19817 * *
19818 * **
19819 * ***
19820 5 - * *******
19821 * *** *******
19822 *************
19823 ***************
19824 1 - ****************
19825 | | | |
19826 1 5 10 15
19827@end group
19828@end smallexample
19829
19830@noindent
09e80d9f 19831In this graph, both the vertical and the horizontal axes are labeled
8cda6f8f 19832with numbers. However, in some graphs, the horizontal axis is time
09e80d9f 19833and would be better labeled with months, like this:
8cda6f8f
GM
19834
19835@smallexample
19836@group
19837 5 - *
19838 * ** *
19839 *******
19840 ********** **
19841 1 - **************
19842 | ^ |
19843 Jan June Jan
19844@end group
19845@end smallexample
19846
19847Indeed, with a little thought, we can easily come up with a variety of
09e80d9f 19848vertical and horizontal labeling schemes. Our task could become
8cda6f8f 19849complicated. But complications breed confusion. Rather than permit
09e80d9f 19850this, it is better choose a simple labeling scheme for our first
8cda6f8f
GM
19851effort, and to modify or replace it later.
19852
19853@need 1200
19854These considerations suggest the following outline for the
19855@code{print-graph} function:
19856
19857@smallexample
19858@group
19859(defun print-graph (numbers-list)
19860 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
19861 (let ((height @dots{}
19862 @dots{}))
19863@end group
19864@group
19865 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
19866 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
19867 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
19868@end group
19869@end smallexample
19870
19871We can work on each part of the @code{print-graph} function definition
19872in turn.
19873
09e80d9f 19874@node print-graph Varlist, print-Y-axis, Labeled Example, Full Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
19875@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19876@appendixsec The @code{print-graph} Varlist
19877@cindex @code{print-graph} varlist
19878
19879In writing the @code{print-graph} function, the first task is to write
19880the varlist in the @code{let} expression. (We will leave aside for the
19881moment any thoughts about making the function interactive or about the
19882contents of its documentation string.)
19883
19884The varlist should set several values. Clearly, the top of the label
19885for the vertical axis must be at least the height of the graph, which
19886means that we must obtain this information here. Note that the
19887@code{print-graph-body} function also requires this information. There
19888is no reason to calculate the height of the graph in two different
19889places, so we should change @code{print-graph-body} from the way we
19890defined it earlier to take advantage of the calculation.
19891
19892Similarly, both the function for printing the X axis labels and the
19893@code{print-graph-body} function need to learn the value of the width of
19894each symbol. We can perform the calculation here and change the
19895definition for @code{print-graph-body} from the way we defined it in the
19896previous chapter.
19897
19898The length of the label for the horizontal axis must be at least as long
19899as the graph. However, this information is used only in the function
19900that prints the horizontal axis, so it does not need to be calculated here.
19901
19902These thoughts lead us directly to the following form for the varlist
19903in the @code{let} for @code{print-graph}:
19904
19905@smallexample
19906@group
19907(let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) ; @r{First version.}
19908 (symbol-width (length graph-blank)))
19909@end group
19910@end smallexample
19911
19912@noindent
19913As we shall see, this expression is not quite right.
19914
19915@need 2000
19916@node print-Y-axis, print-X-axis, print-graph Varlist, Full Graph
19917@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19918@appendixsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
19919@cindex Axis, print vertical
19920@cindex Y axis printing
19921@cindex Vertical axis printing
19922@cindex Print vertical axis
19923
19924The job of the @code{print-Y-axis} function is to print a label for
19925the vertical axis that looks like this:
19926
19927@smallexample
19928@group
19929 10 -
19930
19931
19932
19933
19934 5 -
19935
19936
19937
19938 1 -
19939@end group
19940@end smallexample
19941
19942@noindent
19943The function should be passed the height of the graph, and then should
19944construct and insert the appropriate numbers and marks.
19945
19946@menu
19947* print-Y-axis in Detail::
19948* Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
19949* Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
19950* Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
19951* Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
19952* print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
19953@end menu
19954
19955@node print-Y-axis in Detail, Height of label, print-Y-axis, print-Y-axis
19956@ifnottex
19957@unnumberedsubsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function in Detail
19958@end ifnottex
19959
19960It is easy enough to see in the figure what the Y axis label should
19961look like; but to say in words, and then to write a function
19962definition to do the job is another matter. It is not quite true to
19963say that we want a number and a tic every five lines: there are only
19964three lines between the @samp{1} and the @samp{5} (lines 2, 3, and 4),
19965but four lines between the @samp{5} and the @samp{10} (lines 6, 7, 8,
19966and 9). It is better to say that we want a number and a tic mark on
19967the base line (number 1) and then that we want a number and a tic on
19968the fifth line from the bottom and on every line that is a multiple of
19969five.
19970
19971@node Height of label, Compute a Remainder, print-Y-axis in Detail, print-Y-axis
19972@ifnottex
19973@unnumberedsubsec What height should the label be?
19974@end ifnottex
19975
19976The next issue is what height the label should be? Suppose the maximum
19977height of tallest column of the graph is seven. Should the highest
19978label on the Y axis be @samp{5 -}, and should the graph stick up above
19979the label? Or should the highest label be @samp{7 -}, and mark the peak
19980of the graph? Or should the highest label be @code{10 -}, which is a
19981multiple of five, and be higher than the topmost value of the graph?
19982
19983The latter form is preferred. Most graphs are drawn within rectangles
19984whose sides are an integral number of steps long---5, 10, 15, and so
19985on for a step distance of five. But as soon as we decide to use a
19986step height for the vertical axis, we discover that the simple
19987expression in the varlist for computing the height is wrong. The
19988expression is @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)}. This returns the
19989precise height, not the maximum height plus whatever is necessary to
19990round up to the nearest multiple of five. A more complex expression
19991is required.
19992
19993As usual in cases like this, a complex problem becomes simpler if it is
19994divided into several smaller problems.
19995
19996First, consider the case when the highest value of the graph is an
19997integral multiple of five---when it is 5, 10, 15, or some higher
19998multiple of five. We can use this value as the Y axis height.
19999
20000A fairly simply way to determine whether a number is a multiple of
20001five is to divide it by five and see if the division results in a
20002remainder. If there is no remainder, the number is a multiple of
20003five. Thus, seven divided by five has a remainder of two, and seven
20004is not an integral multiple of five. Put in slightly different
20005language, more reminiscent of the classroom, five goes into seven
20006once, with a remainder of two. However, five goes into ten twice,
20007with no remainder: ten is an integral multiple of five.
20008
20009@node Compute a Remainder, Y Axis Element, Height of label, print-Y-axis
20010@appendixsubsec Side Trip: Compute a Remainder
20011
20012@findex % @r{(remainder function)}
20013@cindex Remainder function, @code{%}
20014In Lisp, the function for computing a remainder is @code{%}. The
20015function returns the remainder of its first argument divided by its
20016second argument. As it happens, @code{%} is a function in Emacs Lisp
20017that you cannot discover using @code{apropos}: you find nothing if you
20018type @kbd{M-x apropos @key{RET} remainder @key{RET}}. The only way to
20019learn of the existence of @code{%} is to read about it in a book such
20020as this or in the Emacs Lisp sources.
20021
20022You can try the @code{%} function by evaluating the following two
20023expressions:
20024
20025@smallexample
20026@group
20027(% 7 5)
20028
20029(% 10 5)
20030@end group
20031@end smallexample
20032
20033@noindent
20034The first expression returns 2 and the second expression returns 0.
20035
20036To test whether the returned value is zero or some other number, we
20037can use the @code{zerop} function. This function returns @code{t} if
20038its argument, which must be a number, is zero.
20039
20040@smallexample
20041@group
20042(zerop (% 7 5))
20043 @result{} nil
20044
20045(zerop (% 10 5))
20046 @result{} t
20047@end group
20048@end smallexample
20049
20050Thus, the following expression will return @code{t} if the height
20051of the graph is evenly divisible by five:
20052
20053@smallexample
20054(zerop (% height 5))
20055@end smallexample
20056
20057@noindent
20058(The value of @code{height}, of course, can be found from @code{(apply
20059'max numbers-list)}.)
20060
20061On the other hand, if the value of @code{height} is not a multiple of
20062five, we want to reset the value to the next higher multiple of five.
20063This is straightforward arithmetic using functions with which we are
20064already familiar. First, we divide the value of @code{height} by five
20065to determine how many times five goes into the number. Thus, five
20066goes into twelve twice. If we add one to this quotient and multiply by
20067five, we will obtain the value of the next multiple of five that is
20068larger than the height. Five goes into twelve twice. Add one to two,
20069and multiply by five; the result is fifteen, which is the next multiple
20070of five that is higher than twelve. The Lisp expression for this is:
20071
20072@smallexample
20073(* (1+ (/ height 5)) 5)
20074@end smallexample
20075
20076@noindent
20077For example, if you evaluate the following, the result is 15:
20078
20079@smallexample
20080(* (1+ (/ 12 5)) 5)
20081@end smallexample
20082
20083All through this discussion, we have been using `five' as the value
20084for spacing labels on the Y axis; but we may want to use some other
20085value. For generality, we should replace `five' with a variable to
20086which we can assign a value. The best name I can think of for this
20087variable is @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
20088
20089@need 1250
20090Using this term, and an @code{if} expression, we produce the
20091following:
20092
20093@smallexample
20094@group
20095(if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20096 height
20097 ;; @r{else}
20098 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20099 Y-axis-label-spacing))
20100@end group
20101@end smallexample
20102
20103@noindent
20104This expression returns the value of @code{height} itself if the height
20105is an even multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing} or
20106else it computes and returns a value of @code{height} that is equal to
20107the next higher multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
20108
20109We can now include this expression in the @code{let} expression of the
20110@code{print-graph} function (after first setting the value of
20111@code{Y-axis-label-spacing}):
20112@vindex Y-axis-label-spacing
20113
20114@smallexample
20115@group
20116(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
20117 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
20118@end group
20119
20120@group
20121@dots{}
20122(let* ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
20123 (height-of-top-line
20124 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20125 height
20126@end group
20127@group
20128 ;; @r{else}
20129 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20130 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
20131 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))))
20132@dots{}
20133@end group
20134@end smallexample
20135
20136@noindent
20137(Note use of the @code{let*} function: the initial value of height is
20138computed once by the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression and
20139then the resulting value of @code{height} is used to compute its
20140final value. @xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}, for
20141more about @code{let*}.)
20142
20143@node Y Axis Element, Y-axis-column, Compute a Remainder, print-Y-axis
20144@appendixsubsec Construct a Y Axis Element
20145
20146When we print the vertical axis, we want to insert strings such as
20147@w{@samp{5 -}} and @w{@samp{10 - }} every five lines.
20148Moreover, we want the numbers and dashes to line up, so shorter
20149numbers must be padded with leading spaces. If some of the strings
20150use two digit numbers, the strings with single digit numbers must
20151include a leading blank space before the number.
20152
20153@findex number-to-string
20154To figure out the length of the number, the @code{length} function is
20155used. But the @code{length} function works only with a string, not with
20156a number. So the number has to be converted from being a number to
20157being a string. This is done with the @code{number-to-string} function.
20158For example,
20159
20160@smallexample
20161@group
20162(length (number-to-string 35))
20163 @result{} 2
20164
20165(length (number-to-string 100))
20166 @result{} 3
20167@end group
20168@end smallexample
20169
20170@noindent
20171(@code{number-to-string} is also called @code{int-to-string}; you will
20172see this alternative name in various sources.)
20173
20174In addition, in each label, each number is followed by a string such
20175as @w{@samp{ - }}, which we will call the @code{Y-axis-tic} marker.
20176This variable is defined with @code{defvar}:
20177
20178@vindex Y-axis-tic
20179@smallexample
20180@group
20181(defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
20182 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
20183@end group
20184@end smallexample
20185
20186The length of the Y label is the sum of the length of the Y axis tic
20187mark and the length of the number of the top of the graph.
20188
20189@smallexample
20190(length (concat (number-to-string height) Y-axis-tic)))
20191@end smallexample
20192
20193This value will be calculated by the @code{print-graph} function in
20194its varlist as @code{full-Y-label-width} and passed on. (Note that we
20195did not think to include this in the varlist when we first proposed it.)
20196
20197To make a complete vertical axis label, a tic mark is concatenated
20198with a number; and the two together may be preceded by one or more
20199spaces depending on how long the number is. The label consists of
20200three parts: the (optional) leading spaces, the number, and the tic
20201mark. The function is passed the value of the number for the specific
20202row, and the value of the width of the top line, which is calculated
20203(just once) by @code{print-graph}.
20204
20205@smallexample
20206@group
20207(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
20208 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
20209A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
20210and is padded as needed so all line up with
20211the element for the largest number."
20212@end group
20213@group
20214 (let* ((leading-spaces
20215 (- full-Y-label-width
20216 (length
20217 (concat (number-to-string number)
20218 Y-axis-tic)))))
20219@end group
20220@group
20221 (concat
20222 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
20223 (number-to-string number)
20224 Y-axis-tic)))
20225@end group
20226@end smallexample
20227
20228The @code{Y-axis-element} function concatenates together the leading
20229spaces, if any; the number, as a string; and the tic mark.
20230
20231To figure out how many leading spaces the label will need, the
20232function subtracts the actual length of the label---the length of the
20233number plus the length of the tic mark---from the desired label width.
20234
20235@findex make-string
20236Blank spaces are inserted using the @code{make-string} function. This
20237function takes two arguments: the first tells it how long the string
20238will be and the second is a symbol for the character to insert, in a
20239special format. The format is a question mark followed by a blank
20240space, like this, @samp{? }. @xref{Character Type, , Character Type,
20241elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a description of the
20242syntax for characters. (Of course, you might want to replace the
20243blank space by some other character @dots{} You know what to do.)
20244
20245The @code{number-to-string} function is used in the concatenation
20246expression, to convert the number to a string that is concatenated
20247with the leading spaces and the tic mark.
20248
20249@node Y-axis-column, print-Y-axis Penultimate, Y Axis Element, print-Y-axis
20250@appendixsubsec Create a Y Axis Column
20251
20252The preceding functions provide all the tools needed to construct a
20253function that generates a list of numbered and blank strings to insert
20254as the label for the vertical axis:
20255
20256@findex Y-axis-column
20257@smallexample
20258@group
20259(defun Y-axis-column (height width-of-label)
20260 "Construct list of Y axis labels and blank strings.
20261For HEIGHT of line above base and WIDTH-OF-LABEL."
20262 (let (Y-axis)
20263@group
20264@end group
20265 (while (> height 1)
20266 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20267 ;; @r{Insert label.}
20268 (setq Y-axis
20269 (cons
20270 (Y-axis-element height width-of-label)
20271 Y-axis))
20272@group
20273@end group
20274 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
20275 (setq Y-axis
20276 (cons
20277 (make-string width-of-label ? )
20278 Y-axis)))
20279 (setq height (1- height)))
20280 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
20281 (setq Y-axis
20282 (cons (Y-axis-element 1 width-of-label) Y-axis))
20283 (nreverse Y-axis)))
20284@end group
20285@end smallexample
20286
20287In this function, we start with the value of @code{height} and
20288repetitively subtract one from its value. After each subtraction, we
20289test to see whether the value is an integral multiple of the
20290@code{Y-axis-label-spacing}. If it is, we construct a numbered label
20291using the @code{Y-axis-element} function; if not, we construct a
20292blank label using the @code{make-string} function. The base line
20293consists of the number one followed by a tic mark.
20294
20295@need 2000
20296@node print-Y-axis Penultimate, , Y-axis-column, print-Y-axis
20297@appendixsubsec The Not Quite Final Version of @code{print-Y-axis}
20298
20299The list constructed by the @code{Y-axis-column} function is passed to
20300the @code{print-Y-axis} function, which inserts the list as a column.
20301
20302@findex print-Y-axis
20303@smallexample
20304@group
20305(defun print-Y-axis (height full-Y-label-width)
20306 "Insert Y axis using HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
20307Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
20308Full width is the width of the highest label element."
20309;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
20310;; are passed by `print-graph'.
20311@end group
20312@group
20313 (let ((start (point)))
20314 (insert-rectangle
20315 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width))
20316 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
20317 (goto-char start)
20318 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
20319 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
20320@end group
20321@end smallexample
20322
20323The @code{print-Y-axis} uses the @code{insert-rectangle} function to
20324insert the Y axis labels created by the @code{Y-axis-column} function.
20325In addition, it places point at the correct position for printing the body of
20326the graph.
20327
20328You can test @code{print-Y-axis}:
20329
20330@enumerate
20331@item
20332Install
20333
20334@smallexample
20335@group
20336Y-axis-label-spacing
20337Y-axis-tic
20338Y-axis-element
20339Y-axis-column
20340print-Y-axis
20341@end group
20342@end smallexample
20343
20344@item
20345Copy the following expression:
20346
20347@smallexample
20348(print-Y-axis 12 5)
20349@end smallexample
20350
20351@item
20352Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20353want the axis labels to start.
20354
20355@item
20356Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20357
20358@item
20359Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
20360with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20361
20362@item
20363Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20364@end enumerate
20365
20366Emacs will print labels vertically, the top one being @w{@samp{10 -@w{
20367}}}. (The @code{print-graph} function will pass the value of
20368@code{height-of-top-line}, which in this case will end up as 15,
20369thereby getting rid of what might appear as a bug.)
20370
20371@need 2000
20372@node print-X-axis, Print Whole Graph, print-Y-axis, Full Graph
20373@appendixsec The @code{print-X-axis} Function
20374@cindex Axis, print horizontal
20375@cindex X axis printing
20376@cindex Print horizontal axis
20377@cindex Horizontal axis printing
20378
20379X axis labels are much like Y axis labels, except that the ticks are on a
20380line above the numbers. Labels should look like this:
20381
20382@smallexample
20383@group
20384 | | | |
20385 1 5 10 15
20386@end group
20387@end smallexample
20388
20389The first tic is under the first column of the graph and is preceded by
20390several blank spaces. These spaces provide room in rows above for the Y
20391axis labels. The second, third, fourth, and subsequent ticks are all
20392spaced equally, according to the value of @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20393
20394The second row of the X axis consists of numbers, preceded by several
20395blank spaces and also separated according to the value of the variable
20396@code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20397
20398The value of the variable @code{X-axis-label-spacing} should itself be
20399measured in units of @code{symbol-width}, since you may want to change
20400the width of the symbols that you are using to print the body of the
09e80d9f 20401graph without changing the ways the graph is labeled.
8cda6f8f
GM
20402
20403@menu
20404* Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
20405* X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
20406@end menu
20407
20408@node Similarities differences, X Axis Tic Marks, print-X-axis, print-X-axis
20409@ifnottex
20410@unnumberedsubsec Similarities and differences
20411@end ifnottex
20412
20413The @code{print-X-axis} function is constructed in more or less the
20414same fashion as the @code{print-Y-axis} function except that it has
20415two lines: the line of tic marks and the numbers. We will write a
20416separate function to print each line and then combine them within the
20417@code{print-X-axis} function.
20418
20419This is a three step process:
20420
20421@enumerate
20422@item
20423Write a function to print the X axis tic marks, @code{print-X-axis-tic-line}.
20424
20425@item
20426Write a function to print the X numbers, @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20427
20428@item
20429Write a function to print both lines, the @code{print-X-axis} function,
20430using @code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20431@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20432@end enumerate
20433
20434@node X Axis Tic Marks, , Similarities differences, print-X-axis
20435@appendixsubsec X Axis Tic Marks
20436
20437The first function should print the X axis tic marks. We must specify
20438the tic marks themselves and their spacing:
20439
20440@smallexample
20441@group
20442(defvar X-axis-label-spacing
20443 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
20444 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
20445 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
20446@end group
20447@end smallexample
20448
20449@noindent
20450(Note that the value of @code{graph-blank} is set by another
20451@code{defvar}. The @code{boundp} predicate checks whether it has
20452already been set; @code{boundp} returns @code{nil} if it has not. If
20453@code{graph-blank} were unbound and we did not use this conditional
20454construction, in a recent GNU Emacs, we would enter the debugger and
20455see an error message saying @samp{@w{Debugger entered--Lisp error:}
20456@w{(void-variable graph-blank)}}.)
20457
20458@need 1200
20459Here is the @code{defvar} for @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}:
20460
20461@smallexample
20462@group
20463(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
20464 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
20465@end group
20466@end smallexample
20467
20468@need 1250
20469The goal is to make a line that looks like this:
20470
20471@smallexample
20472 | | | |
20473@end smallexample
20474
20475The first tic is indented so that it is under the first column, which is
20476indented to provide space for the Y axis labels.
20477
20478A tic element consists of the blank spaces that stretch from one tic to
20479the next plus a tic symbol. The number of blanks is determined by the
20480width of the tic symbol and the @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20481
20482@need 1250
20483The code looks like this:
20484
20485@smallexample
20486@group
20487;;; X-axis-tic-element
20488@dots{}
20489(concat
20490 (make-string
20491 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20492 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20493 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20494 ? )
20495 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20496 X-axis-tic-symbol)
20497@dots{}
20498@end group
20499@end smallexample
20500
20501Next, we determine how many blanks are needed to indent the first tic
20502mark to the first column of the graph. This uses the value of
20503@code{full-Y-label-width} passed it by the @code{print-graph} function.
20504
20505@need 1250
20506The code to make @code{X-axis-leading-spaces}
20507looks like this:
20508
20509@smallexample
20510@group
20511;; X-axis-leading-spaces
20512@dots{}
20513(make-string full-Y-label-width ? )
20514@dots{}
20515@end group
20516@end smallexample
20517
20518We also need to determine the length of the horizontal axis, which is
20519the length of the numbers list, and the number of ticks in the horizontal
20520axis:
20521
20522@smallexample
20523@group
20524;; X-length
20525@dots{}
20526(length numbers-list)
20527@end group
20528
20529@group
20530;; tic-width
20531@dots{}
20532(* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20533@end group
20534
20535@group
20536;; number-of-X-ticks
20537(if (zerop (% (X-length tic-width)))
20538 (/ (X-length tic-width))
20539 (1+ (/ (X-length tic-width))))
20540@end group
20541@end smallexample
20542
20543@need 1250
20544All this leads us directly to the function for printing the X axis tic line:
20545
20546@findex print-X-axis-tic-line
20547@smallexample
20548@group
20549(defun print-X-axis-tic-line
20550 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
20551 "Print ticks for X axis."
20552 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20553 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
20554@end group
20555@group
20556 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
20557 (insert (concat
20558 (make-string
20559 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20560 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
20561 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
20562 ? )
20563 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20564@end group
20565@group
20566 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
20567 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20568 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
20569 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
20570@end group
20571@end smallexample
20572
20573The line of numbers is equally straightforward:
20574
20575@need 1250
20576First, we create a numbered element with blank spaces before each number:
20577
20578@findex X-axis-element
20579@smallexample
20580@group
20581(defun X-axis-element (number)
20582 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
20583 (let ((leading-spaces
20584 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20585 (length (number-to-string number)))))
20586 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
20587 (number-to-string number))))
20588@end group
20589@end smallexample
20590
20591Next, we create the function to print the numbered line, starting with
20592the number ``1'' under the first column:
20593
20594@findex print-X-axis-numbered-line
20595@smallexample
20596@group
20597(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
20598 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces)
20599 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
20600 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing))
20601 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20602 (insert "1")
20603@end group
20604@group
20605 (insert (concat
20606 (make-string
20607 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
20608 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) 2)
20609 ? )
20610 (number-to-string number)))
20611@end group
20612@group
20613 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
20614 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20615 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20616 (insert (X-axis-element number))
20617 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20618 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
20619@end group
20620@end smallexample
20621
20622Finally, we need to write the @code{print-X-axis} that uses
20623@code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20624@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20625
20626The function must determine the local values of the variables used by both
20627@code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and
20628then it must call them. Also, it must print the carriage return that
20629separates the two lines.
20630
20631The function consists of a varlist that specifies five local variables,
20632and calls to each of the two line printing functions:
20633
20634@findex print-X-axis
20635@smallexample
20636@group
20637(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list)
20638 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST."
20639 (let* ((leading-spaces
20640 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
20641@end group
20642@group
20643 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
20644 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
20645 (X-length (length numbers-list))
20646@end group
20647@group
20648 (X-tic
20649 (concat
20650 (make-string
20651@end group
20652@group
20653 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20654 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20655 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20656 ? )
20657@end group
20658@group
20659 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20660 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20661@end group
20662@group
20663 (tic-number
20664 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
20665 (/ X-length tic-width)
20666 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
20667@end group
20668@group
20669 (print-X-axis-tic-line tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
20670 (insert "\n")
20671 (print-X-axis-numbered-line tic-number leading-spaces)))
20672@end group
20673@end smallexample
20674
20675@need 1250
20676You can test @code{print-X-axis}:
20677
20678@enumerate
20679@item
20680Install @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}, @code{X-axis-label-spacing},
20681@code{print-X-axis-tic-line}, as well as @code{X-axis-element},
20682@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and @code{print-X-axis}.
20683
20684@item
20685Copy the following expression:
20686
20687@smallexample
20688@group
20689(progn
20690 (let ((full-Y-label-width 5)
20691 (symbol-width 1))
20692 (print-X-axis
20693 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16))))
20694@end group
20695@end smallexample
20696
20697@item
20698Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20699want the axis labels to start.
20700
20701@item
20702Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20703
20704@item
20705Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20706with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20707
20708@item
20709Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20710@end enumerate
20711
20712@need 1250
20713Emacs will print the horizontal axis like this:
20714@sp 1
20715
20716@smallexample
20717@group
20718 | | | | |
20719 1 5 10 15 20
20720@end group
20721@end smallexample
20722
20723@node Print Whole Graph, , print-X-axis, Full Graph
20724@appendixsec Printing the Whole Graph
20725@cindex Printing the whole graph
20726@cindex Whole graph printing
20727@cindex Graph, printing all
20728
20729Now we are nearly ready to print the whole graph.
20730
20731The function to print the graph with the proper labels follows the
09e80d9f 20732outline we created earlier (@pxref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
20733Axes}), but with additions.
20734
20735@need 1250
20736Here is the outline:
20737
20738@smallexample
20739@group
20740(defun print-graph (numbers-list)
20741 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
20742 (let ((height @dots{}
20743 @dots{}))
20744@end group
20745@group
20746 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
20747 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
20748 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
20749@end group
20750@end smallexample
20751
20752@menu
20753* The final version:: A few changes.
20754* Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
20755* Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
20756* lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
20757* mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
20758* Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
20759* Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
20760@end menu
20761
20762@node The final version, Test print-graph, Print Whole Graph, Print Whole Graph
20763@ifnottex
20764@unnumberedsubsec Changes for the Final Version
20765@end ifnottex
20766
20767The final version is different from what we planned in two ways:
20768first, it contains additional values calculated once in the varlist;
20769second, it carries an option to specify the labels' increment per row.
20770This latter feature turns out to be essential; otherwise, a graph may
20771have more rows than fit on a display or on a sheet of paper.
20772
20773@need 1500
20774This new feature requires a change to the @code{Y-axis-column}
20775function, to add @code{vertical-step} to it. The function looks like
20776this:
20777
20778@findex Y-axis-column @r{Final version.}
20779@smallexample
20780@group
20781;;; @r{Final version.}
20782(defun Y-axis-column
20783 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
20784 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
20785HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20786WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
20787VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
20788that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
20789for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
20790that each line is five units of the graph."
20791@end group
20792@group
20793 (let (Y-axis
20794 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
20795 (while (> height 1)
20796 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20797@end group
20798@group
20799 ;; @r{Insert label.}
20800 (setq Y-axis
20801 (cons
20802 (Y-axis-element
20803 (* height number-per-line)
20804 width-of-label)
20805 Y-axis))
20806@end group
20807@group
20808 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
20809 (setq Y-axis
20810 (cons
20811 (make-string width-of-label ? )
20812 Y-axis)))
20813 (setq height (1- height)))
20814@end group
20815@group
20816 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
20817 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
20818 (or vertical-step 1)
20819 width-of-label)
20820 Y-axis))
20821 (nreverse Y-axis)))
20822@end group
20823@end smallexample
20824
20825The values for the maximum height of graph and the width of a symbol
20826are computed by @code{print-graph} in its @code{let} expression; so
20827@code{graph-body-print} must be changed to accept them.
20828
20829@findex graph-body-print @r{Final version.}
20830@smallexample
20831@group
20832;;; @r{Final version.}
20833(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
20834 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
20835The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20836HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20837SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
20838@end group
20839@group
20840 (let (from-position)
20841 (while numbers-list
20842 (setq from-position (point))
20843 (insert-rectangle
20844 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
20845 (goto-char from-position)
20846 (forward-char symbol-width)
20847@end group
20848@group
20849 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
20850 (sit-for 0)
20851 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
20852 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
20853 (forward-line height)
20854 (insert "\n")))
20855@end group
20856@end smallexample
20857
20858@need 1250
20859Finally, the code for the @code{print-graph} function:
20860
20861@findex print-graph @r{Final version.}
20862@smallexample
20863@group
20864;;; @r{Final version.}
20865(defun print-graph
20866 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step)
09e80d9f 20867 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
20868The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20869@end group
20870
20871@group
20872Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
20873specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
20874each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
20875each row is five units."
20876@end group
20877@group
20878 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
20879 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
20880 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
20881 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
20882@end group
20883@group
20884 (height-of-top-line
20885 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20886 height
20887 ;; @r{else}
20888 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20889 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
20890@end group
20891@group
20892 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
20893 (full-Y-label-width
20894 (length
20895@end group
20896@group
20897 (concat
20898 (number-to-string
20899 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
20900 Y-axis-tic))))
20901@end group
20902
20903@group
20904 (print-Y-axis
20905 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
20906@end group
20907@group
20908 (graph-body-print
20909 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
20910 (print-X-axis numbers-list)))
20911@end group
20912@end smallexample
20913
20914@node Test print-graph, Graphing words in defuns, The final version, Print Whole Graph
20915@appendixsubsec Testing @code{print-graph}
20916
20917@need 1250
20918We can test the @code{print-graph} function with a short list of numbers:
20919
20920@enumerate
20921@item
20922Install the final versions of @code{Y-axis-column},
20923@code{graph-body-print}, and @code{print-graph} (in addition to the
20924rest of the code.)
20925
20926@item
20927Copy the following expression:
20928
20929@smallexample
20930(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
20931@end smallexample
20932
20933@item
20934Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20935want the axis labels to start.
20936
20937@item
20938Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20939
20940@item
20941Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20942with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20943
20944@item
20945Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20946@end enumerate
20947
20948@need 1250
20949Emacs will print a graph that looks like this:
20950
20951@smallexample
20952@group
2095310 -
20954
20955
20956 *
20957 ** *
20958 5 - **** *
20959 **** ***
20960 * *********
20961 ************
20962 1 - *************
20963
20964 | | | |
20965 1 5 10 15
20966@end group
20967@end smallexample
20968
20969@need 1200
20970On the other hand, if you pass @code{print-graph} a
20971@code{vertical-step} value of 2, by evaluating this expression:
20972
20973@smallexample
20974(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1) 2)
20975@end smallexample
20976
20977@need 1250
20978@noindent
20979The graph looks like this:
20980
20981@smallexample
20982@group
2098320 -
20984
20985
20986 *
20987 ** *
2098810 - **** *
20989 **** ***
20990 * *********
20991 ************
20992 2 - *************
20993
20994 | | | |
20995 1 5 10 15
20996@end group
20997@end smallexample
20998
20999@noindent
21000(A question: is the `2' on the bottom of the vertical axis a bug or a
21001feature? If you think it is a bug, and should be a `1' instead, (or
21002even a `0'), you can modify the sources.)
21003
21004@node Graphing words in defuns, lambda, Test print-graph, Print Whole Graph
21005@appendixsubsec Graphing Numbers of Words and Symbols
21006
21007Now for the graph for which all this code was written: a graph that
21008shows how many function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and
21009symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
21010many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
21011
21012This is a multi-step process. First make sure you have loaded all the
21013requisite code.
21014
21015@need 1500
21016It is a good idea to reset the value of @code{top-of-ranges} in case
21017you have set it to some different value. You can evaluate the
21018following:
21019
21020@smallexample
21021@group
21022(setq top-of-ranges
21023 '(10 20 30 40 50
21024 60 70 80 90 100
21025 110 120 130 140 150
21026 160 170 180 190 200
21027 210 220 230 240 250
21028 260 270 280 290 300)
21029@end group
21030@end smallexample
21031
21032@noindent
21033Next create a list of the number of words and symbols in each range.
21034
21035@need 1500
21036@noindent
21037Evaluate the following:
21038
21039@smallexample
21040@group
21041(setq list-for-graph
21042 (defuns-per-range
21043 (sort
21044 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
21045 (directory-files "/usr/local/emacs/lisp"
21046 t ".+el$"))
21047 '<)
21048 top-of-ranges))
21049@end group
21050@end smallexample
21051
21052@noindent
21053On my old machine, this took about an hour. It looked though 303 Lisp
21054files in my copy of Emacs version 19.23. After all that computing,
21055the @code{list-for-graph} had this value:
21056
21057@smallexample
21058@group
21059(537 1027 955 785 594 483 349 292 224 199 166 120 116 99
2106090 80 67 48 52 45 41 33 28 26 25 20 12 28 11 13 220)
21061@end group
21062@end smallexample
21063
21064@noindent
21065This means that my copy of Emacs had 537 function definitions with
21066fewer than 10 words or symbols in them, 1,027 function definitions
21067with 10 to 19 words or symbols in them, 955 function definitions with
2106820 to 29 words or symbols in them, and so on.
21069
21070Clearly, just by looking at this list we can see that most function
21071definitions contain ten to thirty words and symbols.
21072
21073Now for printing. We do @emph{not} want to print a graph that is
210741,030 lines high @dots{} Instead, we should print a graph that is
21075fewer than twenty-five lines high. A graph that height can be
21076displayed on almost any monitor, and easily printed on a sheet of paper.
21077
21078This means that each value in @code{list-for-graph} must be reduced to
21079one-fiftieth its present value.
21080
21081Here is a short function to do just that, using two functions we have
21082not yet seen, @code{mapcar} and @code{lambda}.
21083
21084@smallexample
21085@group
21086(defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
21087 "Return list, each number one-fiftieth of previous."
21088 (mapcar '(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
21089@end group
21090@end smallexample
21091
21092@node lambda, mapcar, Graphing words in defuns, Print Whole Graph
21093@appendixsubsec A @code{lambda} Expression: Useful Anonymity
21094@cindex Anonymous function
21095@findex lambda
21096
21097@code{lambda} is the symbol for an anonymous function, a function
21098without a name. Every time you use an anonymous function, you need to
21099include its whole body.
21100
21101@need 1250
21102@noindent
21103Thus,
21104
21105@smallexample
21106(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
21107@end smallexample
21108
21109@noindent
21110is a function definition that says `return the value resulting from
21111dividing whatever is passed to me as @code{arg} by 50'.
21112
21113@need 1200
21114Earlier, for example, we had a function @code{multiply-by-seven}; it
21115multiplied its argument by 7. This function is similar, except it
21116divides its argument by 50; and, it has no name. The anonymous
21117equivalent of @code{multiply-by-seven} is:
21118
21119@smallexample
21120(lambda (number) (* 7 number))
21121@end smallexample
21122
21123@noindent
21124(@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Special Form}.)
21125
21126@need 1250
21127@noindent
21128If we want to multiply 3 by 7, we can write:
21129
21130@c !!! Clear print-postscript-figures if the computer formatting this
21131@c document is too small and cannot handle all the diagrams and figures.
21132@c clear print-postscript-figures
21133@c set print-postscript-figures
21134@c lambda example diagram #1
21135@ifnottex
21136@smallexample
21137@group
21138(multiply-by-seven 3)
21139 \_______________/ ^
21140 | |
21141 function argument
21142@end group
21143@end smallexample
21144@end ifnottex
21145@ifset print-postscript-figures
21146@sp 1
21147@tex
21148@center @image{lambda-1}
21149%%%% old method of including an image
21150% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
21151% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/lambda-1.eps}}
21152% \catcode`\@=0 %
21153@end tex
21154@sp 1
21155@end ifset
21156@ifclear print-postscript-figures
21157@iftex
21158@smallexample
21159@group
21160(multiply-by-seven 3)
21161 \_______________/ ^
21162 | |
21163 function argument
21164@end group
21165@end smallexample
21166@end iftex
21167@end ifclear
21168
21169@noindent
21170This expression returns 21.
21171
21172@need 1250
21173@noindent
21174Similarly, we can write:
21175
21176@c lambda example diagram #2
21177@ifnottex
21178@smallexample
21179@group
21180((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
21181 \____________________________/ ^
21182 | |
21183 anonymous function argument
21184@end group
21185@end smallexample
21186@end ifnottex
21187@ifset print-postscript-figures
21188@sp 1
21189@tex
21190@center @image{lambda-2}
21191%%%% old method of including an image
21192% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
21193% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/lambda-2.eps}}
21194% \catcode`\@=0 %
21195@end tex
21196@sp 1
21197@end ifset
21198@ifclear print-postscript-figures
21199@iftex
21200@smallexample
21201@group
21202((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
21203 \____________________________/ ^
21204 | |
21205 anonymous function argument
21206@end group
21207@end smallexample
21208@end iftex
21209@end ifclear
21210
21211@need 1250
21212@noindent
21213If we want to divide 100 by 50, we can write:
21214
21215@c lambda example diagram #3
21216@ifnottex
21217@smallexample
21218@group
21219((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
21220 \______________________/ \_/
21221 | |
21222 anonymous function argument
21223@end group
21224@end smallexample
21225@end ifnottex
21226@ifset print-postscript-figures
21227@sp 1
21228@tex
21229@center @image{lambda-3}
21230%%%% old method of including an image
21231% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
21232% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/lambda-3.eps}}
21233% \catcode`\@=0 %
21234@end tex
21235@sp 1
21236@end ifset
21237@ifclear print-postscript-figures
21238@iftex
21239@smallexample
21240@group
21241((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
21242 \______________________/ \_/
21243 | |
21244 anonymous function argument
21245@end group
21246@end smallexample
21247@end iftex
21248@end ifclear
21249
21250@noindent
21251This expression returns 2. The 100 is passed to the function, which
21252divides that number by 50.
21253
21254@xref{Lambda Expressions, , Lambda Expressions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
21255Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{lambda}. Lisp and lambda
21256expressions derive from the Lambda Calculus.
21257
21258@node mapcar, Another Bug, lambda, Print Whole Graph
21259@appendixsubsec The @code{mapcar} Function
21260@findex mapcar
21261
21262@code{mapcar} is a function that calls its first argument with each
21263element of its second argument, in turn. The second argument must be
21264a sequence.
21265
21266The @samp{map} part of the name comes from the mathematical phrase,
21267`mapping over a domain', meaning to apply a function to each of the
21268elements in a domain. The mathematical phrase is based on the
21269metaphor of a surveyor walking, one step at a time, over an area he is
21270mapping. And @samp{car}, of course, comes from the Lisp notion of the
21271first of a list.
21272
21273@need 1250
21274@noindent
21275For example,
21276
21277@smallexample
21278@group
21279(mapcar '1+ '(2 4 6))
21280 @result{} (3 5 7)
21281@end group
21282@end smallexample
21283
21284@noindent
21285The function @code{1+} which adds one to its argument, is executed on
21286@emph{each} element of the list, and a new list is returned.
21287
21288Contrast this with @code{apply}, which applies its first argument to
21289all the remaining.
21290(@xref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}, for a explanation of
21291@code{apply}.)
21292
21293@need 1250
21294In the definition of @code{one-fiftieth}, the first argument is the
21295anonymous function:
21296
21297@smallexample
21298(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
21299@end smallexample
21300
21301@noindent
21302and the second argument is @code{full-range}, which will be bound to
21303@code{list-for-graph}.
21304
21305@need 1250
21306The whole expression looks like this:
21307
21308@smallexample
21309(mapcar '(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
21310@end smallexample
21311
21312@xref{Mapping Functions, , Mapping Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
21313Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{mapcar}.
21314
21315Using the @code{one-fiftieth} function, we can generate a list in
21316which each element is one-fiftieth the size of the corresponding
21317element in @code{list-for-graph}.
21318
21319@smallexample
21320@group
21321(setq fiftieth-list-for-graph
21322 (one-fiftieth list-for-graph))
21323@end group
21324@end smallexample
21325
21326@need 1250
21327The resulting list looks like this:
21328
21329@smallexample
21330@group
21331(10 20 19 15 11 9 6 5 4 3 3 2 2
213321 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4)
21333@end group
21334@end smallexample
21335
21336@noindent
21337This, we are almost ready to print! (We also notice the loss of
21338information: many of the higher ranges are 0, meaning that fewer than
2133950 defuns had that many words or symbols---but not necessarily meaning
21340that none had that many words or symbols.)
21341
21342@node Another Bug, Final printed graph, mapcar, Print Whole Graph
21343@appendixsubsec Another Bug @dots{} Most Insidious
21344@cindex Bug, most insidious type
21345@cindex Insidious type of bug
21346
21347I said `almost ready to print'! Of course, there is a bug in the
21348@code{print-graph} function @dots{} It has a @code{vertical-step}
21349option, but not a @code{horizontal-step} option. The
21350@code{top-of-range} scale goes from 10 to 300 by tens. But the
21351@code{print-graph} function will print only by ones.
21352
21353This is a classic example of what some consider the most insidious
21354type of bug, the bug of omission. This is not the kind of bug you can
21355find by studying the code, for it is not in the code; it is an omitted
21356feature. Your best actions are to try your program early and often;
21357and try to arrange, as much as you can, to write code that is easy to
21358understand and easy to change. Try to be aware, whenever you can,
21359that whatever you have written, @emph{will} be rewritten, if not soon,
21360eventually. A hard maxim to follow.
21361
21362It is the @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line} function that needs the
21363work; and then the @code{print-X-axis} and the @code{print-graph}
21364functions need to be adapted. Not much needs to be done; there is one
21365nicety: the numbers ought to line up under the tic marks. This takes
21366a little thought.
21367
21368@need 1250
21369Here is the corrected @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}:
21370
21371@smallexample
21372@group
21373(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21374 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21375 &optional horizontal-step)
21376 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21377 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21378 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21379@end group
21380@group
21381 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21382 ;; @r{Delete extra leading spaces.}
21383 (delete-char
21384 (- (1-
21385 (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21386 (insert (concat
21387 (make-string
21388@end group
21389@group
21390 ;; @r{Insert white space.}
21391 (- (* symbol-width
21392 X-axis-label-spacing)
21393 (1-
21394 (length
21395 (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21396 2)
21397 ? )
21398 (number-to-string
21399 (* number horizontal-step))))
21400@end group
21401@group
21402 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21403 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21404 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21405 (insert (X-axis-element
21406 (* number horizontal-step)))
21407 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21408 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21409@end group
21410@end smallexample
21411
21412@need 1500
21413If you are reading this in Info, you can see the new versions of
21414@code{print-X-axis} @code{print-graph} and evaluate them. If you are
21415reading this in a printed book, you can see the changed lines here
21416(the full text is too much to print).
21417
21418@iftex
21419@smallexample
21420@group
21421(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21422 @dots{}
21423 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21424 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step))
21425@end group
21426@end smallexample
21427
21428@smallexample
21429@group
21430(defun print-graph
21431 (numbers-list
21432 &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
21433 @dots{}
21434 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step))
21435@end group
21436@end smallexample
21437@end iftex
21438
21439@ifnottex
21440@smallexample
21441@group
21442(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21443 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21444Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21445specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21446each column."
21447@end group
21448@group
21449;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21450;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21451 (let* ((leading-spaces
21452 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21453 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21454 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21455 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21456@end group
21457@group
21458 (X-tic
21459 (concat
21460 (make-string
21461 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21462 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21463 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21464 ? )
21465@end group
21466@group
21467 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21468 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21469 (tic-number
21470 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21471 (/ X-length tic-width)
21472 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21473@end group
21474
21475@group
21476 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21477 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21478 (insert "\n")
21479 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21480 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21481@end group
21482@end smallexample
21483
21484@smallexample
21485@group
21486(defun print-graph
21487 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
09e80d9f 21488 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
21489The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21490@end group
21491
21492@group
21493Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21494specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21495each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21496each row is five units.
21497@end group
21498
21499@group
21500Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21501specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21502each column."
21503 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21504 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
21505 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
21506 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
21507@end group
21508@group
21509 (height-of-top-line
21510 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21511 height
21512 ;; @r{else}
21513 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21514 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
21515@end group
21516@group
21517 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
21518 (full-Y-label-width
21519 (length
21520 (concat
21521 (number-to-string
21522 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
21523 Y-axis-tic))))
21524@end group
21525@group
21526 (print-Y-axis
21527 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
21528 (graph-body-print
21529 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
21530 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
21531@end group
21532@end smallexample
21533@end ifnottex
21534
21535@c qqq
21536@ignore
21537Graphing Definitions Re-listed
21538
21539@need 1250
21540Here are all the graphing definitions in their final form:
21541
21542@smallexample
21543@group
21544(defvar top-of-ranges
21545 '(10 20 30 40 50
21546 60 70 80 90 100
21547 110 120 130 140 150
21548 160 170 180 190 200
21549 210 220 230 240 250)
21550 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
21551@end group
21552
21553@group
21554(defvar graph-symbol "*"
21555 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
21556@end group
21557
21558@group
21559(defvar graph-blank " "
21560 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
21561graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
21562as graph-symbol.")
21563@end group
21564
21565@group
21566(defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
21567 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
21568@end group
21569
21570@group
21571(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
21572 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
21573@end group
21574
21575@group
21576(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
21577 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
21578@end group
21579
21580@group
21581(defvar X-axis-label-spacing
21582 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
21583 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
21584 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
21585@end group
21586@end smallexample
21587
21588@smallexample
21589@group
21590(defun count-words-in-defun ()
21591 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
21592 (beginning-of-defun)
21593 (let ((count 0)
21594 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
21595@end group
21596
21597@group
21598 (while
21599 (and (< (point) end)
21600 (re-search-forward
21601 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
21602 end t))
21603 (setq count (1+ count)))
21604 count))
21605@end group
21606@end smallexample
21607
21608@smallexample
21609@group
21610(defun lengths-list-file (filename)
21611 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
21612The returned list is a list of numbers.
21613Each number is the number of words or
21614symbols in one function definition."
21615@end group
21616
21617@group
21618 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
21619 (save-excursion
21620 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
21621 (lengths-list))
21622 (set-buffer buffer)
21623 (setq buffer-read-only t)
21624 (widen)
21625 (goto-char (point-min))
21626@end group
21627
21628@group
21629 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
21630 (setq lengths-list
21631 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
21632 (kill-buffer buffer)
21633 lengths-list)))
21634@end group
21635@end smallexample
21636
21637@smallexample
21638@group
21639(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
21640 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
21641 (let (lengths-list)
21642;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
21643 (while list-of-files
21644 (setq lengths-list
21645 (append
21646 lengths-list
21647@end group
21648@group
21649;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
21650 (lengths-list-file
21651 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
21652;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
21653 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
21654;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
21655 lengths-list))
21656@end group
21657@end smallexample
21658
21659@smallexample
21660@group
21661(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
21662 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
21663 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
21664 (number-within-range 0)
21665 defuns-per-range-list)
21666@end group
21667
21668@group
21669 ;; @r{Outer loop.}
21670 (while top-of-ranges
21671
21672 ;; @r{Inner loop.}
21673 (while (and
21674 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
21675 (car sorted-lengths)
21676 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
21677
21678 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
21679 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
21680 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
21681@end group
21682
21683@group
21684 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
21685
21686 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21687 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
21688 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
21689
21690 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
21691 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
21692 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
21693 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
21694@end group
21695
21696@group
21697 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
21698 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
21699 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21700 (cons
21701 (length sorted-lengths)
21702 defuns-per-range-list))
21703
21704 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
21705 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
21706 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
21707@end group
21708@end smallexample
21709
21710@smallexample
21711@group
21712(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
21713 "Return list of MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings;
21714ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
21715The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
21716of the list.
21717The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
21718The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
21719@end group
21720
21721@group
21722 (let ((insert-list nil)
21723 (number-of-top-blanks
21724 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
21725
21726 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
21727 (while (> actual-height 0)
21728 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
21729 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
21730@end group
21731
21732@group
21733 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
21734 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
21735 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
21736 (setq number-of-top-blanks
21737 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
21738
21739 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
21740 insert-list))
21741@end group
21742@end smallexample
21743
21744@smallexample
21745@group
21746(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
21747 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
21748A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
21749and is padded as needed so all line up with
21750the element for the largest number."
21751@end group
21752@group
21753 (let* ((leading-spaces
21754 (- full-Y-label-width
21755 (length
21756 (concat (number-to-string number)
21757 Y-axis-tic)))))
21758@end group
21759@group
21760 (concat
21761 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21762 (number-to-string number)
21763 Y-axis-tic)))
21764@end group
21765@end smallexample
21766
21767@smallexample
21768@group
21769(defun print-Y-axis
21770 (height full-Y-label-width &optional vertical-step)
21771 "Insert Y axis by HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
21772Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
21773Full width is the width of the highest label element.
21774Optionally, print according to VERTICAL-STEP."
21775@end group
21776@group
21777;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
21778;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21779 (let ((start (point)))
21780 (insert-rectangle
21781 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width vertical-step))
21782@end group
21783@group
21784 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
21785 (goto-char start)
21786 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
21787 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
21788@end group
21789@end smallexample
21790
21791@smallexample
21792@group
21793(defun print-X-axis-tic-line
21794 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
21795 "Print ticks for X axis."
21796 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21797 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
21798@end group
21799@group
21800 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
21801 (insert (concat
21802 (make-string
21803 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21804 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
21805 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
21806 ? )
21807 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21808@end group
21809@group
21810 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
21811 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21812 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
21813 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
21814@end group
21815@end smallexample
21816
21817@smallexample
21818@group
21819(defun X-axis-element (number)
21820 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
21821 (let ((leading-spaces
21822 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21823 (length (number-to-string number)))))
21824 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21825 (number-to-string number))))
21826@end group
21827@end smallexample
21828
21829@smallexample
21830@group
21831(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
21832 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
21833The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21834HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21835SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
21836@end group
21837@group
21838 (let (from-position)
21839 (while numbers-list
21840 (setq from-position (point))
21841 (insert-rectangle
21842 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
21843 (goto-char from-position)
21844 (forward-char symbol-width)
21845@end group
21846@group
21847 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
21848 (sit-for 0)
21849 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
21850 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
21851 (forward-line height)
21852 (insert "\n")))
21853@end group
21854@end smallexample
21855
21856@smallexample
21857@group
21858(defun Y-axis-column
21859 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
21860 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
21861HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21862WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
21863@end group
21864@group
21865VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
21866that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
21867for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
21868that each line is five units of the graph."
21869 (let (Y-axis
21870 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
21871@end group
21872@group
21873 (while (> height 1)
21874 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21875 ;; @r{Insert label.}
21876 (setq Y-axis
21877 (cons
21878 (Y-axis-element
21879 (* height number-per-line)
21880 width-of-label)
21881 Y-axis))
21882@end group
21883@group
21884 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
21885 (setq Y-axis
21886 (cons
21887 (make-string width-of-label ? )
21888 Y-axis)))
21889 (setq height (1- height)))
21890@end group
21891@group
21892 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
21893 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
21894 (or vertical-step 1)
21895 width-of-label)
21896 Y-axis))
21897 (nreverse Y-axis)))
21898@end group
21899@end smallexample
21900
21901@smallexample
21902@group
21903(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21904 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21905 &optional horizontal-step)
21906 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21907 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21908 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21909@end group
21910@group
21911 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21912 ;; line up number
21913 (delete-char (- (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21914 (insert (concat
21915 (make-string
21916 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
21917 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21918 (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21919 2)
21920 ? )
21921 (number-to-string (* number horizontal-step))))
21922@end group
21923@group
21924 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21925 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21926 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21927 (insert (X-axis-element (* number horizontal-step)))
21928 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21929 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21930@end group
21931@end smallexample
21932
21933@smallexample
21934@group
21935(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21936 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21937Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21938specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21939each column."
21940@end group
21941@group
21942;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21943;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21944 (let* ((leading-spaces
21945 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21946 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21947 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21948 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21949@end group
21950@group
21951 (X-tic
21952 (concat
21953 (make-string
21954 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21955 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21956 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21957 ? )
21958@end group
21959@group
21960 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21961 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21962 (tic-number
21963 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21964 (/ X-length tic-width)
21965 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21966@end group
21967
21968@group
21969 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21970 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21971 (insert "\n")
21972 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21973 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21974@end group
21975@end smallexample
21976
21977@smallexample
21978@group
21979(defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
21980 "Return list, each number of which is 1/50th previous."
21981 (mapcar '(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
21982@end group
21983@end smallexample
21984
21985@smallexample
21986@group
21987(defun print-graph
21988 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
09e80d9f 21989 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
21990The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21991@end group
21992
21993@group
21994Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21995specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21996each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21997each row is five units.
21998@end group
21999
22000@group
22001Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
22002specifies how much an X axis label increments for
22003each column."
22004 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
22005 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
22006 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
22007 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
22008@end group
22009@group
22010 (height-of-top-line
22011 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
22012 height
22013 ;; @r{else}
22014 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
22015 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
22016@end group
22017@group
22018 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
22019 (full-Y-label-width
22020 (length
22021 (concat
22022 (number-to-string
22023 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
22024 Y-axis-tic))))
22025@end group
22026@group
22027
22028 (print-Y-axis
22029 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
22030 (graph-body-print
22031 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
22032 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
22033@end group
22034@end smallexample
22035@c qqq
22036@end ignore
22037
22038@page
22039@node Final printed graph, , Another Bug, Print Whole Graph
22040@appendixsubsec The Printed Graph
22041
22042When made and installed, you can call the @code{print-graph} command
22043like this:
22044@sp 1
22045
22046@smallexample
22047@group
22048(print-graph fiftieth-list-for-graph 50 10)
22049@end group
22050@end smallexample
22051@sp 1
22052
22053@noindent
22054Here is the graph:
22055@sp 2
22056
22057@smallexample
22058@group
220591000 - *
22060 **
22061 **
22062 **
22063 **
22064 750 - ***
22065 ***
22066 ***
22067 ***
22068 ****
22069 500 - *****
22070 ******
22071 ******
22072 ******
22073 *******
22074 250 - ********
22075 ********* *
22076 *********** *
22077 ************* *
22078 50 - ***************** * *
22079 | | | | | | | |
22080 10 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
22081@end group
22082@end smallexample
22083
22084@sp 2
22085
22086@noindent
22087The largest group of functions contain 10 -- 19 words and symbols each.
22088
22089@node Free Software and Free Manuals, GNU Free Documentation License, Full Graph, Top
22090@appendix Free Software and Free Manuals
22091
22092@strong{by Richard M. Stallman}
22093@sp 1
22094
22095The biggest deficiency in free operating systems is not in the
22096software---it is the lack of good free manuals that we can include in
22097these systems. Many of our most important programs do not come with
22098full manuals. Documentation is an essential part of any software
22099package; when an important free software package does not come with a
22100free manual, that is a major gap. We have many such gaps today.
22101
22102Once upon a time, many years ago, I thought I would learn Perl. I got
22103a copy of a free manual, but I found it hard to read. When I asked
22104Perl users about alternatives, they told me that there were better
22105introductory manuals---but those were not free.
22106
22107Why was this? The authors of the good manuals had written them for
22108O'Reilly Associates, which published them with restrictive terms---no
22109copying, no modification, source files not available---which exclude
22110them from the free software community.
22111
22112That wasn't the first time this sort of thing has happened, and (to
22113our community's great loss) it was far from the last. Proprietary
22114manual publishers have enticed a great many authors to restrict their
22115manuals since then. Many times I have heard a GNU user eagerly tell me
22116about a manual that he is writing, with which he expects to help the
22117GNU project---and then had my hopes dashed, as he proceeded to explain
22118that he had signed a contract with a publisher that would restrict it
22119so that we cannot use it.
22120
22121Given that writing good English is a rare skill among programmers, we
22122can ill afford to lose manuals this way.
22123
8cda6f8f
GM
22124Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
22125price. The problem with these manuals was not that O'Reilly Associates
31b62755
GM
22126charged a price for printed copies---that in itself is fine. The Free
22127Software Foundation @uref{http://shop.fsf.org, sells printed copies} of
22128free @uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/doc.html, GNU manuals}, too.
8cda6f8f
GM
22129But GNU manuals are available in source code form, while these manuals
22130are available only on paper. GNU manuals come with permission to copy
22131and modify; the Perl manuals do not. These restrictions are the
22132problems.
22133
22134The criterion for a free manual is pretty much the same as for free
22135software: it is a matter of giving all users certain
22136freedoms. Redistribution (including commercial redistribution) must be
22137permitted, so that the manual can accompany every copy of the program,
22138on-line or on paper. Permission for modification is crucial too.
22139
22140As a general rule, I don't believe that it is essential for people to
22141have permission to modify all sorts of articles and books. The issues
22142for writings are not necessarily the same as those for software. For
22143example, I don't think you or I are obliged to give permission to
22144modify articles like this one, which describe our actions and our
22145views.
22146
22147But there is a particular reason why the freedom to modify is crucial
22148for documentation for free software. When people exercise their right
22149to modify the software, and add or change its features, if they are
22150conscientious they will change the manual too---so they can provide
22151accurate and usable documentation with the modified program. A manual
22152which forbids programmers to be conscientious and finish the job, or
22153more precisely requires them to write a new manual from scratch if
22154they change the program, does not fill our community's needs.
22155
22156While a blanket prohibition on modification is unacceptable, some
22157kinds of limits on the method of modification pose no problem. For
22158example, requirements to preserve the original author's copyright
22159notice, the distribution terms, or the list of authors, are ok. It is
22160also no problem to require modified versions to include notice that
22161they were modified, even to have entire sections that may not be
22162deleted or changed, as long as these sections deal with nontechnical
22163topics. (Some GNU manuals have them.)
22164
22165These kinds of restrictions are not a problem because, as a practical
22166matter, they don't stop the conscientious programmer from adapting the
22167manual to fit the modified program. In other words, they don't block
22168the free software community from making full use of the manual.
22169
22170However, it must be possible to modify all the technical content of
22171the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media,
22172through all the usual channels; otherwise, the restrictions do block
22173the community, the manual is not free, and so we need another manual.
22174
22175Unfortunately, it is often hard to find someone to write another
22176manual when a proprietary manual exists. The obstacle is that many
22177users think that a proprietary manual is good enough---so they don't
22178see the need to write a free manual. They do not see that the free
22179operating system has a gap that needs filling.
22180
22181Why do users think that proprietary manuals are good enough? Some have
22182not considered the issue. I hope this article will do something to
22183change that.
22184
22185Other users consider proprietary manuals acceptable for the same
22186reason so many people consider proprietary software acceptable: they
22187judge in purely practical terms, not using freedom as a
22188criterion. These people are entitled to their opinions, but since
22189those opinions spring from values which do not include freedom, they
22190are no guide for those of us who do value freedom.
22191
22192Please spread the word about this issue. We continue to lose manuals
22193to proprietary publishing. If we spread the word that proprietary
22194manuals are not sufficient, perhaps the next person who wants to help
22195GNU by writing documentation will realize, before it is too late, that
22196he must above all make it free.
22197
22198We can also encourage commercial publishers to sell free, copylefted
22199manuals instead of proprietary ones. One way you can help this is to
22200check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it, and prefer
22201copylefted manuals to non-copylefted ones.
22202
22203@sp 2
22204@noindent
22205Note: The Free Software Foundation maintains a page on its Web site
22206that lists free books available from other publishers:@*
22207@uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/other-free-books.html}
22208
22209@node GNU Free Documentation License, Index, Free Software and Free Manuals, Top
22210@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
22211
22212@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
e41dfb1e 22213@include doclicense.texi
8cda6f8f
GM
22214
22215@node Index, About the Author, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
22216@comment node-name, next, previous, up
22217@unnumbered Index
22218
22219@ignore
22220MENU ENTRY: NODE NAME.
22221@end ignore
22222
22223@printindex cp
22224
22225@iftex
22226@c Place biographical information on right-hand (verso) page
22227
22228@tex
a9097c6d 22229\par\vfill\supereject
8cda6f8f 22230\ifodd\pageno
8cda6f8f
GM
22231 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
22232 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
a9097c6d 22233 %\page\hbox{}\page
8cda6f8f 22234\else
a9097c6d 22235% \par\vfill\supereject
8cda6f8f
GM
22236 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
22237 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
a9097c6d
KB
22238 %\page\hbox{}%\page
22239 %\page\hbox{}%\page
8cda6f8f
GM
22240\fi
22241@end tex
22242
a9097c6d 22243@c page
8cda6f8f
GM
22244@w{ }
22245
22246@c ================ Biographical information ================
22247
22248@w{ }
22249@sp 8
22250@center About the Author
22251@sp 1
22252@end iftex
22253
22254@ifnottex
22255@node About the Author, , Index, Top
22256@unnumbered About the Author
22257@end ifnottex
22258
22259@quotation
22260Robert J. Chassell has worked with GNU Emacs since 1985. He writes
22261and edits, teaches Emacs and Emacs Lisp, and speaks throughout the
22262world on software freedom. Chassell was a founding Director and
22263Treasurer of the Free Software Foundation, Inc. He is co-author of
22264the @cite{Texinfo} manual, and has edited more than a dozen other
22265books. He graduated from Cambridge University, in England. He has an
22266abiding interest in social and economic history and flies his own
22267airplane.
22268@end quotation
22269
a9097c6d
KB
22270@c @page
22271@c @w{ }
22272@c
22273@c @c Prevent page number on blank verso, so eject it first.
22274@c @tex
22275@c \par\vfill\supereject
22276@c @end tex
22277
22278@c @iftex
22279@c @headings off
22280@c @evenheading @thispage @| @| @thistitle
22281@c @oddheading @| @| @thispage
22282@c @end iftex
8cda6f8f
GM
22283
22284@bye